02 03catalog by Mt. Hood Community College

WELCOME TO

MT. HOOD COMMUNITY COLLEGE TABLE

CONTENTS

26000 SE STARK STREET GRESHAM, OREGON 97030

GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................. 2-28 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS .................................................29 Transfer Information ............................................................... 30-31 Transfer Curriculums ............................................................. 32-52 Professional-Technical Programs ....................................53-119 Special Studies ......................................................................120-124 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................125-242 STUDENT INFORMATION........................................243-247 Executive Staff & College Board ................................248-249 Professional Staff .................................................................250-258 Index ..........................................................................................259-261

VISIT US ON THE INTERNET

For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:

www.mhcc.edu

Located in the shadow of majestic Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over 30,000 people annually. Classes are offered on the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well as satellite campuses throughout the district. The MHCC district comprises an area of about 950 square miles with a population of more than 216,000.

Equal Opportunity It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503-491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-4917202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.

The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923 (503-491-7670 TDD). While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between Mt. Hood Community College and current or prospective students. Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly schedules for details.

The College Accreditation Mt. Hood Community College is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges and is approved as a veterans training institution by the Veterans Administration. Accreditation documentation is available in the President’s Ofﬁce. In addition, these Professional Technical programs are accredited by the following accrediting associations: Automotive: NATEF (National Automotive Technician Education Foundation) Aviation Professional Pilot : Training approved by Federal Aviation Administration Dental Hygiene: Commission on Dental Accreditation, American Dental Association

Vision The College is dedicated to: · Student learning as the most important outcome. · Being a comprehensive community college with initiatives in information, engineering, biomedical and biological technologies. · Seamless transfer opportunities to colleges, universities and career. · Continued, directly applicable, learning at all stages of career and life. · Striving to meet learning needs when and where students prefer. · Providing learner support.

Values

Early Childhood Education: National Academy of Early Childhood Programs

The core values statements are as follows:

Funeral Service Education: American Board of Funeral Service Education

Integrity: infusing high standard into all MHCC efforts.

Medical Assistant: American Association of Medical Assistants Nursing: National League for Nursing Occupational Therapy Assistant: Accreditation Council of Occupational Therapy Education Physical Therapy Assistant: Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education Surgical Technology: Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology Respiratory Care: Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education Welding: AWS (American Welding Society)

Mission A Commitment to the Community Mt. Hood Community College affords all people a knowledge-based education, giving them the ability to make life choices; adapt to change; build strong communities; contribute to and derive beneﬁt from the new economy; and become part of a skilled workforce.

Respect: showing thoughtful consideration for all MHCC community members. Innovation: promoting creativity and flexibility in all aspects of the MHCC experience. Service: enhancing opportunities for student achievement and success.

College Goals Goal #1. Knowledge-Based Workf o r c e . P r ov i d e k n o w l e d g e - b a s e d educational offerings to meet student and community needs, with a complementary set of student and community support services. Goal # 2 . Access and Diversity. Provide affordable and attractive options for members of the community seeking a post-secondary education and/or careers, including the creation of an environment in which diversity thrives. Goal #3. Requirements of Economic Development. Develop programs in emerging technologies with emphasis on information, engineering, biomedical and biological technologies. Goal #4. Transitions. Provide seamless transfer opportunities to colleges, universities and careers. Goal #5. Student Success. Provide infrastructure and support services to ensure student success.

MHCC Philosophy of General Education Mt. Hood Community College holds that general education should accomplish two major objectives. One of these objectives is to provide students with knowledge that will help them attain their full potential as informed and responsible members of society. General education courses offer knowledge that enables students to communicate effectively, to explain relationships among societies, to articulate what it is to be human, to develop artistic expression, to analyze the natural world, and to make informed decisions about physical and mental health. A second purpose of general education is to equip students with the mental skills they must possess if they are to learn independently. Mental skills such as listening, speaking, writing, computing, analyzing, synthesizing and deliberating logically will enable students to learn on their own throughout their lives. A core of general education instruction permeates each of the college’s three degrees (AAS, AGS, AA-OT) and all certificates, offering students many opportunities to acquire the knowledge and mental skills they must possess to become lifelong learners and responsible citizens. The core of general education instruction falls into the following five major categories: COMMUNICATION: Communication courses develop the student’s ability to read, write, listen and speak effectively in formal and informal situations, in the workplace and at home. They develop, furthermore, the student’s ability to analyze and interpret spoken and written discourse. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Health and Physical Education courses are designed to enable students to enjoy the personal benefits of physical activity and healthy life-styles. Activity classes develop foundation skills for lifelong participation in physical activities. Health classes equip students to make healthful living choices.

The College, continued

History THE HUMANITIES: Studying the humanities instills in students the ability to articulate what it is to be human. Students learn to recognize, for example, fundamental characteristics of humankind and to articulate enduring human concerns. Humanities courses at MHCC include philosophy, languages, literature, and the visual and performing arts. MATHEMATICS; SCIENCE; COMPUTER SCIENCE: These courses enable students to explore, describe and apply the different types of functions, processes, natural laws and relationships that exist in the world. Mathematics, life sciences, physical sciences and computer sciences fall into this category. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: The social sciences help equip students to interact effectively in relationships with others, understand an individual’s role in a given society, and analyze and explain the relationship of one society to another, past and present. The social sciences also enable students to comprehend and describe the signiﬁcant forces and factors that have helped shape the many facets of human history and contemporary society. Mt. Hood Community College intends that students who complete general education classes in the various categories listed above shall possess the kinds of knowledge and the kinds of mental skills essential if they are to develop their potential as individuals and as citizens. General education requirements are aimed at conveying to students the knowledge that each person is valuable and that communities of people are valuable. They are designed to prepare students to promote their own personal well-being and that of society. Quality with Diversity. MHCCD will strive to maintain effective, quality education within a comprehensive range of learning experiences to include traditional and non-traditional offerings.

Flexible Curriculum. MHCCD will maintain a curriculum responsive to the changing educational needs of its district residents. The learning experiences provided will include consideration of theory and practical application. Open- Door Admission. MHCCD learning opportunities will be open to all who seek to beneﬁt from the experience, although entrance to some programs is limited by academic qualiﬁcations. Student Services. MHCCD will provide opportunities outside of the classroom for students to become aware of their needs, interests and potential as well as to gain experience in democratic living, self-determination, cooperative endeavor, economic realities and leadership. Community Services. MHCCD will offer a comprehensive program of community services including cultural, recreational and civic activities which are in response to the expressed needs of district residents. Well-Served Public. MHCCD will strive to provide learning opportunities to serve its public, both in the percentage of district residents served and in the quality and effectiveness of its education systems.

District The district comprises an area of approximately 950 square miles with a population of over 216,000. The district lies adjacent to the eastern boundary of the city of Portland and is bounded on the north by the Columbia River. It includes all of Multnomah County east of Portland School District Number 1, the area of Sandy Union High School District and Gresham Union High School District in Clackamas County and the area of the Port of Cascade Locks in Hood River County. The majority of the population in the district is concentrated in the western portion.

Mt. Hood Community College opened in 1966 and now enrolls nearly 30,000 students each year. Classes are offered at the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, the MHCC Maywood Park Campus, Thompson Center and evening education centers at district public schools. The college is ﬁnanced by local property tax funds, state reimbursement funds and student tuition. Local voters established the college tax base in 1968 and approved tax base increases in 1970 and 1980. The college has developed an ongoing partnership with business and industry to meet the needs of a current and future workforce. Board members are elected to four-year terms, meet the second Wednesday night of each month and serve without pay. The ﬁrst president of the college was Dr. Earl Klapstein. He served until 1976 and was followed by Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson until November 1985. Dr. Paul E. Kreider served as president from February 1986 to June 1996. Dr. Joel E. Vela became the college’s fourth president in 1996 and served through September of 2000. The college is currently under the direction of Dr. Robert Silverman.

MHCCD Foundation The Mt. Hood Community College District Foundation is a non-proﬁ t organization established in 1969 to receive, hold and disburse private funds in support of the educational programs and students of the college. The direction of the Foundation is vested in its board of directors, composed of citizens from a broad spectrum of the community. Working in small groups and committees, Foundation members assist in forming, developing and promoting a number of worthwhile objectives, such as scholarships, equipment purchases and support for faculty development projects. For more information, call the Foundation ofﬁce at 503-491-7206.

Admissions and Registration Who Can Enroll 1. Graduates of accredited high schools who can benefit from the instruction may be admitted as regular* students. 2 . Applicants who have received the GED certificate prior to their first term at MHCC, and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 3. Non-high school graduates 18 years of age and over whose high school class has been graduated, and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 4. High school students who have completed their high school requirements and not yet received their diplomas as of the seventh semester (if four-year high school), and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 5. Students 16 and 17 years of age who have not completed high school, whose class has not yet been graduated and who are not currently enrolled in high school must secure a release from compulsory attendance from their high school. The students that can benefit from instruction may be admitted as students. 6. Students 16 years and older who have not graduated or who have not been released from compulsory attendance, and who can benefit from the instruction, may take classes with written authorization from their high school. 7. Students under the age of 16 years who are still enrolled in school will be required to request permission for admission through the Vice President of Student Development and Services. Requests must be filed seven (7) working days in advance of the beginning of classes for the term of desired enrollment. 8. Students who are currently being homeschooled and can benefit from the instruction will follow one of the specific procedures as previously outlined. They will be required to submit documentation of home schooling as needed by the Vice President of Student Development and Services (if under the age of 16) or by the Dean of Career Development Services (age 16 and older). 9. Students who are citizens of other countries, and who can benefit from the instruction, will be asked to meet certain federal immigration and college requirements before being admitted into the college. The Admissions and Records Office has special application materials for international students. Please see International Student Admission below.

* A regular student is deﬁned as a student who is beyond the age of compulsory high school attendance or has the recognized equivalent of a high school diploma or GED and enrolled in coursework for the purpose of obtaining a recognized degree or certiﬁcate offered by MHCC.

Limited and Restricted Entry Programs

International Student Admission. To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College the following must be submitted to the admissions office: 1. An International Student Application Form and application fee. 2. Official transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary schools attended. The level of previous schooling must be comparable to American high school graduation. 3. A Declaration of Finances Form, referred to as an Affidavit of Support. 4. Proof of college-level English ability. Minimum TOEFL score of 450 (paper based) or 133 (computerized) is required for admission to degree seeking programs. 5. Students who score the minimums on the TOEFL must take the College Placement Test - Levels of Proficiency in English, in order to take English as a Non-Native Language (ENL) courses at MHCC during their first year. These students will be eligible to take ENL courses, only. 6. Documentation of Immunization and Tuberculosis testing.

Students with Disabilites

Note: All international students (F-1 Visa) must have health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College.

How to Enroll Most programs involve three basic steps: 1. Student Admissions/Data Sheet Form each student must complete this form. It is available on our web site at www.mhcc. edu or in the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce. 2 College Placement Test - each student must have their skill sin reading, writing and math assessed to ensure they register for the appropriate classes. The test is non-timed, free, and scores are available upon completion of the test. Call 503-491-7678 for testing center hours and further details. 3 Advising - once the ﬁrst two steps have been taken students are ready to meet with an academic adviser to plan their class schedule. Registration workshops are offered to help students select classes and become oriented in how to register. Call 503-491-7315 for further details.

These programs have additional steps for students to take before they are considered for admission. Please see the catalog section entitled Limited and Restricted Entry Enrollment. If you need academic adjustments or auxiliary aids, contact the Disability Services Ofﬁce at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Placement Testing and Orientation New students enrolling in six or more credits are required to take the College Placement Test (CPT). The CPT enables students and their advisers to assess the students’ academic readiness. The results of the CPT will help students choose classes that will fit their present skill level in reading, writing and mathematics. New student advising and registration session information is available through the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. For more information concerning new student advising and registration workshops, call 503-491-7315. For CPT information call 503-491-7678. Picture ID is required for the CPT test and to register for classes. CPT testing is offered in room AC 2335. Students enrolling in an English composition course, WR101 or WR102, a mathematics course, certain chemistry courses or a reading class are required to take the CPT regardless of credit hours. Testing for non-native English speakers. If English is not the first language you learned, you will take the College Placement Test—Levels of English Proficiency. Call 503-491-7678 for testing information. Guided Studies. Guided Studies is a program designed for students who need additional academic preparation for success in college-level studies. The program is tailored to students according to their educational needs. Guided Studies students are required to take the appropriate preparatory courses and are restricted from other courses until their preparation is completed. Guided Studies students have two terms to complete these preparatory classes. To continue at Mt. Hood beyond this time requires students to petition, through the appeal procedure, the Dean of Enrollment Services.

Admissions and Registration, cont.

How to Register

Reciprocity

Registration instructions and dates are published each term in the term class schedule which is available upon request. Registration is available at the Gresham campus and the MHCC Maywood campus and by touch-tone telephone. Mail-in registration is available for Continuing Education classes only.

Tuition and Residency Tuition. Tuition is set by the MHCCD Board of Education and may be changed at any time. Please check the quarterly schedule for current tuition and fees. 12 credit hours constitute full-time status. Loads over 20 credit hours require approval of The Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the Dean of Enrollment Services.

In-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Additional Credits over 15: 16-18 credits, per credit hour Over 18 credits, per credit hour

$45.00 $1.50 $2.00 $48.50

Student Service Fees. Student service funds are disbursed on a comprehensive program basis for student government activities and for intercollegiate sports. The statement of philosophy of this financial support can be found in the Appendix of Board Policy and College Regulations. Residency. Determination of residence for admission and other purposes will be made according to the following definitions: Residence is defined as a person’s domicile, his/her true fixed and permanent home and place of habitation. It is the place where one intends to remain, and to which one expects to return when one leaves without intending to establish a new domicile elsewhere. Domicile is not established by mere attendance at the college. A valid Oregon driver’s license, permit or ID card is required for in-state tuition rates except for residents of California, Idaho, Washington & Nevada. See Reciprocity section on this page. In-District Student : An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained residence in the Mt. Hood Community College district 90 days prior to the beginning of classes.

$154.00 $1.50

Out-Of-District Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained a residence in Oregon for at least 90 days prior to the beginning of classes but not in the Mt. Hood Community College district.

$2.00 $157.50 $154.00

International Tuition and Fees Tuition per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Over 15 credits, per credit hour:

Special Fees. Certain classes require tools, uniforms, equipment, lab fees, insurance, etc., which are not covered by tuition.

$45.00 $22.50

Out-of-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Over 15 credits, per credit hour:

Auditing students (no credit or grade) pay in accordance with the fee schedule above. The quarterly tuition includes both tuition and student service fees.

$175.00 $1.50 $2.00 $178.50 $175.00

In-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. Out-Of-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has not established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. International Student: A citizen of another country here on a visa other than an immigrant visa.

Washington, California, Idaho and Nevada state residents may attend Mt. Hood Community College and pay in-state tuition (see Residency section).

Your Financial Responsibilities By enrolling or having enrolled as a student at Mt. Hood Community College, you agree to be responsible for all charges on your student account and abide by college policies as described herein, as well as in the current or applicable catalogs, brochures, and schedules. Non-attendance or non-payment does not remove charges from your account. To have tuition charges removed, you must process a drop or withdrawal form through the Admissions and Records Office during the refund period (see Refund section). Full payment is dues by the first day of each term. If you register after the term begins, you must pay the same day. Failure to pay by the payment due date may result in late payment penalties, denial of future registrations, withholding of transcripts and/or grades, denial or cancellation of credit arrangements, impairment of credit history and additional assessment of collection costs and attorney’s fees. · You are responsible for full payment of all charges on your account by the payment due date, even if your account is being paid by another party. · Receipt of a billing statement is not a prerequisite for payment of an outstanding balance on your account. It is your responsibility to notify the Admissions and Records Office of any change in your mailing address or name. Failure to receive a billing statement will not dismiss your obligation to pay on time. · If you are under 18 years of age, you will be held liable for all charges on your account under Oregon Revised Statutes (ORS 348-105). · You are responsible for all late payment fees. A $10 late fee is assessed on past due charges every 30 days past due with a maximum of $30 per term. Delinquent accounts 90 days past due may be turned over to a collection agency. You are responsible for reasonable collection costs, attorney’s fees and Oregon Department of Revenue charges related to the collection of all delinquent debts owed to the college. Your social security number may be used for internal and external credit reporting and collection purposes for all delinquent charges incurred.

Adding or Dropping Classes Payment Options Mt. Hood Community College accepts cash (U.S. only), checks, VISA and MasterCard. Third party payment arrangements are also accepted. These include agency or company payment authorizations, ﬁnancial aid and scholarships. For additional details refer to the class quarterly schedule. Payment due dates are explained in each class quarterly schedule. All charges on a student’s account must be paid in full before you can register for another term. An installment payment note is available to students who qualify. This allows students to pay their tuition and fee charges in up to three installment payments. The class quarterly schedule outlines the qualiﬁcations and instructions.

Golden Age Program Mt. Hood Community College offers Golden Age program privileges to in-district residents who are 62 years old or older. Residents are entitled to reduced rates for college classes. Service and material fees indicated in the Fee-A and B columns must still be paid. All Golden Age members receive student rates for college activities and events, and may use the swimming pool and hydrotherapy pools at a discount. For more information, call the MCC admissions Ofﬁce at 503-491-7393.

Refunds Refunds are calculated when your account has a credit balance resulting from an overpayment or from charges being removed which were previously paid. Charges are only removed when a drop or withdrawal form is processed through the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce during the refund period. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Refunds are applied to unpaid charges on a student’s account or other institutional debt, even if payment is not yet due. Late registration or class additions may result in little or no refund. Refunds involving a check payment are held two weeks from the date of the original payment. Credit balances resulting from payments made by third party sponsors, ﬁnancial aid or scholarships will be returned to the originator. Refer to the class quarterly schedule for more information.

Cancellations Course cancellation by the college will result in a 100 percent refund providing a refund is due.

Attendance See class schedules, course descriptions and specific course syllabus. Students should be aware that mandatory attendance the first week of classes is required for some classes. Failure to attend may result in the student being removed from the class roster. It is still the student’s responsibility to process a drop or withdrawal in the Admissions and Records Office for classes they do not want. Please see No-Show Drop Procedure.

No-Show Drop Procedure Effective Summer 2002, MHCC has changed its No-Show Drop Procedure. Students who do not attend class may be dropped at the discretion of the instructor during the ﬁrst four weeks of class (or the equivalent for nonstandard length courses). IMPORTANT: It is still the student’s responsibility to process a drop or withdraw from classes they do not attend. Non-attendance does not guarantee that you will be dropped from your classes. A failing grade may result based on non-attendance.

Adding a Class Adding a class is a formal change made by the student in the Admissions and Records Office. The last day to register or add a standard term-length class is normally the first Friday of instruction for classes that are open. The instructor’s signature is required after the first class has met for those classes that are closed. Mathematics, English composition, some chemistry, developmental education and computer classes require instructor’s signature during the first week. To register or add during the second week of instruction, the instructor’s signature is required for open and closed classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for further clarification and the last day to register or add a non-standard term-length class. Caution: Students should be aware that registering for classes after instruction has begun is detrimental to their learning. Also, any student entering a course late will be held responsible for all materials previously covered. Students are not guaranteed make-up privileges. Late add or registration may result in little or no refund period.

Waiting Lists Waiting lists are available only until a course begins. After classes begin, students must obtain an instructor’s signature for all closed courses. If, while on a waiting list, a seat becomes available, the student will officially be added to the class; therefore, the student is responsible for knowing his/her position on the waiting list or class list. If added to a class, students are responsible for any additional tuition and/or fees. Students will not be added to the class if it creates a schedule conflict or if the student is already registered in another section of the same course. If on multiple waiting lists for the same class, the student will be added to the first opening and dropped from all other waiting lists. Students must notify the Admissions and Records Office immediately if they no longer want to be on the waiting list. Only officially registered students may attend classes. Students whose names do not appear on the instructor’s class list are not officially registered and will not receive credit or grades. Open Entry/Open Exit. All registration for open entry/open exit classes closes two weeks prior to the end of the term. At that time registration for open entry/open exit classes will be recorded for the following term.

Dropping a Class Standard term-length classes dropped within the first two weeks will not appear on the transcript. If a student drops or withdraws after the two-week period, a “W” grade will be assigned. Non-attendance is not a basis for a refund or nonpayment of tuition. Registration constitutes liability unless a formal drop or withdrawal is processed within the refund period through the Admissions and Records Office. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Please note: The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. A student may drop any standard-length class through the Friday of the seventh week of instruction. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for the last day to drop nonstandard-length classes. After the last official day to drop a course, students may file a written appeal with the with the Dean of Enrollment Services in the Admissions & Records Office for extenuating circumstances only. Students signing a deferment of funds are still liable even if the aid is denied unless they withdraw in writing in the Admissions and Records Office within the refund period.

Adding or Dropping Classes cont.

Withdrawing From College Formal withdrawal from the college is defined as dropping ALL classes and must be processed through the Admissions and Records Office. The student has the option to totally withdraw from college through the last day of instruction but before final exams. Students finding it necessary to withdraw from college should obtain a withdrawal form from the Admissions and Records Office. Upon presentation of this form to the Admissions and Records Office, the student is granted honorable dismissal. Refunds and grades are determined according to regulations printed in the schedule. Students unable to withdraw in person must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing or by telephone, 503-491-7393, by the last day of instruction but before final exams. If a student withdraws from college within the first two weeks of the term or the equivalent, the classes will not appear on the transcript. If a student withdraws from college after the second week of the term, the classes with a grade of “W” will appear on the transcript. However, any grade earned to date in nonstandard term-length or miniterm classes will remain, and the “W” grade will be assigned only to classes not yet completed. Students who merely stop attending classes without formally withdrawing will receive the grades assigned by their instructors and will not receive a refund of tuition and fees. Please note: The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. Students are advised to consult their instructors prior to withdrawal. Students receiving veterans’ benefits also must notify the veterans’ clerk of intention to withdraw. Failure to do so may result in overpayment which will need to be returned to the Veterans Administration. Students receiving financial aid also must notify the financial aid office of their intention to withdraw.

Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment Limited and Restricted Entry Programs Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions and Records Office. The course requirements for MHCC programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements either for the year the student is officially admitted to the program or the year the student is completing the program. Applications are for one academic year only. You must reapply each year if not selected. Admission to the college does not guarantee admission to a special program. Applicants to professional-technical programs with college-approved criteria for selection will be required to complete all prescribed application materials and meet the minimum selection criteria for their chosen program. All applicants for professional-technical programs that do not have a limited or restricted entry will be admitted on the same basis as lower division collegiate applicants; first-come, first-served on a space available basis.

Limited-Entry Programs These programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria has been met. Application packets for these programs are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu or in the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce. The following professional-technical programs are considered “limited entry”: · Architectural Engineering Technology · Civil Engineering Technology · Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology · Electronics Technology · Fisheries Technology · Forest Resources Technology · Import – Automotive Technology · Instructional Assistant · Integrated Natural Resource Technology · Machine Tool Technology · Mechanical Engineering Technology · Mental Health/Human Service · Surgical Technology · Welding Technology

Students must apply within the time period prescribed annually by the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce. Upon notice of acceptance into the program by the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce, the applicant must indicate his/her intention to enroll by completing registration prior to an established deadline.

Restricted-Entry Programs Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admissions application procedures and meet program criteria before being considered for acceptance into the program. The following programs have restricted-entry: · Cosmetology · Dental Hygiene · Ford ASSET Automotive Technology · Funeral Service Education · Graphic Design · Nursing · Occupational Therapy Assistant · Professional Photography · Physical Therapist Assistant · Radio Broadcasting · Respiratory Care · Television Production

Academic Regulations

Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment cont. Student Progress

Credit for Coursework

Application packets for these programs are available on the web site at www.mhcc.edu or in the Admissions and Records Office. These packets include the information and forms necessary for applicants to apply for the program in which they are interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program. The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that the applicant has satisfied minimum criteria.

Students in these programs are expected to complete the curriculum within the normal two-year period. However, a program may be extended given permission from the program faculty advisor. Because of enrollment limitations, extending a program beyond two years must be on a space available basis.

The regular college year is divided into three quarters of approximately 11 weeks each. One credit is generally allowed for each discussion or laboratory period per week. The discussion period consists of 50 minutes of lecture or discussion; the laboratory period may consist of two or more clock hours.

If the student’s studies are interrupted by two or more years, or if the course of study extends beyond ﬁve years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certiﬁcate or degree.

Summer terms usually include terms of 12, 10, eight and ﬁve weeks, with class periods proportionately extended.

The Admissions and Records Ofﬁce will notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion of the selection process.

Students who are unable to maintain satisfactory progress may, through a process of review, be removed from a program. This is especially true in regard to clinical education in which patient safety is involved.

Selection Process Program personnel and a selection committee will review applicants who have satisﬁed the minimum selection criteria. Applicants will be selected for program admission or as alternates by one or more of the following methods. · Residency for admissions purposes First priority consideration is given to applicants who reside in the MHCC district. Second priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where there is no similar program offered. Third priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where similar programs are offered. Fourth priority is given to out of state applicants where no similar program is offered. Other Factors: · College placement test scores · High school coursework · College coursework · Related job experience · Orientation/interview · Prior application to the program · Employment opportunities Most core classes in the limited and restricted entry programs are offered during the day. Some classes (electives), however, may be offered during the evenings or weekends.

Advanced Standing Students with previous training may be admitted to programs with advanced standing. This may be possible where students have partially completed similar programs at other institutions or where related oneyear certificates have been completed. Examples of this are Licensed Practical Nurse or Certiﬁed Respiratory Therapist programs. The nursing program offers a special assessment for LPN applicants wishing to be given advanced standing toward an associate degree. Application materials for advanced placement consideration are available in the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce. Acceptance is on a space-available basis.

For each period of lecture or discussion, students are expected to spend at least two hours on outside preparation. An average course load of 15 credits per quarter will normally give a student sufﬁcient hours of credit to graduate in two years. These hours should be chosen according to an organized curriculum. No student may take more than 20 hours per quarter without approval of an overload committee. (See Academic Advising and Transfer Center for petition form prior to registration.)

Course Numbering System COURSES NUMBERED 1-4 (not section numbers) do not carry grades or credit. Tuition is charged per clock hour. COURSES NUMBERED 5-9 may be graded (letter grade) or ungraded (pass/fail) or audit only. These courses may be credit or noncredit. Courses numbered 5-9 may not be applied toward a MHCC degree or certificate unless stated in specific AAS curriculums. COURSES NUMBERED 1-49 that do not carry credit cannot be applied to any degree or certificate. COURSES NUMBERED 10-99 may be graded or ungraded and may carry credit applicable to a MHCC professional/technical degree or certificate. Professional/technical certificate/degree programs provide up to two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry. Exception: Please see Developmental Education Courses. COURSES NUMBERED 100-299 are acceptable for a MHCC degree or certificate and may or may not be eligible for transfer to four-year institutions. However, students should be aware the course or courses may be accepted as elective credit only or not at all if the credits do not fit in the student’s major discipline or major. Transfer acceptability is at the discretion of the receiving institution.

Academic Regulations cont.

Courses identified by the following course alpha prefixes do not normally transfer to a four-year institution. However, specific transfer articulation agreements may exist. The interested student should consult with the appropriate staff at the four-year institution. Up to 12 credits may be used as elective credit toward the Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. The following identify professional-technical alpha prefixes currently used at Mt. Hood Community College. Please check prior catalogs for additional prefixes or call 503491-7384 for more information. AC Accounting Technology AH Allied Health-General AM/AMF Automotive Technologies AV/AVH Aviation BT Business Technology DH Dental Hygiene ECE Early Childhood Education ET Architectural Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering EET Electronic Systems Technology EMT Emergency Medical Technology EHS Environmental Health and Safety FI Fisheries Technology FSE Funeral Service Education FT Forest Resources Technology GD Graphic Design HOR Horticulture HS Mental Health/Human Services HT Hospitality and Tourism Management INR Integrated Natural Resources LA Business Technology (Legal Administrative Assistant) MFG Machine Tool Technology NUR Nursing PHO Professional Photography PTA Physical Therapist Assistant RB Radio Broadcasting RT Respiratory Care SMT Sheet Metal Technology ST Surgical Technology TV Television Production WLD Welding Technology

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT degree.

Developmental Education Courses The following are all Developmental Education classes and are not acceptable for any MHCC degree or certiﬁcate: All DE preﬁx courses ESL 91, 92, 93, 94 HD90 RD 9, 10, 90 (formerly RD11), and RD95 MTH 8 and 10 (formerly MTH 9) SKH 20, 30, 35 WR 9, 10, 20 and 90 (formerly WR10)

Course Number Change In the event a course number has been changed from a professional/technical number to a transfer level number, the transfer level number will appear on the permanent record only for those who took the class after the change was approved. When available, an equivalent night class may be taken in lieu of a day class. Equivalency is determined by the division dean. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have ﬁnal responsibility for satisfying degree/certiﬁcate requirements for graduation.

Transfer Credits Transferring from MHCC. Transfer students are responsible for determining the requirements of the institution and program to which they plan to transfer. Transferring to MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College accepts college-level credits earned in academic certificate and degree programs from colleges and universities accredited by regional accrediting associations and with an “AG” symbol for credit acceptance as indicated in Transfer Credit Practices of Selected Educational Institutions. Students must request a transcript evaluation from the Admissions and Records Office if transfer courses are to be applied toward an MHCC certificate or degree. This evaluation will not be done until the student has enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College and is not official until a graduation application has been processed. Upon completion of the certificate or degree program, the transfer credits applied will be recorded on the MHCC student transcript. Students should send official transcripts to the Admissions and Records Office.

Transfer course work from foreign institutions will be evaluated in accordance with the institutions and policies listed in Transfer Credit Practices. Coursework must be considered to be at a post-secondary level, have comparable MHCC accreditation status and be parallel in content to MHCC coursework. Credit may be granted for military courses based upon The Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services and if the courses apply to the student’s MHCC major. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate Degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. Under a cooperative agreement with the University of Portland, MHCC students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Ofﬁcers Training Corps (AFROTC) program offered on the University of Portland campus. The purpose of the program, which is administered by the Aerospace Studies faculty at the University of Portland, is to select and train students to serve as ofﬁcers in the United States Air Force. AFROTC is available to men and women with a minimum of two years of college remaining. Scholarships are available on a competitive basis for those who qualify. Students who qualify may elect to pursue either, and credits earned are accepted as transfer credits to meet MHCC’s total credit requirements for graduation. For more information, check out the web site at www.up.edu/academics/special_program/ air_force_rotc and contact the Program Counselor at airforce@up.edu or 503 943-7216.

Non-Traditional Credit A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The college provides a number of ways a student may earn credit toward a degree or certificate in addition to classroom experience: CHALLENGE, CLEP (College Level Examination Program), and APP (Advanced Placement Program). A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The ofﬁce of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures as follows:

Academic Regulations cont. College Level Examination Program (CLEP). MHCCD is an official CLEP testing center. Students enrolled at MHCC may receive credit for certain college courses by submitting official scores from the College Level Entrance Examination Program (CLEP). School policy currently allows credits to be granted based on scores of 500 and above for the humanities, social sciences and natural sciences general exams. Minimum scores of 46-54 are accepted on certain subject area exams. CLEP credit is not given for general exams of English and math. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. Successful CLEP exam results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as CLEP. The office of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. Challenge. Students who believe that they have the knowledge and skills from life experience, industry training or professional certification, may request to challenge a course by petition or by an examination in lieu of class attendance. (Laboratory classes may be challenged with the approval of the Division Dean.) Successful challenge results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as credit for challenge. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. A student may not drop or withdraw from a challenge. Financial aid recipients CANNOT use financial aid dollars to “challenge” classes. Please check with the Office of Financial Aid. Advanced Placement Program (APP). High school seniors who participate in the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program may seek advanced placement in a variety of disciplines. An entering freshman who has taken the APP tests should have the results sent to the Admissions and Records Office. Advanced placement and/or college credit may be granted upon recommendation of the appropriate Division Dean. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records and Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. International Baccalaureate Diploma Program. The International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma Program is a demanding pre-college course of study that leads

to examinations. MCC awards credit to students who receive a five or higher on any Higher Level IB exam. College credit can be earned in English Composition, first and second year foreign language, history, economics, geography, psychology, biology, physics, chemistry, theatre arts and general electives. A complete list of MHCC courses satisfied by international baccalaureate examinations is available from the Admissions and Records Office. Students must indicate that they would like official IB test scores sent to MHCC Admissions and Records Office. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCC.

High School Plus—Jump Start College Mt. Hood Community College, in cooperation with MHCC district high schools, offers high school students the opportunity to earn MHCC college credit while enrolled in high school. Credits can be earned in both lower-division college transfer courses and professional-technical courses. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination, completion of course standards as approved by MHCC instructional staff or as detailed in program articulation agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Earning MHCC credit at district high schools does not automatically enroll a person in a MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. A list of courses approved to earn MHCC credit during high school is available in each high school’s counseling office or the MHCC High School Plus office. The list of High School Plus approved courses varies among high schools.

Absences Students are responsible for their attendance in courses for which they are enrolled. Absence due to serious illness may be excused. However, students who miss classes lose some of the content of the course. Being excused in no way excuses students from the work covered during absences. Students are not automatically excused from other classes to attend field trips or intercollegiate functions. When schedule conflicts occur because of field trips, students should notify instructors of classes to be missed and, in cooperation with that instructor, make arrangements for completing the work missed. In case of an unsolvable conflict, students will not be

penalized for missing the class or the ﬁeld trip, whichever the case may be. Students whose absences are due to participation in intercollegiate functions and other cocurricular trips arranged by the college will be excused from class attendance but not from the responsibility to the work that they may miss during their absence for approved functions. A veteran’s failure to attend classes may result in reduction or termination of beneﬁts.

President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.85 or above with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.

Vice President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.65 to 3.84 inclusive with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the Vice President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.

Phi Theta Kappa Phi Theta Kappa is the international honor society for two year colleges. Rho Theta is the Mt. Hood Community College chapter of Phi Theta Kappa. To enter Rho Theta, a student must have achieved at least a 3.5 term GPA while taking six or more credits toward an associate’s degree and have accumulated a total of 12 credits at Mt. Hood. You must also maintain at least a 3.0 accumulative GPA. Additional information and application forms are available at the College Center desk.

Transcripts It is the student’s responsibility to arrange for correcting any errors in the MHCC transcript record within four academic terms (including summer). A MHCC transcript will be released upon written request of the student. Requests and payments for transcripts are made in the Admissions and Records Office. Please allow up to five business days for processing faxes or mailed requests. A student’s academic transcript may be held for any indebtedness to the college. Program advisers may obtain MHCC advising transcripts for their advisees. Document Replacement Fee. There will be a fee charged for a request to replace or duplicate an MHCC document such as a previously awarded degree, certificate, or recognition of completion. For information on the release of student records refer to pages 246-247.

Academic Regulations cont.

Grade Point Average A

Excellent: 4 points for each credit hour

Above Average: 3 points for each credit hour Average: 2 points for each credit hour Below Average: 1 point for each credit hour Failing: 0 points for each credit hour Unsatisfactory: 0 points per credit hour

C D F U

Following are not included in GPA calculations: S Satisfactory: 0 points per credit hour I Incomplete: 0 points per credit hour K Continuing Progress: 0 points per credit hour X Audit: 0 points per credit hour W Withdrawal: 0 points per credit hour NR Not received from instructor Grades are assigned based on work completed at the end of the scheduled class time. Additional work or make-up after the ending date of the class is not justiﬁed unless an Incomplete was assigned. Grades and/or records found to be fraudulent will be changed. Incompletes. A student may be assigned an “I” (Incomplete) when insufﬁcient work to justify a grade has been done by the student due to excusable reasons. Though individual circumstances may warrant unique decisions, it is commonly expected that the student will have completed at least 75 percent of the course requirements. Incompletes are to be made up prior to the end of the following term unless the student is no longer enrolled. Under these circumstances, the work must be made up in the term of the return with only a four-quarter maximum (including summer) permitted. Incompletes not made up within these timelines do not automatically revert to a grade. They remain an “I,” unless changed by the instructor. K Grade. A “K” (continuing progress) indicates that a student was registered for the course, was in attendance, met some of the

objectives but did not advance far enough to receive credit for completion. This grade designation is limited to developmental education courses and to open entry/open exit courses (where the student is permitted to proceed at one’s own pace). A student who receives a “K” grade must reregister, repay, and pass the class satisfactorily to receive credit. The K grade remains on the transcript. A student completing a developmental education course may receive a “K’ grade up to two times for the same course and may only take the course a third time with the recommendation of the developmental education instructor and the Dean of Enrollment Services. Note: Students attempting a course for a third time who are receiving financial aid, veterans’ benefits or athletic eligibility must reregister for these credits above and beyond the hours necessary to maintain benefits. Pass/Fail Option. Certain courses offer the student an option to receive a grade of S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) instead of letter grade (A, B, C, D, or F). This option must be exercised at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes. S Grade. For evaluation and transferability purposes, the S grade is equivalent to a grade of C or better. Audit Option. Students electing to audit a class (no grade, no credit) must choose this option at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes. Auditing students pay in accordance with the tuition schedule and participate to a degree determined by them and the instructor. Grade Point Average Adjustment. A student may petition for a grade point average adjustment when a course has been repeated for a higher grade. Both courses must have been taken at Mt. Hood Community College and the initial course must have been completed spring term 1985 or later. Only one petition per course will be accepted. A course previously passed, when repeated, does not count toward gradua-

tion. For GPA adjustments processed on courses transcripted prior to SU96, both the term and cumulative GPA is adjusted. For GPA adjustments process on courses transcripted SU96 or after, only the cumulative GPA is adjusted. Since some colleges count all grades in computing the GPA, a student should be aware that this possibility exists should the student transfer. See the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce for more information.

Catalog Exception Under certain circumstances, a student is allowed to deviate from a prescribed curriculum and still meet graduation requirements. A student who wishes to waive a required course may petition the Dean of Enrollment Services via a recommendation for catalog exception form. Students are advised to discuss the proposed exception with their academic adviser. If the adviser and instructional dean approve the recommendation, the student is responsible for securing a second dean’s signature if the course is in an area other than the major. All approvals necessary for a catalog exception must be completed prior to the term the required course or replacement course is offered. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within a two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/certificate requirements for graduation. NOTE: The course requirements for professional-technical programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements the year the student is OFFICIALLY ADMITTED to the program or the year the student is COMPLETING the program.

For Standards of Academic Progress, please see page 244.

Degree Requirements Associate of Applied Science (Professional-Technical Programs) The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course preﬁxes such as DH, EET, NUR, etc.) 5. Successfully complete required general education courses. Students who are pursuing an MHCC Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisﬁed the general education requirements for the AAS degree. However, students must complete or have completed course requirements within

an AAS degree. General Education Courses must be selected from an approved list. A. Health/Physical Education A minimum of three credits in Physical Education (PE) or in Health Education (HE/HPE). B. Communications Three quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 or WR121 C. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters) Three quarter credit hours in the social sciences and/or humanities. D. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Three quarter credit hours of science, mathematics (MTH20 or higher) and/or computer science. E. Distribution Six additional quarter credit hours from any of the following areas: Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters), Science/Mathematics/Computer Science and Communications. (Maximum of three credit hours in skill-oriented classes, including humanities catagory .) 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certiﬁcate is completed. Non-traditional credit

A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE292SWT, PE294

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits) BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (3 credits) (ARTS AND LETTERS) Humanities (Arts and Letters) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213,*ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B, *ART259B, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, ASL101, ASL102, ASL103

(College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an ofﬁcial transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AAS degree. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program adviser.

ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275, ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FA257, FA258, FA266 FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150, FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213 GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203 HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210 JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213

AAS Degree Requirements cont.

Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued *MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232,SOC291

D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER credits)

SCIENCE (3

AC110, AC120 AH11 BA211, BA212, BA213, BA231 BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208,

BOT203

R210, R211, R212

BT103

RD117

CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203,

*CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133PF, CS133PS, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA144, TA148, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill oriented class

Social Sciences ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232 EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212 J211 PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS232, PS241, PS242, PS297 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255 G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198 MTH20, MTH33**, MTH34**, MTH35**, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

* See 1994 Catalog Course Description ** These classes are accepted as meeting the science/mathematics/computer science and distribution requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

E. Distribution (6 credits) Six credits from any of the following areas: Communications Social Science/Humanities Science/Mathematics/Computer Science

Degree Requirements cont. Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree. It is an agreement between the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an Oregon state four-year institution. Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing, for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a college or university in the Oregon State System of Higher Education: University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University. However, some school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by this program. Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt. Hood Community College and Warner Pacific College. Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, you need to be ready for collegelevel mathematics, writing and science in order to complete the Oregon Transfer Degree in two years. If you lack the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and tutorial assistance to help you get on track quickly. This represents the Oregon Transfer Degree which Oregon University System institutions will accept as meeting institutional lower-division general education requirements but not necessarily school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or GPA. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)

2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree. 4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved general education courses. The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser.

General Requirements

A. Computer Literacy/Proﬁciency One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisﬁes the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. C. Mathematics Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements* 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign

language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines. * Each course must be at least three credits. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 10 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. 7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

AA-OT Degree Requirements cont.

Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from your program adviser.

A. COMPUTER LITERACY (1 credit) ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227 BA231 BT210 *CS105, CS105L, *CS106, CS125, CS133JA, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS145, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 GE102 *See 1994 Catalog Course Description

B. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295 PE185, PE285OL, PE292SWT

C. MATHEMATICS (4 credits) MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

D. ORAL COMMUNICATION / RHETORIC (3 credits) SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

E. WRITING (9 credits) WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227

F. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Humanities (Arts and Letters) (12 credits) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART296 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275 FA257, FA258, FA266 FR201, FR202, FR203 GER201, GER202, GER203 HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210 JPN201, JPN202, JPN203 MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113,

*MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263 PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208 R210, R211, R212 RD117 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203 TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, WR248 *Skill Oriented Class

Social Sciences (15 credits) ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232 EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL110, IS210 (3 - 6 credits only), IS211 (3 - 6 credits only), IS212 (3 - 6 credits only) J211 PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239 SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291

Science/Mathematics (15 credits, 12 being lab science) BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188C, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273 BOT203 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243 *CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133SQL, CS133XML, CS133VB, CS140, CS144, CS16l, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254 G148C, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GSl98C MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213 *See 1994 Catalog Course Description

AGS Degree Requirements cont. Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses. The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser.

A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes). D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science / Mathematics / Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE292SWT, PE294

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits) BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

4. Maintain a 2. 00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certiﬁcate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an ofﬁcial transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program adviser.

*ART259, *ART257B, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, ASL101, ASL102, ASL103 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275, ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FA257, FA258, FA266 FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150, FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

AGS Degree Requirements cont.

Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued

INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212

GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203

J211

HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210

PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213 *MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208, R210, R211, R212 RD117 RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203, TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA148, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill oriented class

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232,SOC291

D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE (3 credits) AH11 BA231 BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273 BOT203 BT103 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243 *CS105/L, *CS106, *CS107, CS133JA, CS133PF, CS133PS, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255 G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198 MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

*See 1994 Catalog Course Description

Degree Requirements cont. Certificate Requirements The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

Degree and Certiﬁcate Notes: Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless speciﬁcally required in a program curriculum.

2. All programs of study of an academic year or more in length for which certiﬁcates are granted require a recognizable body of instruction in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation, and 3) human relations. Refer to the individual program for the speciﬁc courses.

Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Education courses with regard to courses not applicable toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certiﬁcate.

Students who are pursuing an MHCC certificate at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the certificate. However, students must complete or have completed the program specific general education course requirements within a certificate. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes. 5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

Incomplete applications for graduation will remain in the Admissions and Records Ofﬁce for a period of one year from the last term of attendance or one year from date of application. After that time, your application will be destroyed and you will need to re-apply for graduation.

Graduation Process 1. Students desiring to earn a degree or certificate from Mt. Hood Community College must process the graduation application with the Admissions and Records Office two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Spring and summer graduates not participating in commencement ceremonies must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing on the graduation application in order to receive their degree cover in the mail. This also allows seat planning arrangements to be made more efficiently. Fall term and winter term graduates may participate in the following commencement if they wish and are requested to so indicate on the graduation application. 2. Students have their choice of following the curriculum in either the catalog of the year they began the program or the year they are ending the program but NOT a combination. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within the

normal two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree or have prior approval or equivalent coursework substitutions. 3. Students should secure their graduation application forms from the Admissions and Records Office, complete the application and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office two academic terms prior to the anticipated completion of their degree. 4. The graduation application fee should be paid in the business office and a copy of the receipt attached to the graduation application. 5. Credits from accredited colleges or universities previously attended that are to apply toward a MHCC degree or certificate must be submitted via official transcripts and be on file in the Admissions and Records Office. 6. The Admissions and Records Office will evaluate the application and notify the student by mail with an evaluation of progress (part II of the graduation application). Students should complete part II of the graduation application with their adviser and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office. The student will be notified by mail of any deficiencies. 7. Final approval of the application for a degree or certificate is given only after grades have been posted for the last quarter’s work. Degrees or certificates are mailed to the student following this process. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/ certificate requirements for graduation.

Career Development Services 20

Graduation from Mt. Hood Community College makes one an automatic alumnus and eligible for membership in the alumni association.

The Academic Advising and Transfer Center The Mt. Hood Community College Academic Advising and Transfer Center provides a variety of services including test information, academic advising, and transfer information. You are welcome to stop by; however, drop-in visits may be time-limited. The best time to receive extended services is during non-registration periods, when appointments are available. For information call 503-491-7315.

Academic Advising Through academic advising, students learn to set educational goals and the strategies to achieve them. Professional Academic Advisers and Counselors provide guidance to new students and are the ongoing advisers for students still exploring options for careers and majors, and students preparing to enter limited- and restricted-entry programs. They assist students with information about program options, educational planning, degree and major requirements, college policies and procedures, and selection of courses. Students with declared majors are assigned a faculty program adviser who guides them through their major requirements. While MHCC advisers provide help and information to students working toward degree requirements, students must take the responsibility for satisfying those requirements.

Transfer Center Located in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, the MHCC Transfer Center provides easy access to transfer information for students. This includes transfer advising guides for popular majors, college catalogs, college reference guides, college and university videos and CDROMS, transfer admissions information, and Internet access to college and university Web sites. The Transfer Center sponsors a quarterly Transfer Day bringing college and university representatives to campus. In addition, admission representatives from area universities regularly offer transfer information sessions in the Transfer Center.

Career Planning and Counseling Center 503-491-7432; room AC 2162; www.mhcc. edu

Career Decisions If you are looking for help in making career decisions or in changing careers, you may want to visit the Career Planning and Counseling Center. Career professionals are available to assist you in choosing the most appropriate service(s) to help you make career choices and effectively reach your goals. The services we have available are career development and planning courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development), career counseling (please call for an appointment), career information workshops (call for more information), and the resources of the Career Center (below).

Personal Counseling If you have a personal issue that affects your ability to do well in college, you may receive short-term, solution-focused counseling from a trained, professional counselor. Typical problems for college students may include family and relationship issues, test anxiety, depression, chemical dependency, eating disorders and other addictions, adjustments to having a disability, and general transition issues. To see a counselor, please call for an appointment. Students in crisis will be accommodated on a drop-in basis.

Career Center The Career Center assists students with ongoing career development and the accomplishment of career goals. The center houses resources to aid in selecting careers and ﬁnding employment. Resources include a career resources library, computerized career assessments, web resources for career development, employment listings, materials to assist in resume writing, interviewing, and the job search, and a series of career placement courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development). There is no charge for the use of our services. The Career Center’s list of employment opportunities includes part-time, temporary and summer employment, Cooperative Education/Internship positions, and fulltime career placement opportunities.

Business and Industry – The Career Center also assists business and industry in student recruitment for part-time, temporary, summer, Cooperative Education/Internship positions, and for full-time employment. Employers are encouraged to contact the center for assistance in recruiting students. Recruitment activities range from posting opportunities to setting up information tables to arranging interviews on campus for students.

Testing Testing services include the administration of the College Placement Test (CPT), GED, and CLEP. Other types of assessments to assist students with career exploration and personal concerns are also available to students working with a counselor or through the Career Planning & Counseling Center. For CPT and GED testing information and scheduling, call 503-491-7678. If you are disabled and require special testing accommodation, contact the Disability Services Ofﬁce at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Disability Services The Disability Services Office (DSO) strives to empower students to reach their potential and fosters independence of the individual. The DSO coordinates auxiliary aids/accommodations/services for persons with disabilities at Mt. Hood Community College. These services may include interpreters for deaf students, note taking assistance, readers, taping of textbooks, lab modiﬁcation, enlarging material, testing accommodation, etc. The Disability Services Ofﬁce operates and provides training in our Access Technology Lab on personal computers with a wide range of adaptive equipment. Study aids are also available to assist students in exploring new methods of learning and modifying study habits. Counseling and advising assistance is also available. Students are required to apply for services through DSO and submit documentation verifying their disability. Students requesting accommodations must contact DSO a minimum of two weeks prior to the beginning of the term to guarantee the availability oft he services for each term.

Career Development Services cont. MHCC is an accessible campus. Ample disabled parking is available on campus and disabled parking permits are obtained through the Oregon Department of Motor Vehicles. Elevators are located in the lobby of the Library, the College Center, and the Allied Health wing of the Academic Center. Disability Services does not provide transportation to the school or between buildings at the campus; however, DSO has information available on access to public transportation. For additional information concerning services or requests for accommodations, contact the Disability Services Ofﬁce at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Health and Wellness Center Health Services Health services are available to everyone on campus at the Health and Wellness Center and are provided without charge. The ofﬁce is staffed by a registered nurse, acting under the direction of a consulting physician. Services include ﬁrst aid and illness care, some immunizations, appropriate referrals, health insurance information, prevention education and wellness activities. Equipment is also available for women who are breastfeeding to express breast milk while they are away from their babies. Visit the Health and Wellness Center (Room AC 2161) for evaluation information or counseling about any health concern or problem, or for referral to community and private health care facilities.

Student Health Insurance Students at MHCC are responsible for their own medical coverage. This is not included in student fees. Health insurance brochures, including information on the Oregon Health Plan are available. A student health insurance plan can be purchased on a term-by-term basis for students registered for six or more credit hours. Those needing care for a minor illness or injury, or referral, please contact the College Health Coordinator, 503-491-7600.

International Student Services Application processing, orientation, crosscultural counseling, and other services for international students are also available at Mt. Hood Community College. For new student orientation assessment and placement, prospective students should contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, 503-491-7315. For other information, please contact the following: Applications ...............................503-491-7165 Advising .......................................503-491-7315

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a two-week program during summer session. We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.

Transitions/Transiciones Program If you are a single parent or a displaced homemaker the Transitions program may be for you. The program provides free classes that help participants plan a career and prepare for school. Topics include life transitions, self-esteem, and communication skills, as well as career planning and college success skills. Transitions also offers ﬁnancial assistance to qualifying individuals, as well as counseling, advising and support from mentors. Contact Transitions at 503-491-7680. The Transiciones program serves single parents and displaced homemakers who are native Spanish speakers. Students receive bilingual career development classes and services, ﬁnancial assistance for English classes, and help transitioning into college programs. For information, please class 503-491-6972.

Financial Aid Financial Aid (503-491-7262, FAX 503-491-7379, Room 1152) The Ofﬁce of Financial Aid administers a variety of local, state and federal aid programs in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment to eligible students who need money to attend college.

Federal/State Student Aid Programs (Title IV) General Information: MHCC will accept all financial aid applications but students who plan to attend here should complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Returning students may either complete the “Renewal Application” (which usually will come to them by mail before January 1) or file a new FAFSA. The FAFSA is available in the Office of Financial Aid as early as mid-December. The FAFSA is also in electronic format on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov. You and your parents (if you are dependent) must get a Personal Identification Number (PIN) before filing an electronic FAFSA. If you do not, you must be sure to click on the “submit” button and print out AND submit a “signature page.” If no printer is available, the processor will send you a form to sign. All required documentation must be received before April 1 to assure priority processing for the following academic year. Allow eight weeks for processing. Bank loans are separate applications (available in the financial aid office after loan counseling attendance) that require an additional two to three weeks for processing. The need for student aid is based on expected family contribution (as determined through the Congressionally mandated need analysis process) and average educational and living cost estimates for MHCC. Upon completion of the application review process, awards depend on eligibility for and availability of funds. Bank loans can help make up for a lack of grant, work or Perkins loan federal financial aid. Official grade transcripts are required from every school a student has attended, even if they did not apply for financial aid. Records of prior financial aid at prior colleges are collected electronically.

Financial Aid cont.

Students must be at least 16 years old, a U. S. citizen or eligible noncitizen with a high school diploma or GED and be in pursuit of a degree or certificate in an eligible program. Men 18 years or older must be registered with selective service. Students at least 18 years old without a high school diploma or GED must have an adequate college placement test score for financial aid eligibility. MHCC does offer training programs that are not aid eligible. Eligible short-term certificate programs must be at least 24 credits or six months long. One-year certificate programs must require at least 36 credits. Occupational extension programs are not aid eligible. Students should talk to the Office of Financial Aid and/or consult the term class schedule if there is any question regarding the aid eligibility of their education program. (SEE INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS)

Grants (Funds that do not need to be repaid) Oregon State Opportunity Grant: A state grant available to full-time undergraduate Oregon residents based on income. Twelve months in Oregon prior to the start of school constitutes residency. Federal Pell Grants: A federal grant offered to undergraduates enrolled in at least one college credit and based on income. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG): A federal grant through the school, based on need and offered to undergraduates who will receive a maximum Pell Grant (and attending at least 6 credits.)

Loans (Funds that must be repaid) Loans are financial aid. All students wanting loans must attend a loan counseling class or a computerized session prior to obtaining their first MHCC bank loan application. Students with loans from prior colleges must also attend. Later loans do not have this requirement. Students must contact the Office of Financial Aid to sign up for one of the sessions. Exit counseling is required for all loans (except PLUS) through the Business Office the term prior to leaving MHCC. Undergraduate students who have not defaulted on prior educational loans may apply for these loans based on need and/or the cost of education. First time borrowers at MHCC must complete 30 days of that term before bank loan funds can be released.

MHCC deadlines for bank loan applications are approximately the eighth week of each term. Speciﬁc dates are available in the Ofﬁce of Financial Aid. Students must repay loans regardless of satisfaction with the educational services of MHCC. Federal Perkins/Nursing Loan: A 5 percent interest federal loan(s) through the school, to be repaid beginning nine months after enrollment drops below half-time. Students are eligible based on need. Federal Subsidized / Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: Loans through a bank (or other lender), to be repaid at a variable interest rate no higher than 8.25%. Repayment of the Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after enrollment drops below half-time. The Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan requires students to pay all of the interest that accumulates during their time of enrollment, their grace period, and periods of repayment and deferment. The Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan does not accrue interest until the repayment date. Federal Parents’ Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS): A loan through a bank (or other lender) to a student’s parent, to be repaid while the student is in school. Parents of dependent undergraduate students can apply for funds to assist with educational costs regardless of college calculated need, but are limited to the amount of the student’s budget. Neither the parent or student may owe a refund or be in default on past educational grants or loans. Note: MHCC academic transcripts will not be released for students who owe an overpayment on federal aid programs or who default on educational loans through MHCC.

Employment Federal Work Study Program (FWS): A part-time employment program in which funds are paid as monthly pay checks. FWS is awarded based on need and student request. Awarded students must contact the Ofﬁce of Financial Aid at 503-491-7424 to make an appointment for a student employment orientation, which is required before beginning work. Student Aide: A non-ﬁnancial aid parttime employment program in most college departments for MHCC students enrolled at least six credits per term.

Receiving Awarded Funds Notification Procedure: An “Offer of Financial Aid” is mailed to each eligible student when their awarding process is completed. Students not eligible for grants, FWS or Perkins/Nursing loans are notified of bank loan eligibility. Offer letters must be signed and returned by the due date or offers of aid are withdrawn. Payment of Awards: Awards are divided into each term attended. Students may charge tuition and fees to the aid they have been awarded (except bank loans) when they preregister. Beginning the first day of the term, a check for the unused portion of the funds is released in the Business Office; picture ID and an “Attendance Verification” form are required. These funds are to be used to help offset additional educationalrelated expenses. Checks may be picked up after normal business hours if the Business Office is contacted and can agree to a time. Grant and loan checks are not mailed. Students cannot pick up funds if they are not enrolled for the minimum number of credits for which their aid was awarded. Checks not picked up are cancelled. Attendance Verification: All students awarded Federal or State funds are required to attend class. Students pick up an “Attendance Verification” form in the Business Office or the Office of Financial Aid and take it to be completed and signed by one of their instructors each time a check is picked up. They then take the completed form to the Business Office to pick up their check. Even aid recipients with no funds to be picked up or who receive only FWS must turn in an Attendance Verification form. The form is only valid for seven days from the signature date. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP): Financial aid recipients are required to maintain “satisfactory progress” each term and to understand what that means. Basically, the following applies: SAP is measured by completed credits and GPA on a term-by-term basis. Students must complete their “contracted credits” at a minimum 2.00 GPA to make SAP. Contracted credits means the number of credits the student agreed to attend based on the signed “Offer of Financial Aid.” Full-time is 12 or more credits, threequarter-time is 9 - 11, half-time is 6 - 8 and less than half-time is 1 - 5. These are noted on the “offer” as 12, 9, 6 or 3 respectively. Students with pre-financial aid credits must have a 2.00 cumulative GPA and have completed two-thirds of their attempted credits to be considered for aid.

Veterans’ Services

Financial Aid cont. Eligible students are aid eligible automatically up to 108 credits; all prior credits attempted at any postsecondary institutions attended, regardless of the degree or certificate pursued, are counted in this total. The Office of Financial Aid will require academic transcripts from all prior schools to be submitted to them as a part of the application process. An appeal must be submitted to (or to continue to) receive financial aid. All credits will be evaluated, in relation to their major, when the student awardee’s credits approach the 108 credit hour level. A successful appeal will state a specific academic path to follow to continue to receive financial aid. Transfer students must be making grade SAP at the time they come to MHCC. The 108 credit limit applies. A maximum of 12 credits for Cooperative Work Experience will be allowed for financial aid purposes unless more are REQUIRED in the program. SAP Appeal Process: If students in an aid denied status want to be considered for aid or if they want to get funds reinstated, they must file an official appeal form with the Office of Financial Aid. Note: A complete copy of our SAP rules and the financial aid appeal process is mailed with each first award offer. Student responsibilities are extensive, so it is important to read that document and ask questions if items or terms are not understood.

Revising Enrollment Status Adding/Dropping Classes: Students should make all changes to finalize their enrollment status (file a “Revision form” at the Office of Financial Aid) BEFORE picking up financial aid unless their only aid is from private sources. Checks that arrive late in the term may not be released if the student is not enrolled for enough credits (see SAP policy.) Withdrawing From College: Students’ remaining financial aid for the academic year will be cancelled when they completely withdraw from college after receiving financial aid for the term. (See “SAP Appeal Process” above.) Students must officially withdraw through the Office of Admissions and Records within the full refund period or they will be required to pay for the classes.

Refund and Repayment Policy MHCC’s formal policy for tuition refund for students who withdraw from school is published in the MHCC catalog and quarterly schedules. The refund policy regarding recipients of Title IV ﬁnancial aid funds is available in the Ofﬁce of Financial Aid (see SAP policy, also).

Additional Assistance SCHOLARSHIPS (Funds that do not need to be repaid): Awards offered through private donors as well as MHCC may reduce the amount of financial aid that has been or will be awarded. (Pell and Oregon State Opportunity grants will not be reduced.) Application information is available in the Office of Financial Aid. Individual applications are required. Eligibility (both initial and continuing) is dependent on the requirements of the donor. Private Scholarships: Announcements of competitive scholarships through private sources are posted throughout the academic year as the Office of Financial Aid is notified of availability. Recognition Awards: Tuition waivers are offered by the MHCCD Board of Education for several categories of students. These are offered the third week of each term for use the following term. Talent Grants: Tuition waivers awarded by MHCC to students who have demonstrated outstanding ability and achievement in such areas as athletics, performing arts or student government. Contact the adviser, coach, or instructor most directly related to your skills for application information. MHCCD Foundation Scholarships: Scholarships are offered at various times throughout the year. Additional information is available at the Office of Financial Aid.

Ineligible Programs Students receiving financial aid must first be pursuing a degree or certificate program and, secondly, that program must be an ELIGIBLE PROGRAM. Not all college programs are aid eligible. If students are pursuing INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS while receiving financial aid, they jeopardize future aid opportunities and will have to pay back any aid they received. Financial aid applicants are required by the Office of Financial Aid to clearly state, in writing, the degree or certificate they are pursuing and their major. If the program is ELIGIBLE, the student is expected to pursue that declared and specific program as it appears in the current college catalog and not take classes outside that specific curriculum. All financial aid recipients are encouraged to read the financial aid section in each of the quarterly schedule of classes carefully and pay attention to various class messages as they register for classes each term. The financial aid office does provide considerable student consumer information in these quarterly schedules that, if followed, could eliminate challenges for aid recipients.

Veterans’ Services The Office of Veterans’ Services, located in the Admissions and Records Office on the main campus, provides a one-stop, centrally located area for the student to deal with veteran-related problems. The office handles VA educational paperwork, changes in program, address, dependency status and problems with late or inappropriate benefit checks. The office also can refer students to agencies specializing in discharge upgrading, militaryrelated problems and psychological and drug counseling. Eligible students should contact the veterans’ clerk for certification. The Veterans Administration Regional Office keeps a central file on each person receiving benefits and all enrollment information must first be processed by the college before any award is made. The veterans’ office continually audits the transcripts of each student receiving VA benefits to ensure that the veteran’s work leads toward the stated degree. Any class or grade which does not lead toward that degree will not apply to VA benefits. Veterans registering for classes which meet for less than the standard 10-11 week session will be certified by the number of credits for the class and paid accordingly. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.

Other Veterans’ Services Deferred Tuition. Initiating VA educational benefit checks generally takes six to eight weeks. Because of this, many veterans are unable to pay tuition at the time of registration. A note deferring tuition must be signed by the veterans’ clerk stating that the veteran will be receiving benefits. This note is an I. O. U. between the individual and the Business Office to register for and attend classes, and pay tuition once the VA check comes. Tutorial Assistance. Veterans and dependents needing extra help with class work, and unable to receive tutoring through the Independent Study Center, may have the cost of hiring a tutor reimbursed by the VA.

Veterans’ Satisfactory Progress Standards

Student Services

Veterans Services cont.

1. All veterans or other eligible persons who receive veterans’ benefits must demonstrate satisfactory progress toward their educational degree/certificate goals to remain eligible to receive such benefits. 2. Students should enroll for and successfully earn credit for only those credit hours for which they have been certified to the Veterans Administration. A 2.00 GPA must be maintained. Full-time........................................12 credits 3/4 time .................................... 9-11 credits 1/2 time .................................... 6-8 credits Less than 1/2 time ......... under 6 credits

Full-time equivalency is defined as regularly enrolled for 12 or more credit hours. Students certified for less than full-time will have their eligibility proportionately extended. 3. Eligible students who fail to make satisfactory progress will be so notified. They will be granted one term of probation unless notified to the contrary. Students not achieving satisfactory progress during the probationary term will be reported to the Veterans Administration at the end of said term except in the case of extenuating circumstances. Students placed on probation may have their certification extended beyond one term due to extenuating circumstances. See No. 12. 4. Students transferring to MHCC from any post secondary educational institution, or who have otherwise been granted college credit, must submit a transcript of all prior credit records for evaluation and determination of prior credit granted as substitutions for MHCCD curriculum requirements prior to the end of the first term in residence. Appropriate reduction in the time allowed for completion of the student’s educational objectives will be noted on the transfer transcript evaluation. 5. Since the permanent record must reflect a withdrawal and re-enrollment in any course for which there was a withdrawal, this mark will not be replaced by a subsequent grade. A Subsequent grade will be entered on the transcript at the time the grade is achieved. A “W” grade may not be changed or erased for any reason. The date of receipt of this non-punitive grade will be reported to the VA Regional Office. 6. A written statement signed by both the student and the instructor must be on file with the veterans’ clerk in order for the student to repeat a course.

7. A veteran student who fails all classes is deemed not to be making satisfactory progress. 8. MHCCD will make available to the VA records that will substantiate whether the student is progressing satisfactorily at the rate for which he is certified. 9. Within restrictions imposed by the VA, students may be allowed to enroll in and receive benefits for a given deficiency course for a period not to exceed one academic term including summer session. Exceptions may be allowed when the course instructor recommends in writing that the student repeat. 10. All students covered by this regulation will be apprised of the MHCCD Satisfactory Progress Standards at the time of their initial certification for benefits. 11. All veteran students who drop or withdraw from any class after the fourth week and their credit-clock hour load is reduced to a lesser category (threequarter time, quarter-time, etc.) than the one for which they were certified will be liable for repayment of funds. 12. Extenuating Circumstances. Veteran students who fail to meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards may be partially or totally excused by filing documentation for one of the following reasons: a. Death in the immediate family. b. Serious illness extending over a period of three weeks or more must be documented by physician’s statement. c. Clerical error determined by the Dean of Enrollment Services to be an institutional error. d. Student improperly placed according to placement and/or diagnostic testing. 13. The Dean of Enrollment Services will review and make disposition of any appeal for reinstatement or modification of benefit reduction. 14. Students and the VA Regional Office will be notified in writing within 30 days of the date unsatisfactory progress has been determined. 15. Students are expected to maintain a cumulative 2.00 grade point average to meet graduation requirements for degrees and certificates. NOTE: Veterans must notify the VA clerk of any changes in their enrollment status (adds, drops, etc.) in addition to processing through the registration office. Failure to do so may result in overpayment of benefits.

Student Government, Student Clubs, and Co-curricular Activities The activities of student government committees, departmental interest groups, and other student organizations provide exciting and interesting opportunities that are an important part of student life at MHCC. There are many reasons why students participate in activities. For students interested in leadership, there are dozens of roles with student-managed organizations that provide direct leadership experiences. Many students participate in student-managed organizations and events because they are an enjoyable break from their academic pursuits. Other students create or join groups out of a desire to provide service to their community. Involvement offers students unique opportunities for rewarding personal and social growth that are an integral part of the educational experience offered at MHCC. The range of activities offered at MHCC is impressive. Students initiate whitewater rafting trips, sponsor Halloween pumpkin carving contests, organize environmental conferences, and make decisions as student representatives on important institutional planning committees. Each year the student government prepares a sizable budget providing funding for numerous student projects. The student government supports the operations of the forensics team providing students competitive opportunities in debate and speech tournaments. The Gallery and Performance Program Committee brings musical groups and performers to the campus along with a series of art shows displayed in the College Center. Club sports, political groups, and organizations promoting cultural awareness provide numerous other activities each year. New groups are created each year to meet the changing needs of students at MHCC. The ofﬁce of Student Life in the College Center can provide information on the full array of opportunities available.

Child Care As a practicum and observation site for a number of MHCC instructional programs, primarily Early Childhood Education, the center offers child care for children ages 10 months to five years of age. MHCC students have first priority for child care spaces. The center offers a developmentally appropriate educational programs for each age group. Planned curriculum in each class offers a balance of individual and group experiences designed to promote creativity, self-esteem, language development, cognitive skills, fine and gross motor skills,

Student Services cont. physical ﬁtness, environmental awareness and social skills. Center professional staff is assisted by Early Childhood Education students, college work study placements, and student aids. The Child Development Center is a state certiﬁed, and nationally accredited child care facility and operates year round Monday - Friday from 7:00am - 6:00pm. The center is closed on legal holidays and any day when MHCC does not hold classes. Enrollment and fees are scheduled by the school term. For additional information, fees, and applications, please call 503-491-7169.

Campus Store The campus store is designed to serve the MHCC campus’ needs in course-related materials, supplies and services. In addition the store carries a wide variety of other items to enhance your academic life. Some of these items are academically priced computer software, reference materials and art supplies. The store also has a wide variety of greeting cards, magazines, snacks and insignia clothing. Among the services the store provides are Tri-Met tickets/passes, postage stamps and prepaid phone cards. The store also offers “Grab-n-Go” prewrapped sandwiches, juice and water after the food service facilities have closed for the day. M & K Caffe’, located in the store, offers an outstanding array of espresso drinks and Italian sodas.

College Center The College Center serves as a primary location for students, faculty and staff to gather for meetings, special events, and for informal social interactions. The Fireplace Lounge is often considered the living room of the campus. A variety of services are based in the College Center including food services, housing information bulletin boards, vending machines, an open computer lab, a FAX machine, a poster making machine, copy services, lockers, recreational games and access to public telephones. The building houses the ofﬁces of the Associated Student Government, the Student Activities Board, student clubs and other student groups. Friendly staff members answer questions all day at the campus information desk. Tri-Met bus schedules are available there as well. The College Center is the location where many student activities and public forums are organized. Speakers on environmental, political and religious topics are common along with musical performances and cultural arts programs. Art exhibits are a regular feature of the College Center, and

“Scrooge Lives” is an annual craft fair held in the building during the holiday season. Seasonal activities include Welcome Week, Women’s History Month, Winter Celebration, Black History Month, spring awards banquet and many other annual events.

Library Resource Center The Mt. Hood Community College Library is located on the upper level of the Academic Center (see the map provided in the catalog) and is used by a quarter of a million people each year. The Library is open Monday through Thursday from 7:30 am to 7:00 pm; Friday from 7:30 am to 5:00 pm; and Saturday from 10:30 am to 6:30 pm during the regular academic year. For current information on Library hours, including summer, break and holiday schedules call 503-491-7161. Students may obtain a library card at the circulation desk in the Library; the card is valid as long as the student is enrolled. The MHCC Library also provides services to eligible community members and local high school students. However, college regulations and federal law require all persons under 18, who are not enrolled in a College course, to be accompanied by a parent. Library resources consist of more than 56,000 books, 475 periodicals and 3,206 media titles. On-line databases and eBooks give access to thousands of journals and electronic books. Access to the library’s collection is through an online catalog available in the Library or via the Web. Other services in the Library include Internet access, media listening and viewing facilities, microform reader/printers, photocopiers, interlibrary loan, and eight Internet workstations for accessing email. Word processing is only available in a separate computer lab. This lab is located in the library facility and the hours are posted on the lab doors. Faculty librarians provide reference assistance, give library tours, and teach information literacy classes. The Library also publishes a number of guides to assist library users. The MHCC Library augments its own resources by cooperation with other libraries in a ﬁfteen library consortium called PORTALS. Access to the catalogs of the PORTALS libraries catalogs is available through MHCC’s Library catalog and information about obtaining reciprocal borrowing privileges is available at the circulation desk.

Planetarium MHCC planetarium shows, demonstrations and tours for the public are offered on a regular basis. Call 503-491-7297 for information.

Publications The student publications program at MHCC provides excellent opportunities for students to express their opinions and gain experience in the development of a campus newspaper (The Advocate), student news magazine (Venture), and a campus literary publication (Perceptions). These three formats provide writers with a diverse and challenging set of writing venues. Students write the material and manage the organizations that produce these publications. Contact the College Center Information Desk for information on how to be involved with these groups.

Sports Mt. Hood’s intercollegiate athletic programs include volleyball, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s basketball, baseball, softball and men’s and women’s track and ﬁeld. The Saint’s athletic teams compete in the Southern Region of the NWAACC (Northwest Athletic Association of Community Colleges). A diversiﬁed intramural program consisting of over 15 activities is available to all students.

Aquatic Center The Mt. Hood Aquatic Center is a fourpool complex open to the public as well as students. There are three indoor pools; a six lane 25-yard pool, a warm water therapy pool and a hot tub. The outdoor 50-meter by 25-yard pool is open in the summer season. The Aquatic Center offers a full range of programs from children’s lessons to adult exercise. For more information or to obtain a complete schedule please call 503-491-7243.

Mt. Hood Rock Wall Introduce yourself to the exciting sport of rock climbing in a safe, controlled environment. The indoor wall features 1,800 square feet of climbing area, thousands of handholds and a variety of terrain to challenge you. The rock wall is located inside the Aquatic Center and is open to students, staff and the general public.

Tri-Met In cooperation with Tri-Met, your student association encourages you to POOL-IT. For more information and a list of people who are interested in car pooling, you may contact Carpool, 520 SW Yamhill Street, Portland, OR 97204. Located at the main focal point of the campus, the Office of College Information functions as MHCC’s information office. Persons arriving on campus seeking directions and those seeking specific information in person or by telephone are served by this office.

College and Visitor Information 26

Located at the main focal point of the campus, the Office functions as MHCC’s information office. Persons arriving on campus seeking directions and those seeking specific information in person or by telephone are served by this office.

Extended Learning and Instructional Technology The Extended Learning and Instructional Technology division is comprised of the Distance Education Program, Instructional Technology, and the Self-Paced Learning Center. The Distance Education Program offers courses to students who are separated by time and/or space from the instructor. The program increases student ﬂexibility and provides them with alternative methods of access to the educational offerings of the college. Courses are offered in a variety of modalities including: Telecourses: A telecourse is a learning system based on a series of television programs. These programs may be viewed through the local cablecast company for students residing with the MHCC perimeter. If you do not subscribe to AT&T cable, live West of I-205 or in Clackamas County, you can view these programs in the MHCC Library or have the option of renting the tapes from an outside company. Telecourses are supplemented by printed material and may have on-campus meetings. Telecourse with a Web Wrap Around: This is a series of television programming supplemented by printed material and the use of the Web. These courses required access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and email. On-line Courses: Many courses are offered over the Internet. These courses require access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and email. Testing may be done on-line or through the use of a proctor. For additional information, please visit our web site at http://classes.mhcc.edu. Distance Learning students have a full range of student services available to them including ﬁnancial aid, phone registration, library, advising, and the bookstore which are now available on-line. For term by term Distance

Extended Learning cont. Education Program offerings, please refer to the current term schedule under “Learning at a Distance”. For additional information, please contact the Extended Learning and Instructional Technology staff at 503-4916995 or email dep@mhcc.edu. Learn computers at your own pace and convenience at the Self-Paced Learning Center! Self-paced computer courses are designed to be done in the lab, at home, or on the job. Classes range from beginning to advanced levels, and can be taken for credit or noncredit. Courses are designed to meet the most current job market needs. • Open seven days a week, including some evenings. • Register any time throughout the term, begin immediately, and take up to ten weeks to complete a course. • Instructors available on site to help guide you through your course. For additional information, please contact the Self-Paced Learning Center staff at 503-491-6122.

Community Use of College Facilities Community groups and organizations are invited to use college facilities when space is not being used for instruction or student activities. Facilities are available for meetings, banquets, workshops, and presentations. Catering is available through the college food service vendor. Community groups are frequent users of the Town and Gown Room, the Vista Dining Center, theatres, classrooms and tiered lecture rooms. Priority is given to groups within the MHCC District. For further information about fees and availability, contact MHCC at 503-491-7107.

Adult Basic Skills Adult Basic Skills (ABS) Free Adult Basic Skills classes are available to any adult, age 16 or over, who wants to improve basic skills. Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. A volunteer literacy project provides tutoring for those who need to improve basic reading, writing and spelling skills. For more information call 503-491-7333.

General Educational Development (GED) The General Educational Development program offers classes, in both English and Spanish, designed to develop the skills needed in reading, math, science, social studies, and writing to pass the GED tests. Adults age 16 or older are eligible to enroll. Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. Classes are offered on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses at various times during the day and evening. For more information call 503-491-7333. GED testing is available on campus. Call 503-491-7678 for scheduling. There is a fee for GED testing.

English As A Second Language (ESL) Non-Credit English as a Second Language classes include speaking, listening, reading and writing. There are beginning, intermediate and advanced classes held on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses and at several community locations. Students are required to buy books. For more information call 503-491-7366.

English As A Second Language (ESL) Credit Credit ESL courses provide skills in reading, writing and speaking to help them transition from non-credit to credit courses. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books for credit ESL courses.

English As A Non-Native Language (ENL) English as a Non-native Language classes are for non-native English speakers and are offered for students who want to improve their English reading, writing and speaking skills. ENL is an intensive multi-level program designed to develop the students’ competence in English language skills at the college level. These classes are offered at the MHCC Gresham campus for credit. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books. Financial aid may help with these costs. For more information call 503-491-7415 or 503-491-6912.

Developmental The Center for Community Education and Workforce Development Citizenship Citizenship is a free class that prepares students to apply for and pass the United States Citizenship Test. For more information call 503-491-7366.

Developmental Education The Language and Literature Division offers students an opportunity to build speciﬁc academic skills, develop learning strategies and, therefore, strengthen self-conﬁdence. Students are encouraged to enroll in these success-oriented, skill-building courses. Developmental Education courses below the 100 level do not count toward graduation.

Reading Reading classes at all levels are available. Placement is made according to test scores or individual classroom testing. Instruction may include lecture and/or practice in the Learning Assistance Center. For more information call 503-491-7366.

Study Skills Study Skills courses improve students’ learning efﬁciency. Tips for time management, effective note taking and test taking skills improve academic performance. Memory and learning styles units are also included.

Spelling and Vocabulary Improvement These lab courses are for students who want to improve their basic spelling and vocabulary. Instructor permission is required.

Developmental Writing Students needing review or preparation in writing are required to take WR90, a fourcredit course. Students study and apply grammar, usage, punctuation and composition skills needed for college-level writing. RD90 or above is a co-requisite.

Tutorial Services The MHCC Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides free tutoring to students in many academic subjects. Qualiﬁed tutors are available at scheduled hours, which are posted in the center. Study groups may be arranged by contacting the LAC coordinator. For more information call 503-491-7108.

Computer Access Instruction Under the auspices of the Disabilities Services Ofﬁce, students with disabilities are evaluated for appropriate computer access devices. Basic computer applications are taught using recommended adaptives. For information call 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

The Center for Community and Workforce Development is designed to establish and maintain meaningful and lasting partnerships between Mt. Hood Community College and local businesses, industries, professional organizations, community groups, local school districts and individual residents. The primary purpose of Community and Workforce Development is to meet the needs of its students/clients by providing quality educational offerings, training activities and lifelong learning opportunities. The Center offers over 800 courses per year and serves over 12,000 students/clients. Courses and training activities are offered on a regular basis in 27 different off-campus sites.

Center Programs Business Development Center Provides free counseling, affordable workshops and up-to-date resources to help business owners solve problems and implement proﬁtable business strategies.

Starting a Business Conﬁdently A free, two-hour consulting workshop is held bi-weekly to get your new business off to a good start.

Workshops For Busy Business Owners

Continuing Education Continuing Education offerings are primarily non-credit classes and workshops located at various sites including eight area high schools, churches and community centers. The majority of classes are evening and weekends with ﬂexible scheduling ranging from one day to 10 weeks. Special interest courses include work and family issues, art, music, physical exercise, personal growth, and professional supplemental education. Tuition and fees vary according to the type and length of each class. Call 503-491-7428.

Professional Development Professional Development offerings provide career improvement and professional upgrading. They include workshops, short courses and seminars speciﬁcally designed to meet the needs of the professional. Tuition and fees vary according to the length and type of each class. Most offerings are non-credit but do provide continuing education hours required by professional licensing agencies. Call 503-491-7394.

The Microelectronics Training Center

An extensive library of small business books, directories, video and audio tapes and free access to a hands-on computer lab.

The Microelectronics Training Center (MTC) is the result of continuing partnerships with LSI Logic Corporation; area school districts; Multnomah County; and MHCC. The purpose of the MTC is to provide quality training for east Multnomah County residents that will lead to stable employment in family wage jobs.

Small Business Management Program

Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium

Nominally priced short-term workshops to conveniently develop speciﬁc skills.

Business Resource Center

This 10-month series places a small business professional at your business location every month to develop over a year’s time the ﬁnancial, marketing and management tools needed to oversee a stable business. Call 503-491-7658.

Training and Employee Development The Training and Employee Development program is designed to meet the increasing demand for training opportunities and state-of-the-art information necessary for organizations to operate effectively. The program assists clients in developing and delivering individualized training programs for their employees, offering ﬂexible times, dates and locations, custom-designed curriculum, high quality and affordable costs. Services offered include: group training activities, custom-designed training, professional upgrading, industry-based training and employee development opportunities, cooperative workshops and seminars with hospitals, businesses and professional associations.

The Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium is an education partnership between Mt. Hood Community College and the eight high schools within the MHCC service district. The focus of the Consortium is to provide area high school students with various program links from their high school to MHCC programs and beyond to university.

MHCC Maywood Park Campus 28

MHCC Maywood Park Campus 10100 NE Prescott, Portland, Oregon 97220 Telephone: 503-491-6100 The MHCC Maywood Park Campus offers a variety of education services for the community. • Registration services • Business Ofﬁce • Bookstore to purchase books and supplies for classes offered at the Maywood Park Campus • Academic advising • Financial aid assistance • Scholarship application assistance • Career exploration services • College Placement Testing • Child care referral • Social services referral Maywood Park Campus courses provide opportunities for: • Personal enrichment • Vocational studies • Job and career training • Skills upgrading • Cultural awareness • Leisure time activities • Self-Paced learning

Adult Basic Education/GED • ABE-GED courses serve individuals at all levels • Upgrade existing skills • Set learning goals • Assistance in attaining the General Educational Development (GED) Certiﬁcate • GED taught in Spanish available

Workforce Connections Looking for a job or preparing for a career change? Workforce Connections could be the resource you are looking for. Workforce Connections is a federally funded re-employment program. Our Resource Center is available weekdays & Tuesday evenings to the public. Certain services require meeting eligibility and program guidelines. Services include... • One Stop Employment Services • Full-service resource center • Job search workshops • Labor market information • Career and skill assessment • Career counseling • Computer classes and computer lab • Vocational training and skills updating • English as a Second Language classes Call 503-252-0758 for information.

English as a Second Language • Non-native English speakers learn to speak, read, write and understand English.

Child Development and Family Support Program • Head Start/Oregon Head Start Pre-kindergarten Program: Comprehensive preschool program including health, social services and parent involvement opportunities located at sites throughout the community. • Even Start: Family Literacy Program providing GED classes for parents and on-site preschool for children. • Parents as Teacher Program: Home visit and weekly group experience for parents with children ages 0-5. • Community Placements Program: Head Start services in family child care homes and child care centers for working families needing full-day/full-year child care services. • Services are available to low income families and families with special needs residing in East County outside the Portland Public School District. • Administrative Ofﬁces located at Maywood Park Campus. • Call 503-491-6111 for further information.

The Self-Paced Learning Center Learn computers at your own pace and convenience! Self-paced computer courses are designed to be done in the lab, at home or on the job. Classes range from beginning to advanced levels, and can be taken for credit or noncredit. Courses are designed to meet the most current job market needs. • Open seven days a week, including some evenings. • Register any time throughout the term, begin immediately, and take up to ten weeks to complete a course. • Instructors available on site to help guide you through your course. Other course offerings include, Medical Vocabulary, Electronic Calculator, keyboarding, basic mathematics, reading, and writing. Call 503-491-6122 for more information.

Steps to Success 1415 SE 122nd Portland, Or 97233 503-256-0432 The Steps to Success program, currently in its 14th year of operation, provides comprehensive educational, social and employment services to AFS clientele to enable them to gain the skills and qualiﬁcations necessary to obtain permanent jobs which will lead to economic self-sufﬁciency. The program, administered by MHCC through a contract with Oregon Adult and Family Services Division (AFS), is funded by federal and state dollars. Steps to Success offers participants skills and aptitude assessments, counseling, basic education, GED preparation, job skills training, work experience, job placement assistance, and a range of support services (such as help with child care, transportation, and clothing costs) to enable each student to be successful. To be eligible for Steps to Success, participants must be referred by their AFS case manager.

EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS

• Transfer Information • Professional/ Technical Programs • Special Studies

Transfer Information 30

Transfer Information Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can complete all or most of the general education requirements for both public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the requirements of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.

Planning for Transfer Different colleges and universities have different general education and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the various transfer schools.The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees that they offer. Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC. Professional academic advisers, faculty advisers, and counselors are available to help students develop educational plans that will meet the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.

Transfer Departments and Advisers Students can prepare for more than 60 transfer majors at MHCC! Those majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers.The subject areas for transfer study are listed below. Advisers in major areas are assigned to assist students with appropriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and keeping updated on changing requirements and standards. Faculty advisers in the various major areas provide expertise to students majoring in their ﬁelds. Lists of advisers for all majors are updated annually. Students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the college departments listed below for the names of advisers in their chosen majors.

The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ............503-491-7315 · Undecided and/or exploring majors

Business and Computer Technology ...503-491-7196 · · · ·

Business Administration Business Education Health Care Administration Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism Management

Communication Arts ......503-491-7410 · Journalism · Speech

Health and Physical Education .....................503-491-7452 · Health and Health Education · Physical Education

Industrial Technology......503-491-7470 · Industrial Management · Manufacturing Technology

Language & Literature ......503-491-7290 · English · Foreign Languages · International Studies

Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics ..........503-491-7292 · · · ·

Computer Science Engineering Engineering Technologies Mathematics

Performing Arts .............503-491-6969 · Music · Theater

Science ..........................503-491-7364 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

Agriculture Agri-Business Biochemistry & Biophysics Biology Chemistry Chemistry-Business Chiropractic College (pre-professional) Dental Hygiene Dentistry (pre-professional) Entomology Environmental Sciences Fisheries and Wildlife Science Forest Resources (pre-professional) General Science General Studies in Science Geology Medical Technology (pre-professional) Medicine (pre-professional) Microbiology Nursing (pre-professional) Occupational Therapy (pre-professional)

· · · · · ·

Optometry (pre-professional) Pharmacy (pre-professional) Physical Therapy (pre-professional) Physics Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional) Zoology

Social Science ...............503-491-7480 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

Anthropology Criminal Justice Administration Economics Education General Social Science Geography History Peace Studies Philosophy Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Sociology

Visual Arts ....................503-491-7309 · Fine Arts · Art Education · Art History

Academic Advising and Transfer Center Many resources can be used to research potential transfer colleges, and to learn about their major programs and requirements. MHCC’s Transfer Center offers a wealth of such resources for student use. The center’s resources include a library of college catalogs from all over the country, comprehensive college directories, and transfer advising guides for Oregon colleges and universities.View books and videos produced by various colleges are also available for students to review. Students may use the center’s computer to access Web pages for hundreds of colleges and universities. They can pick up current applications for many of Oregon’s public and private schools. Regular visits by transfer college representatives also enable MHCC students to make personal inquiries related to their transfer plans.

Transfer Days Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to investigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college reps offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days, students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.

Transfer Information cont. Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Oregon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met. The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree requirements on pages 15-16). A limited number of private and out-ofstate institutions also accept the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University. Some of these schools have unique general education requirements that must also be met. Advisers and counselors can assist students planning for those courses. It is important to note that the AA-OT is not the best choice for all majors, even when students are transferring to schools that accept the degree (see below, “Direct Transfer”). Also, lower division courses required for admissions to specific programs (e.g., Business Administration) are not automatically met through completion of the AA-OT. Students should consult advisers in their major areas for educational planning related to required (or “tool”) courses in their majors.

Direct Transfer Transfer without an AA-OT is also a viable option for MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer after one year, in order to take advantage of critical major courses offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major and transfer school, then take only the speciﬁc courses required for that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course basis by the transfer school.

Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ requirements for transfer credits and grade point averages. Students with fewer than the minimum number of transfer credits must apply as freshmen and meet more stringent admissions requirements. Catalogs from transfer institutions contain information about credit-hour requirements and transfer application procedures. The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages 17-18).This ﬂexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option, as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed. Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be done with the help of an adviser or counselor. It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer schools for updates.

Successful Transfer Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful planning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from following these tips for successful transfer: · Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an adviser during your first term at MHCC to develop an educational plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in HD110 or HD208. · Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions representatives and major advisers at MHCC and transfer colleges. Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major and transfer requirements. · Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit policies, application deadlines and both general education and major course requirements of transfer schools. · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses transfer to all four-year schools. Transfer colleges have the “last say” on transferability. · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisers, academic advisers, and counselors are key sources of information and guidance. · Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete information; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process successfully.

Transfer Hotline If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or university, the student should ﬁrst try to resolve the problem through contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisers and counselors may be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort, such a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help. The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.

Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology (Transfer Curriculum)

Biology is a tremendously diverse ﬁeld of study devoted to examining life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators and health professionals. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter BI211 CH221 MTH251 WR121

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

17 Second Quarter BI212 CH222 MTH252 WR122

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 General Chemistry II ...................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ................................ 1

18 Third Quarter BI213 CH223 WR123

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Comp./Research ................................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ....................................... 3

19 Fourth Quarter CH241 PH201 SP111

Organic Chemistry I2 ...................................................... 5 General Physics I.............................................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

19 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH202

Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics II ............................................................ 5 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirements1 ....................................... 6

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH203

Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics III ........................................................... 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. 2

MHCC Advisers: (Division of Science and Industrial Technology) Lee Mitchell, 503-491-7441, Room AC 2595 mitchell@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/biology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors. html University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Biology.shtml Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Business

(Transfer Curriculum) If your goal is to earn a four-year degree in Business, start that degree at MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College courses in Business offer tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in transferring to a four-year degree school. Students can do the ﬁrst two years of course work at MHCC and transfer their college credits to the 4-year institution. The objective of this degree is to satisfy all or most of the lower division requirements of the 4-year school, and/or the school of Business within that college or university.The following is an outline of the coursework that will prepare the student for direct transfer to a four-year school. CS105/L EC201 EC202 WR121 PSY201 BA101 BA205 BA206 BA211 BA212 BA213

Computing Fundamentals and Lab .............................. 4 Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3 Principles of Economics (Macro) ................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 Business Communications ............................................. 4 Management Fundamentals ........................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4

Students should see a Business program adviser for guidance regarding specific courses and requirements. MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/business/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu Oregon State University - http:/www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Students/index.htm University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/ Business/offcampus.html Concordia University - http:www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/BusinessAdmin.cfm Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/asns-management.html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Business - Accounting (Transfer Curriculum)

Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business. As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices in business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Ofﬁcers, Controllers, and Finance VP’s.To enhance their career options, many students combine accounting with other majors or minors such as Finance or Information Technology. MHCC students have transferred to many four-year coleges. Examples include PSU, Eastern Oregon University, and University of Portland. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU School of Business Administration transfer. Students who wish to transer to other schools must contact that school for course advising.

First Quarter BA101 BA211 MTH241 SP111 WR121

Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Calculus.............................................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

18 Second Quarter BA212 CS105 CS105L MTH243 PHL202 WR122

Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

17 Third Quarter BA213 BA231 MTH244 PHL203 WR123

Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter BA226 BI101 EC201 MTH251 PS200

Introduction to Business Law ....................................... 3 General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3

17 Fifth Quarter BI102 EC202 MTH252 PS201 SP112

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 American Government .................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3

Sixth Quarter BA206 BI103 EC203 PHL201 PSY201

Business Communications ............................................. 4 General Biology III........................................................... 4 Principles of Economics III............................................. 3 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3

MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 Room AC 2682 kohlerJ @mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 Room AC2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ bctma/bhtc/accounting/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu Oregon State University - http://www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Students/index.htm University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/ Business/offcampus.html Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/BusinessAdmin.cfm Marylhurst Universitsy - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/asns-management.html Disclaimer This information is meant to searve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Chemistry/Biochemistry (Transfer Curriculum)

The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis, structure, and properties of matter and the various transformations matter may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of many diverse systems that are of great interest to mankind, including biological functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial processes, food and agriculture, etc. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Chemistry/Biochemistry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions.These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Third Quarter CH223 MTH253 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter CH241 MTH254 PH211

Organic Chemistry I2 .................................................... 5 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

17 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH212 SP111

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH213

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. Check with your transfer institution to determine any additional Organic Chemistry requirmenets.

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Michael Russell 503-491-7348 Room AC 2596 russellm@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/chemistry.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/ Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http://oregonstate.edu/dept/biochem/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem. html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Computer Science (Transfer Curriculum)

The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-hear institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for graduate school. A computer Science graduate might work for a software development firm, a research organization, or a commercial or manufacturing firm. A graduate might be involved in designing and writing commercial application programs, companyproprietary applications, or projects such as operating systems, compilers, computer architecture, artificial intelligence, or database management systems. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. It is intended to lead the student to graduate from MHCC with the AAOT degree. The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools. This in intended, specifically, for Computer Science and Computer Engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Computer Science. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English. High school programming or computer applications courses should not be taken in place of other college preparatory courses. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC Computer Science transfer program adviser or The Academic Advising and Counseling Center (see below). You should also make early contact with an adviser at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so because the requirements at each institution may vary by Computer Science specialty. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Computer Science. Specific classes outside the major that are part of the associate degree are the responsibility of the student to select. It is highly recommended that you meet with the program adviser prior to beginning your first term. Computer Science-related Curriculum

First quarter CS161 MTH251 PH211 WR121

Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus .................................... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CS162 MTH252 PH212 WR122

Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3

Third Quarter CS260 MTH253 PH213 WR227

Data Structures ............................................................... 4 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Total

16 48

Other General Curriculum related to AAOT degree: Other General Education courses: Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 .......... 3 Humanities1 .................................................................... 12 Social Sciences1 .............................................................. 15 Electives (such as): SP111

BI211, CH221, MTH254, CS133VB, CS233VB CS234VB Total Other Credits 45+ 1 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements.

No more than 108 credits are generally transferable to four-year institutions; minimum 90 required for AAOT degree and junior standing. Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Student should consult with the four-year school to which they plan to transfer for specific general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science discipline and a four-year Computer science school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer. MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division) David Todd, Ph.D. 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2783 toddd@mhcc.edu The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315 Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Criminal Justice Administration (Transfer Curriculum)

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with knowledge about the nature and causes of crime and delinquency, law and the legal system in American society, and the decision processes of criminal justice agencies. A criminal justice major is broadly educated and also provided with courses that directly apply to careers in law and the justice system. Students from MHCC frequently transfer to Western Oregon University to work toward a bachelor of arts degree in criminal justice. The courses listed below have been selected in accordance with an established articulation agreement with Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions, including Portland State University. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CJA111 MTH111 MUS101 SOC204 WR121

Introduction to Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement ....................................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I .................................................................. 4 Music Fundamentals ....................................................... 3 General Sociology .......................................................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CJA112 SOC213 ENG105 MTH112 WR122

Intro. to Criminal Justice: The Court System ........ 3 Race Relations in the U.S. ............................................ 3 Introduction to Literature: Drama............................ 3 Pre-Calculus II ................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3

16 Third Quarter ART115 CJA113 GEOG107 SP111 TA106 PE185_

Basic Design I ................................................................... 3 Introduction to Criminal Justice: The Corrections System ......................................... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter BI101 CJA230 HPE295 PSY201 CS161

General Biology I ............................................................ 4 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process..... 3 Health and Wellness for Life ....................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4

Fifth Quarter GEOG106 BI102 CJA214 PHL202 PSY239

World Regional Geography ......................................... 3 General Biology II ........................................................... 4 Introduction to Criminal Investigation ..................... 3 Fundamental Ethics ........................................................ 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ..................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter BI103 CJA219 CJA123 WR227 PE185 PS201

General Biology III ......................................................... 4 Introduction. to Community Policing ....................... 3 Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice ................ 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 American Government ................................................. 3

17 MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675 gorsekc@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/criminal_justice/criminal_justice.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ criminaljusticedept.htm Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Education Elementary/Secondary Education (Transfer Curriculum)

The education transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division educational requirements of the universities educational program. The courses listed fulﬁll both the AAOT associate degree as well as lower division course requirements or the baccalaureate degree in elementary or secondary education. Some colleges and universities have speciﬁc requirements beyond the list of recommended classes. Contact the education advisor at Mt. Hood Community College for more detailed information. For information on elementary and secondary education at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Composition WR121, 122, 123 English Composition............................................ 9 Humanities ENG104, 105, 106 Literature .............................................................. 9 PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy ................................. 3 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

MTH105

Intro to Contemporary Mathematics, or above (for Secondary Education Social Science, and Humanities majors) .............. 4 MTH211, 212, 213 Fundamentals of Elementary Math I, II, III (for Elementary Education majors) ...................... 9 MTH251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, II (for Secondary Education Mathematics majors) ............................................. 12 *** In terms of the AAOT degree, MTH211 is an elective only and not eligible as a general education math distribution. Education ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED260 Computers CS105

Fine Arts ART115 MUS101 TA101

Basic Design ..................................................................... 3 Music Fundamentals or MUS105 Music Appreciation ............................................................... 3 Appreciating Theatre..................................................... 3

Health and Fitness HPE295 PE185

Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Physical Education Activity .......................................... 2

Social Science GEOG107

Intro to Cultural Geography or PS201 American Government or SOC204 General Sociology ................................... 3 HST110, 111, 112 World Civilizations or HST201, 202, 203 History of the United States .............................................................. 9 PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 PSY231 Human Development .................................................... 4 Science* BI101, 102 BI103 GS104

General Biology I, II ....................................................... 8 General Biology III (optional**) ................................. 4 Physical Science-Physics or GS105 Physical Science-Chemistry or GS106 Physical Science-Geology .......................... 4

* Science majors must take 200 level science sequence classes. ** In terms of the AAOT degree, BI103 is optional for only Elementary Education and Secondary Education - Math majors. Math***

Introduction to Education ............................................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum (both) ................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3

Computing Fundamentals or above....................... 1-4 Transfer electives (see adviser)**** ...................... 0-5

Total Credits ....................................................................................... 94-97 **** The number of transfer electives needed to complete the AAOT requirements vary because of the different curriculum requirements of each transfer major. Please see your adviser. MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts) Dave Shields 503-491-6965 - Room AC 2671 shieldsd.mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Education. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Engineering (Transfer Curriculum)

The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and other professional engineering schools. This is intended, specifically, for Civil, Electrical and Mechanical engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Engineering. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering transfer program adviser or The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (see below. You should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so, because the requirements at each institution may very by engineering fired. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Engineering. A bachelor’s degree in engineering prepares a student to plan, design, and build projects in both private industry and the public sector, with high income earning potential. The Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree is not recommended for this major. Additional classes other than those listed below will be required to acquire an associate degree. It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC program adviser prior to beginning your first term. General Curriculum

First Quarter GE101 MTH251 CH221 WR121

Engineering Orientation ............................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 6 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter GE102 MTH252 CH222 SP111

Engineering Computations........................................... 3 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 3

19 Third Quarter GE115 MTH253

Engineering Graphics ..................................................... 3 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 9

Fourth Quarter ENGR201 ENGR211 MTH254 PH211

Electrical Fundamentals I .............................................. 5 Statics ................................................................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ............................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus I .................................. 5

18 Fifth Quarter ENGR202 ENGR213 MTH256 PH212

Electrical Fundamentals II............................................. 4 Strength of Materials ..................................................... 4 Differential Equations .................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5

17 Sixth Quarter ENGR212 PH213

Total

Dynamics........................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 General Education Requirements .......................... 6-9

15-18 101-104

(Necessary to meet four-year college general education requirements.) Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Student should consult with the four-year school to which they plan to transfer for specific general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science discipline and a four-year Computer science school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer. MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division) Nikolene Schulz 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 or AC 2459 schulzn@mhcc.edu For additional information: Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division 503491-7292 The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315 Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Environmental Science (Transfer Curriculum)

Environmental Science is designed to equip students with a general understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It is as interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions in a variety of ﬁelds including environmental policy, natural resource management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental education, and environmental communication. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science at Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 G201 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

16 Third Quarter CH223 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Compositin: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 6 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

17 Fourth Quarter BI211 EC201 MTH243 PH201

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 General Physics I.............................................................. 5

17 Fifth Quarter BI212 EC202 MTH244 SP111

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

Sixth Quarter BI213 EC203

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 Prnciples of Economics III.............................................. 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities Requirement1 .......................................... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: ( Science and Industrial Technology Division) Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/enviro_science.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=aes Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/ES/ University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~ecostudy/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Environmental Studies. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Fine Arts

(Transfer Curriculum) The Mt. Hood Community College Fine Arts Department prepares students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges, universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of Arts/Fine Arts. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical humanities elective requirements of such schools, and as major requirements for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College of Art, Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which many interested students transfer. Students interested in completing a fine arts degree, are encouraged to work toward a transfer degree or emphasize a direct transfer of credits from MHCC. MHCC Visual Arts courses generally transfer to most Oregon four-year educational institutions. However, it is highly recommended that students contact their transfer institution of choice immediately to begin the process of degree planning and to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC art faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating with transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the school’s requirements.

DIRECT TRANSFER First year Foundation courses (27 credits) Basic Design Art History Drawing

ART115, ART116, ART117 ART201, ART202, ART203 ART231, ART232, ART233

Elective courses Choose 6-9 credits of the following courses: Digital Art Drawing: Cartooning Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Beginning Watercolor I, II, III

ART225, ART226, ART227 ART240, ART241 ART254, ART255, ART256 ART257, ART258, ART259 ART271, ART272, ART273 ART281, ART282, ART283 ART288, ART291 ART294, ART295, ART199WC

Second year Foundation courses (9 credits) Life Drawing

ART234, ART235, ART236

Elective courses Choose 18-24 credits of the following courses: Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Beginning Watercolor I, II, III

ART254, ART255, ART256 ART257, ART258, ART259 ART271, ART272, ART273 ART281, ART282, ART283 ART288, ART291 ART294, ART295, ART199WC

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Mary Girsch 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30 girschm@mhcc.edu Stephen Mickey 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30 mickeys@mhcc.edu Howard Neufeld 503-491-6967 - Room VA 30 neufeldh@mhcc.edu Tamsie Ringler 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30 ringlert@mhcc.edu Georganne Watters 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30 wattersg@mhcc.edu Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/ Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/ Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/fna-art.html Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index. php Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fine Arts. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Fish and Wildlife Science (Transfer Curriculum)

Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse ﬁeld of study devoted to examining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish and Wildlife Science at Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

Fifth Quarter BI212 CH242 FW255 G202

19 Sixth Quarter BI213 MTH244 G203

First Quarter CH104 MTH251 WR121

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I or CH221 General Chemistry I .............................. 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Social Sciences Requirements1 ................................... 6

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Wildlife Techniques .......................................................... 2 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

Second Quarter

Fisheries:

CH105

Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room AC 2588 hannat@mhcc.edu Wildlife:

FW251 WR122

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II or CH222 General Chemistry II............................. 5 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ...................................... 3

17 Third Quarter CH106 WR123

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Health and Physical Education Requirement1 .......... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

Dr. Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/ﬁsheries.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu

18 Disclaimer

(Optional Summer Quarter) SP111

Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

3 Fourth Quarter BI211 CH241 G201 MTH243 SP111

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking............................... (3)

18-21

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Forest Resources (Transfer curriculum)

Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering, Forest Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at many universities throughout the United States and Canada. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from institution to institution, but in general, most programs require a year of Biology, a year of Chemistry and Mathematics through Calculus. In addition, most programs offer a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree, so taking only those courses that transfer is usually more cost and time efﬁcient than pursing an Associate of Arts degree. The following is a transfer guide for Forest Management at Oregon State University F111 F112 F141 F240 FT122 FT222 FT220 FT235 FT228 BI211 BI212 BI213 CH104, CH105 CH106

Introduction to Natural Resources1 .......................... 3 Computer Applications in Forestry2 ......................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identiﬁcation3 .................................... 3 Forest Biology and Ecology4 ........................................ 4 Forest Measurements I5 ............................................... 3 Forest Measurements II5 ............................................... 4 Aerial Photointerpretation5 ......................................... 3 Outdoor Recreation6 .................................................... 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems7 .. 3 Biology I8 .......................................................................... 5 Biology II8 ......................................................................... 5 Biology III8 ....................................................................... 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I9 ............................................ 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II9 ............................................ 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III9 ........................................ 5

Equivalent to OSU Requirements as follows for the Forest Management degree. 1

FOR111 Introduction to Forestry

FOR112 Forestry Computer Applications FOR141 Tree and Shrub Identiﬁcation

3 4

FOR240 Forest Biology

FOR220 Aerial Photointerpretation & Forest Measurements (in combination) 5

GEO265 Geographic Information Systems

FOR251 Recreation Resource Management

BI211, 212, 213 Principles of Biology I, II, III

CH121, 122, 123 General Chemistry

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Geography

(Transfer Curriculum)

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using GIS – a Geographic Information System). Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These institutions may require different courses within the various General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to any four-year college or university after attending MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter ART201 GEOG105 MTH111 SOC204 WR121

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3 Pre-Calculus I ................................................................... 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter ART202 CS105/L GEOG106 MTH112 WR122

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 Introduction to World Regional Geography ............ 3 Pre-Calculus II .................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

17 Third Quarter ART203 ART261 GEOG107 GEOG180 SP111

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Photography I ................................................................... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography .......................... 3 Map Reading and Interpretation................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

15 Fourth Quarter BI101 FT226 GEOG206 HPE295 HST 110

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping ............................ 3 Geography of Oregon .................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3 World Civilizations: Ancient World – 1000 AD ....... 3

16 Fifth Quarter BI102 FT228 GEOG214 GEOG290 HST111

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ... 3 Geography of Mexico and Central America .............. 3 Environmental Problems ................................................ 3 World Civilizations: 1000 AD – 1800 AD .................. 3

Sixth Quarter BI103 HST112 PE185 PS205 WR227

General Biology III........................................................... 4 World Civilizations: 1800 AD to Present ................... 3 Physical Education ........................................................... 1 International Relations ................................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3

14 MHCC Adviser: (Social Sciences, Performing and Visual Arts) Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675 gorsekc@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/geography/geography.htm Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography. html Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://geography.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geography. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Geology

(Transfer Curriculum) Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and analyze the earth’s physical and chemical characteristics and catalog the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the quality of human life. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Geology at Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

18 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR22

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter G203 PH203

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 General Physics III or PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

18 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Rick Bolesta 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564 bolestar@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/geology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/geosciences/ Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/

15 Disclaimer

Third Quarter CH223 MTH253 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

18 Fourth Quarter G201 MTH254 PH201 SP111

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics I or PH211 General Physics with Calculus I................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................... 1

17 Fifth Quarter G202 PH202

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 General Physics II or PH212 General Physics with Calculus II ............... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geology. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer Curriculum)

The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Program offers tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in a 4-year degree transfer program. Students have transferred to numerous colleges and universities in programs ranging from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice Management,Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meetings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Active transfer agreements exist with the Portland State University School of Business, Southern Oregon State University, University of NevadaLas Vegas, United States International University - San Diego, Hawaii Paciﬁc University, and Sierra Nevada College in Lake Tahoe. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of Business Administration transfer.

First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 MTH243 WR121

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.............................. 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry .................... 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ..................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) HT41 HT240 CS105 CS105L MTH244 SP111

Customer Service Management ................................... 3 Convention and Meetings Management ..................... 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 3 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

17 Third Quarter (Spring) HT105 HT181

HPE295 BA101 PSY201

Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concepts to Customers ........................................... 3 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Training ............................................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 General Psychology......................................................... 3

16 Fourth Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Fall) HT204 HT205 HT242 HT260 BA211 CSX30IN

International Hospitality and Tourism ......................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing ....................................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry.................................................... 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing ..................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Beginning Internet ........................................................... 1

Sixth Quarter (Winter) HT160 HT170 BA212 CS125HTF EC201 GEOG105

Hotel/Resort Operations Management...................... 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls ................. 3 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Beginning HTML .............................................................. 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3

16 Seventh Quarter (Spring) HT230 BA205 BA213 BA231 EC202

Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ........................................ 3 Business Communications ............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3

18 Eight Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4 EC203 Principles of Economics III (optional1) ........................ 3 Students may take course during the summer or wait and take an upper division course after transfer.

MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements for the transfer school.

Journalism

(Transfer Curriculum) This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying journalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in journalism. Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Oregon to work toward a bachelor of arts/science degree in journalism. The courses listed below have been selected with the University of Oregon program in mind as part of current articulation agreement discussions. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in journalism, communications or new media also transfer to other institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, the University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year) J215B Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start of fall quarter. See fall course schedule for exact dates. The course includes rientation sessions, skill-building drills and production of the ﬁrst newspaper of the year.

First Quarter J211 J215A J216 J226 CS125QRK

Second Quarter J215A J217 PH122 WR121

Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Copyediting ....................................................................... 3 Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions .......................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Creative Expository Writing ......................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3

Fourth Quarter J204 J215B BI101 EC201 HST201

Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Reporting II ........................................................................ 3 General Astronomy ......................................................... 3 English Composition. ....................................................... 3 Humanities Literature course1....................................... 3

Third Quarter J215A J218 MTH111 WR122 WR226 WR227

Introduction to Mass Communication ......................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Reporting I ......................................................................... 3 Introduction to Journalism Production ...................... 2 Quark XPress for Journalism ................................ 1 Humanities Literature course1 ...................................... 3

Visual Communication ................................................... 4 Publications Lab ............................................................... 2 General Biology I .............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................. 3 History of the United States .......................................... 3

Fifth Quarter J215B BI102 EC202 HST202 WR248

Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 General Biology II ............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................... 3 History of the United States .......................................... 3 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing ................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter J202 J215B HPE295 SP111

Information Gathering ..................................................... 4 Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 Health and Fitness for Life .............................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking. .................................. 3 Lab Science Course2 ...................................................... 4

16 The humanities literature course requirement may be satisﬁed with any of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107-109, ENG202-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255. 2 The lab science course requirement may be satisﬁed with any of the following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G143, G201-203, GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213. 1

Work Readiness Courses This set of courses are for students who want to directly enter the workforce upon graduation from MHCC and do not intend to immediately transfer. The following additional courses, when taken within the journalism AAOT, are intended to provide the student with the complete skill set necessary to work in a journalism field upon graduation from MHCC. They DO NOT SUBSTITUTE for the degree requirements listed above but can be taken in addition to ensure work readiness. These courses should be taken in the term indicated to ensure sequencing and course availability and will displace some of the general education courses in the above curriculum. These general education courses can be taken during a summer session as a seventh quarter option. Students interested in pursuing these courses should consult with an advisor to assist them with class scheduling. ART261 Photography I (Fall quarter, 1st year)..................................... 3 PHO146 Introduction to Photo Shop (Spring quarter, 1st year) .... 2 J134 Introduction to Photo Journalism (Fall quarter, 2nd year) ...... 3 J205 Public Relations (Winter quarter, 2nd year ) .............................. 3 J225 Advertising (Winter quarter 1st year) ......................................... 3 MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts ) Bob Watkins 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383 watkinsb@mhcc.edu Russ Kendall 503-491-7354 - Room AC 1384 kendallr@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/catalog.programs/journl Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

Physics

(Transfer Curriculum)

Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe. It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time. Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize models of complex phenomena. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Physics at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

15 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

PH213 SP111

General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) David Faust 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2568 faustd@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

Sixth Quarter

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Social Science Requirements1 ................................... 3

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/physics.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/ Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer. shtml University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/

15 Third Quarter

Disclaimer

CH223 MTH253 WR123

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Physics. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

16 Fourth Quarter MTH254 PH211

Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter MTH256 PH212

Differential Equations ..................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

Political Science (Transfer Curriculum)

Many students think political science is “dry,” “boring”, and uninteresting. NOTHING could be further from the truth. Think of it this way. If someone told you that your new neighbor has the power to decide when you work, how much you are paid, what is in your food, the air you breath, the water you drink’ which music, ﬁlms, books, and magazines are available to you; whether or not the calories or ingredients are listed on what you consume; whether your fast food burger has rat hair in it or not; with whom you are allowed to have relations and where; what you can and can’t say; and what you can and can’t do in which places at what time; and is able to tell you to some degree where you can and can’t go, - wouldn’t you be the least bit curious in meting this person? Add to that, the change not only to understand this neighbor, but learn what makes this person tick, how to persuade this person, and how to learn to live with this person and you have only an inkling of what political science is like. HERE’S WHAT STUDENTS SAY: I feel more powerful now knowing what I know; it changed my life; it was fun! Never had a desire to skip (class). The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepares a student for pursuing a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science. The following is ONLY A SUGGESTION. Students should contact their institution of transfer for the best classes to take.

First Quarter MTH105 HST203 PS200 WR121

Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ... 4 History of the United States ......................................... 3 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Elective1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

16 Second Quarter ANTH103 SP111 WR122 PS201 HST112

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ...................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 American Government .................................................. 3 World Civilizations: Modern World ............................ 3

15 Third Quarter CS105/L SOC204 WR123 PS104 PHL201

Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Problems in American Politics ...................................... 3 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3

16 Fourth Quarter EC201 GS105 SOC205 PS225 PSY201

Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3 Physical Science - Chemistry ........................................ 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 Political Ideologies or PS204 Comparative Politics ..................................... 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3

Fifth Quarter BI101 PHL203 SP112 PS203 SOC206

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3 State and Local Government ........................................ 3 General Sociology ........................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter GS106 SP114 PS105 PS205

Physical Science - Geology ............................................ 4 Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3 Global Issues ..................................................................... 3 International Relations ................................................... 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement2 .......... 3

16 1 Elective requirements may be satisﬁed with any courses at a 100 level or above, but students should check with the four-year institution to ensure transferabiltiy. Other political science courses can also be taken: PS200 American Foreign Policy and World Order, PS241 Political Terrorism, PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System, PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics. Majors should also take PS298 Political Science Research, a self-designed research project (1 credit) OR WE280PSA Internship/Work Experience in a community organization (3 credits).

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 2

MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ ss_perform_va/social_science/poli_sci/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Political Science. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Pre-Law

(Transfer Curriculum)

This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The required skills include, language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulﬁlls the degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer degree which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon University System schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter HST203 MTH105 PS200 WR121

History of the United States ......................................... 3 Introduction to Contemporary Math or MTH111Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions .... 4 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter GS106 SP114

Physical Science-Geology ............................................... 4 Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement3

..........

Language requirement2 ................................................. 3 Elective1 ............................................................................ 3

16 1 Elective requirements may be satisﬁed with any of the following courses: BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104106, ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201, PS203, PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221. 2 Language requirements may be satisﬁed with the following course sequences: FR101-103, SPAN101-103. 3

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.

Elective ............................................................................ 3 1

16 Second Quarter PSY201

General Psychology......................................................... 3

SP111

Fundamentals of Publ ic Speaking ................................ 3

WR122

English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Electives1 ......................................................................... 6

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts) Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu Sarah Boone 503-491-7228 - Academic Advising and Transfer Center boones@mhcc.edu

Third Quarter CS105

Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4

MHCC Program Web Link

SOC204

General Sociology ........................................................... 3

WR123

English Comp./Research ................................................. 3

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/law.htm

Electives1 .......................................................................... 6

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

Fourth Quarter EC201

Principles of Economics I ............................................... 3

GS105

Physical Science-Chemistry ........................................... 4

Disclaimer

PHL202

Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 Language requirement2 .................... 3 Elective1 .......................................................................... 3

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Pre-Law. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

16 Fifth Quarter BI101 PH203 SP112

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3 Language requirement2 ................................................. 3 Elective1 ........................................................................... 3

Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine) (Transfer Curriculum)

Many students plan to seek admission to health-related professional schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as medicine, dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division of Science and Industrial Technology provides a complete array of courses that are required by professional schools for admittance. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Ofﬁce of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter BI211 CH221 MTH251 WR121

17 Second Quarter BI212 CH222 MTH252 WR122

18 Third Quarter BI213 CH223 WR123

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ...................................... 3

19 Fourth Quarter CH241 PH201 SP111

Organic Chemistry I2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics I.............................................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

19 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH202

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics II ............................................................ 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 6

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH203

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................. 5 General Physics III ........................................................... 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ..................................... 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Pre-Medicine: Susan Landesman 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589 landesms@mhcc.edu Pre-Veterinarian: Lee Mitchell 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595 mitchell@mhcc.edu Pre-Pharmacy: Dr. Joyce Sherpa 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565 sherpaj@mhcc.edu Pre-Dental: Ron Froelich 503 - 491-7439 - Room AC 2666 froelicr@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_ programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/medicine/pre_med.htm Dental: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/dental.htm Pharmacy: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_ programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/pharmacy.htm Veterinary Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/ classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/vet_med.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/academic/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors. html Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www. pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Psychology (Transfer Curriculum)

The discipline of psychology encompasses the scientific study of behavior and mental (cognitive) processes. Whereas psychology, as all social science, is interdisciplinary, its primary focus is on individual behavior and includes the study of both genetic and environmental influences. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CS105L PSY201 WR121

Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 General Psychology......................................................... 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities elective3........................................................ 3 Language requirement1 ................................................... 3 Social science elective2 ................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter MTH105

PSY202 WR121

Introduction to Contemporary Math or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................................................................... 4 General Psychology......................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Language requirement1 ................................................... 3 Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3

16 Third Quarter PSY203 SP111 WR123

General Psychology......................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Language requirement2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter BI101 MTH243

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Humanities electives3 ...................................................... 6

14 Fifth Quarter BI102 MTH244

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

Sixth Quarter BI103

General Biology III........................................................... 4 Health and Physical Education Requirement4............ 3 Humanities elective3........................................................ 3 Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

16 1 Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, SPAN101-103 2 Social science elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the following courses:ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237, PSY239, SOC204-206. 3 Humanities elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the following courses: PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 4

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.

MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division)e Larry Wise 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673 wisel@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/psychology/psychology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/ Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=psy Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychology/ Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ psych/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in psychology. Speciﬁc requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the speciﬁc requirements of the transfer school.

Professional-Technical Education Program Description

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses

Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have learned basic skills and competencies.

In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree and certiﬁcate programs designed to prepare students for entry into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability or advancement.

The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Community College are: • To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the responsibilities of citizenship. • To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial conditions. • To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, safety and employer-employee relations for those already employed in industry. • To provide professional-technical education students with the opportunity to extend their educational achievements through participation in a program leading to an associate degree. • To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing conscientious, productive, intelligent workers. There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered by MHCC: The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry: The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of shorter duration than the associate degree program. Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or certiﬁcate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved by the appropriate associate dean. Professional-technical programs that include general, related or approved electives as part of the curriculum require that the student obtain approval to take such courses PRIOR to registration.

Recognition of Completion Recognition of Completion is an award granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in speciﬁc areas. Automotive Technology Medical Receptionist Hospitality/Tourism Outdoor Education Legal Administrative Assistant Phlebotomy Medical Claims Analyst Welding Technology Medical Ofﬁce Coding

Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply occupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension programs are not financial aid eligible. The following occupational extension programs and courses are offered: Central Service Tecnician ........................................ Call 503-491-7113 Certified Travel Associate ........................................ Call 503-491-7666 Certified Travel Counselor ..................................... Call 503-491-7666 Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)................... Call 503-491-7113 Nursing Assistant....................................................... Call 503-491-7113 Phlebotomy ........................................................ Call 503-491-7506 R.N. Surgical Orientation......................................... Call 503-491-7113 R.N./L.P.N. Refresher................................................. Call 503-491-7113

Apprenticeship Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the state Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training Committees: Brickmasons/Tilesetters Cement Masons Glaziers, Architectural Metal and Glass Workers IAM Paciﬁc Inside Electrical Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades Sheet Metal For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503491-7401.

Alternative Credit 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certiﬁcate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested students with procedures.

Professional Technical Education Degrees, Certiﬁcates and Recognition of Completion*

Program Index Accounting Technology – Degree........................................................ 55 Accounting Clerk – Certificate ........................................................... 56 Architectural Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert.......................... 73 Automotive Technology – Chrysler CAP – Degree ....................... 57 Automotive Technology – Ford ASSET – Degree ............................ 58 Automotive Technology – IMPORT – Degree .................................. 59 Aviation-Professional Pilot Airplane – Degree ................................. 60 Aviation-Professional Pilot Helicopter - Degree ............................. 61 Business/Industry-Based Education – Deg/Cert .............................. 62 Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management – Degree ........... 63 Civil Engineering Technology – Degree .............................................. 74 Computer Applications Specialist – Deg/Cert ........................... 64-66 Cosmetology-School of Hair Design – Degree ............................... 67 Dental Hygiene – Degree ..................................................................... 68 Early Childhood Education – Degree ................................................. 69 Early Childhood Education – Certificate ........................................... 70 Electronics Technology – Degree ........................................................ 72 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Degree................... 76 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Certificate ............ 77 Environmental Health and Safety – Degree ...................................... 78 Environmental Heatlh and Safety – Certificate ................................ 79 Fire Science Technology – Degree ...................................................... 80 Fire Science Technology – Certificate ................................................ 81 Fisheries Technology – Degree ............................................................ 82 Forest Resources Technology – Degree ............................................ 83 Funeral Service Education – Degree .................................................. 84 Gerontology – Certificate .................................................................... 85 Graphic Design – Degree ..................................................................... 86 Horticulture – Degree ..................................................................... 87-88 Horticulture – Certificate..................................................................... 88 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Degree .............................. 89 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Certificate ........................ 90 Instructional Assistant - Certificate .................................................... 71 Integrated Natural Resources Technology – Degree ...................... 91 Integrated Natural Resources Technology - Certificate ................ 92 Legal Administrative Assistant – Recognition .................................108 Machine Tool Technology – Degree .................................................... 93 Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control – Recognition ...................................................................... 94 Mechanical Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert .............................. 75 Medical Assistant – Degree................................................................... 95 Medical Claims Analyst – Recognition................................................ 96 Medical Office Coding – Recognition ................................................ 97 Medical Office Specialist – Degree ..................................................... 98 Medical Office Specialist – Options .................................................... 99 Medical Receptionist – Recognition .................................................100 Medical Transcription – Degree .........................................................101 Mental Health/Human Service – Degree .........................................102 Mental Health/Human Service - Youth Worker – Certificate .....103 Nursing – Degree .................................................................................104 Occupational Therapy Assistant – Degree ......................................105 Office Assistant – Certificate ............................................................106 Office Management/Administrative Assistant – Degree ..... 107-108 Office Software Specialist – Certificate ...........................................109 Outdoor Education – Recognition ...................................................110 Physical Therapist Assistant – Degree ..............................................111

Professional Photography – Degree .................................................112 Radio Broadcasting – Degree .............................................................113 Respiratory Care – Degree ................................................................114 Sheet Metal Technology - Degree .....................................................115 Surgical Technology – Degree ............................................................116 Television Production Technology – Degree ...................................117 Trade and Industrial Technology – Degree ......................................118 Welding Technology – Certificate, – Recognition ..........................119 * Recognition of completion is granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in specific areas. Note: To review course descriptions for specific courses in the professional technical programs refer to pages 125-242.

Accounting Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass placement agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff accountant, accounts payable manager, etc. Although some companies still require a four-year degree, more and more employer’s are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs. Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology Degree you will: · have a solid foundation of accounting concepts · have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial accounting package and electronic spreadsheets · be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements · be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting information to assist management in becoming more profitable and efficient. Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Accounting Programs. Many students start to work either part-time or full-time before completing their studies and supplement their “on the job training” by continuing to take courses in the accounting programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued accounting education will have on their employee’s ability to contribute on the job and support them in their effort to grow and learn either financially or by providing flexible working hours. The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or family schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses both in the day and evening every quarter. The second year accounting courses are offered during the day one year and during the evening the next year to meet the needs of students with restricted schedules. Students are also encouraged to earn credit from their accounting work experience in a Cooperative Education Internship by accomplishing goals on the job that are beneficial to the employer and provide the student with a growth opportunity. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) : Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 kohlerj@mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA211 BT11S BT110 BT103 CS105 CS105L

Second Quarter (Winter) BA101 BA212 BA231 CS125___

WR121

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or BT210___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ............................................................. 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA213 BT218

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

17 Fourth Quarter (Fall) AC38 BA220 BA222 BA226 EC201

Intermediate Accounting I ............................................ 3 Tax Accounting ................................................................ 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Principles of Economics I or EC115 Introduction to Economics ....................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) AC39 BA206 BA215 WE280AC

Intermediate Accounting II .......................................... 3 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Cost Accounting I ........................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives .................................................... 3-4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3

15-16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA177 BA228 BA250 BA271

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ........................................ 3 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Financial Statement Analysis ........................................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Keyboarding/Formatting* ............................................. 2 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

15 * Prerequisite required that is not included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog.

Related Electives Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, BT116, BT210 (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as a related elective. Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate. ‡See pages 13-14.

Accounting Clerk (Certificate Program)

Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way? Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive a certificate of completion recognizing the employable skills you have acquired at the end of each of the first and second quarters. After completing the third quarter you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate documenting your completion of the one year program.

A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.

Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small business owners or prospective small business owners who need the accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportunities for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts): Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 kohlerj@mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general understanding of business terminology and business math including the use of an electronic calculator. Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication skills and the ability to use electronic mail, electronic scheduling, and multi-line telephone systems will further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any business environment. Completion of the one year program will enable you to help managers use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain experience trouble shooting how to record accounting transactions which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable. The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY TRANSITION from the one year Accounting Clerk program to the two year Accounting Technology Degree program. Many students start the accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsibilities by earning the two year Accounting Technology degree. All of the courses in the one year Accounting Clerk program can be applied to the two year Accounting Technology program. If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty adviser for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of most benefit to you.

LEVEL I

BA101 BA211 BT11S BT210__

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Keyboarding/Formatting*(**) ...................................... 2 Software Applications (Word Processing) or CS125__ Software Applications (Word Processing)** ................................................ 1 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3

BT103

14 LEVEL II BA177 BT110 BT116 BT210___

CS105 CS105L

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or CS125___Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ......................................................... 2-3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

15-16 LEVEL III BA213 BA228 BT244 PSY101 WR121

Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

16 * Prerequisite required not included in curriculum: see course description in back of catalog. **BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and CS125 Word Processing. Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.

Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Chrysler Dealer Apprenticeship Program (CAP) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Chrysler Corporation dealerships (Chrysler, Plymouth, Dodge, Jeep, and Eagle). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring Chrysler dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from Chrysler Corporation CAP program. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

Second Quarter AM280

6 Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH34

The CAP Student Chrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

The Sponsoring Dealer Chrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the CAP program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.edu

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 WR101

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

17 Fourth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

15 Sixth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

15 Eighth Quarter AM280

First Quarter

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

‡See pages 13-14.

FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The FORD ASSET Program

First Quarter

The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (Asset) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree in Ford Asset automotive technology.

AMF110 AMF111 AMF118 AMF119 AMF120 HE252

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

The FORD ASSET Student Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.

WR101

19 Second Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Third Quarter AMF132 AMF133 AMF136 AMF137 AMF216 AMF217 MTH34

PSY101

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer

Fourth Quarter

Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage.

AMF280

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AMF100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the ASSET program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Jerry Lyons 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35 lyonsj@mhcc.edu Mark Lambrecht 503-491-7130 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ..................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Fifth Quarter AMF251 AMF252 AMF253 AMF254 AMF256 AMF257

Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

15 Sixth Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Seventh Quarter AMF152 AMF153 AMF156 AMF157 AMF258 AMF259

15 Eighth Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 ‡See pages 13-14.

IMPORT – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for independent and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership.The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer terms both years.

Second Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH34

IMPORT Student

Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

The Sponsoring Dealer Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the IMPORT program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

15 Sixth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

15 Eighth Quarter

First Quarter AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 WR101

AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 ‡See pages 13-14.

Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The Aviation-Professional Airplane program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, airlines, and military aviation. Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate.

Sixth Quarter

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.

Additional Costs:

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) : Amy L Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) AV110 AV111 MTH111

WR121

Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab I ................................................ 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* ........................................ 4-5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

15-16 Second Quarter AV120 AV121 AV150 SP111

Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab II .............................................. 3 Aerodynamics .................................................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

17 Third Quarter AV104 AV108 AV200 CS105 CS105L

Multi-engine Pilot ........................................................... 3 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III .................................... 3 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School .............. 5 Related Electives ............................................................. 4

15 Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students. They must be selected to contribute to the individual’ program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AVX40,AV100, BA101, BA206, BA211, EC201, EC202, EC203, GEOG180, PH211, PH212, PH213, PSY201, PSY214, WR122, and WR227.

Acceptance of Transfer Credit: Transfer credit of FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA Certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator or Dean.

Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 Instrument/Commercial Pilot ..................................... 3 Computer Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computer Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1

Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical flight tests.

*Students transferring to Embry Riddle Aeronautical University or the Oregon Institute of Technology four-year Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to other four-year institutions should select MTH111. Students may choose to pursue an AAOT degree in conjunction with the AAS degree, and should consult an advisor to implement that option.

Fourth Quarter AV208 AV210 AV211 HPE295

AV230 AV231 AV256

Aviation Meteorology Applications ........................... 3 Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I ...................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3

Transfer Students:

Graduates receive: Associate of Applied Science in Aviation Degree Private Pilot Certificate

Fifth Quarter

Commercial Pilot Certificate

AV220 AV221 AV235

Instrument Rating

Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II ..................................... 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

Multi-Engine Rating Certified Flight Instructor Rating ‡See pages 13-14.

Aviaton - Professional Pilot Helicopter (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Professional Pilot Helicopter program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, and military aviation. Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate

Sixth Quarter AV220 AVH231 AV235 HD209

Graduates receive:

Seventh Quarter

Associate of Applied Science Degree Private Pilot Certificate Commercial Pilot Certificate Instrument rating

AV104 AV230 AV256

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.

AVH256

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Amy L. Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.edu

First Quarter AV110 AVH111 MTH95 WR121

Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Helicopter Flight Lab I .................................................. 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* ............................................................ 5 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3

Second Quarter Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 ................................................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3

15 Third Quarter AV108 AVH131 HPE295

CS105 CS105L

Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 3 ................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

14 Fourth Quarter AVH200 AVH211

Helicopter Flight Lab 4 ................................................. 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 ................................................. 3

7 Fifth Quarter AV210 AVH221 SP111

Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Multi-engine Pilot or Related Elective ...................... 3 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School or Related Elective or WE280AV Cooperative Education Internship ............................................. 3-5 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 or Related Elective ............ 3

12-14 Additional Costs:

16 AV120 AV121 MTH111 WR122

Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 or Related Elective ............ 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Getting a Job or Related Elective ............................... 3

Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 or Related Elective ............ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement .................. 3

Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students, they must be selected to contribute to the individualâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AV100, GEOG180, PH201, PH211, or BA101. Acceptance of Transfer Credit Transfer credit for FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator or Dean. Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical flight tests.

Transfer Students: *Students participating in the Oregon Institute of Technology fouryear Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to four-year institutions should select MTH111 and MTH112; WR121 and WR122. â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

Business/Industry-Based Education (Certificate/Degree Program)

This associate degree program with a one-year certificate option is designed to meet the educational and training needs of employees of local business and industries. It represents a cooperative and collaborative business and education partnership designed to promote and encourage preparing and maintaining a skilled and competitive work force. Business and industry training programs and courses which have been reviewed and approved by the college can be included in this business and industry-based program. Employers interested in providing this educational incentive to their employees should contact the Center for Community and Economic Development (503-491-7429).

INSTITUTIONAL AND GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS All candidates for an associate of applied science degree must complete 24 credit hours of Mt. Hood Community College coursework. The required 24 hours of general education that is recommended to satisfy this requirement is specified below:

Degree

Cert.

Students interested in this degree should contact their employer’s training/development office.

Communications‡ .................................................. 3 ........................ 3 Social Science/Humanities‡ ................................... 3 ........................ 3 Math, Science and Computer Science‡ .............. 3 ........................ 3 Health and Physical Education‡ ........................... 3 Approved General Education elective from above distribution areas‡ ................. 6

Current Degree Programs:

TOTAL

Credit Union Management Emergency Medical Services Heavy Duty Bus Mechanic Microelectronics Technology Printing Technology - Certificate Printing Technology - Degree

Note: Minimum credit hours required for the associate of applied science degree. ................................................ 90 Note: Minimum credit hours required for the one-year certificate. ............................................................................. 45 ‡See pages 13-14 (Degree) and page 19 (Certificate).

Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242.

BUSINESS/INDUSTRY-BASED EDUCATION

l - 72 credits

Up to 72 credits for approved business and industry-based education may be applied toward the associate degree and up to 36 credits of approved coursework may be applied toward a oneyear certificate. Approval is based upon review of the classes, coursework and instructor qualifications by the Office of Instructional Services.

EXPERIENCE-BASED CREDIT

l2 - l8 credits

Minimum of 12 to maximum of l8 credits for prior learning through experience-based credit may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION INTERNSHIP

18*

* Twelve hours of general education are required for the 45 credit hour certificate option.

12 credits

Upon recommendation of the employee’s supervisor and approval by the Office of Cooperative Education, the employee may register for up to 12 credits of approved cooperative work experience or internship. These credits may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.

Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more competitive than ever; eBusiness, for example, is growing dramatically between both business and consumer and business-to-business. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed and which fail. The Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management Program will prepare and train you to be the business leader who survives and succeeds in this new environment.You will receive a “leading edge” education in management and marketing with a hands-on approach. If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if you are a new entrant to the business world and you want to become an effective business leader, then this program is for you. Learn to be effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in eBusiness, manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or government agencies with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management program. Professional business recognitions are available after completing five to seven courses in specific business areas (contact the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division at 503-4917196, or the advisers listed below for specific recognition certificate requirements. ) Complete these courses and acquire a recognition of completion to show you have attained additional skill and knowledge in eBusiness, marketing, supervision, management, small business management, computer applications, or finance. Professional business recognition certificates provide you with evidence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for improving chances of promotion. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts): Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA211 CS105 CS105L WR121

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA206 BA213 BA264 BUS21 BUS22

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA222 BA255 EC201

Finance .............................................................................. 3 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 6

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA226 BA238 BA243 BA265 BUS23

Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Introduction to Consumer Behavior ........................ 3 eManagement .................................................................. 3 Successful Negotiation .................................................. 1 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA224 BA267 EC202

Human Resources Management ................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................ 3 Related Electives ......................................................... 3-4

12-13 Related Electives BA202 BA250 CS144 HUM202 WE280BLA

Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3 Cooperative Work Experience ................................... 3 Any CS or BT software applications class (word-processing, spreadsheet, database, operations) Any web-related classes

15 * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum; see course descriptions in back of catalog.

Second Quarter (Winter) MTH105 BA212 BA223 BA231 PSY201

Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics* or BT103 Business Mathematics I* ........................ 3-4 Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

16-17

‡See pages 13-14.

Computer Applications Specialist (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to apply PC computer technology in such jobs as help desk operators, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and internet applications. This program is also designed to help people become more productive in their existing jobs or professions. It adapts to the requirements of the business world and responds to technological changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or content will change over time. Many of our students are already employed, and take classes to improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught in the evening or on the weekend (Friday evening and all day Saturday). With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned this way. If you already have a rewarding career, as a number of our students do, you may select from most of these classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit your schedule and goals. Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7407 To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Requirements plus one of the Concentrations. To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of Completion” issued by the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more challenging. Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize your education but may not qualify you for a degree.

Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration requirements, listed in recommended order of completion) BA101

Introduction to Business or any entrepreneurship management courses .......... 3-4 CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 CSX30F Beginning Windows Operating Systems ................... 1 CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance ........................... 1 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing ....................................................... 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet ................................................................ 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Database or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Database .................................................................... 2 CSX20JI Intermediate PC Operating Systems/Utilities ......... 1 CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ............................. 3 WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Advanced Classes (generally taken after most of the concentration classes) BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project .............................. 2 WE280CSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

40-41 Concentrations (see pages 55 - 56, select one) Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite possible to tackle additional concentrations after you have completed one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those classes have already been completed.

Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree Core Requirements

(for Certificate or Associate Degree - all concentrations) Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Our students who take some or all of these classes are making sure that their job skills do not become obsolete and that they can compete effectively in the job market. Completing the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration areas that follow.

To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements for the certificate program plus required additional general education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:

General Education Requirements and Electives

In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check the course description for prerequisite information. Take these asap: CS105 CS105L CSX13 CS140

Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Writing Documentation ............................................... 1 Introduction to Operating Systems ........................... 3

Communications: WR122 plus SP111: ..................................... 6 Health and PE Requiremen‡: ...................................................... 3 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Elective‡ .............. 3 Social Science or Humanities Electives‡: ................................ 3 Electives (including CS) ................................................... 11-22

26-37 ‡See pages 13-14.

Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) PC Support Specialist Program Advisers: Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.edu A PC Support Specialist helps others use computers effectively. They may do so while having a regular job title, where these additional skills make them more valuable, or they may do this full time. Specific skills taught include “people skills”, the ins and outs of operating systems and how to work with “help desk” software.

In addition to the core requirements add: BUS21 BUS22 CSX30H CSX30HD

Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Managing Conflicts ......................................................... 1 LAN - Local Area Networks ....................................... 1 Help Desk Software ...................................................... 1

struction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internetworking hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network engineering. After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many local-area testing centers.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CSX30NF CSX30NFS CSX30NFT CSX30NFW CSX30GS

Network Fundamentals: CISCO 1 ............................. 4 Router Configuration: CISCO 2 ................................. 4 LAN Design: CISCO 3 .................................................. 4 WAN Design: CISCO 4 ................................................ 4 Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1

17 Data Base and Application Programming Specialist

Select 9 credits from: CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linus Operating System ............... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2 CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4 BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3

Program Advisers: Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.edu

Program Advisers:

Data Base Applications Specialists skills will allow you to stand out from the people who know how to do word processing and spreadsheets. Much of corporate data needs to be processed and stored in databases, and relatively few people know how to effectively create and maintain them. Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes show you the up-todate theoretical base to get you off to a solid start. Select either Visual Basic, JAVA, or C++.

Gary DeRoest 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2684 deroestg@mhcc.edu

In addition to the basic core requirements add:

13 Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable, you need to also consider taking one of several network certification exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of these require further study.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CS145 CSX20PH CSX30HS CSX30NF CSX30SR CSX30GS CSX30GT

Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1 Novell System Management ........................................ 2 Network Fundamentals: CISCO I .............................. 4 Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4 Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ........ 1 Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1

16 Network Engineer Support Specialist Program Adviser: Paul Morris 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2781 morrisp@mhcc.edu Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and con-

CS133SQL CS244 CS125ACT CS125PDF CS133XML

Introduction to SQL ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3 Advanced Access ............................................................ 1 Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 Introduction to XML ..................................................... 3

Choose one sequence: CS133JA JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4 CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers ................. 4 CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers ............ 4 or: CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming or CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured Programming ......... 3-4 CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .............................................................. 3 CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .............................................................. 3 or C++ programming option: CS161 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 CS162 Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 CS260 Data Structures ............................................................... 4

20-23

Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Related Web Master Electives chosen from:

Program Advisers: Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.edu PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies to help other employees keep their equipment functioning. They also need people who can plan, who can determine what the next computer system, the next network, the next application software, should be. In some organizations this eventually becomes a Systems Analyst position. In others, it becomes an added responsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable.

In addition to the core requirements add: CS145 CS244 CSX20PH BA264 BA267 BUS21 AC120

Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3 Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

17 Web Master Program Advisers: Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.edu The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web pages/sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: Site development emphasis where the focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages/sites, Programming emphasis where the focus is on the supporting and underlying programs that support web activities, Network emphasis where the focus is on internal/external network requirements.

In addition to the core requirements add:

CS125HTF/S/T Beginning, Interm & Advanced HTML .................. 3 CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS ....................................................... 1 CS125PDF Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 CS125WBF Web Site Development ................................................. 2 CS125WDF Web Page Design ........................................................... 1 CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL .................. 2 CS125JSF Beginning JavaScript ....................................................... 2 Related Web Master Electives ..................................... 8

Site Development emphasis CS125GWF Graphics for the Web .................................................... 1 CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1 CS125PSS Intermediate Photoshop ............................................... 1 CS125PST Advanced Photoshop .................................................... 1 CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver ............................................... 1 CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver ......................................... 1 CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver .............................................. 1 CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 CS125FLF Beginning Flash ................................................................ 1 CS125FLS Intermediate Flash .......................................................... 1 CS125FLT Advanced Flash ............................................................... 1 CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash ................................................ 1 CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks ...................................................... 1 CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks ................................................ 1 CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks ...................................................... 1 CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Programming CS125ACT CS125JSS CS125VBF CS133JA CS133PS CS125UDF CS125DWF CS125WSU CS125WSN CS125EPF CS125FLP

emphasis Advanced Access ............................................................ 1 Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1 Beginning VB Script ........................................................ 2 JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4 Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL ............ 2 Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 Web Pages and Databases ........................................... 4 UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 NT Web Servers ............................................................. 1 E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Action Scripting in Flash ............................................... 1

Network emphasis CSX30H LAN - Local Area Network ......................................... 1 CSX30IS Internet Security ............................................................. 2 CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2 CSX30IF Internet Firewalls* .......................................................... 2 CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 CS125WSN NT Web Servers* ........................................................... 1

Cosmetology – School of Hair Design (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative field full of color, fashion, and diversity.The instructors in the MHCC cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design, nail technology and facial technology. Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Candidates will be identified by Fall term and will enter and begin the program that same academic year as space allows. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office (503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165.) The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career. The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a variety of settings. What are the requirements of the job? The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques quickly and apply these in their own work. What are the requirements of the program? The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list.

Third Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__ BA202

16 Fourth Quarter (Summer) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

10 Fifth Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ PSY201

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 General Psychology or PSY 101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Winter) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Seventh Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ........................... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance during the summer. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Lynn D’Angelo 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 dangleol@mhcc.edu Juanita Loveland 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1127 lovelanj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ WR121

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

* COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course placement is based on the term in which a student begins and the student must see the program adviser for placement.

Related Electives

Second Quarter (Winter)

In selecting related courses, the student must consult with the program adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s goals. Examples of approved related electives are:

COS__ COS__ AC120 SP218

Business: BA223, BA224, BA238, BA239, BT103, CS144 Entrepreneurship: Any class Performing/Visual Arts: ART115, ART116, ART117 Cooperative Education Internship: WE28COA/B

16 Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3 Interpersonal Communication .................................... 3

16 ‡See pages 13-14.

Dental Hygiene (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed National and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists the graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to four-year colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.

Second Quarter

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165)

DH131 DH132 DH134 DH135 DH136 DH137 SP111

Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health, etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and an ability to work with people. NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the program students must maintain a “C” grade or better in all dental hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure examinations. Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology requirement and provides a stronger foundation for the science based dental hygiene curriculum. All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the dental hygiene program. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Teresa H. Tong 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726 tongt@mhcc.edu

First Quarter DH111 DH112 DH113 BI121 BI234 WR121

Introduction to Dental Hygiene ................................. 2 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ........................ 3 Dental/Oral Anatomy .................................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Microbiology .................................................................... 4 English Composition ...................................................... 3

DH121 DH122 DH123 DH124 DH125 BI122

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................... 2 Dental Hygiene Clinic I ................................................. 3 Oral Histology/Embryology ......................................... 1 Oral Radiology I ............................................................. 3 General Pathology .......................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 Third Quarter Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ................................................ 3 Oral Radiology II ............................................................ 2 Oral Pathology ................................................................ 2 Pharmacology .................................................................. 3 Head and Neck Anatomy ............................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter DH211 DH212 DH213 DH214 DH215 DH216 DH217

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III ............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic III .............................................. 5 Expanded Functions ....................................................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2 Dental Materials ............................................................. 2 Community Dental Health .......................................... 2 Local Anesthesia ............................................................. 2 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 Fifth Quarter DH221 DH222 DH223 DH224 FN225 PSY201

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ............................ 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV .............................................. 5 Public Health and Dental Research ........................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II .................. 2 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

17 Sixth Quarter DH231 DH232 DH233 DH234 SOC204 WR123

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic V ................................................ 5 Ethics and Jurisprudence .............................................. 2 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues ............................................................ 2 General Sociology .......................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 ‡See pages 13-14.

Early Childhood Education (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work with children from birth through school age in both public and private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as paraprofessionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and development.

Third Quarter

Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only a limited number of practicum opportunities are available and enrollment in this aspect of the program is available only upon consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents and others who work with young children.

ECE156 ECE231 ECE244 ECE246 ECE250 WE280CDA

With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an individual appointment with a program adviser. Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs. Consult ECE program advisers regarding your individual needs. Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA

ECE121 ECE122 ECE131 ECE144 ECE148

Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Child Development ........................................................ 3 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4

15-16 Fourth Quarter Cooperative Planning Seminar III* ............................. 1 Child Development: Theory to Practice .................. 3 Observation for Curriculum Development ............ 3 Parent/Family Relations ................................................ 2 Curriculum: Physical/Motor ......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter ECE156 ECE224 ECE245 ECE251 ECE253 WE280CDA

Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ............................ 1 Early Childhood Math and Science ............................ 2 Guiding Challenging Children ..................................... 2 Curriculum: Social-Emotional ...................................... 3 Early Childhood Environments ................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ........................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter

Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3

ECE156 ECE252 ECE260 WE280CDA

Cooperative Planning Seminar V* .............................. 1 Curriculum: Cognition .................................................. 3 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education .... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Distribution Requirement‡ .......................................... 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement‡ ............ 3

15 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term.

15 Second Quarter

‡ See pages 13-14.

ECE123 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 WE280CDA

Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisers will determine individual eligibility.

Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

MHCC has an articulation agreement with PSU. Consult ECE program advisers. Students who prefer the AA (transfer) degree must complete additional coursework. See pages 15-16.

Early Childhood Education (Certificate Program)

Successful completion of the curriculum for a one year certificate allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a ‘C’ grade average.) A one year certificate prepares a student to enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a nanny. Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA WR101

Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Coooperative Education Internship* ........................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15 Second Quarter ECE123 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 PSY101 WE280CDA

Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

17 Third Quarter ECE121 ECE122 ECE131 ECE144 ECE148

15-16 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term. Special topic courses will be offered throughout the year. These courses are designed for additional professional training. Please check the quarterly schedule for selections.

Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while you earn! Credit for prior learning can help you earn a degree or certificate while you’re working in early childhood education. You must have completed 12 credits at MHCC to be eligible. You may be able to gain college credits for your prior training and current job experience. An ECE faculty adviser will work individually with you to outline a degree path using a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning. · Get credit for what you know · Cut the time required to earn your college degree · Maintain your employment CPL can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a college degree a reality! (All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum competencies required for graduation. College and program requirements apply.)

Education Instructional Assistant (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)

The Instructional Assistant Program is designed to meet the professional development needs of instructional assistants. The program consists of 44-45 credits. Students who complete the program will earn an Instructional Assistant Certificate. Most credits will apply towards an Associate of Arts Degree and are transferable if a student wishes to earn a Bachelorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s of Arts Degree and a teaching license. A program coordinator will be available to assist students as they move through their programs of study. Each course within this curriculum is designed to further the professional development of instructional assistants. Education classes are scheduled in the late afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of students who are currently employed by school districts. General education courses are scheduled across all time slots. For additional information on the Instructional Assistant Program at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Program Adviser (Social Science Department): Dave Shields 503-491-6965 shieldsd.mhcc.edu

Education Courses ED123 ED130 ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED235 ED260 ED258 ED268 ED269

Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language ... 3 Classroom Management ............................................... 3 Introduction to Education ............................................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum* ............................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3 Instructional Technology ............................................... 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3 Multi-cultural Education ............................................... 3 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped .............. 3 Overview of Students with Special Needs .............. 3

Math and Computer Science Courses CS125___ CS125___ MTH60

Computer Applications (Word) ................................. 1 Computer Applications (Excel) .................................. 1 Beginning Algebra I or MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics** or MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I ................................... 3-4

General Education Courses PSY201 SP111 WR121

General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

44-45 * Both, ED209A and ED209B are required. ** MTH105 is approved as a general education course for the AAOT degree.

Electronics Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/Certificate Program)

Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics technician. The Electronic Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hand-on training necessary to become a professional electronics technician. The Electronics Technology Program’s mission (consistent with the College’s mission) is to provide an avenue to prepare a knowledge-based workforce of life-long learners who are adaptable to the changes in the electronics industry. The program provides a broad bas e of knowledge that allows students to be employable ina wide spectrum of opportunities where electronics are used. The Electronics Technology Program concentrates on technical fundamentals, proper methods of electronic circuit and system assembly, use of standard measurement, test instruments and computer tools, and problem solving. Electronics Technicians are employed in a wide range of industry segments including: • automotive & transportation • avionics • business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service) • communications & telecommunications • computer electronics • consumer electronics • entertainment electronics • industrial & manufacturing electronics • instrumentation electronics • medical electronics • military electronics • power generation & distribution • semiconductor manufacturing Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation, maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control testing, fabrication, and technical sales support of today’s electronic equipment as well as being valuable team members of research and development efforts for tomorrow’s systems. Electronic technicians are employed as: • applications engineering technician • calibration technician • equipment technician • field service and/or installation technician • industrial control technician • manufacturing technician • product evaluation technician • quality control technician • research and development technician • software qualification and/or test technician • tech support • technical writer and/or trainer Choose between a one-year certificate in Electronics Technology or a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program.To earn the one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Department): Jack Fassel 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274 fasselj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter EET111 EET120 MTH111

Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3 DC and AC Fundamentals ............................................ 8 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4

15 Second Quarter EET140 EET156 WR121

Semiconductors .............................................................. 8 Functional Analysis ......................................................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

17 Third Quarter EET160 EET163 PH201

Digital Electronics .......................................................... 8 Technical Visual Basic ..................................................... 3 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I ............................................. 5

16 Fourth - Sixth Quarters WE280ESB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Communication Requirement‡ .................................. 3 Health/PE Requirement‡ .............................................. 3

10 Select 33 credits from the core list below: EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits ............................................ 3 EET220 Microprocessors ............................................................. 8 EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics .............................................. 3 EET240 Electronic Communications ...................................... 8 EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs) ........................... 3 EET260 Control Systems ........................................................... 8 EET262 Semiconductor Processing I ........................................ 3 EET270 Semiconductor Equipment Overview ....................... 4 EET272 Semiconductor Processing II ....................................... 4 ‡See pages 13-17.

EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for beginning a path that will lead to a certificate or degree. Each core electronics course is presented during one weekly evening lecture session and another weekly evening is selected by the student to complete the corresponding lab time. See the MHCC quarterly schedule for specifics. A typical evening sequence of courses could be: Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Term 5 Term 6 Term 7 Term 8 Term 9

Monday EET111 EET156 EET163 EET214 EET232 EET240A EET240B EET260A EET260B

Tuesday EET120A EET120B EET140A EET140B EET160A EET160B EET220A EET220B EET252

Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical… (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves the practical application of science and mathematics along with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology. Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the ability to work in teams.With the tremendous range of jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of these skills where others may need all of them and more. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. It is recommended that prospective students arrange for an interview with a program adviser before registering to clarify the emphasis of the program.

Second Quarter ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH80 WR122

16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227 PSY201

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 PH201

Computer Aided Design II**** ................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology .............................. 4-5 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

14-15 Fifth Quarter

Architectural Engineering Technology Degree (One-year certificate also available) This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in the construction industry which include; building design, construction management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find employment with structural design firms, general and specialty contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the twoyear AAS degree. Contact the AET adviser for more information. AET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Mike Brayson 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 braysonm@mhcc.edu ET120 ET123 ART115 MTH60 WR121

Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II** ........................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. Questions may be directed to the program adviser as listed for each engineering degree.

First Quarter

Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I**** .................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I** ............................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ............... 3

Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Basic Design I or Related Elective* ....................... 3-4 Beginning Algebra I** ..................................................... 3 English Composition*** ................................................ 3

15-16

ET231 ET234 ET240 HPE295

Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design I .............................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

13 Sixth Quarter ET250 ET263 ET264 ET265 WE280ET

Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4

17 * If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related electives listed on page 66. ** MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85. *** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. **** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204. ‡See pages 13-14.

Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)

Civil Engineering Technology Degree

Fifth Quarter

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and materials technician. See page 65 for admissions criteria.

ET222 ET231 ET234 FT228

CET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Bill Kenney 503-491-7690 – Room AC 2667 kenneyb@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ET120 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121

15 Second Quarter ET144 ET154 MTH80 PSY201 WR122

Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3

16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227

Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II* ............................................. 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

14 Fourth Quarter ET200 ET204 ET221 PH201

16 Sixth Quarter ET232 ET263 ET264 ET265

Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3

Route Surveying .............................................................. 4 Computer Aided Design II *** or FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology ............................... 4-5

15-16

Fluid Mechanics ............................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

* MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. *** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204. ‡See pages 13-14.

Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree

Fifth Quarter

(One-year certificate also available)

ET222

This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering support activities required by industry. These courses give students experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computer-aided design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET adviser for more information. See page 65 for admissions criteria. MET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Troy Donaldson 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579 troy@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ET122 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121

Engineering Drawing ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3

15 Second Quarter ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH80 WR122

Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3

16 Third Quarter ET132 MTH85 PSY201 WR227

Engineering CAD Drawing .......................................... 3 Technical Math II* ........................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

13 Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 BA255 PH201

Computer Aided Design II*** ..................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 General Physics I ............................................................ 5

ET231 ET234 ET240 MFG212

Fluid Mechanics or PH202 General Physics II .................................... 3-5 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design 1 ............................................................. 3 CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4

17-19 Sixth Quarter ET250 WE280ET

Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirementâ&#x20AC;Ą ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 6

16 * MTH95,111,112 may be substitue for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. *** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204.

Engineering Technology Related Electives Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for the degree being sought. Electives are generally accepted only for the programs indicated. ART115 Basic Design I (MET) CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (all) CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET) ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET) ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (all) ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (all) ET163 3-D AutoCAD (all) ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (all) ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (all) ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (all) ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (all) ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (all) ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (all) ET179 AutoCAD Customization (all) ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET) ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET) FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (AET) G201 Principles of Geology (all) MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab (MET) MTH241 Elementary Calculus (all) WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET) Approved Computer Science courses â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for a small business? The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The program will include instruction and training in evaluating small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills and understanding the resources necessary to go into business. What are the opportunities in small business? In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 employees have been the major contributing factor to employment growth in Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses in Oregon and nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What this means is that small business is where the new and existing jobs are, and small businesses hire people with the education, knowledge and experience relating to the needs of their small business.This program is directly focused on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business.

Third Quarter (Spring) BA200 HUM202 CS125___

17 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA202 BA238

Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA100 BA150 BT103 PSY201 WR121

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Business Mathematics .................................................... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I** ............ 3

15 Second Quarter (Winter) BA211 BA250 CS105 CS105L WR122

Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

12-14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA208 BA222

What are the requirements needed in small business? As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or work for an already existing business. You will be able to custom design your own program to fit your individual needs. Specialized courses in your area of interest such as automotive, graphic design, cosmetology and others may be applied toward your entrepreneurship degree. At the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and successfully run a small business.

Business Plan - Marketing ............................................. 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

15-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA230 SP111

Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 9

15 *Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program allows for students to develop with their adviser an individual custom designed program that meets their small business needs and specific interests. The program allows students 28-32 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relating to their chosen field in small business. Upon entering the program each student will meet with his/her adviser and mutually develop an individual custom designed program that will provide them with the necessary expertise to be a successful entrepreneur. A maximum of 12 credit hours of WE280, Cooperative Education Internship, may be applied toward the degree. ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ‡See pages 13-14.

Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II** ........... 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 2

Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications ................................................................ 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 8

Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Certificate Program) The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. You will be able to answer these questions: · What is it like to own and operate your own business? · Would you like to start and operate a business from your own home? · How do you find and evaluate small business opportunities? · Would you like to learn about franchising? · Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of you own? · What is actually involved in operating a small business? · What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? · What are the important skills involved in operating a successful small business of your own? Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be interested in starting their own business within a short period of time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise. For those students who want more education or training in a custom-designed program, they should investigate the two-year associates degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. The two-year program allows students to customize their own individual program of skill , development and training by choosing to take more elective courses. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year degree. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities BA100 BA150 BA202 CS105 CS105L WR121

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) Managing as an Entrepreneur BA208 BA211 BA222 BA250 CS125___

Business Plan-Marketing ............................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications ................................................................ 3

16 Third Quarter (Spring) Planning as an Entrepreneur BA200 BA230 BA238 HUM202

Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3 Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3

Environmental Health and Safety (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students a basic understanding of the environmental health and safety issues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship.The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety and health, or environmental management, and those with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in the EHS program may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested students should contact the program adviser for additional information.

Third Quarter

What are the Possibilities for Employment? The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the health and safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program developers, and program managers.

CS105 CS105L WR227

Program Adviser (Physical Science Department): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter EHS100 EHS101 CH104 MTH95

SP111

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I .............................................................. 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* ....... 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

EHS171 ESR285 BI102 CH170 WR122

17 Fourth Quarter EHS221 EHS225 ESR271

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human & Environmental Toxicology ......................... 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4 Computing Fundamentals** ......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab** ................................. 1 Technical Report Writing or WR123 English Composition: Research .............. 3

18 Fifth Quarter EHS201

Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ............................................................. 3 EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

17 Sixth Quarter EHS222

Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................................ 4 EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

17-18 Second Quarter EHS143 ESR281 BI101 CH105 WR121

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 General Biology I*** ...................................................... 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ...... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3 General Biology II*** ..................................................... 4 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

* CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and CH105. ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. *** Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted for BI101 and BI102. Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the ESS Program, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost. ‡See pages 13-14.

Environmental Health and Safety (Certificate Program) Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety and health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Physical Science Department): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

Basic Course Requirements EHS100 EHS101 EHS171 ESR281 CS105 CS105L CH104 CH170 MTH95

PSY101 SP111 WR121

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ...... 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

In addition to basic course requirements above, add:

Safety and Regulations Electives (3 required) EHS221 EHS225 EHS201 EHS222 ESR285

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ..................... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II .... 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ....................................................................... 4 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3

Science and Technology Electives (3 required) EHS143 EHS230 EHS243 ESR271

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4

* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted.

Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled. What is it? This is a one-year certificate with an option for a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program in Fire Science Technology with areas of specialization in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression and Fire Management. Fire personnel may earn either a certificate or an associate degree in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression or Fire Management. The certificate or associate degree option is designed for experienced fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters who want to earn a certificate or associate degree in Fire Science. Fire personnel who want to earn an associate degree must complete a certificate in an area of specialization. What are its objectives? The primary objective of this program is to provide a career development education and training system for local fire service agencies.

Fourth Quarter EMTX12

Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

Fifth Quarter EMTX13 MTH60

Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

Sixth Quarter General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

15 * Prerequisite MTH20 Applied Algebra & PreAlgebra or by placement examination.

Specific objectives include:

Related Electives

1. To upgrade agency employees in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression, and Fire Management.

Prior to selecting related electives the student must consult with an adviser to determine a selection of courses that is appropriate to the area of specialization and to the student’s goals.

2. To allow agency employees to progress in their certification under the Oregon Fire Standards and Accreditation Board. Who may participate? Since this curriculum is approved as an occupational supplementary program and not occupational preparatory, we have designed the courses for fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters. The college also has developed a procedure whereby fire service agencies may contract to have program courses provided at their own facilities and scheduled to fit their shift patterns. Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242. Note: Fire Science courses are not being offered currently as regularly scheduled classes.

First Quarter

Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

Second Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

Third Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

FF14 FF18 FF21 FF28 FF29 FF31 FF36A FF37 FF38 FF39 FF40 FF44 FF48 FF50 FF51 FF52 FF53 FF54 **FF10 **FF11 **FF13 **FF15 **FF17

Fire Company Organization and Station Management Fire Service Rescue Practices Building Construction for Fire Suppression Natural Cover Fire Protection Fire Department Communications Introduction to Building Codes Aircraft Fire Rescue Industrial Fire Protection Hazardous Materials for Inspectors Firefighters’ Law Fire Prevention Inspection Fire Insurance Fundamentals Major Emergency Strategy and Tactics Fire Codes and Ordinances II Advanced Detection and Protection Systems Fire Prevention Education Programs Introduction to Emergency Services Instructor I Introduction to Fire Protection Firefighting Skills I Elementary Fire Science Firefighting Skills II Fundamentals of Fire Prevention

** These courses will not be offered by Mt. Hood Community College. Credit may be acquired by Experience-Based Credit procedures. ‡See pages 13-14.

Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Certificate Program) This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled.

Second Quarter

Fire personnel may earn a certificate in one of the following specialized areas of instruction: fire prevention, fire suppression or fire management. Students completing a certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Fire Science Technology.

FF30 FF46 FFX25

FF23 FF24

Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers .............................................................. 3 Arson Investigation ........................................................ 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Uniform Building Code ................................................. 3

15 Third Quarter

Fire Management First Quarter FF16 FF41 FF46 PS203 SP111

Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ..................................... 3-5 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

15-17

PSY101

Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Officer Management Responsibility .................. 3 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets) .................................................. 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

SDP204 WR101

Fire Suppression FF22 FF23 FF27 FF46 WR101

Fire Command I .............................................................. 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ..................................... 3 Labor-Management Relations ...................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

Second Quarter

FF21 FF24 FF26 FF47

Third Quarter

Fire Prevention FF20

FF25 PS203 SP111

Fire Science II-Chemistry or CH104 General Chemistry or CH151 Basic Chemistry ...................................... 3-5 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15-17

Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ...................................... 3-5 Building Construction for Fire Suppression ............ 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers ............. 3 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................ 5 Fire Command I .............................................................. 3

17-19 FF12

First Quarter

Fire Service Hydraulics ................................................. 3 Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

15 FF16

Third Quarter FF47 CJA212

WR101

Fire Codes and Ordinances I ...................................... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Water Distribution Systems ........................................ 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ...................................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

First Quarter

Second Quarter FF25 FF27 FF43 FF45

FF33 FF34 FF35 CJA212

FF25 FF34 FF41

Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation .................................................................... 3 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15 Note: See certificate requirements under the Degree Requirements section of catalog.

Fisheries Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery. Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by the student. Students completing the program will usually assist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is a necessity. Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria.

FI101 BI101 MTH20 WR101

Fishery Techniques I ....................................................... 4 General Biology I ............................................................ 4 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra* ........................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition** ............................. 3

Second Quarter Fishery Techniques II ...................................................... 4 Fish Biology I ................................................................... 4 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition** ............................. 3

16 Third Quarter FI103 FI113 MTH65 PE185FSW WLD116

Fish Husbandry I ............................................................. 6 Fisheries Lab Techniques ............................................... 2 Data Collection Techniques ......................................... 3 Field Projects I ................................................................ 2 Building Maintenance and Repair ............................... 4

17 Fifth Quarter FI202 FI212 FI222 FI231 HE252

Fish Husbandry II ............................................................ 6 Field Projects II ............................................................... 2 Equipment Maintenance and Repair .......................... 4 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3

16 FI203 FI213 FI241

14 FI102 FI112 BT210__ BT210__ MTH60 WR102

FI201 FI205 FI207 FI211 FI221

Sixth Quarter

Program Adviser (Life Science Department): Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13 hannat@mhcc.edu

First Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Fishery Techniques III .................................................... 4 Fish Biology II .................................................................. 4 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Fisheries Swimming & Water Safety .......................... 1 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

PS297 SP100 VT10FIA WR199FI

Fish Husbandry III .......................................................... 3 Field Projects III .............................................................. 2 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Basic Speech Communications or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3 Special Projects*** ......................................................... 1 Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries ................. 2

16 * Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin their mathematics sequence in the fall. ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. *** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the summer.

â&#x20AC;Ą See pages 13-14.

Forest Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Forest Resources Technology program prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping, aerial photointerpretation and database management. Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship, which gives college credit for on-the-job work experience. Students desiring to enter the Forest Resources program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications are accepted year-round. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 503-491-7342 for application materials. Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several four-year institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with the program adviser for current information. Program Adviser (LIfe Sciences Department): Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter F111 F141 FT160 CS90 MTH60 PE285OL

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Forest Fire Management and Ecology ....................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

15-16 Second Quarter F112 FT122 FT144 MTH80 WR121

Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Forest Insects and Diseases ........................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 English Composition** .................................................. 3

16 Third Quarter F200 F240 BOT203 MTH85

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4 Forest Biology & Ecology ............................................. 4 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

Fourth Quarter FT220 FT222 FT226 FT242 WR122

Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3 Forest Measurements II ................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......................... 3 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter FT212 FT228 FT244 FW251 PSY101

Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation .......................... 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Related Elective ........................................................... 1-3

14-16 Sixth Quarter FT211 FT235 FT238 FT246 WE280FT WR227

Forest Products .............................................................. 2 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Timber Harvesting ......................................................... 3 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics ....... 3 Cooperative Education Internship*** ....................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

17 * Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI *** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280FT during the summer between their first and second years. Related Electives The Related Elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students should consult with their adviser to determine which course will best meet their academic and professional goals. See adviser for baccalaureate curriculum. â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

Funeral Service Education (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course must have a grade of C or higher. Objectives: 1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors and embalmers. 2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the funeral service profession. 3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary of the profession. 4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the funeral service profession to the community at large. 5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. 6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction. 7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. 8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service professionals. The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from accredited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. The deadline for completed applications is the end of February.The criteria for student selection are described in the final paragrapah. Program Adviser (Science): Bill Malcom 503-491-6941 - Room AC 1556 malcomw@mhcc.edu Doug Ferrin 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555 ferrind@mhcc.edu

First Quarter FSE121 AH11 AH12 CS105/L WR121

Funeral Service Orientation ........................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary or MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................. 2-3 Computing Fundamentals/Lab or BA231 Information Technology in Business ...... 4 English Composition .................................................... 3

Second Quarter

HPE295

FSE124 AC110 PSY201 SP111

Funeral Service Law ....................................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ......................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 Fourth Quarter** FSE211 FSE219 FSE221 FSE225 FSE226

Embalming I ...................................................................... 4 Embalming Chemistry ................................................... 3 Funeral Home Management I ...................................... 3 Funeral Directing ............................................................ 3 Funeral Service Psychology ......................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter FSE212 FSE214 FSE216 FSE222 FSE227

Embalming II ..................................................................... 4 Restorative Art ............................................................... 3 Funeral Service Microbiology or BI234 Microbiology ............................................... 3-4 Funeral Home Management II ..................................... 3 Funeral Service Counseling ......................................... 3

16-17 Sixth Quarter FSE213 FSE217 FSE240 FSE245

Embalming III ................................................................... 3 Funeral Service Pathology ............................................ 3 Funeral Service Internship*** ..................................... 6 Funeral Service Issues ................................................... 3

16-17 FSE122 BA226 CH104

Third Quarter

Funeral Service Sociology ............................................ 3 Introduction to Business Law I ................................... 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* .............................................................. 5 Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ................................................................ 3 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

* Prerequisite is MTH65. ** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for acceptance into fourth quarter. *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3 credits. Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the program. The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition. ‡See pages 13-14.

Gerontology (Certificate Program) The Gerontology Certificate Program is designed for a variety of students and residents in the community including health care professionals, elders and caregivers. Courses can be taken: to increase ones understanding of aging to promote excellence in providing care for elders to complete a Gerontology Certificate to use as a related elective Admission is open and the student may enter at any quarter. Classes are offered through the Evening and Weekend College. Courses may also be offered by request at individual clinical facilities. Cooperative learning may be designed according to the student’s individual focus of study.The certificate by itself does not qualify the recipient for employment. The courses in this program emphasize a holistic approach in working with elders. Aging is viewed as part of the life cycle and elders are recognized as valuable contributors to society. Students will be provided with a foundation to gain an understanding of the aging progress and its impact on health and wellness. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Sue Byers 503-491-7436 - Room AC 2772 byerss@mhcc.edu

First Quarter GRX10 AH12 HPE295

The Aging Process .......................................................... 3 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Mathematics Requirement‡* ................................... 3-5 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14-16 Second Quarter GRX50 PSY237 SP100 SOC232

Fundamentals of Elder Care ........................................ 3 Human Development .................................................... 4 Basic Speech Communication ..................................... 3 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

16 Third Quarter GRX15 HS111 WE280HSA WR121

Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention ....... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14 * MTH20 or higher ‡See page 19.

Related Electives GRX20 GRX22 GRX30 GRX40 GRX60 VT10AHC

Mental Health and Elders ............................................. 3 Alzheimer’s Care ............................................................ 2 Chronic Disease ............................................................. 3 Public Policy and Elder Health Care ......................... 3 Essentials of Caregiving ................................................ 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4

Graphic Design (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience. While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created by graphic designers. As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment with project management skills to develop overall communications strategies for their clients.When a design concept is decided upon graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers, editors and printers to complete a compelling design that communicates the client’s message effectively. Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and written communication skills are important for understanding instructions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are required at all levels of employment. MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic design. It is a restricted-entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be able to enter during winter and spring terms. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic Design program director to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, etc.

Digital Typography II ...................................................... 4 Graphic Design II ............................................................ 4 Digital Imaging ................................................................. 4 Drawing I .......................................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3

18 Third Quarter (Spring) GD116 GD122 GD146 ART203 SP111

Digital Typography III ..................................................... 4 Graphic Design III ........................................................... 4 Advanced Digital Imaging ............................................. 4 Introduction to the History of Art ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

18 Fourth Quarter (Fall) GD232 GD244 GD249

ART167

Advanced Graphic Design I ......................................... 4 Digital Page Layout ......................................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 History of Graphic Design ........................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) GD233 GD235 GD246

Advanced Graphic Design II ........................................ 4 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers ........... 4 Digital Publication Design ............................................ 4 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) GD236 GD247 GD249

Graphic Design GD113 GD114 GD120 WR121

GD115 GD121 GD145 ART231 WR122

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Christina Maier 503-491-6992 - Room VA 23 maierc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall)

Second Quarter (Winter)

Digital File Preparation ................................................. 4 Digital Typography I ........................................................ 4 Graphic Design I ............................................................. 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3

Portfolio ............................................................................ 4 Interactive Media Design .............................................. 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

15 * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102.

15 ‡See pages 13-14.

Horticulture (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program) Are you interested in ornamental plants or in improving the environment through intelligent use of plants? Does growing, caring for or marketing ornamental plants, equipment or supplies sound exciting? Are you currently working in the industry and need to upgrade your skills or prepare for a license exam? If this sounds exciting to you, then you should consider a career in the numberone agronomic industry in Oregon: Horticulture. The field of horticulture includes some of the most technical aspects of agriculture. Northwest growers use elementary principles of mathematics, chemistry, biology, engineering, and electronics to produce some of the best ornamental plants grown in the United States. Oregon ranks third in the nation in wholesale sales of ornamental plants. Horticulture is an important business. Annual wholesale sales of ornamental plants in Oregon exceeded $642,000,000 in 2001. Include Christmas trees and sales totaled over $782,000,000. Home owners and US industries spend large sums of money to beautify their surroundings. Indoor and outdoor gardening continues to increase as leisure time increases and individuals become more aware of the environmental benefits of ornamental plants and flowers. Even in difficult economic times this industry continues to grow.

Employment Opportunities Positions are available for horticultural graduates in the areas of production, marketing, research, pest management, landscape design and management, floriculture, teaching, government inspection, the health care industry, public gardens and many other related industries. Qualified students often find jobs prior to graduation. Part-time jobs are also available for students wishing to work while continuing their studies. Starting salaries for horticulture graduates compare favorably with other areas of agriculture.

Program Outline A one-year certificate and a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree are offered to students in the MHCC Horticulture Program. Students may select from two areas of interest: Greenhouse and Nursery Management, and Landscape Design and Management. Students in each of these areas complete studies in a core curriculum. Individuals working and attending classes part-time may complete their selected program over a period of several years. Individual classes are also open to any individual desiring to upgrade their skills or prepare for licensing examinations.

Additional Costs Cost lists of hand tools, texts and miscellaneous items are available from the division office. In addition, foul weather gear is highly recommended. Program Adviser (Life Science Department): Erric Ross 503-491-7402 or 503-7477 - Rooms AC 2590 and HF 14 rosse@mhcc.edu; FAX 503-491-6096 Landscape Design and Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work as residential designers for garden centers, building contractors, or start their own design business. They will also be prepared to work in the area of landscape management & maintenance (groundskeeping) or start their own landscape maintenance and/or construction business.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH65 WR101

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition*** ........................... 3

16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102

Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Workplace Communications II or WR121 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** .......... 3

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR157 HOR160 HOR210

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Landscape Management & Maintenance ................... 3 Intro to Landscape Design and Construction ........ 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4

16 Fourth Quarter HOR203 HOR205 HOR217 HOR261 HOR265

Pest Identification & Control II*,** ............................ 3 Landscape Design I ........................................................ 4 Turf Management ............................................................ 3 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3

14 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR232 HOR235 HOR237 HOR262 CS105 CS105L

Arboriculture** ............................................................... 3 Interiorscape Management .......................................... 3 Landscape Design II ....................................................... 3 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

17 Sixth Quarter HOR260 HOR263 WE280HR HE252 PSY101

Advanced Landscape Design & Construction ........ 3 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

14 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. ***Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

Horticulture, continued (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program)

Greenhouse & Nursery Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work for a commercial greenhouse or nursery or start their own wholesale/retail greenhouse or nursery business.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH65 WR101

16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR160 HOR210 PSY101

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Intro to Landscape Design & Construction ............ 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

Horticulture Certificate Due to an increase in the minimum wage, many employers can no longer afford to train new employees. The horticulture certificate option provides the basic training needed for individuals seeking employment or wishing to expand their knowledge in the broad field of horticulture. If additional training is needed, the certificate program design allows for easy expansion into the two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR103 HOR150 MTH65

14-16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR101

HOR103 HOR203 HOR204 HOR261 HOR265

Greenhouse Construction & Maintenance ............. 3 Pest Identification and Control II*,** ........................ 3 Fall Greenhouse & Nursery Practice** .................... 5 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3

15 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR234 HOR237 HOR262 CS105 CS105L

Aboriculture** ................................................................ 3 Winter Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ........... 5 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

16 Sixth Quarter HOR254 HOR263 HE252 WE280HR

Spring Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ............. 5 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Related Electives: BT213, MTH80, SP115, WLD116

Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 Communication Skills I ................................................. 3

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR160

16 Fourth Quarter

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Greenhouse Construction and Maintenance or Related Elective ..................................................... 1-3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3

HOR210 PSY101

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Introduction to Landscape Design and Construction ...................................................... 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

16 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. *** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

College Transfer Individuals selecting this option should enroll in CH104, 105, 106; PSY201, 202, 203; MTH111 and/or higher; and WR121, 122, 123 to insure transfer of credit for these areas of study to institutions of higher education. Students will need to work with the horticulture program adviser to select appropriate horticulture courses for their area of interest to transfer to higher education institutions.

Hospitality and Tourism Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism industry.The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program and allow for on- the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 – Room AC 2665 carrierc@mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 – Room AC 2664 franksl@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

International Hospitality and Tourism ....................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .................................................. 3 HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................ 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Work Experience or HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I .................... 4 CS125_ Softward Applications or BT210_ Software Applications (optional - requires adviser approval) ................................................................... (1) Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

16-17 Fifth Quarter (Winter) HT180_

First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 BT103

Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................... 3 Business Mathematics or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I .................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

HT47 HTX40C

BA238 CS125_

Second Quarter (Winter) HT41

HT240 CS105 CS105L WR121

Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Related Elective or HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management ............. 3 Convention and Meetings Management ................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

16 Third Quarter HT42

HT180_

HTX40C PSY201 WR122

Traval and Tourism Agency Operations or HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers ....... 3 Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry .................................... 3 Destination Specialist or WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship .................... 2-4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115 Intro to Intercultural Communication or BA205 Business Communication ...................... 3-4

14-17

HT204 HT242

Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management ....................................... 3 Airlines, Cruises and Tours or HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls .......... 3 Destination Specialist or AC110 GeneralAccounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 2-4 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Software Applications or BT210 Software Applications (optional - requires adviser approval .................................................................... (1) Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

14-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) HT48

etravel.com or HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry ............. 3 HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends ...................................... 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

16 Related Electives Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with an adviser to determine which courses are most appropriate to the student’s goals and area of interest. Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite. * Instructor approval required. ‡See pages 13-14. Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.

Hospitality and Tourism Management (Certificate Program)

Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Management and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Management, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.edu

Basic Course Requirements: HT41 HT104 HT106 HT230 BA238 CS105 CS105L CS125HTF CSX30IN PSY101 WE280HT WR101

Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Program Specialties (See Below) ....................... 18-19

Certificate Program Concentrations Travel and Tourism Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Wi/Sp) .... 3 HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ......................... 3 HT180_ Airline Computer Travel Reservation System Training (Worldspan - Spring) or (Apollo - Winter) ...................................................... 3 HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism (Fall) .............................................................................. 3 HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing (Fall) .............................. 3 HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours .......................................... 3

Food Service Management Concentration

In addition to basic course requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls (Winter) .......................................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

Convention and Meetings Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT33 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) or HTX32 Trade Show Convention and Event Facilities Mgmt (Wi - alternate yrs) ......... 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT240 Convention and Meetings Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) ............. 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives .................... 6

Short Term Travel Training (HTX43) Offered by The Center for Travel Career Training Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Winter) . 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

· A ten-week, 190-hour intensive, up-to-date training program at an accredited degree-granting college. · Internship training at a professional travel/tour-agency. · Extensive hands-on computer training to prepare you for an exciting career in the travel industry. · Earn 12 credits that can be applied to the MHCC Hospitality and Tourism Program (HT42, HT140, HT180W and WE280HTA) · Professional placement and expert job search assistance.

Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.

Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Integrated Natural Resources Technology program is designed to educate technologically advanced field technicians for all facets of natural resource management. This ecosystem centered program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands, wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in private industry. A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both in the classroom and in the field. Each student in the program is also required to complete a cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows the students to integrate all of their previous coursework into a “real-life” situation. Students desiring entry into the Integrated Natural Resource Program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 491-7342 for application materials.

F111 F141 CS90 GEOG290 MTH60 PE285OL

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Environmental Problems ............................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

Second Quarter Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 English Composition** .................................................. 3

16 Third Quarter F200 FW253 BOT203 MTH85

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

15 Fourth Quarter FT220 FT226 FT242 BI273 WR122

Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management ...................................................... 3 FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 FW255 Wildlife Techniques ........................................................ 2 HD209INT Interviewing Techniques ................................................ 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

15 Sixth Quarter INR228 FI231 FI241 FW254

Field Projects ................................................................... 3 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles ........................................................................ 4 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

15-16 F112 FT122 FW251 MTH80 WR121

INR224

WE280NR WR227

Program Adviser (Life Sciences Department) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591or shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu

First Quarter

Fifth Quarter

Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3 Fundamentals for Resource Mapping ........................ 3 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3 Ecology .............................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

* Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI Suggested Social Science/Humanities Requirements: ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ANTH232 North American Indians EC201, EC202 Principles of Economics GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography PS201, PS203 American Government PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking SP112 Persuasive Speech SP218 Interpersonal Communication ‡See pages 13-14.

Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)

Students may earn a certificate in Integrated Natural Resources Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Life Science Department) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 or shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) F111 F141 BI273 CS90 MTH60 PE285OL

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Ecology .............................................................................. 4 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

16-17 Second Quarter (Winter) F112 FT122 FW251 PSY101 WR101

Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15 Third Quarter (Spring) FI241 FT235 FW253 BOT203 WE280NRA

Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement ...... 2 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

Machine Tool Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is to prepare students for entry into the machining occupations. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/CAM (computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) software and its applications.The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill building necessary for participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress in the program. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Employment Opportunities Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to careers such as: - manual and CNC machine operators - maintenance machinist - tool and die maker - quality assurance technician - engineering technologist - CNC programmer - instrument makers Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries such as: - forest products/paper/lumber - medical technologies - aerospace technologies - computer hardware technologies - heavy industrial manufacturing - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing - and many other manufacturing settings Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications. See advisers for details. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.edu Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.edu

First Quarter MFG110 MFG111 MFG113 MFG116 WR121

Second Quarter MFG130 MFG131 MFG134 MFG135 MFG136 MTH34

Machine Shop II Theory ................................................ 3 Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3 Metallurgy Theory .......................................................... 3 Metallurgy Lab ................................................................. 1 Introduction to CNC Machining ................................ 3 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

16 Third Quarter MFG115 MFG137 MFG150 MFG151 MFG153 MTH35

Industrial Safety ............................................................... 3 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design** ............ 2 Machine Shop III Theory ............................................... 3 Machine Shop III Lab ..................................................... 3 CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining ..................................................................... 4 Professional-Technical Computation III .................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter MFG213 MFG214 MFG215 MFG216 WLD116

Integrated Machine Shop I Theory ............................ 2 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ................................... 3 Inspection and Measurement ...................................... 4 CNC/CAM Applications ............................................... 4 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter MFG212 MFG231 MFG232 MFG236 WR122

CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ........................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .................................. 3 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking* ................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

18 Sixth Quarter MFG250 MFG251 MFG256

Applied Machine Shop Theory .................................... 3 Applied Machine Shop Lab ........................................... 3 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) ....... 3 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ................................................................ 3 WE280MFA Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

Machine Shop I Theory ................................................. 3 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading & Sketching ................................................. 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ........................ 2 English Composition* .................................................... 3

* Optional for students to take WR101 Workplace Communications I in place of WR121 and WR102 Workplace Communications II, or SP100 Basic Speech Communication, or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking in place of WR122. ** Minimal computer literacy required. See program adviser. Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with program advisers early in the first quarter. ‡See pages 13-14.

Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control (Evening Program/Recognition of Completion)

Machine Tool Operator

NIMS Credential Exam Preparation

The purpose of the Machine Tool Operator evening program is to prepare students for entry level employment or to upgrade present skills of employees in the manufacturing trades as well as earn credits applicable toward an associate degree. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in the study, setup, and operation of manual and CNC machine tools used by machinists working in metals manufacturing. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the manufacturing trade. This program requires that all students have a basic set of machinist tools. Students must meet program entry requirements.

Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advisers for information on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.

Upon completion, a recognition of completion will be awarded. Applications are available in the Industrial Division. Some credits may be applied toward an associate degree if approved by the program adviser and area manager. Interested students should contact the Machine Tool Technology adviser, Industrial Technology Division. Watch the class schedule for other program courses that maybe offered in evenings and on weekends to enable students working day shifts to complete course work towards the associate degree. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.edu Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.edu

First Year First Quarter (15 weeks, Sept. - Feb.) MFG110 MFG111

Machine Shop I ................................................................ 3 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3

Machine Shop II .............................................................. 3 Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3

6 Second Year First Quarter Introduction to CNC Operations ............................. 3

3 Second Quarter MFG153 MTH34

Machine Tool Applications Lab .................................... 2

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) Students in the CAM program will receive instruction in the use of CAM software for programming CNC code files for manufacturing parts on CNC machining and turning centers. These classes will focus on the use of Master CAM software. There are 2 options for study. These will focus on programming CNC milling machines and CNC turning machines. The programs are to upgrade the current skills for those in CNC manufacturing positions. Students interested in these programs should contact a Machine Tool Technology adviser for answers to specific questions.

Option 1 Cr

Second Quarter (15 weeks, Feb. - June)

MFG136

MFGX11

Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us

6 MFG130 MFG131

Fall, Winter, Spring

CNC Machining .............................................................. 4 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

CNC Milling

Students in the CNC Milling option will focus on the methods of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs. This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX27 MFGX28

Option 2

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level III .......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV .......................................... 2

CNC Turning

Students in the CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the development of CNC turning programs. This will include study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX31 MFGX32

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ........................................ 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II ........................................ 2

Medical Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and administrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpatient healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the ever-changing modern medical office. After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of settings: medical centers, HMOs, government healthcare facilities, chiropractic clinics, and specialized medical offices. While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student starts the Medical Assistant program. Students who enter the program should be prepared with minimum keyboarding skills, high school or college biology and/or chemistry. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Sue Boulden 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2786 bouldens@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MA20 MO31 PSY201 SP115

Clinical Procedures I ..................................................... 5 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA21 MA24 MA26 MO12 WE280MAB

Clinical Procedures II .................................................... 5 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques ....................... 1 Diversity and Health Care ........................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA40 MA46 MA48 MO30 WE280MAC

Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* ....... 1 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Test Lab .................. 1 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office* .................. 1 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

14 First Quarter (Fall) MA19 MO14 BI121 CS105 CS105L WR121

Introduction to Medical Assisting .............................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ... 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) MO10 MO15 MO25 MO47 BI122

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

16 Third Quarter (Spring) MA23 MA25 MO24 MO26 HPE295

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. Students must have health exams and must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be on file. Please contact the Allied Health Department for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the responsibility of the student. Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evidence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training which may be obtained from any certified training site. Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. ‡See pages 13-14.

Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition of Completion)

Medical claims analysts process healthcare insurance claims in physicians’ offices, government health agencies, insurance companies, and hospitals. This program comprises two to three terms of basic knowledge and skills in medical language, anatomy and physiology, medical coding and billing, computer usage, and communication skills. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall Term) MA25 MO10 MO14 MO31 AH11

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4

16 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO12 MO15 MO30 MO32 WE280MOB

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

First Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO31 AH11

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4

18 Second Quarter (Spring Term) MA25 MO15 MO30 MO32 WE280MOB

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

16 The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding competency on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. Other courses suggested for the Medical Claims Analyst program include: MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations MO40 Medical Office Billing II MO47 Medical Calculations BT210_ Software Applications Note: Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program.

Medical Office Coding (Recognition of Completion) Coding is one of the nation’s fastest growing industries. Medical coders are responsible for accurately assigning diagnostic and procedural codes of information found in medical records. Coding is done to meet government standards that insurance companies and third-party payers must meet in order to receive maximum reimbursement for medical services. Coders work in hospitals, clinics, government agencies, insurance companies, and medical offices. The job requires organizational skills, computer and ten-key competency, and attention to detail, as well as the ability to prioritize multiple projects, to sit for long periods of time, and to communicate with a diverse population. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter MA25 MO10 MO14 MO25 MO31 CS105L

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

16 Second Quarter MA24 MO12 MO15 MO26 MO30 MO32 BT220

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1

18 Third Quarter MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II ................................................. 3 MO41 Medical Coding III .......................................................... 4 WE280MOCB Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 8

18 The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding accuracy of 45 wpm on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Medical Office Specialist (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

Medical office specialists work in healthcare facilities as administrative secretaries or unit/ward secretaries, accounting clerks or office supervisors. Today’s rapidly changing and demanding medical office environment requires skills in office administration, medical transcription, communication, and medical office operations. The Medical Office Specialist program includes a core of classes and four concentrations for specialization: Administrative Secretary, Unit Secretary, Accounting, and Management. Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency (30 wpm) and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program. Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

Basic Core Requirements: First Quarter (Fall) MO10 AH11 CS105 CS105L PSY201 SP115

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 4-7

14-17 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Specialty Options .................................................. 12-14

15-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ................................................... 3 WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-9

10-16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations .................................................. 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............. 3

Second Quarter (Winter) Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-4

15-16 Third Quarter (Spring) MO15 MO24 MO26 MO31 WR121

BA205 HPE295 BT110

17 MO12 MO14 MO25 BA231

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 0-4

15-19

Specialty Options The student should consult with an adviser when selecting an option. See next page. ‡See pages 13-14.

Medical Office Specialist Options Administrative Secretary Option

Management Option

A Medical Office Specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers, scheduling, and billing.This option appeals to one who enjoys helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a variety of job assignments.

A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventually manage some segment of a medical organization.

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

BA101 BA206 BA211 BA224 BA226 BA255 MO30 MO32 MO40 MO47

AC120 BT111 BT126 BT218 MA25 MO30 MO32 MO34 MO40 MO47

Accounting for Professional Services or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3 Microsoft Word Skills Management* ......................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

30-31 Accounting Option A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts receivable billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance recordkeeping, and budget and financial records. Generally, an Accountant prefers to spend time on the job working with financial reports and records, billing, and computers.

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

32 Unit Secretary Option A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility. In addition to basic course requirements, add:

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

BI121

BA101 BA177

BI122

BA211 BA212 BA222 BT218 BT220 MO30 MO40 MO47

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II* ......................................... 3 Finance* ............................................................................ 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Management Fundamentals* ........................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Human Resources Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

BT218 BT220 MA25 MO32 MO34 MO36 MO47

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I** ..................................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3 Medical Transcription II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

30 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** AH11, Survey of Body Systems must be taken as a prerequisite for BI121.

Medical Receptionist (Recognition of Completion)

100

A medical receptionist holds a key position in the medical officein greeting patients, scheduling appointments, processing patient information, managing the reception desk, and assisting with other responsibilities. In today’s modern medical office environment, the medical receptionist requires skills in human relations, data processing, communication, and medical office operations. Job opportunities are found in doctors’ offices, hospitals, clinics and government medical facilities. Characteristics for success as a medical receptionist include an interest in medicine; a desire to work with physicians and other health care professionals; a positive, caring personality; high energy and a desire to help people. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall Term) MO10 MO14 MO25 MO31 BT110 BT210___

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Word - Level I ................................................................ 1

16 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO12 MO24 MO26 MO30 WE280MOB

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

First Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO25 MO31 BT210___

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Word - Level I ................................................................. 1

18 Second Quarter (Spring Term) MO24 MO26 MO30 BT110 WE280MOB

Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

16 Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses. Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program. Other courses suggested for the Medical Receptionist program include the following: AH11 Survey of Body Systems CS105/L Computing Fundamentals/Lab* MO15 Medical Terminology II* MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations MA25 Disease Processes* MO40 Medical Office Billing II* Note: Keyboard skills (typing by touch, not sight) are necessary for enrolling in classes. *Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Medical Transcription (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into comprehensive records that accurately communicate medical information. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as references for scientific research. Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry.Transcriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent contractors. Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills. This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level positions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 MO14 MO24 AH11 CS105 CS105L

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription** .................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

17 Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO15 MO34 MO47 BT110

Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Transcription I** .............................................. 3 Medical Calculations* .................................................... 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) MA25 MO36 BT111 HPE295 WR121

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II** ............................................. 3 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO44 BI121 PSY201 SP115

Medical Transcription III** ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............ 3

13 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO31 MO46 BI122

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Medical Transcription IV** ........................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ........................................................ 4 WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ................................................................ 3 MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

14 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may elect to complete transcription classes by using either standard keyboard and/or the stenograph machine. Additional classes to develop stenograph skills are: MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory I MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory II MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding I MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding II MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding III Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required. ‡See pages 13-14.

101

Mental Health/Human Service (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

102

The Mental Health/Human Service program is a six-term sequence of day or evening/weekend classes leading to an associate degree. Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social and physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing, recording and other helping skills. A substantial portion of the academic credit may be transferred to baccalaureate degree programs. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7342 or 491-7165) Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765 allenl@mhcc.edu

First Quarter HS101 HS107 HS111 WR121

Sixth Quarter HS291 PSY226 SW201 WE280HSB

16 Curriculum Tracks A) Generalist PSY201 PSY202 PSY203

General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1 Related Electives ......................................................... 2-3

B) Chemical Dependency Counselor

Introduction to Human Services ................................ 3 Orientation to Mental Health Careers .................... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 English Composition ...................................................... 3

HS141 HS142 HS143 HE208

Interviewing Skills II ....................................................... 2 Case Management .......................................................... 3 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ..... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Addiction Theories ......................................................... 3 Treatment of Addiction ................................................. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

C) Youth Worker HS141 HS154 HS153 CJA230

Second Quarter HS112 HS121 HS150 PSY235 WR122 HE 207

HE208

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Principles of Youth Development** ........................... 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process or Related Elective ...................................................... 2-3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

D) Gerontology HS141 PSY222 SOC232 HE202

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Adult Development and Aging .................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Third Quarter

E) Community Corrections

HS113 HS291 PSY236 PSY239 WE280HSB

HS141 CJA112

Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ........................ 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging ...... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ...................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Fourth Quarter HS265 HS291 PSY225 SOC206 WE280HSB

Intervention Strategies I ............................................... 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2 General Sociology* ........................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

14 Fifth Quarter HS266 HS291 HDFS224 WE280HSB

Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Psycho-Social Development II ..................................... 3 The Field of Social Welfare .......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3

Intervention Strategies II .............................................. 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3

CJA113

HE208

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System .................................................... 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ............................................ 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

Related Electives HS144 HS154 HS155 HS156 ASL101 PSY222 RUS111 SPAN111

Dual Diagnosis II ............................................................. 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 American Sign Language - Beginning I ...................... 3 Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons .......... 2 Beginning Russian Conversation I .............................. 3 Beginning Spanish Conversaiton I .............................. 3

* SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for SOC206 ** HS153 offered alternate years. ‡See pages 13-14.

Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker (Limited Entry, Certificate Program) The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based. The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program listing. Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and community facilities. All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the associate of applied science degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2792 allenl@mhcc.edu

Core Courses First Quarter HS111 HS154 PSY225 WR121

Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3

13 Second Quarter HS150 HS155

The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3 Math/Science requirementâ&#x20AC;Ą ......................................... 3

10 Third Quarter HS113 HS153 HS156 HS291 WE280HSB

Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural ........................ 3 Principles of Youth Development ............................... 3 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for a total of 38 credit hours. Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the specialty course listing.

Fourth Quarter HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

6 Specialty Courses CJA230 HDFS224 HS141 HE208 PSY222

Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ..... 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2

â&#x20AC;ĄSee pages 13-14.

103

Nursing (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

104

Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can independently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or unstable.The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College generally find employment within three months of graduation. After completion of program requirements, the student is eligible for licensure examination as a registered nurse after seven terms. Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN) and is obtained by satisfactory completion of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) through the Oregon State Board of Nursing. Required and related general education courses are part of the basic curriculum. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and Tuberculin skin test (PPD) (within 6 months of entering the second quarter), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry into second quarter (Fall). Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily completing qualifying criteria. Applications are available from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Placement of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on completion of curriculum requirements and current licensure in Oregon. Packets describing this procedure should also be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. LPNs seeking this consideration should contact Counseling and the Program Director early for an individualized plan of study. Applicants to the nursing program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the nursing profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. It is the student’s responsibility to make known any disability in which accommodation in class or testing is being requested prior to the activity. Verification of all disabilities must be made by the Disabilities Services Office. Persons with questions concerning particular qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Paula Gubrud-Howe 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2776 gubrudp@mhcc.edu Program Prerequisites: BI231 and WR121. (Students must complete these courses before applying to the program. )

First Quarter (Summer) BI234 FN225 HPE295 PSY201

14 Second Quarter (Fall) NUR101 NUR111 NUR121 NUR122 WR122 PSY237

Nursing I ........................................................................... 5 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ... (2) Nursing Lab I ................................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical I ............................................................ 2 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Human Development .................................................... 4

15-17 Third Quarter (Winter) NUR102 NUR131 NUR132 PSY239

Nursing II .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Lab II .................................................................. 1 Nursing Clinical II ........................................................... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or BI240 Pathology ......................................................... 3

12 Fourth Quarter (Spring) NUR103 NUR141 NUR142 BI240

Nursing III ......................................................................... 4 Nursing Lab III ................................................................. 1 Nursing Clinical III .......................................................... 4 Pathology or PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology .............................................. 3

12 PSY239 and BI240 may be taken either Winter or Spring term. Both must be completed by the end of the first year.

Fifth Quarter (Fall) NUR201 NUR211 NUR222A NUR222B NUR231

Nursing IV ........................................................................ 5 Nursing Pharmacology .................................................. 3 Nursing Clinical IV- A .................................................... 2 Nursing Clinical IV-B ..................................................... 2 Nursing Lab IV ................................................................ 1

13 Sixth Quarter (Winter) NUR202 NUR220 NUR221 NUR232 SP115

Nursing V .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Assessment ...................................................... 2 Nursing Assessment Lab .............................................. 1 Nursing Clinical V ........................................................... 4 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3

15 Seventh Quarter (Spring) NUR203 NUR242 WR227

Nursing VI* ....................................................................... 4 Nursing Clinical VI .......................................................... 6 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Students must complete BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in NUR101. Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

Microbiology .................................................................... 4 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

* NUR203 must be taken concurrently with WR227. ‡See pages 13-14.

Occupational Therapy Assistant (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The OTA program will not be accepting a class in Fall 2002, but will be accepting applications for a Fall 2003 startup, depending on enrollment numbers. Occupational Therapy is a health and rehabilitation profession that helps individuals achieve independence in their lives despite disabilities. Occupational Therapy Assistants work with people of all ages who, because of physical, developmental, social, or emotional problems, need specialized assistance to lead productive and satisfying lives. The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone number is 301-652AOTA. Graduates of the program will be able to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this exam, the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA). Most states require licensure in order to practice; however, state licenses are usually based on the results of the NBCOT Certification Examination. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Chris Heideman 503-491-7129 - Room AC 2767 heidemac@mhcc.edu

Foundations I ................................................................... 3 Foundations II .................................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Therapeutic Use of Self ................................................ 2 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

18 Second Quarter (Winter) OTA110 OTA120 OTA121 OTA122 OTA140 PSY237 WR101

Conditions I ..................................................................... 3 Life Tasks and Skills I ...................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills II ..................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills III ................................................... 3 Experience I ..................................................................... 2 Human Development .................................................... 4 Communication Skills I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

19 third Quarter (Spring) OTA111 OTA130 OTA141 OTA200

Foundations VI ................................................................. 1 Conditions III ................................................................... 4 Applications II .................................................................. 2 Applications III ................................................................ 3 Experience III ................................................................... 2 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1 Sociology Elective* ......................................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter (Winter) OTA211 OTA232 OTA234 OTA250

Conditions IV .................................................................. 2 Applications IV ................................................................ 2 Applications VI ................................................................. 1 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities or OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities ........... 7

12 Sixth Quarter (Spring) OTA220 OTA233 OTA234 OTA251

Life Tasks and Skills IV ................................................... 2 Applications V .................................................................. 2 Applications VI ................................................................. 1 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities or or OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities ................................................................... 7

First Quarter (Fall) OTA100 OTA101 AH11 AH12 AH17 PSY201

Fourth Quarter (Fall) OTA201 OTA210 OTA230 OTA231 OTA240

Conditions II .................................................................... 4 Applications I ................................................................... 3 Experience II .................................................................... 2 Foundations V .................................................................. 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

NOTE: Minimum of “C” grade is required in all OTA classes. * A sociology elective (SOC prefix) is required by program accreditation; it cannot be substituted with a humanities course. ‡See pages 13-14.

105

Office Assistant (Certificate Program)

106

Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of any organization depends upon office support professionals. Each job will require a person with good communication skills (both verbal and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and good human relations skills although specific duties vary with different positions. Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector. Those individuals who are eager to enter the world of work at an entry-level position will find this program appealing. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Filing Clerk) BT110 BT101 BT122 BT218 BT210___ BT210___ BT210___ CS105L

Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Professional Keyboarding* or BT121 Keyboarding Principles* ............................. 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14 Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist) BT111 BT116 BT123 BT125 BT210___ AC120 WR121

Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed*or BT122 Professional Keyboarding* ........................ 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

19 Third Quarter (Office Clerk) BT117 BT126 BT225 BT210___ BT210___ BA205 PSY101

Professional Problem Solving ...................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........................... 3 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3

18 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Related Programs In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical, or computer applications.

Office Management/ Administrative Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Students who are interested in providing essential support in a variety of offices will be interested in pursuing this degree. Today’s office management assistants handle many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Administrative Assistant, credits earned through the legal career path lead to a Recognition of Completion in Legal Administrative Assistant. For more information about these career paths, visit the program website at www.mhcc.edu and search the MHCC website for Office Management/Administrative Assistant. This two-year program provides hands-on development of project management expertise and professional-level skills with an emphasis on communication with clients. Other responsibilities include budgeting and organizing office functions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary in different types of organizations, the job requires good organizational, analytical, and clerical skills; initiative; flexibility; good human relations and inter-personal communication skills, and the ability to make decisions and work without supervision. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed to give students the opportunity to focus on various career paths. Internet research skills, web page development, support and maintenance can be developed by taking related electives with a focus in computer technology. Students may take a variety of business administration courses that stress higher-level decision making. In the legal administrative focus, students learn to create legal documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases. Employment opportunities for full-time, part-time or temporary work in the Portland Metropolitan area are excellent.The demand for office support staff and legal adminstrative assistants in the public and private sectors is high. Legal administrative assistants rank among the highest entry-level salaries in the field. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - -Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780 shieldsp@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BT101 BT110 BT123 BT218 BT210___ BT210___ CS105 CS105L

Second Quarter (Winter) BT111 BT116 BT125

BT210___ BT210___ AC120

Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3 Business Tools and Techniques or BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access .... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or BT122 Professional Keyboarding* or BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .................. 3 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

14 Third Quarter (Spring) BT117 BT123

BT125 BT225 WR121

Professional Problem Solving or Related Elective** ................................................ 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy* ................................................ 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........ 3 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BT126

BT210___ BT210___ BA101 BA226

Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* or BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .................................................................... 3 Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1 PowerPoint - Level I ...................................................... 1 Introduction to Business or Related Electives** ... 4 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BT210___ BT210___ BA205 WE280OP

Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship or HD209 Getting a Job or Related Electives** . 3-4 Related Electives** ......................................................... 4

13-14 Sixth Quarter (Spring) Cr

Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT121 Keyboarding-Principles* ............................. 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access or BT116 Business Tools and Techniques ................. 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

BA231

Information Technology in Business or Related Electives** .................................................... 4 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 WE280OPA Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities‡ ......................................... 3 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

17 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** See next page for Related Electives ‡ See pages 13-14.

107

Office Management/ Administrative Assistant Related Electives

108

Related Electives

Computer Technology/Web Publishing

In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students can expand career path opportunities further by taking additional coursework in business, legal, or computer courses. The following courses are not offered each term and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please refer to the quarterly schedule.

Within this focus, you can also develop project management expertise, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take related electives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office management support system.

Legal Administrative Assistant

CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1 CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 CS125HTS Intermediate HTML ....................................................... 1 CS125HTT Advanced HTML ............................................................. 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1 CS125WDF Web Page Design* .......................................................... 1 CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

(Recognition of Completion) This Recognition of Completion is for bright, hard-working students who are interested in the law. A well-prepared Legal Administrative Assistant possesses initiative, flexibility, organization, secretarial, and computer skills. These attributes are rewarded with one of the highest entry-level salaries in the administrative assistant fields. LA230 LA231 LA232 LA233 LA241

Law Office Systems (Spring) ...................................... 3 Law Office Simulation (Fall) ....................................... 3 Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) ................................... 4 Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) .......................... 4 Trial Case Management in Multnomah County (Spring) ........................................................ 2 LA242 ALS Certification Review (Spring) ........................... 2 Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc .edu

Business Students may find themselves interested in handling many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel staff, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. BA206 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 BA224 Human Resource Management ................................... 3 BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 BA267 eBusiness Project Management* ................................ 3 BT103 Business Math .................................................................. 1 BT210 Access - Level I ............................................................... 1 BT210 Access - Level II .............................................................. 1 BT210 Publisher - Level I ........................................................... 1 BT210 Publisher - Level II ......................................................... 1 BUS22 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

Office Software Specialist (Certificate Program) Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as technicians in a variety of software applications that may include word processing, desktop publishing, microcomputer or data entry. The ideal candidate may have previous office experience and simply wish to update his/her computer skills. These professionals are technically trained on popular software and hardware. They produce quality publications from handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field. Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoftapproved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) exams. Students will become prepared to take MOUS exams indicating that they have an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing one or more MOUS certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office application to employers. The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared for tomorrowâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s challenges. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BT110 BT101 BT116 BT123 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ CS105L

Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................... 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14 Second Quarter (Winter) BT122 BT125 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT218 CS105

Professional Keyboarding* ........................................... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BT111 BT126 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ WR121 PSY101

Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................. 3 PowerPoint - Level I or CS equivalent ..................... 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Access - Level II or CS equivalent ............................. 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

15 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Related Electives In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical or computer applications. Note: Individuals who do not desire to pursue a one-year certificate program may want to consider obtaining within three months a Recognition of Completion in Office Administration. Applications are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. â&#x20AC;ĄSee page 19.

109

Outdoor Education (Recognition of Completion)

110

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Education Outdoorsâ&#x20AC;? is the Mt. Hood Community College academic Outdoor Program. This program offers a wide range of courses in land and water-based outdoor activities as well as courses in Outdoor Leadership and Adventure Education.We provide instruction for individual activities as well as training for current and future outdoor professionals. The last few years have brought a dramatic increase in recreational use of wilderness lands in every region in the U.S.. This has been paralleled by rapid growth in the job market for outdoor professionals. Jobs in field-based outdoor education, environmental education and interpretation, wilderness recreation, adventure tourism and teambuilding adventure courses are now to be found in every region of the country. The Pacific Northwest is no exception. Dozens of programs are operating within the Portland Metropolitan area. The number of programs more than triples if the circle is widened only slightly to include Salem, Eugene, Bend and Hood River. This growth in the outdoor profession has also been matched by a growing need for trained professionals to lead high quality safe educational outdoor programs. Education Outdoors at Mt. Hood currently offers a Recognition of Completion Program in Outdoor Education. This program is open to individuals interested in pursuing careers in outdoor education and those interested in integrating outdoor education into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor education techniques in their professions include; school counselors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community organizers and group- home recreation coordinators. The classes offered each term are open to anyone as applied to the recognition of completion program or on an individual courseby-course basis. If you want to acquire the experience and training that will help you move into this exciting field, this is a great place to start. The program includes one internship placement per term, which provides students with hands-on field experience and the opportunity to develop valuable contacts in the outdoor community. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Health and Physical Education Division. Program Adviser (Health and Physical Education): Steve Rubinstein 503-491-7353 - Room PE 155 rubinsts@mhcc.edu

Required Courses

HE253 PE233 PE234 PE285OL PE285ON PE185OH PE185ON PE185RK PE185RKI PS217

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................... 3 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ....... 2 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods ....................... 2 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3 Outdoor Leadership ...................................................... 2 Adventure Education ..................................................... 1 High Angle Rescue ......................................................... 1 Beginning Rock Climbing .............................................. 1 Intermediate Rock Climbing ....................................... 1 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation ...................................... 3 WR121 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 WE280PEA Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6 Activity Electives* ........................................................... 4 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3 Wilderness First Responder National Certification Challenge Course Advanced Skills

35 Activity Electives* Select four credits from the following: PE185KY PE185OA PE185OA PE185OD PE185OF PE185OG PE185OJ PE185OK PE185OL

River Kayaking ................................................................. 1 Backpacking: Cascades .................................................. 1 Backpacking: Coastal ...................................................... 1 Beginning Sea Kayaking ................................................. 1 Winter Camping ............................................................. 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1 Mountaineering Fundamentals .................................... 1 Mountaineering Field Skills .......................................... 1 Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I .................................... 1

Related Electives** Select three credits from the following: (others may be selected with permission of adviser.) ANTH231 F141 FT235 FW252 FW253 PE292SWT

Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ................ 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Water Safety Instruction .............................................. 3

Physical Therapist Assistant (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community College is two years (six quarters) in length, leading to an associate degree. Course work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist.

Fourth Quarter

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165)

PTA217 PTA217L PTA221 PTA227

Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Persons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Jane Cedar 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 cedarj@mhcc.edu Debbie VanDover 503-491-7461 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.edu

First Quarter PTA111 PTA112 AH12 AH140 BI121 WR101

Patient Care Skills .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Physical Therapy ................................ 3 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Clinical Emergency Procedures .................................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition* ............................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

Second Quarter Physical Therapy Procedures I ..................................... 3 PT Procedures Lab I ...................................................... 2 Issues in Physical Therapy ............................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking* ............ 3

18 Third Quarter PTA113 PTA115 PTA115L PTA125 HE207

Clinical Kinesiology ........................................................ 4 Physical Therapy Procedures II ................................... 3 PT Procedures Lab II ..................................................... 2 Clinical Affiliation I ......................................................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Physical Therapy Procedures III .................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab III .................................................... 3 Pathological Conditions I ............................................. 5 Clinical Affiliation II ........................................................ 5

16 Fifth Quarter Physical Therapy Procedures IV .................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab IV ................................................... 3 Pathological Conditions II ............................................ 5 Clinical Affiliation III ....................................................... 5

16 Sixth Quarter PTA228

Clinical Affiliation IV ...................................................... 8 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement*‡ .............. 3

12 * Those students electing WR121 and WR122 must take a speech class to satisfy the Social Science/Humanities requirement. ‡See pages 13-14.

18 PTA114 PTA114L PTA130 BI122 PSY201 WR102

PTA216 PTA216L PTA220 PTA226

111

Professional Photography (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

112

Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills. In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews. Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses to courses in marketing and small business management. Second-year students have three terms of a photo business practicum that attempts to simulate business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area. Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Dana Spielmann 503-491-7412 - Room VA 09 speilmad@mhcc.edu

ART117 ART262 ART266 PHO131 WR121

Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .................................. 3 Photography II ................................................................. 3 Color Slide Photography ............................................. 3 Basic Photographic Lighting ........................................ 3 English Composition ..................................................... 3

15 Second Quarter (Winter) ART264 ART265 PHO271 BA250 SP111

Field Photography ........................................................... 3 Color Photography II .................................................... 3 Small Product Photography ......................................... 3 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) PHO226 PHO267 PHO272 CS125MCI J134

Photography Business Practicum I ............................. 4 Photoshop I ...................................................................... 4 Stock Photography ......................................................... 3 Overview of MacIntosh Application .......................... 1 Introduction to Photojournalism ............................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) PHO227 PHO268 PHO273 AC110

Photography Business Practicum II ............................ 4 Photoshop II .................................................................... 4 Page Layout for Photographers .................................. 3 General Accounting ....................................................... 4

15 Sixth Quarter (Spring) PHO269 PHO281 WE280PH

Digital Studio ................................................................... 4 Photography Portfolio ................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 4 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer through spring term.

First Quarter (Fall)

Third Quarter (Spring) ART263 PHO132 PHO270 BA223

Portrait Photography .................................................... 3 Color Photography I ...................................................... 3 Photographic Style ......................................................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communications ................. 3

* WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree. ‡See pages 13-14.

Radio Broadcasting (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program managers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size. X58, a modern rock, student operated station, serves the campus, the community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-ofthe-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital production (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production room, and internships at local Portland area stations. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program begins fall quarter, but classes fill much earlier. Applications may be obtained from David Arguello, in the Admissions and Records office, 503-491-7165. Information packets can be mailed to you; please call Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506.

Fourth Quarter (Fall) RB222 RB235 RB240 CS90

14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) RB223 RB224 RB225 J205

RB110 RB111 RB112 BT121

Introduction to Radio Broadcasting .......................... 3 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab .................. 2 Broadcasting Practices I ................................................ 2 Keyboarding-Principles* ................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

Broadcast Advertising Practices ................................. 3 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ......................... 2 Broadcasting Practices V ............................................... 2 Public Relations ............................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) RB226 RB228 RB230 WE280RB

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Jeff Young 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385 youngj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall)

Broadcasting Practices IV ............................................. 2 Broadcast News Reporting II ...................................... 3 Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation ............... 2 Computer Applications ................................................. 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

Broadcast Station Operation ...................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices VI .............................................. 2 Broadcast Sales ............................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** or Related Elective ..................................................... 3-4 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

15-16 * BT121 may be waived with one year high school typing, keyboarding or the equivalent. ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Related Electives

Second Quarter (Winter)

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

RB113 RB114 RB115

Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with an emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second year.

16 Radio Scriptwriting ........................................................ 3 Radio Scriptwriting Lab ................................................ 2 Broadcasting Practices II ............................................... 2 Related Elective ............................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

16 Third Quarter (Spring) RB116 RB117 RB118 RB120 RB121 J211

Radio Traffic ..................................................................... 3 Radio Traffic Lab .............................................................. 2 Broadcasting Practices III ............................................. 2 Broadcast News Reporting I ....................................... 3 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab ............................... 2 Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3

Radio Sales: RB230 RBX40 BA238 J225

Broadcast Sales Commercial Broadcast Sales*** Sales Introduction to Advertising

* * * This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association of Broadcasters. Scholarships may be available; contact the Radio program director, Jeff Young. ‡See pages 13-14.

113

Respiratory Care (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

114

Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales. The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive care. The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements. The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and death situations. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165) Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): George Hicks 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768 hicksg@mhcc.edu

Second Quarter RT121 RT122 BI122 BI234 WR122

Respiratory Care Procedures ..................................... 5 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* .. 4 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II .............. 3

10-18 Third Quarter RT131 RT141 RT142 RT150

Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ................. 6 Mechanical Ventilation ................................................... 4 Mechanical Ventilation Lab ........................................... 2 Clinical Clerkship ........................................................... 1 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 (Optional Summer Quarter) BI234 PSY101

Microbiology .................................................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

7 Fourth Quarter RT211 RT220 RT251

Pulmonary Assessment ................................................. 3 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care ............... 4 Clinical Practice I ............................................................ 8

15 Fifth Quarter RT231 RT252 PSY101

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3 Clinical Practice II ........................................................... 8 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology* ................................. 3

11-14 Sixth Quarter

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI121 BI122

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

RT232 RT253

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II .............................. 3 Clinical Practice III ......................................................... 8 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

8 First Quarter RT111 RT112 AH12 BI121 WR121

* See (Optional Summer Courses)

Cardiopulmonary Physiology ...................................... 6 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab .............................. 1 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

12-16

‡See pages 13-14.

Sheet Metal Technology (Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College. This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeshiptraining program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree. For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room IT27 in the Industrial Technology building at MHCC. For additional information regarding the application process into the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training Center at 503-257-1022. The degree requirements are as follows:

Related Training

60 credits

A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprenticeship training must be completed. Three credits are awarded for each 48 hours combination of lecture and lab.

Supervised Trade Experience

12 credits

Supervised trade experience is a process of education, which combines work experience with college instruction as an integral part of the community college curriculum. It is dependent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a more complete educational program for the students. It is a unique plan of education designed to develop skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating classroom study with planned supervised work experience. A maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.

General Education

18 credits

In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy the general education requirements.

Total Credit Hours Required

90 credits

1st Year

SMT110 SMT111 SMT112 SMT113 APP280S

Introduction to Sheet Metal ........................................ 3 Sheet Metal Transitions ................................................. 3 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ........................ 3 Sheet Metal Triangulation I ..................................... 3 Supervised Apprentice Trade Experience ....... 1 2 Communications Requirement* ......................... 6 - 7

2nd Year SMT120 SMT121 SMT122 SMT123

Sheet Metal Triangulation II .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal I .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal II ........................................ 3 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout ........................... 3 Science/Math/Computer Science Requirement** ............................................................. 6

3rd Year SMT230 SMT231 SMT232 SMT233

Cr Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3 Advanced Environmental Systems ............................. 3 Gas Metal Arc Welding .................................................. 3 Plans and Specifications ................................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement*** ............ 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement**** ........... 3

4th Year SMT240 SMT241 SMT242 SMT243

Sheet Metal Triangulation III ........................................ 3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ............................................................. 3 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding .............. 3 Food Service Equipment ............................................... 3

5th Year SMT250 SMT251 SMT252 SMT253

Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3 Industrial Sheet Metal ................................................... 3 Introduction to Detailing ............................................. 3 Advanced Detailing ........................................................ 3

* Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. ** Select from any of the following: CS105, CS106, CS133, CS140, CS161, CS162, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213, GE101, GE102, GE115, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH111, MTH112, MTH241, MTH243, MTH251, MTH252. *** Select from any of the following: EC201, EC202, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST201, HST202, HST225, PS104, PS201, PS203, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202. **** Select from any of the following: HE202, HE204, HE205, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE295, PE185. The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeymanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s card in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunction with transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP280S requirements of the MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree program have been met. The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements, which includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned.

115

Surgical Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

116

The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length leading to an associate of Applied Science degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice setting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this program the graduate is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals. The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), in collaboration with the American College of Surgeons (ACS) and the Association of Surgical Technologies (AST), which sponsor the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency that acts on the accreditation recommendation formulated by the ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at 7108-C South Alton Way, Centennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARC-ST’s phone number is 303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org. The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series upon acceptance to the program. Accepted students must have verification of second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization, Tuberculin skin test (PPD) and must document initiation of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series prior to entering first quarter. Prior to registering for second quarter, the student must document having received the second dose of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Prior to registering for the third quarter, the student must document completion of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Must also show proof of CPR Level C, valid September through June of the second year. The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related services in the operating room by performing as a member of the surgical team. This role includes preparing supplies and equipment for surgery and using correct surgical technique while performing as a sterile team member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the needs of the surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background knowledge in human anatomy, physiology, microbiology and pathology is necessary. Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and responsibilities of the surgical technologist. In the specialty area of operating room patient care, the ability of the personnel to function independently, as well as cohesively, is of prime importance. The students are encouraged to learn as much about themselves as possible and how to interact effectively with other professionals. The laboratory/clinical practice follows theory lectures as closely as possible so that the student will be able to relate principle to practice in the shortest amount of time. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and on a space available basis after academic criteria have been met. Application packets are available in the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7342 or 503-491-7165) Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Per-

sons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Jackie Morfitt 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766 morfittj@mhcc.edu Tracy Woodsworth 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ST101 AH12 BI234

Surgical Technology Theory I ...................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ .......... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

16 Second Quarter ST102 ST111 BI121

Surgical Technology Theory II ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ................................................... 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

16 Third Quarter ST103 ST112 BI122

Surgical Technology Theory III .............................. 6 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* .................................................. 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3 Related Elective** ...................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter ST204 ST205 ST221

Surgical Technology Theory IV ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory V ............................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 Fifth Quarter ST206 ST207 ST222

Surgical Technology Theory VI ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................ 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 Sixth Quarter ST208 ST209 ST223

Surgical Technology Theory VIII .......................... 4 Surgical Technology Theory IX .............................. 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** In selecting a related elective, the student should consult with a program adviser. ‡See pages 13-14

Television Production Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940’s and moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960’s, powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news and information.The space age took television equipment to the moon, which in turn moved us toward video production on a smaller scale. Video equipment that only a few years ago would have cost thousands and required an engineer to operate is now as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change and with this increasingly assessable technology has come a growing demand for people trained to develop media messages. The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is perhaps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. Over the last 20 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video and media related jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing facilities that train fundamental, as well as digital and nonlinear, concepts. Our instructors are working professionals with experience in every aspect of this field. MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in Television Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and applicants are reviewed by program advisors and faculty members. Because the core courses are sequential, students must start in the fall term. Applications may be obtained from David Arguello in the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7165. Students interested in this program should contact and request an information packet from Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506. Program Adviser (ComputerTechnology and Media Arts Department): Jack Schommer 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1371 schommej@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) J211 TV100 TV110

Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3 Critical Viewing ............................................................... 3 Introduction to Television ............................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

15 Second Quarter (Winter) TV111 TV112 TV115

Television Production .................................................... 3 Television Production Lab ............................................ 3 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting ................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

15 Third Quarter (Spring) TV113 TV114 TV116 ART261

Television Applications .................................................. 3 Television Applications Lab .......................................... 3 Television News Reporting .......................................... 3 Photography I .................................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

TV230 Intermediate Video ......................................................... 3 TV231 Intermediate Video Lab ................................................. 4 WE280TVA Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

16 Fifth Quarter (Winter) TV232 TV233 TV236 WE280TVA

Television Directing ....................................................... 3 Television Directing Lab ............................................... 4 Closed Circuit Systems ................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) TV234 Advanced Telecasting ..................................................... 3 TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab ............................................. 4 WE280TVC Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 8

15 Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Among suggested courses are: TV120 TV121 TV122 TV225 TV227

Introduction to Cinema ............................................... 3 History of Television ..................................................... 3 History of Cinema II ..................................................... 3 Community TV Survival Techniques .......................... 3 Community TV Career Preparation ......................... 1

‡See pages 13-14.

117

Trade and Industrial Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

118

The two-year associate degree curriculum in Trade and Industrial Technology is designed primarily for people in trades or industrial occupations. The curriculum recognizes previous trade or industrial experience and provides preparation in related training, occupational upgrading, general education and related specialty courses. Evaluation of credit for prior learning or industrial experience must be requested through the Office of Evening/Weekend College prior to applying for graduation. For additional information, contact Valerie Ward 503-491-7239 Note: The college has an established charge for course challenge exams or credit for prior learning. Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Joe Dunlap 503-491-7471 - Room IT 47 dunlapj@mhcc.edu

Trade and Industrial Experience

0-22 credits

A journeyman in any trade or craft who has completed a bonafide apprenticeship program or can provide satisfactory proof of equivalent training and experience resulting in journeyman status, may be credited with a maximum of 22 credits (APP200E) toward an associate degree. An additional option to fulfill this experience requirement would be enrollment in APP280, Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience. The authority for granting credit for previous education and training toward apprenticeship training requirements is delegated by law to each local joint apprenticeship committee. NOTE: A journeyman may request credit from the joint apprenticeship committee for previous experience. If the previous experience was outside the supervision of the joint apprenticeship committee, the apprentice must submit his request in writing to the joint apprenticeship committee and furnish such records, affidavits, or other bona-fide evidence as the joint apprenticeship committee shall require to substantiate his claims.

General Education In addition to trades and industrial experience and trade or industrial training, a minimum of 18 credit hours are required to satisfy general education requirements. See pages 13-14. Credits needed for the curriculum degree requirement of 90 and not received for trade or industrial experience may be selected from curriculum-related subjects agreed upon between the student and the appropriate associate dean.

Related Trade or Industrial Training

27-42 credits

A minimum of 27* and a maximum of 36* quarter hours of credit (APP200T) may be earned through completion of apprenticeship-related training, journeyman upgrading or other approved course work. Nine credit hours are allowed for each 144 hours of verified related training or similar training.

Other Required Related Electives

8-23 credits

Selection of these courses should be made with consultation of an adviser.

Total Credits * Credit for trade or industrial experience and training will be granted upon completion and recommendation by the appropriate local training committee. College fees for the degree assessed at the time of application will be based upon three conditions: 1) Number of credits recommended by appropriate local training committee; 2) Current college fee per college credit; 3) Number of credits previously paid for.

Welding Technology (Limited Entry Certificate Day Program) (Recognition of Completion Evening Program) The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organization in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. The curriculum is designed to meet AWS standards.

What are the employment opportunities? Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing. Admission to the day program is based on date of application. Upon acceptance a placement evaluation maybe required. Applicants may enter fall or winter term. Contact the instructor for placement.You are required to have the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Second Quarter WLD130 WLD131 WLD132 WLD133 WLD134

17 Third Quarter WLD150 WLD151 WLD152 WLD153 PSY101

Fabrication Practices ..................................................... 2 Fabrication Practices Lab ............................................. 3 Welding Processes and Procedures .......................... 2 Welding Certification Preparation Lab ..................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............................................................ 3

14 ‡Recommended General Education Requirements: Communications (3 cr): WR101 or higher, RD117, or SP100

Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. High top boots, “safety toes.” One pair gauntlet gloves. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, igniter, slag hammer and tool box. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks. Welding helmet. Safety glasses and ear plugs.

Welding Technology (Evening Program) Recognition of Completion First Quarter WLD110 WLD111A

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ............................ 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2

Lab Fees A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished by the college.

Second Quarter

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Vern Porter 503-491-7209 - Room IT 41 porterv@mhcc.edu Wendall Johnson 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44 johnsonw@mhcc.edu

WLD131A

WLD130

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ................................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2

4 Third Quarter WLD150B WLD153A

Welding Technology (Day Program)

Blueprint Reading ........................................................... 2 Welding Certification Prep Lab .................................. 2

9-Month Certificate First Quarter WLD110 WLD111 WLD114 WLD118 WLD119 MTH33

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ....................................... 4 Welding Metallurgy ........................................................ 3 Welding Metallurgy Lab ................................................ 1 Automated Manufacturing ........................................... 4 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ..................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) ............ 4 Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................ 3 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) ......................... 2 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2 Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3

Additional Supporting Courses WLDX11 WLDX13 WLD116 WLDX16 WLDX17 WLDX34 MTH20 VT10WE

TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding ............................ 2 General Welding I ........................................................... 3 General Welding I ........................................................... 2 General Welding II .......................................................... 2 CNC Burning ................................................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra .............................. 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4

‡See page 19.

119

Special Studies Programs 120

General Studies ........................................ 120 Performing Arts ........................................ 120 Special Studies Music ................................................. 121 Theatre Arts ................................ 122-123 Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, â&#x20AC;&#x153;Courses Numbered 100- 299â&#x20AC;?, for more information. The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters). (Maximum of six credit hours in skill-oriented classes.) D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours.

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program,Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university within one year from the date of last attendance at MHCC. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the studentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the course work. 6 . Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Please see pages 17-18 for additional information on Associate of General Studies degree.

The Performing Arts The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more specialized areas. The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included. Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or nontransfer levels with the approval of the associate dean. The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.

Special Studies: Music The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of music and in the development of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

First Quarter MUS111 MUS114 MUS131 MUS147 MUP MUP WR101

Music Theory I ................................................................ 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Beginning I ....................................... 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15-16 Second Quarter MUS112 MUS115 MUS132 MUS148 MUP MUP WR102

Music Theory II ............................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Intermediate II ................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ......................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15-16 Third Quarter MUS113 MUS116 MUS133 MUP MUP PE PSY101 SP111

Music Theory III .............................................................. 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test .......................................................... 2 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Physical Education* ........................................................ 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3 Fundamentals of Speech ............................................... 3

15-16 Fourth Quarter MUS211 MUS214 MUP MUP

Music Theory IV .............................................................. 3 Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-17

Fifth Quarter MUS212 MUS215 MUP MUP

Music Theory V ................................................................ 3 Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

13-14 Sixth Quarter MUS213 MUS224 MUP MUP HE250

Music Theory VI .............................................................. 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training .......................... 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16-17 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 17-18.

121

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director)

122

Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and directing and one in stage technology and design. The ActorDirector program is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager. Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

Fifth Quarter

TA35 Theories of Directing .................................................... 3 TA112 Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA280A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................. 1 TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ..................... 3 SP262 Voice and Articulation ................................................... 3

14-16 Sixth Quarter

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director) First Quarter TA106 TA141 TA153A WR101

Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals I .................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

16 Second Quarter TA107 TA142 TA153D WR102

Introduction to Theatre II ........................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II ................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre ................... 2 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

17 Third Quarter TA101 TA143 TA153A

Appreciating Theatre .................................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals III ................................................ 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 9

16 Fourth Quarter TA111 TA114A TA227 SP229 HE250

Theatre Technology I .................................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA153A Theatre Workshop ................................... 1 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3 Oral Interpretation ........................................................ 3 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Physical Education* ........................................................ 1

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA253A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3 TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3 TA144 Improvisation ................................................................... 3 TA148 Movement for the Actor .............................................. 2 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................ 1 TA213 Stage Lighting Design .................................................... 3

13-15 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.. ** Must be taken concurrently with TA111, TA112, TA113.

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 17-18.

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician-Designer) The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

Sixth Quarter TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre ....................................... 1-3 TA213 Stage Lighting Design ..................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 6

14-17

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician Designer) First Quarter TA106 TA111 TA114A/B/C HE252 WR121

Introduction to Theatre I ............................................ 3 Theatre Technology I .................................................. 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* ..................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

16-18 Second Quarter TA35 TA107 TA112 TA114A/B/C WR122

Theories of Directing .................................................... 3 Introduction to Theatre II ............................................ 3 Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 PE Requirement* ............................................................ 1

14-16 Third Quarter TA101 Appreciating Theatre ..................................................... 3 TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18

* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..

Suggested Related Electives ART115 Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional ART116 Basic Design 2: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional ART281 Painting I ART291 Sculpture: Beginning EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period ESR295 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ET120 Architectural Drawing ET154 Computer-Aided Design I ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials FA257 Films and Society FA258 Understanding the Film FA266 The Great Film Directors TV100 Critical Viewing TV115 Scriptwriting WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.

Fourth Quarter TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 TA227 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18 Fifth Quarter

TA121 Costuming ........................................................................ 3 TA211 Scene Design ................................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16-18

‡See pages 17-18.

123

MHCC Courses on International Education 124

“Work to create an interculturally literate citizenry so that students can be successful living and working in the increasingly interconnected global community.”** Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student understanding of the world as a global community consisting of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to examine carefully a specific area of the world.These courses are valuable for students who are interested in international issues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other international careers or experiences. The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the United States, but also of other countries and cultures.

BUSINESS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY HT140 HT204 WE280

Travel and Tourism Geography International Hospitality & Tourism Cooperative Education Internship

COMMUNICATION ARTS SP115

Introduction to Intercultural Communication

LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HUMANITIES FR101, 102, 103 FR111, 112, 113 FR150, 151 FR201, 202, 203

First-Year French I, II, III Beginning French Conversation I, II, III Beginning French (Intensive) Second-Year French I, II, III

GER101, 102, 103 GER111, 112, 113 GER201, 202, 203

First-Year German I, II, III Beginning Conversation I, II, III Second-Year German I, II, III*

JPN101, 102, 103

First-Year Japanese I, II, III

SPAN101, 102, 103 SPAN111, 112, 113 SPAN150, 151 SPAN201, 202, 203 SPAN211, 212, 213

First-Year Spanish I, II, III Beginning Spanish Conversation Beginning Spanish (Intensive) Second-Year Spanish I, II, III Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III

ART201, 202, 203

Introduction to the History of Art

ENG107, 108, 109 ENG250 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112

World Literature: Introduction to Mythology Contemporary Culture: Introduction to Human Values Contemporary Culture: Changing Values Contemporary Culture: Future Trends

R210

World Religions

SOCIAL SCIENCES ANTH101 ANTH102

HST292 HST293

Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW North American Indians Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Mexico & Central America World Civilizations History of Vietnam War* Introduction to Peace Studies* Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory* Peace Studies: World Order Theory* African American History* History of Mexico, Central America, South America* China: Past and Present* Japan: Past and Present*

INTL110 IS210, 211, 212

Introduction to International Studies I Comparative Culture I, II, III*

PS105 PS204 PS205 PS220 PS225 PS241

Global Issues Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations* American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology Political Terrorism

SOC213 SOC214

Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society

ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH231 ANTH232 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG214 HST110, 111, 112 HST195 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST264 HST270, 271, 272

* Offered at irregular intervals ** From MHCC Mission Statement

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a twoweek program during summer session. We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.

125

COURSE

DESCRIPTIONS

Understanding Course Requirements 126

Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success.The college offers courses for students who need additional academic preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are proﬁcient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses.

by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing previous college course work.There are two proficiency levels: Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.

Proﬁciency is deﬁned as course placement above:

Proﬁciency Needed

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills WR90 Basic Writing Skills MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet the reading, writing, or math proﬁciency requirement.

Reading, Writing, and Math Proficiencies Reading Proficiency A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract, or vocabulary is difficult.

Writing Proficiency A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic.The writing will be free of distracting technical errors.The student may have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph essays or lab reports.

Math Proficiency A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and percentages. Note:A student who places beyond a specific course may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.

Proﬁciency Levels

Proﬁciency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined

All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.

Proficiency Required All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be required to take the CPT and place above RD90,WR90 and MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.

Other Helpful Course Description Terms Proﬁciency:

Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.

Prerequisite: A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking the course.

Co-Requisite: A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed beforehand or taken in combination with the course.

Concurrent: A course that must be taken in combination with another course.

Recommended/Suggested Requisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.

Course Descriptions

AC38 Intermediate Accounting I

AH11 Survey of Body Systems

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more in-depth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will enable students to determine whether information has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in fouryear accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course and for those who have no background in human biology. Concurrent enrollment in AH11L is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AC39 Intermediate Accounting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AC110 General Accounting I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are recorded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements. The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use in an ofﬁce providing professional services. Using the cash basis of accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll procedures and required payroll forms. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Designed for a true novice to accounting theory. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AH12 Medical Vocabulary Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

AH17 Therapeutic Use of Self Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course addresses therapeutic use of self as it relates to client-centered therapy. The course begins with an understanding of how the theories of Erickson, Maslow, and Kohlberg impact the development of the self. Individual values, cultures and beliefs will be discussed as students develop self-awareness. Interpersonal problem solving as it pertains to stress management, time management and conﬂict resolution are an integral part of this course. Intended for those interested in working in a health career.

AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite: Current Standard First Aid: Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required.

AHX20 Central Service Technician Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base of practicing Central Service Technicians. This course is designed to prepare students for the National Certiﬁcation Examination for Sterile Processing and Distribution Technician. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school diploma or GED may be required for employment. (AM100 – AM280, except AM127, are restricted to students in the Automotive Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Programs.)

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

127

Course Descriptions

128

AM100 Automotive Skill Building - Chrysler CAP and IMPORT

AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identiﬁcation. Instructor permission is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and ﬁttings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.

AM136 Brake Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM119 is required.

AM137 Brake Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AM127 Small Gas Engines Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and operating principles of small gas engines.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM136 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and ﬂuid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.

AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive ﬁeld. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.

AM156 Power Train Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157 is required.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions AM157 Power Train Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.

AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM217 is required.

AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.

AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.

AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.

AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM254 is required.

AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM253 is required.

AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.

AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM256 is required.

AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.

AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM258 is required.

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the studentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

129

Course Descriptions

130

(AMF100 - AMF280 are restricted to students in the Automotive Ford Asset Program)

AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identiﬁcation. Instructor permission is required.

AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and ﬁttings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.

AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset

also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.

AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.

AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF137 is required.

AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF136 is required.

AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset

AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.

AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive ﬁeld. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.

AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will

AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset

AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157 is required.

AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset

AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is required.

AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.

AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.

AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required.

AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is required.

AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.

AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF256 is required.

AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford Asset Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259 is required.

AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF258 is required.

AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience – Ford Asset Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

AMX44 Small Engines, Fuel and Ignition Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A theory and lab class covering fuel and ignition systems for small gas engines. Periodic maintenance and operating principles will be covered in depth. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Some knowledge of small engine operation.

ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human biological variation. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

131

Course Descriptions

132

ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory

ANTH232 North American Indians

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the earliest civilization. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH180 Language and Culture

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of the world? How is our language different from that of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and socio-cultural linguistics. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

APP280S Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience - Sheet Metal

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field Archaeology

ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (alternate years) This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 6 (440 Lab Hrs/Year) The student will be employed a minimum of 40 hours per week in their related Apprenticeship trade. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the students work experience with his/her apprenticeship training. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: The student must meet local union qualiﬁcations and be a registered apprentice.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in ﬁnal works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Sequential. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class explores color theory and its applications in designing invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in designing ﬁnal art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of threedimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ART167 History of Graphic Design Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of technology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized.

schools, vocations, and trends. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed speciﬁcally for those wishing to explore the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART197 Gallery Design and Management

ART219 Calligraphy

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking

ART198 Independent Studies: Applied Art Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not normally covered in an existing course. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and associate dean before registration. Maximum of three credits per term to a total of nine credits.

ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of Art Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for non-majors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 - prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD - ancient Roman, Byzantine, Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approximately half the course in any given term will involve ﬁeld trips to museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries,

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understanding and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals. Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visualization tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered./Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images. Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

133

Course Descriptions

134

will cover the major model types, lighting and camera placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a ﬁne art-making tool. Simple 3D images or animations will be created using a variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as, technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART236 Life Drawing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic form and structure of the ﬁgure to discover conceptual and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discussed in class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART232 Drawing II

ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers character development and marketing for various types and formats of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART231 Drawing I

ART233 Drawing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART234 Life Drawing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART235 Life Drawing II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended

ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea gathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART254 Ceramics I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be developed through a study and application of the elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ART255 Ceramics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART256 Ceramics III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Students will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as a business/profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism. ART254, ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound, step-by-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/metalsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to

art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proﬁciency

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

135

Course Descriptions

136

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement speciﬁc advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART261 Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Adjustable camera is necessary.

lenses, and composition. Basic theory of three color negative color processes explained and demonstrated. Fundamentals of color and printing are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART266 Color Slide Photography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assignments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use, lenses, aperture and shutter relationships and exposure. The properties of color balance, light, color slide films, close-up photography and use of electronic flash are covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART271 Printmaking I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addition, the student will have the opportunity to experience the more painterly monotype, which applies a non-direct method of imagery development. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART272 Printmaking II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate black and white course designed to build proﬁciency beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white photographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the second in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in the second level is to further the practice of the objectives of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking processes. In this course, students will have the chance to explore black and white relief, collagraph and intaglio methods. As in Printmaking I, students will use both the direct and indirect method of imagery development. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART263 Field Photography

ART273 Printmaking III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography through completion of student deﬁned projects. Field trips provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographically. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the third in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in the third level is to begin a personal exploration of imagery and to choose an area of interest within the scope of printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students in this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print materials and techniques and will use this time to declare a focus. Students will build on their imagination, inventiveness and craftsmanship of the print. In addition, students will explore the history of the print as an art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART262 Photography II

ART264 Portrait Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presentation. Covers basic black and white photographic processes and techniques; development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing photographically. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART265 Color Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Introduction to camera use, shutter and aperture relationship,

ART281 Painting I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and materials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions the students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART282 Painting II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversiﬁed subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART281. ART231 is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART283 Painting III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to ﬁnished sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. The purpose of this course is to gain a working knowledge of cast iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history through lecture material, demonstrations of process, visual experience, physical practice and critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART290 Sculpture: Welding Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART291 Sculpture: Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, ﬁeld trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART292 Sculpture: Intermediate Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures ﬁeld trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART293 Sculpture: Advanced

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture. Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal, ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292, Sculpture: Intermediate; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

137

Course Descriptions

138

ART294 Watercolor - Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, ﬁgurative, and abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion and values in order to give the ﬁgure a feeling of form and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART296 Watercolor - Intermediate Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL101 American Sign Language-Beginning I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course introduces communication techniques and culture information of Deaf people. The course includes the manual alphabet, numbers and approximately 400 vocabulary items along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL102 American Sign Language-Beginning II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces conversational use of American Sign Language, increases vocabulary and linguistic devices used by the Deaf, and continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL103 American Sign Language-Beginning III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course continues instruction in American Sign Language, Deaf culture and receptive expressive communication as used by the Deaf. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AV100 IFR Refresher Course Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F This course is for instrument rated pilots who wish to retain currency in IFR flight operations. Topics covered will include environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight and recent rule changes, IFR departure, enroute, and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.

AV104 Aircraft Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Ground and simulator instruction that entails a detailed study of aircraft systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex single-and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft in current use by industry will be studied and emphasis placed on basic operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation regulations, including use of Minimum Equipment Lists, will be introduced. Prerequisite: AV110 with a grade of “C” or better or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is a study of the fundamentals of meteorology, which forms the foundation for detailed understanding of aviation weather. In depth analysis of atmospheric composition, properties, and structure, including energy transfer, are applied on a global scale. Relationships of temperature, pressure, density, wind, vertical motion, moisture, cloud formation, and atmospheric stability are related to local and global circulation patterns and resultant formation of airmasses, movement, and weather systems. Weather hazards are analyzed with emphasis on ﬂight safety and avoidance. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV110 Private Pilot I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Initial ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course involves an introduction to pilot training, human factors in aviation, and aviation opportunities. The student will obtain a basic working knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynamics, aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport operations, air traffic control and radar services, radio communications, basic flight physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of weather theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance, controlling aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning, and applicable Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to Private Pilot flight operations. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV111 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For Aviation program majors only. Non-Majors refer to course AV5 in the quarterly schedule.

AV111 Private Pilot Flight Lab I Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Second class medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV120 Private Pilot II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical knowledge and skills necessary to meet requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Emphasis is on ﬂight planning and decision

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions making, human factors, and crew resource management. Subjects include cross country flight planning and VFR navigation, basic instrument flight, flight dispatching and crew coordination, radio navigation systems, physiological factors involved in flight safety, dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents, incidents, applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical decision making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete the course. Concurrent enrollment in AV121 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

emphasis is on flight planning and decision making. Study includes environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, obtaining weather reports and forecasts of IFR flight, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Five hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV211 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better, and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV121 Private Pilot Flight Lab II

AV211 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing ﬂight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV210 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV150 Aerodynamics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an in-depth study of aerodynamics, beginning with a brief history of the development of flight and flight theory. The physics of lift, drag, weight, and thrust are related to airfoil and airplane design and operational characteristics. Aircraft stability and control are related to airplane performance and safety. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111, both with a grade of “C”; or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV200 Instrument/Commercial Pilot Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course includes ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on IFR and VFR flight planning and decision-making. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and equipment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, and basic radio navigation. Four hours in the flight training devise (simulator) is required. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV220 Commercial Pilot Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance, weight and balance, complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane systems, commercial operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations for commercial pilots and commercial flight operations, with emphasis on human factors, crew resource management and decision making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV221 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV221 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV220 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV208 Aviation Meteorology Application

AV230 Multi-engine Pilot

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This class includes detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts and application of weather information to VFR and IFR flight planning and decision-making. Atmospheric circulation systems, airmass characteristics, and large scale patterns are related to instrument and commercial flight operations. Weather hazards, including wind shear, turbulence, icing, and instrument meteorological conditions will be discussed with emphasis on flight safety. Prerequisite: AV108 or instructor consent.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and multi-engine pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. Includes multi-engine aircraft systems and operations, aerodynamics of multi-engine aircraft, performance considerations, engine-out operations, emergency operations, multi-engine instrument operations, and high altitude operations. Four hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV231 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV210 Instrument Pilot Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is a continuation of ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the instrument pilot certiﬁcation portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus.

AV231 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Continuing ﬂight instruction necessary to meet stage ﬁnal require-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

139

Course Descriptions

140

ments of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV230 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certiﬁcate with instrument rating. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV235 Human Factors in Aviation Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W An introduction to the ﬁeld of human behavior and characteristics as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/machine systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human factors, including the study of human performance in complex systems with an examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, communication skills, leadership/followership, decision making, situational awareness, analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, and practical application of human factors and performance to modern aviation. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include fundamentals of instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in an interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. In conjunction with this course each student must complete three hours of flight simulator lab. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH111 Helicopter Flight Lab 1 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Initial ground instruction on helicopter aerodynamics, systems, determining performance and helicopter navigation and flight planning. Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Student Pilot certificate and Second Class Medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH121 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to private pilot certification. Begin ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced helicopter systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex helicopters. Begin flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to commercial pilot certificate. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AVH111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Includes study of helicopter performance, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning. Prerequisite: AV120 and AVH121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH200 Helicopter Flight Lab 4 Credits 4 (12 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes weather theory, advanced aerodynamics, Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to commercial pilot operations, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight. FAA Private Pilot Certificate required. Prerequisite: AVH131 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH211 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing ﬂight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Co-requisite: AVH200 with a grade of “C” or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH221 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant acquire the instructional knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively teach and analyze the maneuvers and procedures required for the issuance of a flight instructor certificate rotocraft-helicopter. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH231 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing ﬂight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH256 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include Fundamentals of Instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum, creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in a interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. Prerequisite: AVH231 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH131 Helicopter Flight Lab 3

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ***

BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ENT10) The course is designed for someone who wants to evaluate entrepreneurship as a vocation. Opportunities in small business are discussed as well as the risks and rewards of a business owner. Important elements of developing and operating a small business are brieﬂy reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills of a small business owner are discusses. The course is practically oriented including interaction with business owners as well as seeing and hearing owners on video discuss what it’s like to have your own company and important elements your success or failure. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA101 Introduction to Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various phases of business. Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing personnel management, and ﬁnancial management. Its purpose is to prepare students for further business study. Proﬁciency Needed. Reading.

BA150 Developing a Small Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ENT11) The course is designed for students to learn important elements and steps involved in starting a small business. The business idea, testing it, and protecting it are discussed. Formulating a mission statement, start-up, financing, choosing a legal structure, image building, record keeping, financial statements, people decisions, selling, and insurance are also covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will act as the payroll accountant for a company for the 4th quarter, processing the bi-weekly payroll register and deposits. In addition, students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth understanding of payroll by completing a manual and computerized payroll project for a 3-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA200 Marketing for Small Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ENT20) This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers, what they are really buying and why, how to segment and target them. Students will also learn about the market, researching the market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in marketing and exploring many speciﬁc advertising and promotional techniques. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly ENT39) The course is designed for students to learn about employees and customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and communicating with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The course also focuses upon the customer and the systems, methods, and strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in order to reap resulting proﬁt. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA205 Business Communications Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efﬁcient tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing good, persuasive, and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working with and in groups as well as with individuals. Students will collaborate to research, write, and present business reports. Email, word processing, spreadsheets, on-line research, and presentation software will be used to enhance the communication process. Prerequisite: CS105L and WR121, or CS105L and WR101. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA206 Management Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are evolution and scope of management, planning, decision-making, organizing, leading, and controlling. Current relevant management issues such as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global economy will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA208 Business Plan - Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ENT30) This course is designed for a student to learn how to research and write the marketing portion of the business plan. Students learn how to find information about industries, their size, growth, trends and competitive situations. They learn how to develop a market plan, involving choosing a distribution channel, location, setting a price structure, and promoting their product or service. The final product is a complete written marketing plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA211 Principles of Accounting I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

141

Course Descriptions

142

BA212 Principles of Accounting II

BA223 Principles of Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting and inter-company investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A general survey of the nature and signiﬁcance of marketing in our contemporary economy. General emphasis is placed on how marketing decisions are made. Particular emphasis is placed on the marketing environment, buyer behavior, market research procedures and uses, product-market relationships, pricing and promotional policies, channels of distribution, strategic marketing, and international marketing. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA213 Principles of Accounting III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of accounting information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior and analysis, proﬁt planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA215 Cost Accounting I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the ramiﬁcation of their behavior. The student will be able to make production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activity-based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA224 Human Resources Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA226 Introduction to Business Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts, contracts and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business environment. There will be particular emphasis on recent developments in business law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law. In both class and homework assignments, students will be asked to think critically by: identifying legal issues in given situations; identifying the law applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of the given situations in light of the applicable law; expressing the most likely outcomes of those situations; and explaining lessons the student learned from such assignments. This reasoning process will enable students to identify legal issues in the business environment and will facilitate the students’ learning about the legal process in general. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA228 Computer Accounting Applications

BA220 Tax Accounting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 6251, and 4562. Students will review the state tax returns and also research tax issues. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns for S Corporations, partnerships and corporations. Prerequisite: BA212. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA221 Production Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Presents an introduction to the production function and the organization of production systems in business. Investigates the development and use of analytical models and methods for resolving production problems such as work, measurement, materials handling, plant layout and plant location. Additional focus is on production/inventory, planning and control, product design, project management, and process design. Prerequisites: BA101 and BA103 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software, including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA230 Business Plan - Operating/Financial Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ENT32) This course is designed in conjunction with BA208, Marketing for Small Business. The two courses together comprise a complete business plan course. The BA230 course covers all of the business plan except the marketing portion. Students learn about what comprises and how to write the complete business plan, including the following sections: company description, management, operations plan, and ﬁnancial statements and projections. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA231 Information Technology in Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions systems in the organization. This course describes how information systems can be applied to business processes by supporting communications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance. The components & development of the appropriate personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information and computer technology for communication and decision making. Prerequisite: CS105 or successful completion of CS105 equivalency test. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

BA238 Sales Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Emphasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales concepts. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA243 Introduction to Consumer Behavior Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An analysis of the major determinants of consumer behavior and the consumer decision process. Theoretical concepts are explored, but special emphasis is placed on practical applications for all types and sizes of organization. Prerequisite: None. BA223 recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA250 Small Business Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and specific aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative thinking and leadership is discussed as well as planning and timemanagement. Other aspects of business management studied are: record keeping and controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, financing, and human resource management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA255 Supervisory Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Discusses common problems and issues of ﬁrst line supervision. General emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a challenging, rewarding and productive work environment. Particular focus is on selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees. Additional topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, communication, handling grievances and ineffective employees, group work and quality circles. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA264 eBusiness Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly BUS24) This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerging digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An in-depth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as they relate to the integration of the Internet into overall business strategy for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. BA223 is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA265 eManagement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly BUS25) This course examines current and future management issues in electronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated. Revising business processes for electronic business is explored and practiced. Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure play” internet companies, developing and using electronic business. Prerequisite: BA264 and CS105; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA267 eBusiness Project Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly BUS28) This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line business. Through establishing, developing and managing an on-line business, students will draw on previous course knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors in the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. This is a ﬁnal course in the Business/eCommerce Marketing and Management program. Prerequisite: CS105, BA231 or web development coursework, and BA264; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102 - Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulﬁlls the college requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function and cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, mendelian genetics, molecular genetics, gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population dynamics, community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes. Not to be taken out of sequence, except by consent of instructor. This sequence is designed for non-majors. Those students who are considering majors in biology or pre-professional health occupations are advised to take BI211, BI212, BI213. Concurrent enrollment in BI101L is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI121, BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/ F/W A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for most Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine systems. BI122 covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive (with development) systems. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology, AH11, or BI101; or equivalent. High school chemistry or equivalent is strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A general science course designed to provide students with an The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

143

Course Descriptions

144

introduction to the ﬁeld of animal behavior. The course takes a biological perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate causes of behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and neural basis of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, foraging, defense, courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory provides opportunities to conduct research on animal behavior. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI145 Environmental Problems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A non-majors course designed to provide students with an introduction to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on the environment. Through lectures and discussions students will consider major environmental issues facing modern society, both locally and globally. This course is also taught as GEOG290 for Social Sciences credit. The student may receive credit as BI145 or GEOG290, but not both. Prerequisite: None. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI199BIT Introduction to Biotechnology Credits 3 (3 Seminar Hrs/Wk) The course will provide information in the fastest growing knowledge-based industry in the world today. It will provide opportunities to draw connections between engineering, biology, chemistry, physics, information science, computer technology, manufacturing, and bioethics. A Web page will support the instruction through links, chat room discussions, current biotechnology news updates on discoveries, and course information. The course will consist of a series of ten seminars, each presented by the instructor and experts in the ﬁeld. Each weekly seminar will entail a three-hour presentation, discussion, background readings from the Web, and small group assignments. Prerequisites: One-year high-school level biology, chemistry, and algebra required, or instructor consent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major in biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, ﬁsh and game, range management, wildlife and biology education. This class is designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolution, physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany, behavior and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not to be taken out of sequence. Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or CH221 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing (RN) or a related ﬁeld of health care. The courses emphasize mastery of the body’s structure and function as well as the application of this knowledge, as in case studies. BI231 covers cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers

the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system, urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system, nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology or AH11, BI101 or equivalent; one year high school chemistry or CH104, CH151, or CH221. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI234 Microbiology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed by discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorganisms. Application of the role which each of these topics plays in infection and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition of microbial growth and the role of immunity and host defense mechanisms are also discussed. The course concludes with discussions of transmissible disease of concern to the health care provider. Laboratory techniques for the study and identiﬁcation of bacteria utilizing aseptic techniques are also presented. Prerequisite: High school biology or BI101 or AH11; AND high school chemistry or CH104 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms of pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology in the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and integumentary systems are provided. Additionally, host defense mechanisms are examined in detail, with emphasis on inﬂammatory processes, types of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune complex disorders. The companion laboratory serves to isolate and examine disease organisms, investigate and conduct epidemiological studies, and challenge the student with case studies. Prerequisite: BI234. BI121 and BI122, or AH11 are also strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI240 Pathology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury and repair, inﬂammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, cancer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems. Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who should take this course in sequence or only after admittance to the Dental Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion of BI121, BI231 or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI273 Ecology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions This course studies the interrelationships of plants and animals with their environment. Different types of ecosystems are examined to better understand the composition and function of ecosystem components. Emphasis is on basic ecological principles, concepts, and mathematical analysis rather than current environmental problems. Laboratories emphasize ﬁeld sampling techniques and several are out-of-doors. Prerequisite: None. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to the characteristics and classification of nonvascular and vascular plant groups with special emphasis on Angiosperm plant families and indicator species through lecture, laboratory and field experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT11F Basic Keyboarding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11F) This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

BT11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11FO) This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand only. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. An introductory set of lessons will guide the student through learning the alphabetic portion of the keyboard using either the left or the right hand only. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

BT11S Keyboard/Formatting Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11S) This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge of his/her own personal typing needs. After completion of this course, a student should be able to format the most commonly used letter, memo and report in classroom, business or personal settings. Some lesson documents will include information about editing and formatting rules. Prerequisite: Ability to keyboard by touch. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT101 Ofﬁce Careers Survey Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OA101) Exploration of all ofﬁce career programs featuring speakers from various segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, fall term, before fall term classes begin.

BT103 Business Mathematics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

(Formerly BUS31) This course provides the student with a mathematical background for general business, ofﬁce work, and consumer knowledge. The student will learn how to solve basic business mathematic problems, will learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated with business mathematics. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent; or one-year of high school algebra with a “C” grade or better and consent of instructor; or consent of the instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BT110 Business Editing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA16) This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules; and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT111 Editing Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly OA19) Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality of work in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and proofreading for correctness are essential skills for effective written communications. This course provides students with practice and shortcuts to detecting types and locations of errors in actual business documents. Also, computerized on-screen proofreading techniques are covered. Students will learn to use popular editing desk references effectively. Prerequisite: BT110 or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W (Formerly OA116) Maximize your employment opportunities and business skills by learning Microsoft’s most popular information management and communication tool, Microsoft Outlook! Familiarization with this high-powered organizational tool in a model office environment is the key to using Microsoft Office software effectively and efficiently. The most current business etiquette techniques will be discussed and reviewed in the use of e-mail, calendaring, handling contacts, and strategies in using business telephone systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT117 Office Systems Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OA117) By participating in group and individual projects, students will gain experience in designing effective office layouts that are efficient and ergonomically sound, in purchasing office equipment, and setting up and facilitating support for meetings and conferences. Students will work with time management techniques and priority setting guidelines while scheduling and managing travel arrangements and processing incoming and outgoing mail. Students will use appropriate office machines to solve problems and disseminate information, including determining when outsourcing of resources is appropriate. Students will analyze problems familiar to office managers. The emphasis throughout the course is on efficiency, effectiveness, economy, and suitable presentation of information. Developing and portraying a professional attitude is stressed. Prerequisite: BT116, and the ability to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

145

Course Descriptions

146

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ciency Needed: Reading.

BT121 Keyboarding Principles

BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA121) This beginning course for those students with no previous keyboarding instruction or who have not attained the performance requirements for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong foundation for professional typists and personal use, covering: 1) correct touch operation of the keyboard; 2) straight copy skill of not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability to copy, arrange, and position block style letters, memorandums and manuscripts with simple footnotes and endnotes; (4) experience and understanding of related skills such as centering, tabbing and composing at the keyboard. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly OA203) Become proﬁcient in WordPerfect! Emphasizes productivity with instructions that introduce and reinforce basic through advanced word processing skills. Focus on the most frequently used functions and the most easily implemented techniques to produce a wide variety of documents successfully in the Windows version of WordPerfect. Work with single- and multi-page documents, lists, tables, forms, mail merge, columns, graphics, and various document management techniques. Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 wpm and BT121; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT122 Professional Keyboarding

BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA122) This advanced keyboarding course with increased emphasis on speed, accuracy and professional standards is for those students who meet the performance requirements for keyboarding principles or with one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. To prepare a student as a job-entry keyboardist, the course will cover (1) straight copy skill of not less than 40 correct words a minute for five minutes within a 5-error allotment, (2) ability to copy and arrange memorandums, block and modified block letters, tables, and reports and manuscripts, (3) ability to apply the editorial skills and technical procedures that the production work requires, such as proofreading. Prerequisite: All students entering BT122 must meet the performance requirements for BT121, Principles of Keyboarding, or have one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. Straight copy seed on a five-minute timing should be at least 35 wpm.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly OA123) An in-depth focus on word/information processing concepts through extensive skills assessment testing and hands-on (simulation) experiences. Extensive skills assessment testing will enable you to become prepared to take the MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) tests for Word at the core and expert levels. You will apply the basic, intermediate, and advanced features of Microsoft Word in a variety of documents during simulation activities. Emphasis is on productivity elements of information processing, editing and proofreading for mailability, and file management techniques. Prerequisite: BT122 and BT110; and BT210YWA, BT210YWB, and BT210YWC, or CS equivalent of Word - Levels, I, II, and III; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA124A) This is a lab/lecture course using a speciﬁc software package in a self-paced instructional environment as a lab activity. The course provides students with an opportunity for self-diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and increasing speed and accuracy skill development for computer operators. Prerequisite: Familiarity with keyboarding and the ability to type by touch. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA124B) This is an individualized diagnostic and prescriptive method for developing accuracy and speed. This intermediate course provides students with the opportunity to improve both speed and accuracy at the keyboard. Utilizing a computerized diagnostic system, students are provided with an opportunity for self-diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and speed and accuracy skill development. Prerequisite: BT123 or consent of instructor. Proﬁ-

BT210 Software Applications Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) (Formerly OA210) The Software Training Center (STC), located on the MHCC main campus and the Self-Paced Learning Center (SPLC), located on the MCC Maywood Campus offer one-credit courses in the most popular software suites, as well as other general software courses. This includes word processing (Word and WordPerfect), spreadsheets (Excel), databases (Access), presentations (PowerPoint), and operating system software. Grading options include letters, pass/no pass, and audit. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be taken for credit. Students will receive individual assistance accompanying their hands-on learning under the guidance of instructors and trained assistants. The STC and SPLC are open days, evenings and weekends. Student may register at various dates during the term to accommodate their personal schedule. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT218 Records Management w/Microsoft Access Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA244) This course provides the student with a working knowledge of the rules, procedures, and techniques of maintaining office records (filing) that are vital to every business worker. Upon completion of this course the student will be able to organize records with both manual and electronic (using MS Access) filing methods. The student will also become familiar with the terminology of records manage-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ment and technology, including databases and their relationship to the information systems used in business. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT220 Electronic Calculator Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA220) This course is designed to teach the basic operation of the desktop type electronic calculator used in the modern business ofﬁce. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BT225 Document Processing Credits 3 ( Hrs/Wk) - Sp (Formerly OA225) In this course, the student will bring together a variety of skills to prepare and format documents from a variety of input sources, including handwritten and typed draft, proofread computer draft and machine transcription. Students will use a variety of business machines, including computer, transcribing machine, and electronic typewriter to prepare letters, memorandums, reports, tabulated materials and business forms. Letter placement and styles, punctuation, and editing are incorporated into assignments. Emphasis is on professional standards for work habits on all documents. Prerequisite: Word processing software knowledge, typing speed of 40 wpm; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: BT111. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BUS21 Active Communicating Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A detailed examination of interpersonal (non-written) communication. Highlighted topics include communication barriers, techniques to overcome them, personality and communication styles, listening, non-verbal interactions, gender and cross-cultural differences, and small group communication. The course will use interactive role plays and games to aid the student develop skills. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BUS22 Managing Conflict Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course provides students with a clear understanding of what interpersonal conflict is, what its positive and negative aspects are, how it occurs, and how to effectively deal with it. The course’s intent is to assist students in developing habits and behavior patterns that will allow them to be deal successfully with conflict occurring in organizations. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BUS23 Successful Negotiation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Learn and practice a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for negotiation successfully. You will also learn how to stay in control when under pressure, defuse anger and hostility, and reach agreements that satisfy both sides’ needs. Successful negotiations is a skill that will beneﬁt you for life, no matter what job or career you choose. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading ***

CH104, CH105, CH106 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I, II, III

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/ F/W/Sp This course is taught on the assumption that the enrollee has had no previous introduction to the study of chemistry. The student must be proficient in general mathematics and must be able to handle elementary algebraic operations. The first term includes the major topics of inorganic chemistry including elements, compounds, atomic structure, nomenclature, stoichiometry, bonding and structure, states of matter, and nuclear chemistry. The second term includes solution chemistry, equilibrium, reaction rates, thermodynamics, acid-base chemistry, and an introduction to organic chemistry. The third term continues with organic chemistry and introduces general topics in biochemistry, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, and bioenergetics. Sequential. Prerequisite for CH104: MTH65 or the equivalent; CH105: CH104; CH106: CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH151 Basic Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F CH151 is a basic course designed for students who want to take the CH201, CH202, CH203 or CH221, CH222, CH223 sequence but who lack sufficient math and chemistry background. This one-term course includes mathematical applications appropriate for the first term of the above chemistry sequences as well as an introduction to classification of matter, atomic theory, stoichiometry, and nomenclature. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH170 Environmental Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This term deals with the fundamental aspects of the environment, primarily related to chemistry. The major objective of this course is to show the interaction between environmental problems and the science of chemistry. Prerequisite: MTH60 or higher and CH105. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH221, CH222, CH223 General Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This course offers the fundamental basis of chemistry for science, pre-professional, and chemical engineering majors. A strong emphasis is placed on a mathematical approach. CH221 covers atomic and molecular structure, stoichiometry, periodic properties, thermochemistry, and introductory chemical bonding. CH222 covers molecular bonding and molecular properties, gases, liquids, solids, physical states and changes of state, solutions, kinetics, and nuclear chemistry. CH223 covers equilibrium, introduction to acids and bases, spontaneity of reactions, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction and electrochemistry. Co-requisite: MTH111 or higher. Prerequisite: 3 years of high school mathematics and 1 year of high school chemistry (or a grade of “C” or better in CH151). High school physics is strongly recommended. CH222 prerequisite: CH221 with a grade of C or better. CH223 prerequisite: CH222 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH241, CH242, CH243 Organic Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F The study of aliphatic, aromatic and biochemical compounds. This sequence of courses meets the organic chemistry requirements for many science and pre-professional majors. CH241 includes a study of nomenclature, aliphatic hydrocarbons, structure, conformation, stereochemistry, resonance and aromaticity, addition

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

147

Course Descriptions

148

mechanism, and infrared spectroscopy. CH242 involves the study of free radical, substitution, and elimination mechanisms involving alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers. Organic redox reactions, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and carbonyl chemistry are also studied. CH243 includes the study of carbonyl chemistry as well as polymers, heterocycles, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: CH106, CH203, or CH223. CH242: CH241; CH243: CH242. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure

CJA111 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: Law Enforcement Agencies

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys the fundamental legal rules which apply to the gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include the history of evidence law, the “hearsay” and “Miranda” rules, differences between public and private documents, the nature and use of circumstantial evidence, documentary and photographic evidence, and physical evidence. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, CJA113, CJA211 and CJA212 are helpful to the student, but not required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the structure and function of the criminal justice system in general and police agencies in particular. Topics include the types and impacts of crime, crime causation, objectives and functions of the police, as well as the various methods used to document crime in the U.S. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA112 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the role of the courts in the criminal justice system. Topics include the structure and function of federal and state court systems, the judicial process from arresting to sentencing, the role of the various courtroom actors, and basic legal deﬁnitions and sentencing options. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA113 Introduction to Criminal Justice Admin: The Corrections System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course examines what happens to a defendant once s/he is found guilty of a crime. Topics include the sociology of conﬁnement, prison organization, prison treatment programs, probation and parole, as well as community corrections and current problems in prison systems. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA123 Exploring Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course questions some of the basic assumptions that we have about crime and the criminal justice system in our country. Thus, we explore those assumptions and provide new light upon issues that have in some cases become distorted and inaccurate. This course is not designed to replace the introductory sequence in criminal justice (CJA111-113). It is a companion piece to that series of classes. Those courses provide a general description of criminal justice, which sets the stage for the current discussion. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA211 Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to survey the fundamentals of criminal law. It is intended for students who are considering employment in the ﬁeld of law enforcement. Topics which may be covered include the history of criminal law, concepts of criminal responsibility and liability, and the characteristics of selected crimes. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, and CJA113 is helpful, but not required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the essentials of criminal procedures. Topics which may be covered include search and arrest procedures, criminal court proceedings, federal and state reports and Oregon Criminal Code sections. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA213 Introduction To Evidence

CJA214 Introduction to Criminal Investigation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics which are covered include the history and theory of criminal investigation and the procedures which are used to investigate and document speciﬁc crimes. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA219 Introduction to Community Policing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores how the police and citizens can work together to solve community problems. Topics include the history, current programs and future trends in community policing. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course examines the history of juvenile justice in the U.S.. Various theories of juvenile crime are explored as well as contemporary issues in this area of study. Consideration is also given to treatment programs in the future of juvenile corrections. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

COS10 Beauty Culture Theory I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp These lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for Cosmetology students to prepare for participation in the Cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, ethics, personality development, introduction to haircutting and styling as well as all chemical service procedures and terminology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS11 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic I Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The Pre-Clinic Hair Design Lab sessions employ demonstration and practical application of the following subjects; cleansing and

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions conditioning, haircutting for men and women, hairstyling both wet construction and thermal, chemical services such as hair coloring/lightening, permanent waving, and curl relaxing. These sessions prepare the student to enter the clinic phase of cosmetology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS12 Beauty Culture Theory II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level lecture sessions begin to prepare the student to meet the requirements set by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology for sanitation. Other subjects are introduced to increase background information regarding histology of the skin and scalp, the recognition of diseases and disorders, client/stylist protection, retail sales, salon management, chemistry, and the action of products used in hair design. Prerequisite: COS10.

COS13 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic II Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp At the clinic level, students begin taking clients in salon simulation for all hair design services, cleansing and conditioning, haircutting and styling, all chemical services, reception desk and dispensary duties. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; clipper hair cutting, beard trimming, creative techniques in hair color, and custom perm wrapping. Students perform services under the supervision of instructors and further develop the skills learned in previous labs. Prerequisite: COS11.

COS14 Beauty Culture Theory III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This lecture series continues the chemistry of hair structure and cosmetics used in hair design chemical services such as; permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and hair color. The introduction of corrective hair-color and artistry in hairstyling, as well as, the review of terminology for; sanitation, bacteriology, and diseases and disorders of the skin and hair. Prerequisite: COS10 and COS12.

COS15 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic III Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level students are working on self-promotion and gaining request clients in salon simulation for all hair design, facial technology, and nail technology services. The clinic level student participates in reception desk and dispensary duty training. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; foil and paper weave hair color techniques, longhair specialty wraps for permanent waving, soft edge and texture cutting techniques, artistic and special occasion hair styling. Prerequisite: COS11 and COS13.

COS16 Beauty Culture Theory IV Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The study of corrective hair coloring/lightening, permanent waving, and the chemistry of the hair structure will be covered in this course as well as a review of terminology and practices of all subjects covered in Beauty Culture Theory I-III. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12 and COS14.

COS17 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic IV

hair extensions, hair weaving, long hair styling, hair coloring/lightening, speed wrap perm, spa facial services, sculptured nails ﬁlls and repairs, problem solving, ﬂat nail art, raised nail art. The students will continue to service clients in salon simulation under instructor supervision and further develop techniques, skills, and speed in performing services, reception desk and dispensary duties training. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13 and COS15.

COS18 Beauty Culture Theory V Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to meet the needs of the salon-ready student preparing to take the Oregon Board of Cosmetology certiﬁcation exam. There will be a review of safety, sanitation and hygiene, followed by written and oral testing over all subjects covered in previous theory courses. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12, COS14 and COS16, COS 20 and COS22.

COS19 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic V Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The advanced lab and clinic is designed to review and practice in all areas of practical applications performed in COS11-23. Emphasis will be on speed, ﬁnishing techniques and weekly practice with the student’s board model. During this course, the student will complete the clock hour requirements, service requirements and the practical evaluation required by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology to prepare for the certiﬁcation exam in Salem, OR. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13, COS15, COS17, COS21 and COS23.

COS20 Beauty Culture Theory VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Theses lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for Nail Technology students to prepare for participation in the cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, professional ethics, recognition of nail disorders, theory of massage, Oregon Administrative Rules, OSHA, and MSDS. This course also includes manicure and pedicure procedures, the use and care of equipment/implements, and the materials used by a Nail Technician. This course prepares the student for the Oregon Nail Technician certiﬁcation exam. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS21 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic VI Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Su The pre-clinic nail technology lab sessions employ demonstration and practical application of the following subjects; procedures and techniques used in manicuring and pedicuring services, reﬂexology massage, sculptured nails with forms and tips, nail repair, silk wraps, and gel nails. This course includes the use of equipment, implements and materials used in Nail Technology, including the electric rotary ﬁle and airbrush. Emphasis is placed on the observance of safety and sanitation for protection of the client and student. This course includes an introduction to Facial Technology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS22 Beauty Culture Theory VII

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The pre-clinic facial technology lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for students to prepare for participation in the clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, professional ethics, recognition of skin types and disorders, theory of massage, The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The lab/clinic sessions include demonstrations by the instructors and the practice by students with mannequins and/or models in the following areas: hairstyling ﬁnishing techniques, corn row braiding,

149

Course Descriptions

150

and Oregon Administrative Rules. This course also includes the use of electric facial equipment, and the study of electricity and light therapy. This course prepares the student for the Oregon Facial Tech. certiﬁcation exam. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS23 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic VII Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W The pre-clinic Facial Technology lab sessions employ demonstration followed by supervised practice in the development of skills in facial services including; analysis of the skin, cleansing of the skin, facial massage, facial treatments, superﬂuous hair removal by waxing, brow arching, lash and brow coloring, make-up selection and application. Emphasis is placed on safety and sanitation for the students and clients while preparing for and performing services. An introduction to nail technology is included in this course. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

CS90 Computer Applications Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for first-time computer users. The assignments acquaint the user with the basics of a personal computer and Windows, gets them into using email, has them use a Web browser and shows them basic search techniques using a Web browser. It is suggested that the student be able to type 20wpm or take BT11F, BT11S or BT121. This will help the student to complete the lab work within a reasonable amount of time. Proficiency Needed: Reading.Proficiency Needed: Reading.

CS105 Computing Fundamentals

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course discusses computer technology and how this technology is used in business, industry and at home. Emphasis is placed on evaluating work-related and personal situations, and then determining how software and computer-based systems can best be used to solve problems. The ethical, social and political implications of current and potential use are discussed. Students use the internet to research these topics. Co-requisite: CS105L. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Note: You must have already completed CS105L, or enroll in a section of CS105L that begins the ﬁrst week of the term.

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will use email and a web browser, and portions of a commonly-used Windows-based suite of office products. The emphasis is on becoming proficient in the basics of the package and to understand how and where each product can best be used to solve a problem. Students use skills to solve problems typically found in business, industry and at home. The specific portions used are word processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and integration of these products, including searching for data on the internet and adding it to various documents. Prerequisite: CS90, or pass the CS105 Placement exam, which tests the ability to use email, the Internet, and work with a current Windows operating system. Suggested typing speed of 20 wpm (or take BT11F, BT11S, or BT121.) Students will be assessed for essential computer skills the first session of lab. Information regarding the computer assessment exam is available in the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Programming Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The second course of a three term sequence. Introduction to problem solving via algorithm design, data structures, and computer programming using a current computer language. Emphasis is placed on structured programming methods. Surveys common algorithms for data manipulation, searching and sorting. Prerequisite: CS105 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: CS125PDF. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125 Software Application Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) One-credit-hour courses under this number examine the historical development, basic concepts, features, uses, costs, and benefits of various software packages. Students will get hands-on experience with the specific software package covered in the course. Maximum of 12 hours may be taken for credit, unless otherwise specified in curriculum. No duplication. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This course explores the concepts and current details of Cascading Style Sheets and the future of formatting HTML documents. Included are discussions of why or why not CSS, selectors, specificity and inheritance, colors and graphics, font specifications, managing interlinked files and directories, and browser variations. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course which covers the basics of creating web pages (“writing” HTML) with an HTML editor, and the speciﬁcs of the software package Dreamweaver, in a PC environment. Topics include: creating pages with lists, simple tables. in-line graphics, links (absolute and relative), backgrounds and colors, fonts and text sizes. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet, and experience with Windows, required. Experience with HTML strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp The second course which covers the operation and use of the software package, Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages in a PC environment. Topics include frames, forms, layers and simple JavaScript objects (such as ‘mouse-overs’). The Dreamweaver capabilities to create templates, maintain or manage a web site (including FTP) will also be explored. Prerequisite: CS125DRF or the equivalent required. Experience with writing HTML strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp The third course which covers the operation and use of the software

CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions package Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages, in a PC environment. Topics include utilizing Dreamweaver as the central point to pull various graphic elements together, augmenting Dreamweaver with Macromedia extensions, and deeper explorations of topics introduced in the beginning and intermediate classes. Prerequisite: CS125DRS or the equivalent required. Experience with writing HTML, CS125FLF and CS125FWF, are strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DWF Web Pages and Databases Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An in-depth class which investigates the interaction between databases and web sites, for on-line access, often used in Intranets. This course includes examples and discussions of interfacing web sites with various types of databases, an exploration of common problems and solutions, and utilizes a popular database for various exercises. Prerequisite: CS133PF and CS125ACF/S/T, Access, and CS125VBF, and either CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System or CSX32WP. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp A course which explores the concepts, basics and techniques of creating and maintaining an electronic portfolio. We will analyze various portfolio sites, develop a personal portfolio site goal and plan for development and implementation. We will also explore software available to assist in this type of project. Prerequisite: CS125DRF, Beginning Dreamweaver, or CS125WEF, Beginning Web Publishing, or equivalent experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLF Beginning Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course which covers the basics of using Flash (Macromedia) to add special effects to web sites, such as sound effects, MP3 streaming audio, animations, interactive graphic images and innovative interfaces for navigation. Course will cover the basic drawing tools, layers, frames, motion and shape tweening. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet or the equivalent; and experience with Windows, required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F A beginning exploratory course in ActionScripting, the programming language that is used within Flash. Students will learn the basic Flash commands that may be “attached” to events or frames, that make Flash user interactive. The concepts of the scripting language and speciﬁc commands will be developed. Prerequisite: CS125PDF and CS125FLT. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLS Intermediate Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W A second course which expands on the basics of Flash (Macromedia.) Course will cover more on shape tweening with ‘hints’, sound, navigational aids, buttons, scenes, and asset management. Prerequisite: CS125FLF, or the equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F The third course on Flash (Macromedia.) Course will cover the basics of action scripting, but real basis for creating user interactive web pages. Prerequisite: CS125FLS, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. Topics covered include selection tools/methods, layers and layer manipulation (duplication, delete, merge, creating new), rotating, flipping, resizing, changing canvas size, editing (cut, copy, paste), graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning, zoom), and color selection (foreground, background.) In addition, a discussion of various graphic file types, compression techniques, file sizes, appropriate choices and scanner demonstration/discussions are also included. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows or Macintosh, basic file management is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W An intermediate class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. More depth on layers, palettes, and other tools from the beginning class, with a concentration on masks, paths, and automation. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks, or equivalent experience is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W An advanced class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. More depth on beginning and intermediate topics, with emphasis on live animations, buttons (including rollovers), pop-up menus, and slicing. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks, and CS125FWS, Intermediate Fireworks, or equivalent experience is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125GWF Graphics for the Web Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces tips and techniques for graphics preparation for efﬁcient usage in web environments. Included are discussions of graphic formats (gif, transparent gifs, jpg and png), image touchups, optimizing, creating background tiles, navigational graphics, transparent gifs, and image maps, scanning issues and graphic software. Prerequisite: CS125PSF, Beginning PhotoShop or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTF Beginning HTML

CS125FLT Advanced Flash The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

151

Course Descriptions

152

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course into creating Web pages using HTML. Topics include: What it means to publish on the Web (cyberspace, Web presence, design principles, structure and navigation, audience and announcing your presence), HTML concepts and HTML text styles and formatting, URL’s and links, lists, images, scanned images and backgrounds/textures. Prerequisite: CS125WEF, Beginning Web Publishing and CSX30IN, Beginning Internet; or equivalent knowledge. Some experience with Windows ﬁle management is also required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTS Intermediate HTML Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An intermediate course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using HTML. Topics include: an in-depth discussion into the ramiﬁcations of publishing on the Web, (cyberspace, Web presence, design principles, structure and navigation, audience and announcing your presence), HTML image maps (sensitive images), creating tables and advanced formatting (including nested tables.) Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTT Advanced HTML Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An advanced course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using HTML. Topics include: frames, creating forms (buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, text ﬁelds, pull-down menus, etc) which make web pages interactive, an introduction into scripting, discussion of Java and JavaScript, MS Extensions, and future trends in HTML and browser development. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HMTL, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125JSF Beginning Javascript Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Introduces the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents using JavaScript. Topics include: variables & data types, syntax, objects, functions (built-in and user-deﬁned), embedding JavaScript scripts into HTML documents, LiveConnect, and security tips and concerns. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Expands on the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents using JavaScript. Topics include: more on forms and data validation, managing frames with JavaScript, advanced windowing, and web page problem solving using JavaScript. Prerequisite: CS125JSF, Beginning JavaScript. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125MCI Overview/Macintosh Application Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to provide students with the basics of the Macintosh computer platform. An overview of functions, tools, and methods will be presented along with an emphasis on the specialized computer-related vocabulary. Participants will learn cross application techniques that will serve them in future Macintosh computer-based courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

CS125PDF Beginning Program Design Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and some techniques to design computer programs. One technique will be primarily text-based (i.e. pseudocode) and another a graphical technique (such as flowcharting.) Included will be discussions of the fundamental control structures (sequence, selection and repetition), and the primary steps of problem definition, algorithm development and testing. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows, basic file management and some application program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PSF Beginning PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. Topics covered include selection tools/methods, layers and layer manipulation (duplication, delete, merge, creating new), rotating, flipping, resizing, changing canvas size, editing (cut, copy, paste), graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning, zoom), color selection (foreground, background). In addition, a discussion of various graphic file types, compression techniques, file sizes, appropriate choices and scanner demonstration/discussions are also included. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows or Macintosh, basic file management is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PSS Intermediate PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An intermediate class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More depth on layers, palettes, and other tools from the beginning class, with a concentration on colors, paths, and channels. Prerequisite: CS125PSF, Beginning PhotoShop, or the equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PST Advanced PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W An Advanced project-oriented class which continues the exploration into advanced concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More depth on techniques and concepts introduced in the beginning and intermediate classes, with an emphasis on tips and ‘tricks’. Prerequisite: CS125PSS, Intermediate Photoshop or equivalent knowledge is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp A course which explores the basics of Macromedia’s UltraDev software, an ‘addition’ to Dreamweaver, which assists the creation of web pages linked to live databases. This includes the creation of the dynamic web page, remote database connectivity and user authentication, among other features. Prerequisite: CS125DRF, Beginning Dreamweaver, CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver, and CS125ACF, Beginning Access; or equivalent experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions CS125VBF Beginning VB Script Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is intended for students who want to create interactive Web content. Topics include: fundamentals of Microsoft Visual Basic Script, creating client-side applications and interfacing with Web browsers like Microsoft Internet Explorer. Prerequisite: CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or equivalent knowledge. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WBF Web Site Development Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W A course intended to explore the concepts and concerns of developing a web site, including a series of development phases to appropriately address needs of clients (companies) and users. Also includes: ﬁle maintenance and management, controlling access by various authors, task management, and web testing. Course work includes team activities. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver; and CS125WDF, Web Page Design; or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WDF Web Page Design Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Introduces the fundamentals of creating well-designed, professional web sites and HTML documents. Topics include: examination and analysis of various sites, user interface design, controlling page layout, rendering type, strategies for personal, business and linking sites, structured layout, style sheets and trends. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet Access or equivalent knowledge; CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver; and some experience with Windows, the Internet, and a web browser is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing

Writing, Math.

CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su This course explores the installation, configuration, and administration of popular web server packages for Unix operating systems. Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts, personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/ Linux Operating Systems, and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS133PF, Beginning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133JA JAVA - Design & Programming Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W JAVA is a new programming language, similar to C++, used for internet applications. This course concentrates on the design of the applications, and the basic programming and debugging techniques. Co-requisite: CS125PDF, Beginning Programming Design, or must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An introductory course which includes topics on CGI programming including: security, file handling and form data (from HTML documents) handling. Explores common CGI applications such as mail and counter programs. Introductory PERL requirements and specifications for input/output, variables, and various control structures are explored. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Introduction to HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course that explores various programs and techniques involved in web publishing, including HTML editors, transfer software (FTP), Save As HTML, and templates. Also included are discussions on selecting an IS, ﬁle organization, DHTML, XML and other emerging technologies. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet, or equivalent knowledge. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL

CS125WSN NT Web Servers

CS133SQL Introduction to SQL

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su This course explores the installation, configuration and administration of popular web server packages for NT operating systems. Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts, personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30NA, Beginning Windows NT Workstation or CSX32F, Beginning Windows Operating systems; and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS133PF, Beginning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An intermediate course which expands on CGI & PERL programming topics introduced in the introductory course. In addition, topics will include more depth on PERL, advanced ﬁle handling requirements, discussion/analysis of CGI Library and Server-side Includes, PERL commands for functions and subroutines. Prerequisite: CS133PF or the equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp SQL (Structured Query Language) is used to get information to and from a database application. We cover database design, creating it with SQL, Maintaining the data and extracting answers. Prerequisite: Must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133VB Introduction to MS Visual Basic Programming Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is for programmers and for developers experienced in procedural languages who wish to begin developing applications using Microsoft Visual Basic (VB). Students will learn capabilities of the Visual Basic programming system, capabilities of the development

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

153

Course Descriptions

154

environment, and common programming techniques required to create simple, useful applications using VB. At course completion, students will be able to describe the event-driven programming model of VB, perform general programming operations of VB, operate VB, manage multiple projects of VB, and develop a simple application using VB. Prerequisite: Understanding of Microsoft Windows and sound knowledge of procedural programming. Knowledge of fundamental principles of program design is strongly recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133XML Introduction to XML Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will be given an overview of XML and its usage in today’s Internet applications such as Business-to-Business eCommerce data exchanges, browsers, and data exchanges between common programs. Students will write code to use XML (eXtensible Markup Language) to move both the data and the description of the data between applications. Prerequisite: from easy to more complicated: 1) basic familiarity with web-based browsers (e.g. Internet Explorer or Netscape); 2) be familiar with the basics of HTML, either by experience or taking CS125HTF; 3) introductory knowledge of databases, preferably in Access. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS140 Introduction to Operating Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp CS140 introduces students to the history, terminology, functions, and uses of various operating systems. These concepts are taught with hands-on activities utilizing Windows, DOS and UNIX-based operating systems. The course covers general operating system concepts, data storage concepts, directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file access, communication tools, and printing. The course approaches these concepts from a user point-of-view, not from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Successful completion of this course meets any CSX20JF (Beginning PC Operating Systems) and or CSX30GF (Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System) program requirement. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L, or equivalent computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course typically explores various problem solving techniques and methodologies. It introduces students to the application of those techniques in various environments. Includes discussions of the various stages of problem solving, thought processes, team solutions, documenting, testing and evaluating solutions. Some experience with applications software is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course speciﬁes criteria for selecting hardware and software and provides student practice in developing and critiquing a computer applications plan. Prerequisite: 2nd year CAS standing or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Introduction to fundamental concepts of computer science. Problem solving, algorithm and program design, data types, control structures, subprograms. This course is primarily designed for Computer Science majors and those working on a minor in computers. Prerequisite: MTH111 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS162 Computer Science II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Introduction to software design, use of a variety of data structures, data abstraction, recursion. Application of recursion in software design, program correctness, veriﬁcation and testing. Students will write a substantial computer program during the term. Prerequisite: CS161 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS233JA JAVA-Advanced Topics/Programmers Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (odd years) JAVA topics covered: file I/O, object serialization; versioning; multithreading; advanced AWT; JAVA beans; internationalization; native methods; and debugging. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix is likely to be updated regularly. Prerequisite: A first course in JAVA (CS107 or CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Program ming Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course serves as an intermediate course for students who have learned the fundamentals of Visual Basic programming. It will provide opportunity for the student to practice and reinforce basic skills as well as develop new ones. The emphasis will be on writing business applications in a business environment using Visual Basic. At course completion, students will be able to develop, test, and deploy applications using a variety of the features of the Visual Basic language. Students will be prepared for the in-depth exploration of Visual Basic language features in Advanced Visual Basic (CS234VB). (May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS199C prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS133VB, CS106, or instructor permission based on student familiarity with Visual Basic and knowledge of the fundamentals of event-driven programming using Visual Basic. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS234JA JAVA - Networking Topics for Programmers Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (even years) JAVA topics covered: servers; clients and thin clients; two and three tier applications; database connectivity (JDBC); SQL; remote method invocation (RMI); applets and servlets; COM/DCOM; security. JAVA is changing rapidly, and the topic mix is likely to be updated regularly. Prerequisite: A ﬁrst course in JAVA (CS107 or CS133JA) or equivalent experience. Suggested: CS140 (Intro to Operating Systems) and CSX30H (Local Area Networks), only to become acquainted with the terminology. Note: CS233JA is not a prerequisite. These two courses are at the same level and can be taken in either sequence. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is for developers who have experience using MicroCredits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F soft Visual Basic and who want to gain a thorough background in programming skills using Visual Basic. Students gain a detailed understanding of the features and capabilities of the Microsoft Basiccourse programming systems and the concepts needed to See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciencyVisual and other requirements.

CS161 Computer Science I

Course Descriptions write sophisticated event-driven graphical programs for Microsoft Windows. At course completion, students will be able to build applications using multiple forms, dynamic controls and menus, on-line help, DDE and ActiveX, interface with custom controls and DLLs, and optimize VB features and capabilities for their environment. (May not be taken for credit by students with credit for CS233VB prior to Fall, 1999.) Prerequisite: CS233VB (CSS199C prior to Fall, 1999) or equivalent experience using Microsoft Windows high-level tools that demonstrates language programming proﬁciency and understanding of the event-driven programming model. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS244 Introduction to Systems Analysis Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A study of information processing. Students will design, implement and evaluate systems that are similar to existing systems in business and industry. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS260 Data Structures Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Data abstraction with formal speciﬁcation. Elementary algorithm analysis. Basic concepts of data and its representation inside the computer. Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree structures. Data structures are implemented as abstractions. Sorting and search strategies. Data management. Prerequisite: CS162 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX13 Writing Documentation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to provide practice in writing user documentation for existing software. Suggested prerequisite: Some Word Processing course work or experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The student and instructor will design a speciﬁc learning and/or practice experience and implement it. Instructor signature is required. Prerequisite: Second year CAS standing. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX20JI Intermediate PC Operating System and Utilities Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses MS-DOS to teach more advanced operating system concepts and skills. The course teaches students file processing techniques and commands. Students will also learn how to create batch files to automate various user and administrative tasks. Prerequisite: CSX20JF, or CS140, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX20PH Telecommunications Overview Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp Introduction to telecommunications concepts, terminology, hard-

ware, software. Review of suppliers of phone equipment, local and long-distance carriers, rate structures, and voice/data considerations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to enable students to solve simple computer hardware problems. Procedures for identifying, ordering, and installing computer components are covered. Simple DOS commands are used to implement CD-ROM access to install Windows 95 on a newly formatted hard drive. Some Internet access is necessary to complete assignments. Prerequisite: Basic understanding of computer terms and vocabulary.

CSX30F Beginning Windows Operating Systems Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp Covers task bar, short cuts, use of the explorer, conﬁguring the desktop settings, my computer, use of the control panel, and tips for making Windows easier to use. Prerequisite: Any beginning computer class (CS90, CS105, CSX20J), or equivalent personal experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Writing, Math.

CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course is a hands-on, application-based course, which uses Linux to introduce students to the family of UNIX-based operating systems. The course covers general operating system concepts, directory structure and navigation, file creation and manipulation, file processing, redirection, file access, communication tools, printing, and how to configure your operating system environment. The course approaches these concepts from a user point of view; not from a systems architecture or administration viewpoint. Prerequisite: CS105 and CS105L or equivalent computer science vocabulary and concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp A hands-on, application-based course, which uses Linux to teach more advanced UNIX-based operating system concepts. The course teaches students file processing techniques and commands, and introduces file processing languages such as sed and awk. Students will also learn how to create shell scripts to automate various user and administrative tasks. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A hands-on, application-based course which uses Linux to teach advanced UNIX-based operating systems concepts. The course teaches students operating system installation, and administration. This course covers system security issues, system configuration, understanding the system boot sequence and installing and configuring software including the XWindows graphical user interface for Linux. Prerequisite: CSX30GS, Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System, or equivalent knowledge and skill. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

155

Course Descriptions

156

CSX30H LAN - Local Area Networks

CSX30IS Internet Security

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to introduce the student to an overview of networks, in particular LANs. Included is a hands-on lab time that will set up computers to be network compatible, make cables necessary for LAN construction and will create 3 different LAN environments. The OSI model for data transfer is covered and particular attention is paid to TCP/IP. Students will learn how to use ping and traceroute for troubleshooting purposes. An overview of WANs and job opportunities in the networking market will be explored. Prerequisite: Knowledge of general computer science vocabulary and concepts (CS105 or equivalent.) Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course which covers the broad conceptual areas of web, host and site security and explores current security standards. This class introduces various security related concepts, such as trusted systems, encryption, protecting intellectual property, cryptography, digital IDs, and electronic commerce. In addition, it covers speciﬁc UNIX concerns and features of various related systems and software. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX V/LINUX Operating Systems. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX30HD Help-Desk Software Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course in required and innovative computer software tools that help manage requests for end-user support, resolve problems in a timely fashion and provide charge-back analysis. Various pieces of software will be examined for features such as logging and tracking incoming calls, assigning and forwarding calls, audit trail, escalations, notification and follow-up, standard reporting, guided-help systems, and “gathered knowledge” or expert systems; some systems may also include inventory, configuration and purchasing modules. Instructor signature is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

CSX30HS Novell System Management Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course teaches students the skills needed to effectively manage a NetWare 5 network. Topics covered include setting up computers to connect to servers, directory structure and use, creating and managing user accounts, ﬁle management and security, printing, login scripts and administration tools like Z.E.N. works. Teaching methods include hands-on-training, lecture, and worksheets. Prerequisite: CSX20JF or CS140; or a working knowledge of the DOS operating system. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30IF Internet Firewalls Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course which covers the basics of building firewalls which prevent unauthorized access on the Internet. This course will identify various types of firewalls (dual-homed gateway, screened host gateways, and other topologies), basic concerns, firewall software (CERN, SOCKS and the Firewall Toolkit), server locations, and concerns and possible solutions. It explores various approaches and architectures and configuring various Internet services (telnet, ftp) to work within a firewall system. Prerequisite: CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating Systems, and CSX30IS, Internet Security; or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CSX30NF Network Fundamentals: CISCO I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester I curriculum. Industry standards and the OSI model are covered as well as network topologies, basic network design, IP addressing and subnet masks, and structure cabling solutions in a LAN environment. Prerequisite: Beginning knowledge of the Microsoft Windows environment and the Internet, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30NFS Router Configuration: CISCO 2 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/W This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 2 curriculum. Router technology and configuration are covered as well as IOS, TCP/IP and IP addressing. Router components, startup, setup, configuration and protocols are major content. Prerequisite: CSX30NF. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30NFT LAN Design: CISCO 3 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy Semester 3 curriculum. Topics include switching, VLAN, LAN Design, IGRP, Access Lists, and IPX. The predominant assignment is the threaded case study, woven throughout the semester. Prerequisite: CSX30NFS. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30NFW WAN Design: CISCO 4 Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This class follows the CISCO Networking Academy semester 4 curriculum. Topics include WAN Design, PPP, ISDN, and frame relay. A review for the CCNA exam is also included, and as with semester 3, a threaded case study is woven throughout. Prerequisite: CSX30NFT; or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly CSX30NT) This course provides a foundation for supporting Microsoft Windows Server operating system including the skills to configure, customize, optimize, integrate, and troublehsoot networks. This CSX30IN Beginning Internet course is designed for the individual who may become responsible Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp for the planning, design, implementation and support of a Windows A practical introduction to using the Internet, including sending Server. Topics covered will include the active directory, networkand receiving mail, finding and retrieving data, and locating research ing, security, creating users/groups, the NTFS file system, and material. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. troubleshooting. This course can assist students preparing for the Microsoft Windows Server exam. Prerequisite: Previous working knowledge of Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, or Windows 2000 Pro is recommended. Fundamental understanding of current networking technology is preferred. Familiarity with NT Server is not required, but will facilitate the learning process. Proficiency See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Needed: Reading, Writing. ***

DE9 Special Learning Projects Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course handles students special learning needs that may not be covered in other classes. Consent of instructor required.

DH111 Introduction to Dental Hygiene Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course emphasizing the following: professional roles and responsibilities, principles of dental health education, etiology and management of selected oral conditions, dental deposits, techniques for assessing general and oral health, patient management, principles of infection control and professional environmental safety. A research paper is required.

DH112 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F This course introduces principles of instrument design and application. Techniques will be related to oral anatomy and clinical dental hygiene therapy ﬁrst on manikins, then with lab partners.

DH113 Dental/Oral Anatomy Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture and laboratory course on the development, function, eruption, morphology and clinical considerations for both the primary and permanent dentitions. The laboratory portion consists of curvature form and identiﬁcation of all types of teeth.

DH121 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I

mounting dental x-ray ﬁlms; application of safe radiographic techniques for diagnostic purposes; evaluation of ﬁlms and recognition of oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH113.

DH125 General Pathology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Basic pathologic processes, interrelationship of developmental defects and systemic disease, principles of inﬂammation, degeneration and repair. Concurrent registration required in DH123. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI234.

DH131 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH132. A case presentation is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH121 and DH122.

DH132 Dental Hygiene Clinic II Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH122, clinical experience in dental hygiene therapy. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH122 and DH124. Concurrent enrollment in DH131 is required.

DH134 Oral Radiology II Credits 2 (1 Lecture- 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH124. Clinical application of radiographic techniques for diagnostic purposes and interpretation of ﬁlms to identify pathology and oral landmarks. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH124.

DH135 Oral Pathology

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH122. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH111, DH112, DH113.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Diseases and disorders of the oral cavity and their interrelationship with body systems: developmental anomalies of the teeth and jaws, manifestations of disease in the oral cavity, head and neck. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH122, DH123, and DH125.

DH122 Dental Hygiene Clinic I

DH136 Pharmacology

Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W Clinical experience in basic dental hygiene therapy with emphasis on patient assessment, oral prophylaxis and patient education techniques. Prerequisites: BI121, BI234, and “C” or better in DH111, DH112, DH113. Concurrent enrollment in DH121 is required.

DH123 Oral Histology/Embryology Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Embryology and histology of the teeth, oral and craniofacial structures and histopathology of dental diseases. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH113.

DH124 Oral Radiology I Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Electrophysics of the x-ray machine; exposing, processing and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Basic dental pharmacopeia, drug actions and interactions, uses of cardiovascular agents, neurological agents, chemotherapeutic agents, agents affecting the autonomic nervous system. Includes local anesthetic agents, emergency drugs and procedures, and chemical dependencies. Prerequisites: BI121 and BI122.

DH137 Head and Neck Anatomy Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Study of the head and neck from both regional and systemic points of view. Anatomy will be related to dental and dental hygiene therapy.

DH211 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH212. Investigates issues related to basic science, dental science and social science as they relate to clinical activities. A research paper is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH131 and DH132. Concurrent enrollment in DH212 is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

157

Course Descriptions

158

DH212 Dental Hygiene Clinic III Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F Continuation of DH132 clinical experience in dental hygiene therapy with further emphasis on scaling, debridement, root desensitization, caries prevention and instrument sharpening. Integrates radiographic procedures and analysis in clinical care of patient and provides continuing practice in expanded functions and conservative periodontal therapy. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH131 and DH132. Concurrent enrollment in DH211 and DH214 is required.

DH213 Expanded Functions Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A lecture and laboratory course which prepares students to perform the expanded functions identiﬁed in the Oregon State Dental Practice Act. Selected procedures that may be delegated to dental hygienists in other licensing jurisdictions will be included.

DH214 Periodontology/Dental Hygiene I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Study of the pathogenesis of periodontal disease, its clinical manifestation, rationale and techniques for periodontal therapy, assessment of disease activity and patient management. Concepts will be applied in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: BI234. Concurrent enrollment in DH212 is required.

requisites: “C” or better in DH211, DH212 and DH213 and DH214. Concurrent enrollment in DH221 and DH224 is required.

DH223 Public Health and Dental Research Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Presents principles of dental public health and dental research including design, basic statistical procedures and techniques for evaluating research. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH216.

DH224 Periodontology for Dental Hygiene II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuation of DH214 with a more in-depth study and clinical application of periodontal therapy with emphasis on surgical procedures, referral, supportive maintenance, chemotherapeutic agents and wound healing. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH212 and DH214, BI234. Concurrent enrollment in DH222 is required.

DH231 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH232. A research paper is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.

DH232 Dental Hygiene Clinic V

DH215 Dental Materials Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizes the chemical and physical properties of materials commonly used in dentistry. Professional environmental safety is stressed.

DH216 Community Dental Health Credits 2 (15 Lecture - 15 Lab Hrs/Term) – F Introduces the role of the dental health educator and involves students in community activities as such. Preventive measures are explored and methods for teaching prevention in the community include planning, conducting and evaluating health programs and oral health surveys in the community.

Credits 5 (15 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of DH222 clinical experience. Integrates critical thinking and problem solving in assessing and practicing clinical dental hygiene therapy. Includes continuing experience in expanded functions and a Mock Board Exam in preparation for licensure examinations. Prerequisites: “C” or better in DH221 and DH222.

DH233 Ethics and Jurisprudence Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Study of ethics and the law and its application to dentistry and the practice of dental hygiene. Review of the Oregon State Dental Practice Act. A research paper and class presentation are required.

DH234 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues

DH217 Local Anesthesia Credits 2 (15 Lecture - 15 Lab Hrs/Term) – F Introduces principles related to local anesthetic injections and provides for the clinical application of techniques. Reviews related anatomical, neurophysiological and pharmacological considerations. Prevention and treatment of local and systemic complications of local anesthesia are stressed.

DH221 Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A lecture series providing the theoretical basis for dental hygiene clinical practice in DH222. A research paper is required. Prerequisite: “C” or better in DH211 and DH212.

DH222 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV Credits 5 (14 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W Continuation of DH212 clinical experience. Integrates radiographic procedures and analysis in clinical care of patients and provides continuing practice in expanded functions and periodontal therapy. Pre-

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Includes resume writing, job search strategies and interviewing skills. Variations in the practice of dental hygiene and dentistry and avenues for career development will be explored. Personal ﬁnance and taxes will be introduced and current issues in dental hygiene will be investigated. ***

EC115 Introduction to Economics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction to the basic economic activities of producing, exchanging, consuming, saving, and investment for the purpose of preparing a student for the utilization of economics to real-life experiences. This course provides specific examination of the role of economics in the fields of agriculture/natural resources; mechanics and transportation; business and computer technologies; health and human services; engineering technologies; construction and design; and communication technologies. The course should not be taken by Business Administration transfer students. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions EC201 Principles of Economics I (Micro) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on microeconomics, the behavior of individuals and individual ﬁrms. In this term, the student should learn of: the problem of scarcity and the workings of the market system; how consumers make economic decisions; how business makes economic decisions under conditions of perfect and imperfect competition; how businesses and consumers make decisions concerning the labor market. The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or instructor permission. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EC202 Principles of Economics II (Macro) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp An introduction to the principles of economics with a focus on macroeconomics, the operation of the economy as a whole. In this term, the student should learn of: a description of economic systems and measurement of the U.S. economy; theories of why the economy operates at the level it does; the use of fiscal (taxation and spending) policies; the causes of unemployment and inflation, and how macroeconomic problems might be alleviated. The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC115, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EC203 Principles of Economics III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp An examination of issues and problems in the world from an economic point of view, utilizing the economic tools learned in the previous two terms. The student will examine such topics as: the operation of the world economy, international trade, international ﬁnance problems, energy, transportation, crime, environment, poverty, discrimination, health care, and education. The course uses an inquiry approach to solve economic mysteries in the world. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EC201, EC202 or EC115; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EC204 International Economics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces the student to the principal issues of international trade and finance. The course begins with a brief comparison of the economic status and performance among major trading nations. Then the course examines alternative trade theories on protectionism, trade restrictions, trade policies, trade liberalization, free trade agreements (e.g. NAFTA) and labor and capital migration. Finally the course examines international finance, including exchange rates, interest rates, and monetary policy. This course is designed for those students interested in an in-depth examination of international trade and finance. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: EC115 or EC201 or permission of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE121 Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will encourage students to explore the wide variety of sensory experiences and materials suitable for use with young children. Safety, aesthetics and sensory perception will provide the basis for activity choices. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE122 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Describes the sequence of large and small muscle development in children and presents appropriate curriculum activities for use outside; adaptations presented for inclement weather. Sensory integration concepts as a foundation for academic learning will be presented. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE123 Early Childhood Literature and Language Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will focus on language and literacy development in young children. Emphasis will be placed on activities supporting literature and language activities appropriate for different stages of development. Course may include topics such as book selection, curriculum development, storytelling methods and techniques for fostering language development in young children. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE131 Child Development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A Beginning course in child development concerned with basic theories and issues such as growth and development, the history of the ﬁeld, and children’s behavior from a developmental perspective for children birth to 8 years. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE140 Introduction to Early Childhood Education Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course introduces the student to the field of early childhood education through selected readings, discussions, lectures and visitations to a variety of child-care and preschool facilities. The history of societal changes and contemporary trends in early childhood education will be studied. State and federal regulations, the availability of community resources and social services, and other pertinent subjects will be discussed. Career opportunities, and personal and professional qualifications for the teacher in early childhood education will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE144 Observation of Young Children Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student will learn to use objective techniques of recording and reporting patterns of growth and development of young children. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE145 Techniques of Positive Guidance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to familiarize the student with the principles of positive guidance. Techniques of guiding behavior will be studied. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE147 Infant/Toddler Caregiving Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An examination of caregiving techniques for infants and toddlers, with special emphasis on group care practices for this age. This course will deal with practical aspects of caregiving routines, such as nutrition and feeding, diapering, sleep, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

159

Course Descriptions

160

ECE148 Toddler Curriculum

of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Developmentally appropriate activities and materials for children in the toddler years - approximately 15 months to 2 1/2 years. Student will explore activity planning, designing the environment, and skill and concept development in the areas of physical/motor, socialemotional and cognition. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE150 Curriculum: Play Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The introductory course to a four-part curriculum series, this ﬁrst course is designed to introduce students to developmentally appropriate curriculum for young children. This course introduces students to music and movement, arts and crafts, dramatic play and sensory exploration activities that will enhance a child’s natural development. The course takes a very special practical orientation to children’s play as it develops through these experiences. Prerequisite: ECE140 and concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA; or instructor permission. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE156 Co-op Planning Seminar I-V Credits 1 - maximum 5 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is to be taken concurrently with WE280CD. It will focus on issues, concerns, and integrative skills necessary to achieve appropriate competency levels. Concepts of cooperative planning of programs and activities for children will be applied. Additional emphasis will be placed on self-evaluation, attitude analysis, and value clariﬁcation. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in WE280CDA and consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE170 Health, Safety and Nutrition Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Information on licensing requirements and group care needs of children from birth to age 8. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE224 Early Childhood Math and Science Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Methods and materials for developmentally appropriate activities for children in the areas of math and science. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE231 Child Development: Theory to Practice Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An advanced course in child development concerned with theories and issues of growth, development, and children’s behavior from an applied perspective. The course will focus on how appropriate teaching and care giving relies on knowledge of developmental theory. Prerequisite: ECE131 or instructor permission. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE244 Observation for Curriculum Development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The focus of this course is on individualized teaching through in-depth knowledge of the child. Students will make and evaluate teaching decisions based on observations. The emphasis is on using observation to build curriculum. Prerequisite: ECE144 or consent

ECE245 Guiding Challenging Children Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will focus on principles and practices of guidance, with young children. Skills in managing large groups and children with high needs will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ECE145. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE246 Parent/Family Relations Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course emphasizes building and maintaining positive relationships among school, family and community. The student will learn to use conferences, family meetings, and other resources as effective methods for fostering cooperation and parent involvement. Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE250 Curriculum: Physical Motor Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is part two of a four-part series, which studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support physical development. Appropriate topics such as perceptual motor development (gross and fine motor), outside activities, blocks, woodworking, field trips and anti-bias curriculum may be included. Emphasis is placed on creating goals and objectives for typical age ranges and recognizing typical developmental domains. Prerequisite: ECE150 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE251 Curriculum: Social-Emotional Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is part three of a four-part series which studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support social-emotional development. Appropriate topics such as social studies, literature, food, nature, self-esteem, dramatic play, conﬂict resolution, peer relationships and anti-bias curriculum may be included. Emphasis is placed on writing goals for individual children. Prerequisite: ECE250 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE252 Curriculum: Cognition Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is part four of a four-part series that studies the curriculum methods and materials which are appropriate for use with young children. Areas that will be emphasized are activities that support cognitive development in young children. Appropriate topics such as creative problem solving, literacy, math, inquiry, science, listening, writing and speaking experiences may be included as well as helping children develop anti-bias critical thinking skills. Emphasis is placed on writing goals and objectives for clusters of children and total group settings. Prerequisite: ECE251 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ECE253 Early Childhood Environments Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores how the design and organization of indoor and outdoor areas inﬂuence the behavior and development of young children. Prerequisite: Second year ECE student or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ECE260 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Survey of current issues in the profession using values clarification strategies. Classroom dynamics, community ties and proficiency advocacy will be examined. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ED120A, ED120B, ED120C Leadership I Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide learners with a foundation of leadership theory and will examine a variety of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence in a variety of leadership skills, including leadership style, communication, critical thinking and problem analysis. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reﬂection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.

ED121A, ED121B, ED121C Leadership II Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – W This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, including small group dynamics, diversity, mentoring, motivation, coaching, problem analysis and planning. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reﬂection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.

ED122A, ED122B, ED122C Leadership III Credits 1,2,3 (0,1,2 Lecture - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will assist learners to expand their set of leadership skills essential for facilitating change. Learners will examine their current competence regarding a variety of leadership skills, including diversity, networking, creating vision, implementing community action, project evaluation and self-evaluation. Learners will have opportunities to develop and improve these skills through reﬂection, practice and application. Instructor permission is required.

ED123 Classroom Techniques in Reading and Languag e Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces the skills and techniques to supplemental reading instruction with elementary age students. Includes reading for meaning using the four cueing systems: comprehensive strategies, developing sight and meaning vocabulary, connecting reading and writing, and understanding appropriate use of graphophonics. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ED125 Tutoring and Instructional Issues Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces peer and para-professional tutors to effec-

tive tutoring strategies for adult learners. The course covers tutor roles and responsibilities, adult learning theories, techniques for conducting productive tutoring sessions, questioning and active listening techniques, study skills and learning strategies, learning differences, ethics, and appropriate referral processes. Prerequisite: Employment in the MHCC Learning Assistance Center or instructor permission required.

ED130 Classroom Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Provides a foundation in comprehensive classroom management theory and application related to emotional education, management techniques and problem solving for effectively handling unproductive student behaviors in the classroom, the cafeteria, assemblies, on the playground, and on ﬁeld trips. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230 and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ED200 Introduction to Education Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide an introductory overview to the philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations of education. The course will investigate issues prominent in education today including teaching methods, school resources, staff relations, staff and curriculum patterns, authority and discipline, and the law and ethics. Public and private school organization will be discussed and careers in education will be explored. This course is recommended for anyone considering a career in teaching. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ED209A, ED209B, Education Theory and Practicum Credits 1-2 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk – 6 Seminar Hrs/Term) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to address critical issues in education and to give students experience in schools as observers and participants. Students meet biweekly in one-hour seminar to reﬂect on their experiences, respond to readings, and otherwise deepen their understanding of the relationship between education and society. Co-requisite: ED200 or consent of instructor. Practicum hours to be arranged. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ED230 Educational Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Educational psychology is a course designed for learning how to apply current psychological research to the classroom or other educational settings. Students will be expected to have a working knowledge of basic psychology principles. From this basis, the course will explore current research in student characteristics, human learning, instructional practice, classroom management, and testing. The goal of this course is to create informed, principled learners who aspire to become educators. Prerequisite: ED200 and PSY201, or instructor consent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ED235 Instructional Technology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces current advanced technology available in education, and provides tools and practice in evaluating, selecting, and implementing appropriate technology in instruction. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

161

Course Descriptions

162

ED258 Multi-cultural Education Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces the philosophy, activities, and materials applied in developing a culturally sensitive multicultural classroom and curriculum. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ED260 Instructional Strategies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instructional Strategies is a course designed to provide an understanding of effective instructional methods from a variety of expert perspectives. Students are expected to achieve basic competencies in organizing teaching strategies, instruction planning, effective use of time, classroom management and evaluation skills. Collaborative planning and micro-teaching practicum activities will hone presentation skills. This course will prepare students for further professional development. Prerequisite: ED230. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

current, resistance and power in direct current (DC) circuits and alternating current (AC) circuits, circuit analysis using fundamental theorems, circuit building, circuit simulation using a computer, circuit measurement, inductance, capacitance and resonant circuits. Soldering techniques will be introduced and used. This course assumes that students have no previous background in electronics. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement exam or consent of instructor.

EET140 Semiconductors Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to basic semiconductor devices with an emphasis on their application in electronic circuits. Topics covered include low power diodes, LEDs, and Zener diodes, bipolar and ﬁeld-effect transistors. Prerequisite: EET120 and MTH111 or consent of instructor.

EET156 Functional Analysis

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Introduces theory and techniques for working with disabled students. Addresses services and funding provided for mildly and severely handicapped. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course expands on the theoretical methods of circuit analysis introduced in DC/AC Circuits. Emphasis is placed on applying the concepts on circuits and verifying results using computer circuit simulation software. Some of the concepts covered are Thevinin and Norton’s Theorems, loops and nodal analysis, complex numbers, equivalent AC circuits and Bode plots. Prerequisite: EET120 or consent of instructor.

ED269 Overview of Students with Special Needs

EET160 Digital Electronics

ED268 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Disabilities and medical conditions that instructional assistants must be able to plan for in instruction/tutoring. These conditions include learning disabilities, mental retardation, severe emotional disturbances, physical handicaps, health impairments, autism, traumatic brain injuries, Tourette’s syndrome, and attention deﬁcit disorder. Also addresses the needs of at-risk youth. Prerequisite: ED200, ED209A/B, ED230, and ED260. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This combined lecture and laboratory class is an introduction to combinatorial and sequential digital logic with an emphasis on working with digital integrated circuits. Topics covered include decimal and binary-based number systems and conversion between the systems, Boolean algebra, logic elements, simplification of logic networks, timing diagrams, flip-flops, counters, shift registers and memory devices. Prerequisite: EET120 or consent of instructor.

EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces the student to: (a) the role of the electronic technician, (b) the use of a computer as a tool, (c) the use of a computer’s word processor to write technical papers, and (d) the introduction of AutoCAD and 2-dimensional drawing. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the mathematics placement exam or consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to introduce the electronics major to programming. No previous knowledge of programming is required. Topics include the basic structure of programs, use of an editor, inputs and outputs, loops, arithmetic calculations, Boolean operators used for making decisions, arrays, and subroutines. Laboratory exercises will emphasize problems relating to electronics. Prerequisite: EET111 or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: EET160.

EET120 DC and AC Fundamentals

EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits

Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This lecture & lab course presents fundamental electronics knowledge and skills that every technician relies on. Critical thinking skills are emphasized so that students acquire competencies in problem-solving, troubleshooting, circuit analysis, safety consciousness and good record keeping. Course topics include: voltage,

EET163 Technical Visual Basic

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This combined lecture and laboratory class introduces the theory and applications of linear integrated circuits, specifically, the operational amplifier. The course covers the internal configurations and practical applications of basic linear IC’s with emphasis on troubleshooting and circuit analysis. Prerequisite: EET140 or consent of instructor.

EET220 Microprocessors Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions This combined lecture and laboratory class builds upon the principles discussed in the Digital and Visual Basic classes to include both the hardware and software aspects of microcontrollers and microprocessors. Topics covered include processor architecture, input/output interfacing, assembly and higher level language programming, and system integration. Students will write programs that will allow the micro device to interact with switches, LEDs, sensors and other I/O devices. Prerequisite: EET140, EET160, EET163 and MTH111, or consent of instructor.

EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lecture & lab course presents fundamental principals of laser technology and an introduction into ﬁber optics. The physics of lasers will be discussed and reinforced by experimentation using gas-tube lasers. Experiments will include the assembly and alignment of a laser-optical system. Laser applications will be studied. Fiber optic systems will be introduced and reinforced by experimentation with an LED/photo-diode. Prerequisite: EET140 or consent of instructor.

EET240 Electronic Communications Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lecture & lab course presents the fundamentals of electronic communications systems, from simple amplitude modulation through digital encoded systems. Representative circuitry will be built and tested to verify theory. Computer simulations of circuit operation will also be used. A real commercial band FM transmitter will also be built and tested using skills that an electronic technician should possess. The students will also be introduced to digital communications for voice and data. Emphasis will be on digital encoding of information, it’s overwhelming advantages, new technologies based on digital, the use of the telephone network for digital communication and the background of understanding all aspects of the digital signal. Fabrication techniques will also be introduced including soldered-grid-prototyping and SMT components. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.

EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs) Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of programmable logic controllers (PLCs). Students will learn PLC architecture, hardware and software. PLC connections to the external world will be explored. Practical applications of PLCs will be introduced, built and analyzed. Fundamental programming concepts are introduced and reinforced by experimentation. Commercially available PLCs will be investigated. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.

EET260 Control Systems Credits 8 (5 Lecture - 10 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lecture & lab course presents fundamentals of basic components and subsystems used in industrial electronics. Various sensor types will be explored with particular attention to each sensor’s input and output characteristics. Control circuits will be built, tested and analyzed. Topics related to the control and monitoring of stepper motors, three-phase motors, robotics, PWM and PID controllers and microcontroller-based control systems will be

included. Prerequisite: EET160 or consent of instructor.

EET262 Semiconductor Processing I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the ﬁrst quarter of a two-part course covering the processes required to manufacture integrated circuit devices. This course includes an overview of the processes required to manufacture integrated circuit devices, beginning with silicon material preparation and ending with testing the completed device. Areas of detailed study include semiconductor manufacturing materials, device technologies, silicon preparation, metrology, diffusion, and thin ﬁlms. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the math placement exam, or consent of instructor.

EET270 Semiconductor Equipment Overview Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Provides the foundation of theory and principles of components common to many types of semiconductor manufacturing equipment. This course teaches and applies basic troubleshooting techniques and introduces the student to safety and environmental aspects of working in a cleanroom. Prerequisite: MTH95 or equivalent on the math placement exam, or consent of instructor.

EET272 Semiconductor Processing II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the second part of the discussion of general knowledge on the processes required to manufacture integrated circuit devices. Areas of study include diffusion, photolithography, ion implant, etch, thin ﬁlms, chemical mechanical polishing, and testing. This course also provides foundations and concepts of statistical process control (SPC), including control charts, process capability, and process improvement. Prerequisite: EET262 or consent of instructor.

EHS100 Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly ESS100) Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety is an introductory course designed to acquaint students with different aspects of the environmental science and safety fields. This course will specifically talk about the issues which have direct impact on our lives such as air and water pollution, underground storage tanks and its problems, household hazardous materials, recycling, etc. An overview of job opportunities in these fields will also be discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS101 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly ESS101) This course is an overview of the basic topics necessary for understanding federal and state regulations. Topics include formation of regulations, overview of OSHA regulations (29 CFR), and DOT regulation (49 CFR). Interpretation of DOT Emergency Response Guide Book, ATA manual, NIOSH Guide to Chemical Hazards, and MSDS are also covered. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS143 Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs and Sampling Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

163

Course Descriptions

164

(Formerly ESS143) This course will cover test methods for evaluating solid wastes, physical and chemical methods (SW-846), test procedures and guidance which are recommended for use in conducting the evaluations and measurements needed to comply with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). These methods are approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for obtaining data to satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) parts 122 through 270. Prerequisite: CH170 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS171 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ESS171) This course introduces students to the basic concepts of chemistry and physics which are essential for the characterization of the chemical hazards, such as: carcinogens, corrosives, explosives, ﬂammable, oxidizers, and radioactive materials. Students will also become familiar with the chemistry of some elements, principles of chemical reactions, and the reference books such as Merk Index and CRC. Prerequisite: CH105 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS201 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ESS201) This course will summarize the regulatory and legal requirements associated with the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), Clean Air Act (CAA), Clean Water Act (CWA), Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA), and the federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). This course will underscore the critical impact of accurate and complete records upon the overall success of environmental and hazardous waste management programs. The basic elements of compliance auditing and examples of commonly required regulatory reports, forms, and record keeping will be introduced. Oregon’s requirements will be the model presented in class whenever possible. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS221 Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly ESS221) This course is designed to introduce techniques of planning, organizing and administering practical hazardous materials emergency response management programs, with emphasis on planning and incident command. OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1910.120) and related Federal rules will be studied in detail. Topics covered will include identifying the problem, analyzing the problem, etc. Included will be demonstration and practice with personal protective equipment and procedures. Prerequisite: EHS171 and ESR281; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS222 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing

the student’s existing environmental knowledge in RCRA, CWA, CAA, and CERCLA as a basis for this course. How the regulations impact an audit program either independently, or collectively will be discussed throughout the course. Prerequisite: EHS221 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS225 Human and Environmental Toxicology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly EHS225) This course reviews the more important effects on the human body and of exposures from hazardous materials/wastes. Topics covered include routes of exposure, acute and chronic effects of exposure on human target organs and systems, dose-response relationships and interpretation, exposure and risk assessments, chemical longevity in the body and environment, bio-accumulation, chemical transformations in the body and environment, and environmental effects of hazardous contaminants. Demonstrations and short ﬁeld trips may be included. Prerequisite: AH11 and CH105, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ESS230) This course provides basic knowledge about the full range of concepts, principles and differences related to the theories of pollution prevention, source reduction and toxic use reduction. The course reviews the skills, tools and programs necessary to apply pollution prevention in a manufacturing or industrial environment. Specific methods of application are explored. Some specific industrial process opportunities are covered. Prerequisite: EHS101 and CH105; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ESS243) This course is a basic approach to ﬁeld sampling, measurement, and analytical testing. Procedures for handling samples to ensure proper preservation and compliance with the QA/QC programs is presented. Also, an introduction to the theory and application of instrumental methods of chemical analysis will be discussed. Prerequisite: EHS143 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For additional Environmental Health and Safety courses, see ESR.

EL115A, EL115B, EL115C College Study Skills Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp College Study Skills is for students enrolled in college level classes. The emphasis of instruction is on strategies and techniques that will enhance learning in all environments. Topics covered may include, but will not be limited to, setting goals, organizational skills, time management, concentration, memory, textbook reading, listening skills, taking notes, stress management, preparing for, and taking tests. Prerequisite: Reading placement score of 60 and/or successful completion of RD90. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ESS222) This course will address the legal, regulatory, and best management practices associated with building and managing a fully integrated environmental audit program. The course will rely on, and enhance See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions EMTX12 Emergency Medical Training Basic Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the development of students skill in the recognition of symptoms of illness and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In addition, the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the emergency ambulance within the emergency medical service system. Prerequisite: Must be 18 years of age and possess an American Heart and/or American Red Cross Healthcare Provider CPR Card/Certificate. Mathematics placement equivalent to MTH65 on the College Placement Exam. Proficiency Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: Writing. Note: Financial Aid is not available for this class.

EMTX13 Emergency Medical Training Basic Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 1 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W This course represents the first phase of training in the emergency medical technician career structure. The course emphasizes the development of student skill in the recognition of symptoms of illness and injuries and proper procedures of emergency care. In addition, the student is instructed in the basics of operation of the emergency ambulance within the emergency medical service system. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of EMTX12. Proficiency Required: Reading. Proficiency Needed: Writing.

ENG104 Introduction to Literature: Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students explore a wide range of ﬁction by examining the way authors use character, setting, plot, theme, and other elements to portray human experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Exploring a wide range of plays from various historical eras, students identify and discuss the various elements master playwrights to create effective drama as literature. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG106 Introduction to Literature: Poetry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students examine the poet’s craft among a wide range of authors and historical eras, focusing on devices such as rhyme, meter, repetition, ﬁgurative language, and form to convey human experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG107 World Literature: The Classic World (7th Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to an array of Sumerian, Greek, Hindu, Hebrew, Asian, Arab, and European Classical literature, ranging from Lao Tzu to the Bhagavad Gita to the Koran, to the Japanese Pillow Book. While discussing themes and concerns signiﬁcant to people of every culture and time within the context of extremely diverse attitudes and tastes, students explore the various characteristics of both classicism and great literature. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115.

Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG108 World Literature: The Renaissance to the Age of Reason (1200-1800) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students survey a variety of literature from around the world, including The Tale of Genji, Hamlet, The Prince, Cantares Mexicanos, and the Chinese Novel The Dream of the Red Chamber. Students explore the nature of the great epochs from which the works are taken. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG109 World Literature: Romanticism to Contemporary Writings (1800 - present) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course delves into why and how the Modern world came into being by exploring the literature of the period. Representing diverse cultures and perspectives, works considered might include Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart, Beaudelaire’s Fleurs du Mal, Goethe’s Faust, Silko Marmon’s Yellow Woman, and Senegalese Miriam Ba’s So Long a Letter. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115.

ENG112 Introduction to Literary Genres: Science Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of science fiction, including its formal characteristics, the various devices employed by science fiction authors, and the themes and content associated with the genre. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG113 Introduction to Literary Genres: Fantasy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore a wide range of literature in the genre of fantasy, including the formal characteristics of fan, the questions it typically raises, and the themes it examines. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG124 Literature of the Northwest Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course examines regional prose and poetry set in the Northwest or written by Northwest authors. Works are studies not only as literature, but in the context of the cultural and historical development of the Northwest in relation to American literary tradition. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

165

Course Descriptions

166

(CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR 115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG199C Ashland Repertory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Students will travel together to Ashland to view live repertory theater. Emphasis will be on appreciation of dramatic form as it is presented in production. Literary, dramatic, historical, stylistic, and technical elements will be addressed. Prerequisite: none. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period (1591-1595) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students carefully analyze four or ﬁve plays, for example A Midsummer Night’s Dream, The Comedy of Errors, Henry IV, Pt. 1, Richard III, and Romeo and Juliet, investigating as they do Shakespeare’s stagecraft, characterization, and plot development, as well as aspects of Shakespeare’s life and times. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period (1596-1601) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Like ENG 201, this course delves into Shakespeare’s stagecraft, life, and times through close analysis of four or ﬁve plays written during the middle period of his career. Much Ado About Nothing, As You Like It, Henry V, Julius Caesar, and Hamlet are among the dramatic works from which readings are selected. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG203 Shakespeare: The Final Period (1602-1611) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Plays read are chosen from among the later, darker, and more tragic works of Shakespeare: Measure for Measure, Othello, King Lear, MacBeth, A Winter’s Tale, and The Tempest. Students consider some aspects of the life and times of Shakespeare himself to cast light on a close understanding of the plays read. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG204 British Literature I: Old English to Renaissance Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Focusing on literary analysis and on the intellectual history of European civilization as British literature represents it, this course surveys the great literature and their central ideas from 600 A.D. to 1450 A.D. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG205 British Literature II: Renaissance to the 18th Century Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Students investigate major works by British authors of the period, focusing on literary analysis and discovering insights into signiﬁcant currents of thought which helped shape European civilization and modernity. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG206 British Literature III: The Romantic Period to Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp For those interested in modern views on the individual and society, this course provides analysis and insight through the close reading and discussion of great works of literature from the period. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG212 Hispanic Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Students explore selected Hispanic literature translated into English, with a focus on contemporary Latin American writing. This will include ﬁction (for example, magic realism), poetry, memory, and other genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG214 Asian-American Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) While reading materials written in a variety of genres by Chinese-, Japanese-, and Korean-Americans, students focus on how to deﬁne “Asian-American” and how to place the Asian-American experience into the larger contexts of race and ethnicity and the promise of a liberal political democracy to incorporate “otherness” and tolerate diversity. Topics include racism, expatriation, immigration, the American dream, assimilation, hope, and individual and cultural autonomy. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG218 Arthurian Legends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) By focusing on the legends of King Arthur and his court, students delve into the genre of romance and the quest motif as a major force for idealism, individualism, and spiritual renewal from medieval times to the present. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG221 Introduction to Children’s Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Students examine various forms of literature written for children, such as the fairy tale, legends, fables, historical romance, nonsense, adventure, domestic realism, fantasy, and poetry. Students develop critical insights into children’s literature through methods of analysis and an understanding of the background and development of genres. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG222 Images of Women in Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys through various literary sources by providing an historical perspective the images of women from the middle ages to the present, then focuses on the roles of women in contemporary culture. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG250 Introduction to Mythology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students explore ancient and modern mythology and folklore from around the world by considering subjects and motifs such as the hero’s quest, the descent into the underworld, creation, the role of the goddess, and regeneration. In addition, a variety of stylistic elements are considered: symbols, allusions, plot, characterization, and theme. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG253 Survey of American Literature I: The Beginnings (1607-1865) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Presenting a panorama of literature from the early American period, this course focuses on who Americans are and how they came to be, what makes them unique, and what qualities and characteristics come to the forefront to establish something called “American literature.” Some of the authors read include the Pilgrims, Ben Franklin, Nathaniel Hawthorne. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG254 Survey/American Literature II: The Age of Realism (1865-1920) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W By reading, among others, Mark Twain, Emily Dickinson, Henry James, Walt Whitman, and Stephen Crane, students focus on the nature and quality of American literature as it represents and forms the American spirit and experience from the end of the Civil War to the end of the First World War. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG255 Survey/American Literature III: Coping in the Modern World (1920 - Present) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Robert Frost, Ernest Hemingway, Norman Mailer, Sylvia Plath, the Beats, Tennessee Williams: these and many more authors provide a mosaic of voices, perspectives, beliefs, and experiences. Students explore writing from a variety of genres in order to discover the universal attitudes and qualities which make up America, Americans, and the American experience in modern times. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG263 Introduction to Literary Genres: Detective Fiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) While reading a wide variety of detective fiction, such as from Edgar Allen Poe, “hard-boiled” authors of the 30’s and 40’s, and British authors, students explore the origins, themes, structure, and characterization of the genre. Also, students examine the values conveyed in detective fiction, the qualities of the hero, and specific aspects of style. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENG275 The Bible as Literature Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Giving particular attention to genre, style, and structure, students explore the literary qualities of the English Bible by reading and discussing selected books of the Old and New Testaments from a literary perspective. In addition, the uses of Biblical materials in later literature are examined. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: None. However, because of the writing required in this class, it is recommended that students score at the WR121 level on the college placement exam (CPT) or have completed WR101 or WR115. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ENGR201 Electrical Fundamentals I Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A study of basic electrical circuit theory for engineers. Analyze voltage and current relationships. Covers circuit parameters of resistance, inductance, and capacitance. Includes basic DC, AC, and natural responses of circuits. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of “C” or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ENGR202 Electrical Fundamentals II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study to understand the Fourier-Series representation of periodic time-varying functions. Improve the understanding of sinusoidal steady-state analysis. Learn the basic operation of three-phase circuits. Learn how to analyze electric circuits which contain mutually coupled coils. Learn how transformers function in circuits. Learn the characteristics of resonant circuits. Concurrent enrollment in MTH256 is required. Prerequisite: MTH252 and ENGR201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

167

Course Descriptions

168

ENGR211 Statics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Analysis of forces induced in structures and machines by various types of loading. Includes 3-D equilibrium analysis, internal forces, centroids, moments of inertia, and frictional equilibrium. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a C or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ENGR212 Dynamics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Kinematics, Newton’s laws of motion, work-energy relations, and impulse-momentum relationships, applied to engineering systems. Prerequisite: ENGR211, MTH252, and PH211. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing Math.

ENGR213 Strength of Materials Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course covers properties of structural materials, analysis of stress and deformation in axially loaded members, circular shafts, beams, and in statically indeterminate systems. Prerequisite: ENGR211 and MTH252. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ENL120R Intermediate Reading Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for the next level class, ENL201R. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94R, or consent of instructor.

ENL120S Intermediate Speaking/Listening Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation, listening for sound discrimination, note-taking skills and oral presentations. Lectures for note-taking are introduced. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94S, or consent of instructor.

ENL120W Intermediate Writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. Grammar and composition activities will prepare students for ENL201W. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ESL94W, or consent of instructor.

ENL201R Advanced Reading Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for RD115 or college level courses in major areas of study. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120R, or consent of instructor.

ENL201S Advanced Speaking/Listening Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on lectures and notetaking, speaking publicly in panel discussion, debates, interviews, and giving speeches. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120S, or consent of instructor.

ENL201W Advanced Writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. It includes review and perfection of grammatical structures and mechanics as needed; however, emphasis is on writing the whole paper. Students reﬁne abilities in paragraph and essay development techniques, writing a thesis statement, and beginning research and documentation. This class prepares students for WR115, Introduction to Expository Writing. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing, minimum grade of C in ENL120W, or consent of instructor.

ESL94R Transition ESL Reading Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve reading skills. Students will analyze written English in order to increase reading comprehension and vocabulary in preparation for the next level class. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.

ESL94S Transition ESL Speaking/Listening Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve their speaking and listening skills. Emphasis is on pronunciation, listening, for sound discrimination, and note-taking. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.

ESL94W Transition ESL Writing Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for non-native English speakers who need to improve writing skills. Emphasis is on grammar and composition activities. Prerequisite: ENL placement testing or consent of instructor.

ESR271 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will study the effects of air, land and water pollutants on the environment; the transfer and fate of pollutants in environment and water quality parameters and standards. Analysis of water quality in rivers, lakes, reservoirs and groundwater systems will be studied in detail. Prerequisite: CH170 and MTH 95, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ESR281 Elements of Industrial Hygiene Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A basic course in industrial hygiene. A survey of toxic agents and stresses on employees; emphasis on recognition, evaluation and control of environmental factors or stresses arising in or from the workplace. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

ESR285 Safety and Health Standards and Laws Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis on occupational safety and health hazards; recognition,

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions investigation, prevention and control techniques in industry, construction, material handling and storage operations. New OSHA and state standards are stressed. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For additional Environmental Health and Safety courses, see EHS.

ET120 Architectural Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to basic architectural drawing and the skills necessary to draw a set of residential plans suitable for obtaining a building permit. Drawings will include ﬂoor and foundation plans, sections, and elevations.

ET122 Engineering Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an introductory course in engineering graphics. Subject material includes: use of drafting machine, scales, pencils and angles, orthographic projection, isometrics, obliques, sectioning, auxiliary views and dimensioning.

ET123 Introduction to Engineering Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to provide the student with a general overview of the major engineering disciplines, and introduce basic engineering fundamentals and problem solving techniques. Concurrent enrollment in MTH60 or consent of instructor.

ET130 Architectural CAD Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This class builds upon the skills and concepts introduced to the student in ET120, Architectural Drawing, by creating design development drawings for a daylight basement residence, using a combination of sketching and CAD drawing techniques. Codes and design situations that are related to multiple ﬂoor wood frame construction such as rafter and joist sizing, insulation details, and stairway design are covered. Universal and ADA design standards are also introduced and used in the design. Architectural, Engineering and Construction project terms and team member roles are discussed and integrated into the term project. Prerequisite: ET120 and ET154; or ET120 and ET162; or consent of instructor.

ET132 Engineering CAD Drawing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of Engineering Drawing, emphasizing engineering applications of the skills acquired in ET122, to structural and mechanical drawings. Prerequisite: ET122; and either ET154 or ET162.

ET135 Practical Descriptive Geometry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Practical descriptive geometry as used by engineering technicians; problem analysis, auxiliary views, true length, shape, angle, and pointline-place through the use of revolution; introduction to graphical solutions of simple vector problems. Accent is on problem analysis. Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 or consent of instructor.

ET144 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to introduce the engineering student to the use of the computer (and computational devices) to solve engineering problems, present data, and format that information for ease of review. Speciﬁc topics covered include how a computer works, solving problems using programs, organizing data, and preparing reports and/or proposals. Standard applications programs will be used to gain familiarity with how the computer can be used as an engineering tool. Prerequisite: Engineering Technology majors.

ET150 Plane Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Fundamental concepts of plane surveying. The use of mathematics in applying the correction to errors, calculation of angles and bearing, and the adjustment of traverses, along with ﬁeld survey practice. Co-requisite: MTH85 or consent of instructor.

ET154 Computer-Aided Design I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W An exploration into the nature, uses and structure of the “AutoCAD” computer aided drafting program. Students will learn the basics of AutoCAD. Drawing, editing and display commands and functions are studied as they apply to two-dimensional drawings. Additional commands enable the user to create blocks that can be saved on the disk, dimension drawings and add text. Previous knowledge of computers or computer programming is not required, but strongly suggested. Prerequisite: ET120 or ET122 and co-requisite MTH80.

ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp (Formerly ETX21) Beginning 2-D AutoCAD is an exploration of the uses of the AutoCAD drafting system to create drawings. Items covered include basic hardware and software operation, set-up procedures, drawing, editing, and display commands. Prerequisite: Windows interface experience is required; a previous drafting class is suggested.

ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp (Formerly ETX22) Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD starts with a brief review of the previous class, and quickly moves on to more advanced, editing and display techniques. Concepts such as dimensioning, layering, symbol creation, and entity manipulation are covered. Some of these commands enable the use to create a library of symbols and shapes to simplify the drawing tasks, to draw on different layers in order to create a complete drawing package, to adjust the layers to ensure the drawing is not cluttered, and to change color and/or linetype to highlight drawing information. Prerequisite: ET161; or prior training on any version of AutoCAD; or on-the-job experience; or consent of instructor.

ET163 3-D AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp (Formerly ETX23) 3-D AutoCAD covers drawing in a three-dimensional coordinate system. The bulk of the course will be concerned with manipulation

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

169

Course Descriptions

170

of the User Coordinate System and Viewpoints for the purpose of constructing and editing wire frame surfaced and solid models in 3-D. Additional topics will include multiple viewports, system variables, rendering, shading, and use of paper space for plotting. Prerequisite: ET154 or ET162; or consent of instructor.

ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly ETX24) Menus and Lisp AutoCAD covers basic customization of AutoCAD. The course introduces the student to programming and use of a text editor by writing and executing SCRIPT files. Full customization of screen and button menus is covered, with discussion of other menus. At least half of the course will be spent on writing and executing AutoLISP programs, including reading and writing to files and manipulating entity date within selection sets. Additional topics will include configuration and the PGP file. Prerequisite: ET154 or ET162 or consent of instructor.

ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ETX26) This course explores the features and tools that are made available with the release 2000 version of AutoCAD. Use and creation of layouts, plot styles and plot style tables are taught, along with lineweight and other options, to control drafting presentation. Release 2000 options, object properties, window and DesignCenter tools are also presented. Prerequisite: ET161 or consent of instructor.

ET175 AutoCAD 3D Views and Coordinate Systems Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly ETX27) This is an introductory course to the AutoCAD three-dimensional modeling environment and editing tools. Students will learn the basics of the three-dimensional coordinate system and how to create 3-D objects. Various methods and tools used to view and edit three-dimensional models will be explored. This class prepares the student for either ET176 or ET177 three-dimensional modeling classes. Prerequisite: ET161, or ET154, or consent of instructor. ET162 or ET170 are recommended.

ET176 AutoCAD 3D Modeling I – Surfaces Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly ETX28) This course focuses on 3D wire frame modeling along with deﬁning 3D surfaces and polyface meshes commonly used in AutoCAD applications. Students will apply wire framing and surface modeling techniques to several projects and exercises. Prerequisite: ET175, or consent of instructor.

ET177 AutoCAD 3D Modeling II - Solids Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The course uses AutoCAD’s 3D solid modeling features to teach students how to create solid models from 2D objects or 3D primitives. Students will create, edit and analyze several solid models with projects and exercises with common applications in manufacturing and engineering. Prerequisite: ET175 .

ET178 AutoCAD Rendering Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W In this course, students will use the AutoCAD rendering tool to create photo-realistic ray-traced digital images from 3D solids or surface models. Students will add and adjust lighting scenes and deﬁne the reﬂective qualities of surfaces in the drawing, making objects appear dull or shiny. Methods of saving and presenting rendered images are also included in course work. Prerequisite: ET176 or ET177, or consent of instructor.

ET179 AutoCAD Customization Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course covers the basic customization of AutoCAD including creation of menus and toolbars. Students will learn how to personalize the AutoCAD menu interface and use AutoCAD macro programming to streamline commands or operations. Other productivity enhancing techniques covered is setup of the ACAD.PGP ﬁle and integration of lisp routines into a menu system. Prerequisite: Prior AutoCAD training or experience, or consent of instructor.

ET200 Route Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Route surveying for roads and pipelines. The calculation of curve data for the design and construction of horizontal and vertical curves. Field procedures for staking horizontal curves, grades, and slope staking. Earthwork calculation and highway safety design. Prerequisite: ET150 or consent of instructor.

ET204 Computer-Aided Design II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the second course in the CAD sequence. Along with teaching the function and use of commands not covered in the ﬁrst class, this course also looks at customizing AutoCAD software. Topics include organizing and managing drawing ﬁles, productivity enhancement techniques, attribute database extraction, making 3-D drawings/ solid models and customizing menus/toolbars. Prerequisite: ET154 or ET162 or consent of instructor.

ET221 Statics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will cover the study of forces and the effect of forces acting upon rigid bodies at rest, including resolution of forces, equilibrium and resultants of force systems. Prerequisite: MTH85.

ET222 Fluid Mechanics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will cover the basic principles of fluid mechanics: hydrostatic pressure, buoyancy, flow rates, Bernoulli’s Equation, energy losses, viscosity, and laminar and turbulent flow. Prerequisite: ET221 and MTH85.

ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of stresses and deformations resulting from forces acting on structural materials. Prerequisite: ET221.

ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuation of ET222, involving series and parallel piping systems,

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions open channel ﬂow, ﬂow measurement, pumps, sewer line design, and hydrology. Prerequisite: MTH85.

ET234 Engineering Economics Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course will explain the principles and techniques required in making sound economic decisions about the acquisition and retirement of capital goods by industry and government. Students will study the evaluation of money transactions in engineering applications. Prerequisite: MTH85 or MTH112 or consent of instructor.

ET240 Project Design I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this advanced course, the student will gain experience in solving design problems common to architectural and mechanical engineering technology projects. The course is intended to bridge the gap between courses in drawing, manufacturing processes, mechanics, strength of materials, and computer applications. Engineering design process and problem solving techniques, while working in technical design teams, are emphasized. Students will take various projects from concept to completion and then communicate their design to others for development of presentation skills and critique. Prerequisite: ET144 and ET130 or ET132, or consent of instructor.

ET250 Project Design II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A course designed as a capstone project based course. The student will develop a real project schedule, progress reports, presentations, and team meeting agendas. Projects are composed of engineering analysis, graphics, and communication. The course is designed to allow students the opportunity to accomplish a project from concept to completion. Prerequisite: ET240 or consent of instructor.

ET263 Structures Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Wood, as a material, is used to introduce the elements of structural design. Fabrication, construction and connection devices are investigated by assigned problems. Prerequisite: ET221 and ET231, or consent of instructor.

ET264 Soils and Concrete in Construction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A study of the properties and behavior of soil, aggregates, and Portland cement concrete as they relate to construction operations. Topics include soil index properties, classiﬁcation, compaction, and drainage; aggregate gradation, durability and applications; design of portland cement mixtures and testing of concrete in plastic and cured states, use of concrete admixtures and ﬁeld concreting practices. Prerequisite: ET213 and MTH85, or consent of instructor.

ET265 Site Development Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will allow the student to bring the basic principles of zoning, subdivision platting, and site design together in a practical

project. Working individually and in teams, the students will follow typical city zoning ordinances and engineering practices to design all or portions of a subdivision plat, storm drainage systems, sanitary sewer, water system, and mixed-use multifamily/commercial building sites. The ﬁnal project will be prepared on CAD, and be supported by a formal report. It is recommended that the student be concurrently enrolled in ET250 or ET232 and have completed WR227. Prerequisite: ET150; and either ET204 or ET163 or ET175; or consent of instructor. ***

F111 Introduction to Natural Resources Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W (Formerly F111C) In this course, students are introduced to natural resources definitions, management and regulations, with an emphasis on forest ecosystems. Topics include an elementary approach to ecosystems structure, composition and function; fundamentals of forest, range, watershed, wetlands, recreation and wildlife management; and an overview of pertinent history and laws influencing natural resource policy and management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

F112 Computer Applications/Forestry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to the use of personal computers in natural resources applications. Speciﬁc topics covered include: how a computer works, the use of word processing and spreadsheet software to organize data and prepare reports, how to access the Internet to search for information and send e-mail, and an introduction to GPS and electronic data collectors. Prerequisite: MTH60 or consent of instructor.

F141 Tree and Shrub Identification Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is devoted to the classification, field identification, and basic anatomy of important western trees and shrubs. Appropriate ranges, habitats, and consumer use of these species is presented as well as a survey of other major forest types of North America. Outdoor field trips are an integral part of the course.

F200 Introduction to Forest Surveying Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the fundamental concepts of plane surveying. The use of mathematics in applying the correction to errors, calculation of angles and bearings, and the adjustment of traverses is emphasized, along with ﬁeld survey practice. Co-requisite: Successful completion or concurrent enrollment in MTH85 or MTH112; or consent of instructor.

F240 Forest Biology and Ecology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys the structure, function, and composition of forest ecosystems. It examines the relationships between the biological and physical components of a forest, and the inﬂuences of dynamic processes such as nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest succes-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

171

Course Descriptions

172

sion. Labs focus on various ﬁeld techniques used to characterize forest stand structure and plant community composition, and the application of resulting data for making land management decisions. Prerequisite: F141 or consent of instructor.

FA257 Films and Society

will learn the theory, construction and principle of operation of ﬁre service pumps and the principle of driving, drafting and pumping from a hydrant. The student also will learn the care and preventative maintenance of apparatus, pump operations used under emergency operation and review “rule of thumb” hydraulics.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Using works from the silent era through the present, including fiction, documentary and propaganda films, this course explores how filmmakers have observed and commented upon social issues past, present and future, how films reflect the times in which they were made and remain relevant as times change. FA258 is recommended, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

FF13 Elementary Fire Science

FA258 Understanding the Film

FF14 Fire Company Organization and Station Management

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F This course examines the language of film, using a variety of motion pictures from the silent and sound eras, narrative and documentary formats, to show the way filmmakers combine the elements of cinematography, editing, writing, musical scoring, etc. to tell stories, explore social issues and convey ideas and emotions. It does not involve the making of films by students, but concentrates on watching films with the intent of developing comprehension of cinema technique. Prerequisite: None, however, WR121 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

FA266 The Great Film Directors Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A course in which a number of films by selected directors are chosen to explore the way these important and influential artists create works that maintain an individual stamp while attempting to balance the demands of popular entertainment and personal statement. Attention is given to the stylistic and thematic consistencies in a director’s body of work, the qualities that establish the filmmaker’s identity and secure a place in the medium’s history. Prerequisite: None, however, FA258 and FA257 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. (FF10 - FF54 are restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters.)

FF10 Introduction to Fire Protection Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the philosophy and history of fire protection; history of loss of life and property in fire; responsibility of fire departments in community; organization and function of fire protection agencies and allied organizations; sources of professional literature, survey of professional career opportunities and requirements, and development of resume.

FF11 Firefighting Skills I Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Studies basic tools, procedures, techniques and safety precautions utilized by the fire fighter during fire ground operations. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Hazardous Materials awareness and FSAB Basic Fire Fighter requirements are covered.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Characteristics and behavior of fire; fundamentals of physical laws and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression; byproducts of combustion; analysis of factors contributing to fire—its cause, rate of burning, heat generation, travel, confinement, control and extinguishment.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study ﬁre company organization and operation; company responsibilities in station recordkeeping, station communications and watch, housekeeping and house privileges; tours and public relations; company organization for response to alarms; and company morale.

FF15 Firefighting Skills II Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Continues to develop basic fire fighter skills learned in Firefighting Skills I while increasing technical knowledge of fire ground operations. Emphasizes team skills performed as an evolution by an engine company. Ladder and hose evolutions, power tools, rescue practices and procedures requiring teamwork are practiced. Prerequisite: FF11.

FF16 Fire Science I - Physics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Studies characteristics and behavior of fire, fundamentals of physical laws and chemical reactions occurring in fire and fire suppression. Analyzes factors contributing to fire: its cause, rate of burning, heat generation and travel, by-products of combustion, and its confinement, control and extinguishment. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.

FF17 Fundamentals of Fire Prevention Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Philosophy and history of fire protection; review of life and property loss statistics; fire protection agencies; current and future fire protection problems; fire prevention programs; general public education; development and enforcement of fire prevention laws and regulations; responsibility of state fire marshals, local fire departments, and property owners; fire safety; reporting fire prevention activities; drills; policies; public relations; and DEQ regulations. Emphasis on “company inspections”.

FF18 Fire Service Rescue Practices Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide ﬁremen with essential skills

FF12 Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A study of the different types of firefighting apparatus. The student See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions for rescuing victims trapped in a variety of situations. American Red Cross Multimedia First Aid course is included for basic ﬁrst aid skills.

FF20 Fire Science II - Chemistry

with an advanced knowledge of hazardous materials classiﬁcations, the reaction of chemicals and some basic tactics of what must be done in hazardous materials incidents that involve public safety concerns.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn physical and chemical properties of substance; chemical bonds and reactions; ionization; covalent substances. Laboratory time is provided for clarifying demonstrations and experiments. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.

FF27 Fireﬁghting Strategy and Tactics

FF21 Building Construction for Fire Suppression

FF28 Natural Cover Fire Protection

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Fire problems inherent in structural elements of buildings. How knowledge gathered through interpretation of blueprints and inspection of various building types provides a basis for applying effective extinguishment practices, with adequate safeguards for personnel.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The organization, methods, tactics, and strategy of safely controlling and extinguishing grass, brush and forest fires; uses of hand tools, portable pumps, motorized apparatus, aircraft and helicopters, chemicals, and other related equipment used in the suppression of natural cover fires; forest and wild land fire prevention techniques. An independent study version is available some terms.

FF22 Fire Service Hydraulics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will review basic mathematics and learn hydraulic laws and formulas as applied to the fire service; basic fire ground hydraulics with emphasis on rule of thumb operations; application of formulas and mental calculations to hydraulic problems; fire ground water supply problems; advanced fire ground hydraulics with emphasis on complicated pumping operations and underwriter requirements for pumps and accessories.

FF23 Hazardous Materials Technician I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Reviews basic chemistry. Studies the identity of hazardous materials by color, symbol and marking. Covers recommended practices for storage and handling of solids, liquids and gases, and studies ﬁre control methods for these materials. Meets FSAB standards for awareness and operations level.

FF24 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Portable extinguisher equipment, sprinkler systems, protection systems for special hazards, ﬁre alarm and detection systems, and ventilating systems.

FF25 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides the student with the basic information needed to locate, isolate and protect the point of origin as well as recognizing and preserving clues and evidence. This course is designed for both pre-service and in-service students and will satisfy the training requirements speciﬁed by the Oregon State Fire Standards and Accreditation Board.

FF26 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) Offers an understanding of various principles involved in the chemistry of hazardous materials. Designed to provide ﬁrst responders

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Covers the ﬁre command system, rescue, offensive and defensive ﬁre attack, property conservation, staging and apparatus placement, sectoring, company functions, communications, and command procedures.

FF29 Fire Department Communications - Alerting Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn and demonstrate receiving, dispatching and radio communication procedures, FCC regulations; municipal alarm; telephone and tone-activated alarm; recording messages; tap-out procedures; and running cards.

FF30 Arson Investigation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study advanced investigation procedures, preservation of evidence, laws of search and seizure, laws of arson, and motive for arson. Other subject areas studied will include interrogation, case preparation, court room procedure, death and fraud investigation, and investigation of explosion.

FF31 Introduction to Building Codes Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn the practices required in local, state and federal construction codes.

FF33 Fire Codes and Ordinances I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A study of building, fire and other codes: state fire marshal fire safety regulations and related state statutes; local ordinances; National Fire Protection Association and other standards relating to fire prevention and life safety.

FF34 Public Relations/Fire Service Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will study the fundamentals of public relations pertaining to ﬁre service, including emergency operations, general public appearances, writing news releases, articles and speeches; and general media contact.

FF35 Water Distribution Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

173

Course Descriptions

174

A study of the sources of water supply; ﬁre ﬂow requirement pumping stations, storage tanks and cisterns; main systems and high pressure systems, mobile supplies. Also covered are hydrants, their sizes, types, distribution and service testing and the measuring of available water in mains.

FF36A, FF36B Aircraft Fire Rescue Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide firemen with essential information and skills for aircraft fire rescue. It will cover aircraft fire fighting procedures, specialized vehicles, agents and dangerous materials, communications, pre-fire planning and rescue procedures.

FF37 Industrial Fire Protection Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Specific concerns and safeguards related to business and industrial fire brigade organization and development; fire prevention programs; hazardous situations and prevention methods; gaining cooperation between the public and fire departments organization; study of elementary industrial fire hazards in manufacturing plants.

FF38 Hazardous Materials for Inspectors Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) How to handle inspections involving hazardous material. Covers the requirements for handling, storing, and reporting on the various hazardous materials.

FF39 Firefighter’s Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Firefighters’ legal responsibilities in driving, inspection, alarms and communications, and other fire protection activities. Firefighters’ rights, duties, liabilities, and participation in legal activities including state and local fire marshal laws relating to fire protection.

FF44 Fire Insurance Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The relationship of fire defenses and fire losses to insurance rates, basic insurance principles, fire loss experience and loss ratio, applying the ISO grading schedule and state regulation of fire insurance.

FF45 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will be able to plan a local budget that is consistent with the mission of the ﬁre department. He/she will be able to interpret the section of the local budget as it applies to the ﬁre department.

FF46 Fire Department Leadership Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Explains the unique aspects of a company ofﬁcer’s job, basic functions of management and principles of supervision, and self-analysis to become a better supervisor. Covers leadership concepts, types of supervisors, attitudes, cooperation, individual differences, motivation, communications, discipline, grievances, evaluating performance, planning, organizing, and making decisions.

FF47 Fire Command I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) his is a course to provide the ﬁre ofﬁcer advanced training in emergency scene management. Included are such topics as pre-incident needs assessment, resource capability determination, command operations, communications, and acquiring and assigning resources. It seeks to provide the student with an understanding of complex emergency scene operations.

FF48 Major Emergency Strategy and

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Methods of contemporary ﬁre prevention inspection practices. Includes preparation, pre-approach information, written inspection notices, relations with owners and occupants, and compliances.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Command, planning, logistics, and ﬁnancial consideration of emergencies that exceed the scope of normal operations. Study of several types of major emergencies and the principles relating to incident priorities, resource management, and tactical operations. Critical stress issues and debrieﬁng methods.

FF41 Training Programs and Techniques

FF48A Instructor I

FF40 Fire Prevention Inspection

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The student will learn purposes of ﬁre service drills and training programs. He/she will participate in development and operation of the departments training program. He/she will know facilities and equipment necessary for modern training and how to select and train the instructional staff. Psychology of learning, four-step method, lesson planning, instruction techniques, training aids, tests, workbooks, training objectives, curriculum development, conducting conferences and meetings will be studied.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide fire fighters with an appreciation for the value of fire service instruction with primary emphasis on benefits and necessary skills. It will cover the learning-teaching process, course and lesson development, planning, organizing and managing instructional activities, the instructor’s role, methods of instruction, teaching aids, evaluation and testing, an introduction to training programs and training program management.

FF43 Fire Ofﬁcer Management Responsibility

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Covers the understanding and application of ﬁre and building codes, national standards, and laws and regulations in relation to building construction and occupancy, general ﬁre safety, occupant loads and exits, hazardous materials, specialized topics, and records and reports.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Explains the responsibilities of the various supervisory levels of the ﬁre service and the methods to accomplish the objectives of effective supervision.

FF50 Fire Codes and Ordinances II

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions FF51 Advanced Detection & Protection Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Examines and evaluates specialized extinguishing systems; their suppression agents and principles; and their installation, maintenance, and testing requirements. Covers household warning systems; ﬁre detection and alarm systems; protective signaling systems; explosion systems; water supply systems; and thermal, smoke and ﬂame detection systems.

FF52 Fire Prevention Education Programs Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) Participants will demonstrate their ability to utilize fire data, to analyze the prevention needs in a community, and to design one public fire education program directed to preventing or mitigating certain fires in that community. Prerequisite: FF17 or consent of instructor.

FF53 Introduction to Emergency Services Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Philosophy and history of Emergency Services. History of loss of life and property in fire, major medical emergencies, and natural disaster, Responsibility of emergency services in a community, the roles and responsibilities of a paramedic and firefighter, overview of the ICS system, organization and function of emergency services agencies and allied organizations, education and certification, sources of professional literature, awareness and identification of hazardous materials, emergency services apparatus, fire behavior, detection and protection systems, cultural diversity, harassment in the workplace, survey of professional career opportunities and requirements, and developing a resume.

FF54 Instructor I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to provide fire fighters with an appreciation for the value of fire service instruction with primary emphasis on benefits and necessary skills. It will cover the learning-teaching process, course and lesson development, planning, organizing and managing instructional activities, the instructor’s role, methods of instruction, teaching aids, evaluation and testing, an introduction to training programs and training program management. (FI101 – FI241 are limited to students in the Fisheries Technology Program)

FI101, FI102, FI103 Fishery Techniques I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F An introduction to the program of Fisheries Technology, the first term covers topics such as fisheries literature, identification and life histories of trout and salmon, anesthetics, marking and tagging fish, and fish culture operations. The second term deals with topics such as creel census techniques, population estimation, net making and repair, farm pond management, drawing maps of lakes and streams, and effects of exploitation. The third term emphasizes topics such as fish capture methods, boats and boat handling, habitat improvement, aquatic plants and their control, aquatic insects, water quality, fish stomach content analysis, plankton, and rough fish control. Series is sequential or requires consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Students

must have a valid Oregon Boater’s Education Card or equivalent prior to beginning FI103.

FI112 Fish Biology I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of BI101, emphasizing tissues and organ systems of ﬁsh. Anatomical and physiological concepts considered system by system. Prerequisite: BI101, or consent of instructor.

FI113 Fish Biology II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A continuation of FI112 that considers embryological and developmental concepts, basic genetics, as well as classification, life histories and distribution of major fish sub-groups (with the emphasis on Oregon fish groups) and commercially important invertebrates. Prerequisite: FI112 or consent of instructor.

FI201, FI202, FI203 Fish Husbandry I, II, III Credits 6,6,3 (4,4,2 Lecture - 4,4,3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F An introduction to fish husbandry with special reference to history and scope of fish culture. The first quarter typically covers topics such as world landing of fish, hatchery prophylaxis, fish diseases and their control, feeding methods, ingredients of food and nutrition. The second quarter emphasizes topics such as the determination of rearing capacities, reuse systems, hatchery management and records, spawning techniques, egg handling, care of fry, rearing fish, and the transportation of eggs and fingerlings. Many of these concepts are continued in the third quarter when new materials covering catfish and oyster culture, and the culture of miscellaneous fish and shellfish is introduced. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: FI103.

FI205 Fisheries Lab Techniques Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will focus on the teaching of laboratory skills and techniques that are used in the ﬁeld of ﬁsh culture.

FI207 Data Collection Techniques Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly FI121) This course will stress the importance of neatness and accuracy in recording scientiﬁc data. Basic data summarization and statistical concepts used in analyzing data are studied and practiced. Prerequisite: MTH65 or equivalent.

FI211 Field Projects I Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F First course in a sequence designed to provide the second year students an opportunity to plan, develop, and carry out a study on their own initiative describing the results in a technical manner. The students will use the skills they have acquired in class to accomplish this project. The project will generally be of the students own choosing. Sequential.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

175

Course Descriptions

176

FI212 Field Projects II Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a continuation of the project begun in the previous term. Prerequisite: FI211.

FI213 Field Projects III Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation and completion of the project conducted during FI211 and FI212. A ﬁnal project report following the format of technical ﬁsheries journals is required. Prerequisite: FI212.

FI221 Building Maintenance and Repair Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Instruction and practice in maintenance of buildings and households. Repair activities including working with wood, plumbing, basic wiring, concrete, building repairs, roof maintenance and painting.

FI222 Equipment Maintenance and Repair Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Instruction and practice in maintenance of equipment commonly found at a ﬁsh hatchery. Repair activities include basic automotive care and maintenance, and work on power tools, appliances, electric motors, pumps, batteries, hydraulics and refrigeration systems, furnaces, etc.

FI231 Current Issues/Natural Resources Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Provides insights into contemporary political, environmental and public relations problems as they relate to ﬁsheries, wildlife, and natural resources. Prerequisite: Second year standing or consent of instructor.

FI241 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement

advanced French course. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR102 First Year French II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of FR 101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in French while exploring the cultures of French speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: FR101, three to four semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR103 First Year French III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the French language and French speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in French and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FR102, or five to six semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR111 Beginning French Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to French by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss French culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the French way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR112 Beginning French Conversation II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Instruction and practice in conducting stream habitat assessment in accordance with procedures used by local government agencies. Also, instruction in current practices of stream habitat improvement.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from FR111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in French while exploring the life of French speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: FR111, or FR101, or one semester of high-school level French, or the equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FN225 Nutrition

FR113 Beginning French Conversation III

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition. The biological functions and dietary sources of essential nutrients are studied, as well as the relationship of diet to health. Contemporary national and international nutritional concerns also are presented. The student is required to complete a computer-assisted, threeday diet survey and evaluation. Prerequisite: high school biology or BI101 or equivalent, and high school chemistry or CH104 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

FR101 First Year French I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proﬁciency, this course introduces students to the French language and the cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: None. Students who have completed one year or less of high-school level French are advised to take FR101 before attempting a more

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of French conversation skills. Student upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: FR112, or FR101, or one semester of high-school level French, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR150 Beginning French I (Intensive) Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W For students who need a faster introduction to the French language and French-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter the materials covered in FR101 and the ﬁrst half of FR102. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

FR151 Beginning French II (Intensive)

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuing from FR150, this course presents the materials covered in the last half of FR102 and all of FR103. Upon completion, students will be able to carry on basic conversation in everyday situations in French. Prerequisite: FR150 or FR102. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

FR201 Second Year French I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the French language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of French speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: FR103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR202 Second Year French II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of FR201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in French while exploring the cultures of French speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: FR201 or equivalent. Co-Requisite: FR212. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR203 Second Year French III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence of intermediate level French, students develop skills to help them become proﬁcient communicators in the French language and within the day-to-day contexts found in French speaking cultures. Prerequisite: FR202 or equivalent. Co-Requisite: FR213. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR211 Second Year French Conversation I Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course supplements FR201 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in French. Prerequisite: FR103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level French, or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

FR212 Second Year French Conversation II

FSE121 Funeral Service Orientation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey course of funeral history from ancient days to present. Specialized vocabulary of funeral service is introduced.

FSE122 Funeral Service Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course analyzes the interplay of societies and funeralization, surveys religious and ethnic funeral customs found in American society, and explores families and family roles in the funeral.

FSE124 Funeral Service Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey course of relevant legal principles. Mortuary law, probate law and business law are reviewed. Emphasis is placed on legal responsibilities of the funeral service practitioner.

FSE211 Embalming I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F In this ﬁrst of a three-course sequence, students are introduced to practical embalming theory supported by learning of injection methods, types of embalming agents, postmortem conditions and their treatment. Students participate in practical embalming lab throughout the course. Prerequisite: 2nd year standing in the Funeral Service Education program.

FSE212 Embalming II Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This sequential course is a continuation of Embalming I. Lecture classes will place an emphasis on systemic circulation and microcirculation as applicable to the embalming operation. Students participate in practical embalming and restorative art lab throughout the course. Sequential. Prerequisite: FSE211.

FSE213 Embalming III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A sequential course continuation of Embalming II. Lecture classes concern special embalming problems, such as discolorations, decomposition, edema, dehydration, contagion and infection. Students participate in practical embalming throughout this course. Prerequisite: FSE211 and FSE212.

FSE214 Restorative Art

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course supplements FR202 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in French. Prerequisite: FR211, or FR201, or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR202. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of structural anatomy of the face and head, surface anatomy and physiognomical forms, reconstructions of facial tissues employing different media, general restorative treatments, projection, form and color in the restorative process. Concurrent enrollment in FSE212 is required.

FR213 Second Year French Conversation III

FSE216 Funeral Service Microbiology

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course supplements FR203 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in French. Prerequisite: FR212 and FR202, or equivalent. Co-requisite: FR203. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A study of microorganisms with emphasis on pathogens and infectious processes. Applications are made to personal health and public health concerns of embalmers and funeral directors.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

177

Course Descriptions

178

FSE217 Funeral Service Pathology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey of disease processes; etiology, pathogenesis, homeostatic mechanisms, and regressive tissue changes. Implications of forensic pathology for funeral service professionals. Prerequisite: AH12 or MO14.

FSE219 Embalming Chemistry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The course is a basic survey of inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry as they relate to the embalming process. Emphasis is placed speciﬁcally on material delineated in the expectations published by the A.B.F.S.E. for chemistry. Prerequisite: CH104 or equivalent.

FSE221 Funeral Home Management I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The role and function of the funeral director as an effective manager is explored. Considerations in establishing a funeral home are covered. Emphasis is placed on management functions of planning, organizing, motivating, directing, and controlling. Human relations as they relate to management of personnel are discussed.

FSE222 Funeral Home Management II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This sequential course examines business operations within funeral service. Emphasis is placed on merchandising principles as they are related to the funeral business. Applications of basic accounting and ﬁnance principles are covered. Computer applications within the funeral home are discussed. Prerequisite: FSE221.

FSE225 Funeral Directing Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the funeral directors responsibilities: funeral arrangements, conduct of the funeral, visitation, ﬁnal disposition, responsibilities of the family in need. Two hours per week of Funeral Directing lab.

FSE226 Funeral Service Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Application of psychological principles to the funeral, bereavement and funeral home functions. Emotional behavior analysis, manifestations of grief, effect of personality on the bereaved and analysis of psychological studies of grief and mourning are discussed.

FSE227 Funeral Service Counseling Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Analysis of the funeral director’s role as counselor in matters pertaining to death, dying, grief, bereavement, and mourning. Counseling principles are applied to the funeral service setting. Prerequisite: FSE226.

FSE240, FSE240A Funeral Service Internship Credits 6,3 (1 Lecture – 15,8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp FSE240 (6 credits in Spring only) or FSE240A (3 credits each in Spring and Fall). A quarter-long internship experience served in local funeral homes, learning experiences are guided by faculty and supervised by a funeral home preceptor. FSE240A is recommended for students with little

or no funeral service experience. Students take 3 credit hours of FSE240A in both fall and spring quarters of their graduating year, for 6 credits overall. Instructor permission required.

FSE245 Funeral Service Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course elicits major issues facing funeral service in the present and future. Criticism of funeral practices and the profession is analyzed and alternatives and options for the profession are explored. Prerequisite: Student must have 2nd year standing in the program. (FT122 – FT246 are limited to students in the Forest Resources Technology and Integrated Natural Resources Programs.)

FT122 Forest Measurements I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to ﬁeld measurement of forest resources. Topics include fundamentals of ﬁeld sampling, use of topographic maps, measurement of land area using compass and GPS, and estimation of tree heights, diameters, age and crown classes. Electronic data collection and analysis are integral. Prerequisite: MTH60 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: F112 or consent of instructor.

FT144 Forest Insects and Diseases Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this course, major insects and diseases of Paciﬁc Northwest forest trees are studied as they relate to forest health. Identiﬁcation, biology, damage to trees, and the pathogen’s role in forest ecosystems are emphasized. Preventative and control measures are studied in the context of land owners’ management objectives. A discussion of the damaging effects of atmospheric pollutants is also included.

FT160 Forest Fire Management and Ecology Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces the student to the role of fire in forested ecosystems. Areas addressed include: wildland fire prevention, detection, suppression and behavior; fuels management strategies and activities; basic fire ecology; and the use of prescribed fire as a management tool.

FT211 Forest Products Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the technical aspects of handling raw materials from forested lands. The student is given an insight into the physical, chemical and economic processes involved in manufacturing ﬁnished wood products. Instructional topics include wood properties and treatments, and lumber, plywood and paper production. Field trips to mills are included.

FT212 Current Issues/Forest Resources Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly F111A) This course investigates biological, social and political issues inﬂuencing forestry and natural resources management. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

FT220 Aerial Photointerpretation

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course teaches the fundamentals needed to use aerial photoSee page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions graphs as aids for ﬁeld work and preliminary information gathering. Students learn to obtain 3-dimensional views from the photos, to relate the features on the photos to the same features on topographic maps and on the ground, and to estimate areas of land and heights of features on the photos. Timber typing, basic principles of photo attributes, and the use of photos as basic maps in the ﬁeld are also included. Prerequisite: MTH80 or MTH95, and FT122 or consent of instructor.

FT242 Watershed Processes

FT222 Forest Measurements II

FT244 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides instruction and training in estimating volume and quality of standing timber. Sampling methods and their associated ﬁeld techniques are covered, with an emphasis on producing reliable and accurate data. Data computation, statistical evaluation, and the preparation of comprehensive timber cruise reports are required. Labs focus on ﬁeld timber cruising using Atterbury’s Super A.C.E. program. Prerequisite: FT122 and MTH80, or consent of instructor.

FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F In this course, students produce maps for use in natural resources management. Raw ﬁeld data as well as electronic data are used to construct computer-generated maps. Topics include map elements, coordinate systems, basic CAD commands, accessing data, and professional presentations of data. Prerequisite: F112.

FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course covers the fundamentals of how to manage, manipulate, and display spatially-referenced data for land-use planning and decision-making. Students will work with GIS software applications. Prerequisite: F112 and FT226, or ET144 and ET200, or consent of instructor.

FT235 Outdoor Recreation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores the use and management of forested recreational settings. Topics include the inﬂuence of social and economic values on recreational use and planning, techniques for environmental interpretation, facilities maintenance, and wilderness management issues.

FT238 Timber Harvesting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers the various techniques used to remove woody material from forest stands. Instruction focuses on selecting proper harvesting methods and equipment to meet forest management objectives. Topics include the operations of ground-based, cable and aerial logging methods; environmental assessment of resource impacts; timber sale and road layout; and timber appraisal. Field trips to logging sites are integral to the course. Concurrent enrollment in FT246 is required or consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the basic hydrological processes occurring in forested watersheds. Natural factors inﬂuencing water quality and yield, ﬁsh and wildlife habitat, and soil and slope stability are covered. The effects of forest management activities on these processes are examined, with an emphasis on riparian areas. Prerequisite: FT122. Completion of F141 is helpful but not required.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In FT244 and FT246, students are instructed in the practices of forest ecosystem management. This course focuses on the principles and applications for reforestation under a variety of forested conditions and landowner objectives. Topics include: silvical characteristics of forest tree species, site preparation, seedling selection and planting, brush and animal damage control, natural regeneration and reforestation evaluation. Prerequisite: F240.

FT246 Appl Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of Silviculture I. In this course students study the growth and development of stands and methods of prescribing stand management techniques, particularly thinnings, for a given forest type and landowner objective. It also includes evaluating the applicability of the major silvicultural systems of clearcutting, shelterwood and selection cutting for a given site and landscape. Prerequisite: FT244 or consent of instructor.

FW251 Principles of Wildlife Conservation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for all fisheries and wildlife science majors and all other interested persons. The course covers the history of the conservation movement and natural resource use. It also involves the relationship of governmental and private agencies in applying management policies. This is a broad-based class that covers the principles and practices of fisheries and wildlife management and the role of research in management. This class is required in either the freshman or sophomore year for wildlife science and fisheries transfer majors.

FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of mammals. Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques. Includes several off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

FW253 Wildlife Resources: Birds Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of birds.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

179

Course Descriptions

180

Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques. Includes many off-campus, outside laboratories and a mandatory weekend field trip. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

FW254 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp One of three courses in vertebrate biology designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and all others interested in the biology of these animals. Includes an overview of the taxonomy, biology, ecology, behavior, and life history of fish, amphibians, and reptiles. Laboratories stress identification and taxonomy as well as providing students with experience with field research techniques with an emphasis on fish. Includes many off-campus, outside laboratories. Non-sequential. Prerequisite: FW251 or BI273, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

FW255 Wildlife Techniques Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This non-sequential course is designed for students in the Integrated Natural Resources Program and those interested in pursing a career in wildlife biology. A ﬁeld-intensive course, students will learn techniques used to study, survey, inventory and monitor wildlife populations and habitat. Through group projects students will also learn about experimental design, data analysis and presentation of completed products. The methodology covered is that used by consultants and wildlife biologists in their work for various agencies and businesses. Laboratories are hands-on, often physically demanding, and usually out-of-doors. Prerequisite: FW251 or FW252 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ***

G148B, G148C Volcanoes and Their Activity Credits 2,3 (2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is an introductory course in volcanology, which is a branch of the science of geology. The student will develop an understanding of the types, origin, activity, products and hazards of volcanoes. No prerequisite. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

G165 Regional Field Geology Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su This course consists of a field trip to an area of special geologic interest. The trip is arranged to illustrate various geologic aspects and special features unique to the selected region and includes studies of the age and origin, geologic setting, stratigraphy and structure, topography and significant events through geologic time. The course will begin with an on-campus meeting prior to the field trip and all students will be expected to become familiar with the geologic section for the region.

G201, G202, G203 Principles of Geology

mass wasting, and the geologic processes of steams, oceans, ground water, wind and ice. Also covered is plate tectonics. G203 finishes with the physical aspects and also covers the principles of historical geology, including the origin and development of the earth, plant and animal life and their changes through geologic time. A number of field trips are utilized throughout the year to demonstrate areas of Oregon’s and Washington’s plentiful geologic history. Not to be taken out of sequence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GD113 Digital File Preparation Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an examination of the Macintosh operating system and the software used to prepare digital art for print reproduction. Students will develop basic skills in a Macintosh vector-based drawing program. Students will learn the craftsmanship required to produce accurate digital artwork and separations. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.

GD114 Digital Typography I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the ﬁrst of a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms and their appropriate and effective use in visual communications. Typographic mechanics will be examined from both historic and contemporary perspectives. Applied black and white projects which explore the vocabulary, structure, formal and applied aspects of typographic composition will be assigned using page layout and drawing software on the Macintosh computer. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.

GD115 Digital Typography II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second in a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms and their appropriate and effective use in visual communications. Students will use page layout and vector-drawing software on the Macintosh computer. Emphasis will be on working with color and editorial design principles. Sensitivity to the spatial relationships between letters, words, lines and columns of type with a concern for legibility is stressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD113, GD114, and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.

GD116 Digital Typography III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is the third in a three-term sequence on the study of letterforms. Students will research, generate and apply an original PostScript typeface using font creation software on the Macintosh. The font will include multiple weights of a full character set. Finally, students will focus on aesthetic issues of complex typographic composition in an applied project. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD115, GD121, and GD145. Graphic Design majors only.

GD120 Graphic Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is the first of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy, theory and techniques of graphic design. This first term deals specifically with SHAPE, including the conceptual, visual, relational and

Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F General Geology is a three term, sequential course designed both for science majors and individuals needing a lab science or just desiring to gain a better understanding of the earth. G201 and G202 are concerned with principles of physical geology, including rocks and minerals, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, rock deformation, See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions practical elements of two-dimensional design with the exclusion of color. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only.

GD121 Graphic Design II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second of a three-term sequence in the basic philosophy, theory and techniques of graphic design. This second term speciﬁcally deals with “Content: Word and Image” with the inclusion of color theory, terms and principles. Sequential. Prerequisite: Graphic Design majors only. GD113, GD114, and GD120.

GD122 Graphic Design III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This term focuses on the development of a multi-faceted, uniﬁed design campaign. Students use skills from ﬁrst and second terms in addition to three-dimensional design theory to express multiple components of a single visual theme. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD115, GD121, and GD145. Graphic Design majors only.

GD145 Digital Imaging Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the ﬁrst in a two-term exploration of digital image manipulation and editing software for the Macintosh. Flatbed scanning, color separation, retouching and working with a variety of ﬁle formats will be covered. Original art will be created while investigating the full complement of digital imaging tools. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD113, GD114 and GD120. Graphic Design majors only.

GD146 Advanced Digital Imaging Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly GD245) This is the second in a two-term sequence exploring digital imaging software for the Macintosh. Students will develop mastery of both vector- and raster-based programs and learn to create increasingly complex artwork. Advanced scanning techniques, preparing ﬁles for optimum color reproduction, and strategic planning of both the creative image and its underlying digital ﬁle(s) will be emphasized. Photographic fundamentals including composition, lighting and cropping will be addressed. Prerequisite: GD115, GD121 and GD145. Graphic Design Majors only.

GD232 Advanced Graphic Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This class is the ﬁrst in a two-term sequence in the study and application of principles and practices of visual communication design. The course will explore both two- and three-dimensional aspects of design problems, incorporating typographic, symbolic, pictorial and other graphic forms in visual structure. Emphasis will be placed upon processes in the development of solutions to realistic design problems. Prerequisite: Second year standing, GD116, GD122, and GD146. Graphic Design majors only.

GD233 Advanced Graphic Design II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This class is the second of a two-term sequence in the study and application of principles and practices of visual communication design. Emphasis will be placed upon expanding knowledge and practice in the formal, functional and structural aspects of visual

communications and design. This course will explore two- and three-dimensional principles of design as applied to product packaging and promotional communications. Integration of the elements of design from product brandmark to package to point of purchase will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Second year standing and GD232. Graphic Design majors only.

GD235 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Graphic Design students will learn to produce basic documents in HTML, the hypertext markup language used on the World Wide Web. Students will gain experience with a variety of HTML editors and learn how different web browsers react to viewing pages. Typographic formatting will be covered as well as hyperlinks, tables and frames. Basic image processing, ﬁle naming conventions, navigational principles, and menuing will also be addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD232, GD244, and GD249. Graphic Design majors only.

GD236 Portfolio Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will cover various presentation techniques as well as the tools, materials and processes for creating and showing a design portfolio. Emphasis will be on the development of a ﬁnal graduating portfolio and designing a creative resume. Students will perform practice presentations for the instructor and guest reviewers. Prerequisite: GD233, GD246, and second year standing. Graphic Design majors only.

GD244 Digital Page Layout Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly GD144) This is an advanced course in using the Macintosh computer and graphics applications as design and production tools. Emphasis will be on moving ﬁles between applications and using the computer to efﬁciently and accurately position and manage type, images, color and graphic elements in complex document construction. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD116, GD122, and GD146. Graphic Design majors only.

GD246 Digital Publication Design Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will allow the student to gain expertise in current page layout, drawing and image-editing software programs on the Macintosh computer. Students will be expected to utilize design, layout and typographic principles learned in ﬁrst-year graphic design courses to compose complex publications via the computer. Emphasis will be on the design of cohesive multi-page documents such as books, annual reports, magazines and catalogs, while utilizing the full complement of digital tools. An investigation into the organization and structure of editorial design will be included. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD146 and GD244. Second-year Graphic Design majors only.

GD247 Interactive Media Design Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to explore the multimedia potential of advanced Macintosh software applications. Students will learn interactive authoring software to produce pages for the worldwide web. Students will address issues of interactivity, lighting, motion,

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

181

Course Descriptions

182

sound and sequencing while creating computer-based presentations. Effective information delivery systems, navigational tools and interface design will be examined. Prerequisite: Successful completion of GD233, GD235, GD246 and second-year standing. Graphic Design majors only.

GD249 Graphic Design Practicum Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This class will simulate a real-life design studio where students compete with one another on real client projects. Emphasis will be on appropriate problem-solving, staying within budgetary constraints and producing high quality comprehensives. Job documentation and client presentation skills are also stressed. This will enable the student to understand, ﬁrst hand, the processes involved in creating and producing actual printed pieces. Prerequisite: Second year standing. Graphic Design majors only.

GE101 Engineering Orientation Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the first in a sequence of engineering orientation courses intended for students wishing to pursue a 4 year Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering. The course gives an introduction to the engineering profession and engineering problem solving. It includes an overview of various engineering fields and job functions, engineering education, professionalism and ethics, communication skills, engineering mechanics, electrical fundamentals, engineering economics, and basic programming techniques. A laboratory component is included which consists of a combination of group exercises, computer lab, and applied problem solving. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

GE102 Engineering Computations Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W To acquaint engineering students with the use and operation of the computer programming in the engineering problem-solving process. Computer programs will be developed and used by students in the typical engineering problems. Structured programming techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

GE115 Engineering Graphics Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to engineering graphics using manual and computeraided drafting skills. Includes graphic communication, multi-view and pictorial representation, graphical analysis and solutions. Prerequisite: None, but recommend a Mechanical Engineering drawing course, Introduction to AutoCAD or consent of instructor.

GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W This course surveys selected aspects of the physical environment. Topics that may be covered include: the atmosphere, energy ﬂow, weather and climate, water and soils, Biogeography and biomes, land forms, tectonics and weathering, streams, glaciers, deserts and coasts. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp

This course examines the world geographic system on a regional basis. The differences in regions are examined in terms of physical environments and the adaptation which results from human response to those environments. Regions which may be covered may include: North America, Middle America, South America, Asia, Southeast Asia, Australia, Europe, Africa, Russia and the CIS, the Middle East and Oceania. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course explores the relationship between human culture and the environment. Topics may include culture languages, religions, subsistence and economic development, industrial development, urban systems, energy resources, and environmental degradation. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG180 Map Reading and Interpretation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Map reading and interpretation is an important part of geographic exploration and research. This course is designed to assist the beginning student in developing the skills needed for this type of study. Emphasis is placed upon both the natural and human made environment. Topics include the history of geographic exploration and mapping, global coordinate systems, map projections and scale, map types, maps as propaganda, and the use of topographic maps of both U.S. and foreign origin. Prerequisite: None, however GEOG105, GEOG106, and GEOG107 are recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG206 Geography of Oregon Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course explores the state from a geographical perspective. This perspective focuses upon where things are, what they are made of, why they are there and what their future is likely to be. Course topics include the history, culture, economics, politics, international trade links, transportation systems and natural environments of the state of Oregon. A portion of the class is also dedicated exclusively to Portland and its surrounding communities, which is the largest urban area in the state and a very important regional urban center. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG214 Geography of Mexico and Central America Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores Mexico and Central America from the geographical perspective. This perspective asks where things are, what they are made up of, why they are there, and what their future is likely to be. Topics include the history, culture, economics, international trade links, politics, international relations, transportation systems and natural environments of this neighboring portion of our world. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GEOG290 Environmental Problems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction to the environment and the problems associated with the presence and activities of humans on earth. The basic principles of ecology are introduced. Renewable and non-renewable resources, the pollution they create, and possible solutions are considered. This course is also offered for Science credit as BI145. A student may receive credit for BI145 or GEOG290, but not both. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GER101 First Year German I See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proﬁciency, this course introduces students to the German language and the cultures of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: None: Students who have completed one year or less of high-school level German are advised to take GER101 before attempting more advanced German courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER102 First Year German II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Second in the sequence, this course provides materials and experiences which help students conﬁrm their basic communication skills in German and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER101 or three to four semesters of high-school level German, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER103 First Year German III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the German language and German speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in German and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GER102 or five to six semesters of high-school level German, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER111 Beginning German Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to German by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss German culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the German way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER112 Beginning German Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from GER111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in German while exploring the life of German speaking cultures. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER111, GER101, or one semester of highschool level German, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER113 Beginning German Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of German conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER112, or GER101, or 1 semester of highschool level German or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER198 German: Independent Study Credits 1-3 (1-3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced

students to expand skills in reading, writing, speaking and understanding the culture. Contact division for availability. Prerequisite: GER203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract specifying learning objectives are required.

GER201 Second Year German I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the German language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of German speaking countries. Classroom instruction supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER103 or seven to eight semesters of high-school level German, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER202 Second Year German II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A Continuation of GER201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in German while exploring the cultures of German speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GER203 Second Year German III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Completing the sequence of intermediate level German, students develop skills to help them become proﬁcient communicators in the German language and within the day-to-day contexts found in German speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: GER202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

GRX10 The Aging Process Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to provide an overview of the aging process and the impact on an elder’s ability to interact within their environment. Chronological, biological, social and psychological aspects of aging will be discussed.

GRX15 Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course emphasizes the value of health and wellness promotion and disease prevention with elders. Students will gain an understanding of primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention. Interventions will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals.

GRX20 Mental Health and Elders Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will present an introduction to issues in mental health and elders. The focus will be on a lifespan developmental perspective based on the assumption that current emotional problems can often be linked with earlier life events and patterns of coping with stress. Common conditions such as dementia, substance abuse, anxiety disorders, and bipolar disease will be discussed. Students will learn approaches to assessment and health promotion. Offered at irregular intervals.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

183

Course Descriptions

184

GRX22 Alzheimer’s Care Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is modeled after The Best Friends Approach to Alzheimer’s Care. This Oregon state initiative is designed to provide training for all individuals who work with Alzheimer’s patients. This comprehensive person-centered, non-medical model of care prepares the learner to develop skills to respond to various situations, and adopt a successful model of caregiving for families and professional caregivers and how the art of friendship teaches about good Alzheimer’s care. This approach can be applicable to home care, adult day care and long-term care.

GRX30 Chronic Disease Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide the student with an awareness of chronic disease and the sociocultural, economic and personal impact on the lifestyle of elders. The roles of family and members of the health care team will be discussed. Options available in the continuum of care focusing on the elder’s strengths, and environmental adaptations will be discussed. Offered at irregular intervals.

GRX40 Public Policy and Elder Health Care Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course discusses the public policy that may affect elder health care. Health care trends such as managed care and reimbursement sources including Medicare, Medicaid, and SSI will be discussed. Students will gain an understanding of the Older Americans Act and the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act. Current public policy related to health care will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals.

is explored utilizing a development which is based on fundamental principles and theories using current issues and problems. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

GS106 Physical Science - Geology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The earth science emphasis of physical science explores the various ways in which the earth’s crust is being changed. Elements of oceanography are combined with geology to provide an overview for the students. The evolution of land forms in Oregon is emphasized. Two ﬁeld trips are offered, of these the student must attend one. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

GS107 Universe: The Inﬁnite Frontier Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a comprehensive series of 20 half-hour television programs describing the nature of our solar system, its constituent objects, our galaxy and the universe reﬂecting the latest understanding of how these structures came to take their present form. Included in these programs are interviews with leading astronomers, planetary scientists and astrophysicists. Visual material for this series includes images from observatories around the world as well as captivating three-dimensional computer animations and simulations. The course content is supported with a required textbook and optional student study guide. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MTH20 or the equivalent.

GS142 Earth Revealed

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides the student with opportunities to demonstrate techniques used in the care of elders. Also included are safety and environmental factors, communication skills and interacting with members of the health care team.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Earth revealed is an introductory study of the state of our planet – its interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy and mineral resources. This course gives students a detailed update on our “new earth” and on the scientiﬁc advances that are helping us to rediscover it. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GRX60 Essentials of Caregiving

GS145 Planet Earth

GRX50 Fundamentals of Health Care

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides a basic understanding of role changes within families, ethical aspects of caring for elders including abuse and neglect. Community resources that meet the speciﬁc needs of caregivers, care providers, and hiring and maintaining caregivers will also be explored.

GS104 Physical Science - Physics Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The concepts of motion, forces, gravitation, radioactivity, energy, power, heat and light are approached from a conceptual point of view. The laboratory is utilized to investigate speciﬁc questions which arise in the lecture. Not sequential. No prerequisite. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

GS105 Physical Science - Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The chemistry emphasis of physical science is developed from a descriptive point of view. The composition and reactivity of matter

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Planet Earth is an introductory study of the state of our planet – its interior, oceans, continents, mountains and volcanoes, energy and mineral resources, climate, sun and the atmosphere. This course gives students a detailed update on our “new earth” and on the scientiﬁc advances that are helping us to rediscover it. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GS146 Earth, Sea and Sky Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) An introduction to the earth sciences. This course surveys astronomy, meteorology, climatology, oceanography and geology. It stresses the scientiﬁc method and the enhancement of the powers of observation and interpretation. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

GS147 Oceanus: Marine Environment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces the student to oceanography and marine biology. The course focuses on the marine environment as a unique

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions feature of the planet Earth and investigates areas of intense scientiﬁc and public concern. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

GS150 Science and Pseudoscience Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will discuss paranormal and fringe-science claims from an objective, scientific point of view. Included will be instruction in scientific methodology and critical thinking, with the hope that students enrolled may develop a healthy skepticism towards the unproven claims of others. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GS153 Introduction to Cosmology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This introductory course is an investigation into the origin and evolution of the universe, with special attention given to the inﬂationary Big Bang theory. An overview of early cosmological models and a discussion of the methodology of science will prepare the student for an examination of current theories which seek to explain the origin of hydrogen, helium and the heavier elements. Galactic and stellar evolution, black holes, Dark Matter, supernovas, brown dwarfs and special and general relativity will also be discussed. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

GS198 General Science: Independent Study Credits 1-3 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) The course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied biology or related ﬁelds. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved before registration. Contact division for availability. ***

HD90 Transition to College Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This pre-college course will prepare Transitions students to take appropriate college classes the following term. The class will include a one-hour lecture and a one-hour lab in which students will practice principles learned in lecture class. Students will learn how to ﬁnd money for school, identify community and campus resources, create personal support systems, and develop basic planning and organizational skills for success in college classes. Competencies will include learning how to apply for ﬁnancial aid, locate student employment, apply for scholarships, create and effectively use study groups for personal and academic support, deal with math anxiety, understand basic computer literacy, and create a realistic and effective personal and academic plan for the following term.

for making career decisions. Students will learn skills in self-assessment, career research and decision-making. Activities include interest inventories, computerized career resources, and informational interviewing. (Not open to students who have completed HD208.) An independent study option is available that consists of two three-hour workshop sessions followed by individualized independent study activities. (Not open to students who have completed HD208.)

HD202 Life Transitions Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is intended for persons involved in life changes who want to explore new directions, interests, and the tools for improving self-esteem and conﬁdence. Students will focus on self-exploration and development of life-planning skills through a process of analyzing predictable life transitions. Emphasis will be on developing and integrating skills in goal setting, decision making and plan implementation. This course is limited to Transitions students.

HD204 Developing Emotional Intelligence Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The skills to manage one’s emotions, cope with stresses and communicate effectively are often more important to professional success than technical job skills. This course introduces a number of critical self-management skills and provides an opportunity for students to develop them. Topics include the nature and background of Emotional Intelligence, core emotions, the use of cognitive techniques to manage emotions, approaches to coping effectively with stress, effective communication of emotions, and skills for managing change. The course emphasizes the value of emotional self-management in both personal and career relationships. Lecture, discussion and experiential learning activities are utilized to enhance students’ understanding and mastery of self-management techniques. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HD208 Career and Life Planning Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An in-depth career and life planning course designed to teach students the life-long process for choosing or changing careers. The course includes researching oneself, researching careers, assessing career options, and decision-making skills. Activities include interest and/or skills inventories, computerized career resources (e.g., SIGI and CIS). Students will learn how to make educational or training plans to support their career choices, conduct informational interviews and develop career portfolios. A maximum of three credits will be awarded toward an MHCC degree to students who take both HD110 and HD208. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HD209 Getting A Job

HD110 Career Planning

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential employers, target job objectives, develop effective paper work such as the resume, cover letter, and difﬁcult applications. Learn how to do information interviewing. Learn good communication skills for the job interview. Practice through video taping. (A three-credit combination of HD209LOC, HD209RES, and HD209INT in that order.)

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to teach students the process

HD209INT Interviewing Techniques

HD100 College Success Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course develops student understanding of the college culture and community. Course topics include college services, policies and procedures; goal setting; time management; educational planning; and student responsibility for his/her success.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

185

Course Descriptions

186

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information interviewing. Learn good communication skills for the job interview, including verbal and non-verbal communication. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)

HD209LOC Locating Your Job Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Uncover the hidden job market and speak the language of the employer. Research potential employers and target job objectives. Learn how to do information interviewing. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)

HD209RES Developing Your Resume Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Develop your career and get the job you want. Understand the job market and market yourself to employers. Research potential employers, target job objectives, and develop effective paper work such as the resume, cover letter, and difﬁcult applications. (One part of the three-credit HD209 course, not open to students who have completed HD209.)

HDFS224 Abuse in the Family Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The topic of family violence is introduced as an integral part of the family and social system in which it takes place. The dynamics of the abusive family and abuse across the lifespan are examined. Responses of the treatment worker to the child, the adult, the family and the system are presented.

HDFS226 Time to Grow Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course has as its principal themes the interplay of biological factors, individual personality, social structure and other environment forces which shape the growing child. It includes topics ranging from prenatal inﬂuences through middle childhood and adolescence. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HDFS291 Parent Participation Credits 1 - maximum 3 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course involves participation in seminars and active participation in parent education opportunities provided in the on-campus Child Development Center. Students will select activities from a variety presented in the areas of administrative, parent-education, parent-child and support activities. An additional 10 hours of time in the Child Development Center will be required to complete the course. Offered at irregular intervals.

HE202 Adult Development and Aging Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed to explore the concepts of normal aging, the prevention of disability, and the retirement of years. Issues to be addressed are physiological changes in aging, nutrition, exercise, community and mental attitudes. This course is eclectic in its orientation, presenting many interests concerning adulthood and aging.

Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

HE204 Diet and Weight Control Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course promotes and helps the student achieve knowledge in the areas of diet and weight control for today’s life styles as it relates to the student’s total well-being. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HE205 Diet Appraisal Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course will take an in-depth look at the American diet. Students will have the opportunity to analyze their individual nutrition habits and determine where improvements can be made. The course will include information on consumer issues involving nutrition. Development of a low fat, low salt, and low sugar nutrition plan will be emphasized. Proﬁciency Needed: Math.

HE206 Alcohol and Addiction: Risk Reduction for Life Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W Research-based information will guide individuals in using steps to reduce the risk for alcohol addiction. Self-assessment will guide those making high-risk choices to understand and accept the need to make changes, either in their lifestyles or in choices that they make to avoid future problems. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HE207 Stress Control-Activity Intervention Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Stress Control Through Activity Intervention is designed to meet the needs of students by identifying the scope of stress as it relates to individual lifestyle and provides viable active solutions for maximizing efﬁcient work output while minimizing ill effects of stress-related overload. Course combines mini-lectures, videos, assessments and active experience samples in meditation, yoga, breathing exercises, progressive relaxation and safe exercises program development.

HE208 AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Infections Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp AIDS and Other S.T.I.s is a course designed to examine the biological, social and personal implications of HIV as well as other S.T.I.s on one’s behavior, lifestyle choices and the community at large. The student will explore risk factors, how to reduce the spread of HIV and come to understand their own values and how they relate to AIDS and S.T.I.s.

HE250 Personal Health Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides information on a variety of personal health concerns for men and women living in our contemporary society. Topics include: positive self-image, sexuality and communication, childbirth, birth control, sexually-transmitted diseases, HIV and AIDS, rape, diet, weight control, exercise, alcoholism, drugs, cancer and the stages of death and dying. The telecourse (HE250-TV) explores the impact of health and wellness issues on the individual.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions The telecourse explores the impact of health and wellness issues on the individual. The telecourse offers a plan whereby the student is encouraged to personalize the information toward the goal of achieving better health. The twenty, 30-minute, video programs include the topics of stress and emotional health, fitness, diet and weight management, sexuality and parenting, cancer and cardiovascular diseases, communicable and non-communicable diseases, drugs, alcohol and tobacco, as well as health care delivery systems. The course reflects the trend toward a more comprehensive approach to health education. In covering these issues, this contemporary production seeks to provide students with the information they require to make sound health decisions. Internet instructional components may also be added to compliment the telecourse at the instructor’s discretion. Proficiency Needed: Reading. Good writing skills are recommended. The student should have some experience with computers and the internet for the web-based components within the telecourse.

HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The purpose of the First Aid American Red Cross First Aid - Responding to Emergencies course is to provide the citizen responder with the knowledge and skills necessary in an emergency to help sustain life, reduce pain, and minimize the consequences of injury or sudden illness until professional medical services arrive. The course content and activities will prepare participants to recognize emergencies and make appropriate decisions for first aid care. The course teaches the first aid skills the citizen responder will need in order to act as the first link in the emergency medical services (EMS) system. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

HE253 Wilderness Advanced First Aid Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge and skills necessary to help sustain life and minimize pain and the consequences of injury or sudden illness in the back country (defined as greater than one hour from definitive care.) Wilderness Medicine Society guidelines will dictate the course focus. Prerequisite: Student must possess a current First Aid and Adult CPR certification prior to admittance. MHCC courses HE252, HPE291, or PE285OL meet the necessary prerequisites. HE261 only meets the CPR component. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will concentrate on selected health issues and their physical and emotional effects on women. Topics include, but are not limited to: birth control health risks, weight training and conditioning for women, menopause, osteoporosis, and the super woman myth. The student will learn where to ﬁnd the latest research on these topics and how to think critically about what they have discovered. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR100 Introduction to Horticulture Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W An introductory course for students interested in ornamental horticulture. Study topics include subject matter from all areas of the MHCC Horticulture program. Study areas include basic botany, nursery practices, landscape design, landscape maintenance, soils, fertilizers, plant nutrition, greenhouse structures and systems. Hands-on laboratory activities include plant ID, plant propagation by seed and cuttings, seasonal ﬂoral arrangements (fall only), pruning, basic landscape design and growing medias. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR101 Plant Identification I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Identification of woody ornamental plants, their characteristics and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on deciduous trees, and both deciduous and evergreen shrubs, and ground covers. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to identify them. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR103 Greenhouse Construct/Maintenance Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course for students interested in the construction, operation and maintenance of greenhouse structures common to the Horticulture industry. Study areas include greenhouse interior and structural design, greenhouse covering materials, greenhouse nomenclature, heating, cooling, ventilation, irrigation, and materials handling systems. Students will assist in maintaining MHCC horticulture program growing facilities. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR131 Plant Identiﬁcation II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Identiﬁes the physiological effects of alcohol on the body. Discusses alcoholism, treatment for the alcoholic as well as family members, and responsible decision-making. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Identification of woody ornamental plants, their characteristics and growth requirements. Emphasis is placed on evergreen trees, and winter/spring flowering trees and shrubs. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to describe them. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HE261 CPR-Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

HOR132 Horticulture Business Practice

HE255 Alcohol and the Family

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course will provide training and American Red Cross certiﬁcation in rescue breathing, rescue skills for airway obstruction (choking), and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) for infant, child, and adult victims. The American Red Cross Community CPR card will be awarded upon successful completion of all skill and written exams.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course to speciﬁc business practices used in the landscape and nursery industry. Instruction includes: professional responsibilities, schedules and contracts, insurance and licensing

HE265 Women’s Health Issues The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

187

Course Descriptions

188

requirements, cost estimating and bidding, building codes and nursery practices. The use of the computer in horticulture will be examined by the student in a laboratory setting, using industry examples. Students will prepare a business plan. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR133 Chemical Safety and Application Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A study of pesticides (fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, rodenticides, and molluscides), personal protective equipment and application equipment. Included are laws and licensing, labels, Material Safety Data sheets (MSDS), Worker Protection Standards (WPS), equipment maintenance and calibration, chemical mixing and pesticide safety. This course is approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for Pesticide Applicator License Core and Re-certiﬁcation credit. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HOR150 Pacific NW Horticulture Industry Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 5 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp This course provides an overview of the Pacific Northwest Ornamental Horticulture Industry. Students will visit commercial nurseries and greenhouses, retail nurseries, golf courses, landscape design and maintenance firms, wholesale and retail florists, turf farms, and industry suppliers. Prominent industry representatives will present viewpoints and outlooks for their specific areas of specialization. Prerequisite: HOR100, HOR101 or HOR102, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR151 Plant Identification III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Identification of ornamental plants, their characteristics and cultural requirements. Emphasis is placed on native flowering plants, spring flowering perennials and annuals (bedding plants), ornamental grasses and house plants. This course will deal with the vocabulary needed to describe plants and the scientific and common names used to identify them. Prerequisite: None. HOR101 and/or HOR131 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR152 Pest Identification and Control I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Introduction to the principles of integrated pest management (IPM). Identification and management of the common weed, insects and mites of importance to ornamentals and turf grass in landscape and nursery situations with emphasis on management principles consistent with IPM. Includes review of the non-pathogenic factors responsible for plant problems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR157 Landscape Management/Maintenance Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Landscape maintenance practices including preparation and care of landscaped areas. Cultivation, fertilizer application, mulching and weed control will be stressed. Lab projects will include lawn construction, renovation and maintenance. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

An introduction to landscape design and how it relates to landscape construction practices. Actual “hands-on” landscape design and construction projects will be completed by class participants. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR203 Pest Identification and Control II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An advanced study of the insects and mites of ornamentals and turf grass; from the collection and identification to the order of family. Learn the causes, proper diagnoses, and biological cycles of plant diseases. Become familiar with the common diseases caused by viruses, bacteria, fungi, nematodes, and parasitic plants and their management options consistent with IPM principles. Prerequisite: HOR152. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR204 Fall Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Commercial practices of plant propagation by cuttings, layering, division, seed, micropropagation, and specialized plant parts are covered in this course. Included are greenhouse and nursery structures and systems, growing media and fall commercial greenhouse and nursery practices. Laboratory activities emphasize fall nursery propagation and greenhouse crop production of poinsettias, chrysanthemums and lilies. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR205 Landscape Design I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The purpose of this course is to develop the student’s ability to design landscapes around residential structures. Basic principles of design will be stressed along with proper selection of ornamental plants. An overriding consideration to all design will be how to keep maintenance expenditures down. Students will be expected to develop skill in presenting their ideas graphically. Prerequisite: HOR101 or HOR131, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HOR210 Soils and Plant Nutrition Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly HOR102) The nature and properties of soil and its management. Emphasis is placed on soil formation, classiﬁcation, soil physical properties, soil water, aeration, colloids, acidity, alkalinity, organisms, organic matter, plant nutrients, soil conditioners and the use of organic and commercial fertilizers. Included are recommended management (stewardship) practices relating to each of these topics and the environment. Prerequisite: MTH60 and CH104. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR217 Turf Management I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A course introducing the principles of turfgrass management. The course includes classiﬁcation, growth and quality of grasses, identiﬁcation of warm and cool season grasses, basic soils considerations

HOR160 Introduction to Landscape Design and Construction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions and lawn establishment. Emphasis will be placed on fertilization, and general maintenance. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR231 Arboriculture Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is directed at controlling woody plant growth and is recommended for all individuals who work with or care for trees. Emphasis is placed on tree biology, tree systems, pruning techniques, and safety and environmental controls. Lab work will include: the use of microscopes to identify internal tree biology and tree associates and hands-on pruning exercises. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR232 Interiorscape Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the specialty horticulture business of Interiorscape, History, growing and cultural requirements, plant selection, planter selection installation and maintenance operations are included. Emphasis is placed on practical business operation. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR234 Winter Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Emphasis is on commercial winter greenhouse & nursery practices of plant propagation by seed, grafting, and budding. Lab work includes: seed storage and stratiﬁcation, seed germination, transplanting cuttings and seedlings, bulb forcing, division, layerage, grafting, micropropagation (tissue culture), plant nutrition and pest control. Crop production includes perennials, hanging baskets, bedding plants and woody ornamentals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR235 Landscape Design II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A studio-based, advanced study of landscape design. This course is team oriented with groups of students working on one large project for the entire quarter. Included are advanced design principles, advanced graphic techniques, presentation techniques, and introduction to construction practices. Prerequisite: HOR205 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR237 Irrigation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Identiﬁcation, design, use and installation of irrigation equipment and supplies. Emphasis will be placed on proper design of low maintenance irrigation systems used in commercial and residential landscapes. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR254 Spring Greenhouse and Nursery Practices Credits 5 (3 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students in this course are responsible for the production of marketable bedding plants, perennials and nursery stock in the MHCC Nursery. Emphasis is given to spring greenhouse and nursery practices, growing media, micro propagation (tissue culture), plant nutrition, use of growth regulators, interpreting media test results, fertilizer applications, weed control, watering practices, pruning, use of pesticides, grading, retail sales, and growing facility maintenance. A major activity for this course is the Spring MHCC Nursery Plant Sale. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR260 Advanced Landscape Design and Constructio n Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Identiﬁcation and use of landscape construction materials and equipment. Lab projects involve the use of wood, concrete, basic survey equipment, balling, burlapping and planting ornamental nursery stock. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HOR261 Perennial and Native Plants I, II, III Credits 1,1,1 (2,2,2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Identiﬁcation of native and herbaceous perennial plants, their characteristics and growth requirements, production and use in the landscape. This course will emphasize vocabulary needed to describe plants, the methods of propagation and design functions appropriate for selected plant material. Prerequisite: HOR100, HOR101, HOR131, and HOR151.

HOR265 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide students with practical experiences and a working knowledge of marketing and customer service as it relates to the ornamental horticulture industry. Study topics include; marketing and product service management, price management, product promotion, personal selling, distribution management, market research, and customer service. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HPE291 Lifeguard Training Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W The purpose of this course is to teach lifeguards the skills and knowledge needed to prevent and respond to aquatic emergencies. The course content and activities prepare lifeguard candidates to recognize emergencies, respond quickly and effectively to emergencies, and to prevent drowning and other incidents. The course also teaches first aid and CPR skills an individual needs to become a professional lifeguard. American Red Cross certificates for Lifeguard Training (which includes Community First Aid and Safety) and CPR for The Professional Rescuer will be awarded upon successful completion of this course. Additionally, the instructor may add American Red Cross module for AED/O2 (Automated External Defibrillation and Oxygen Administration) at his/her discretion. On the first day of class, all participants must complete a three-part swimming skills test to determine if they have the basic swimming abilities to complete the lifeguarding skills in the Lifeguard Training course: swim 500 yards continuously - 200 yards of freestyle, 10 yards of breaststroke, and 200 yards of mixed freestyle and/or breaststroke; and swim 20 yards, perform a surface dive in 7-10 feet of water, retrieve a 10-pound diving brick from the pool bottom, return to the surface and swim back to the starting position. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a foundation course designed to prepare students for living the rest of their lives in a state of optimal health by providing the necessary knowledge and skills that are desirable in order to make meaningful, beneﬁcial, and successful choices in the area of physical ﬁtness, nutritional awareness, sports participation, and stress

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

189

Course Descriptions

190

management. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Math.

The relevance of “language of drugs” to the human service worker is a major theme.

(HS101 - HS291 are limited to students in the Mental Health/Human Services Programs.)

HS142 Addiction Theories

HS101 Introduction to Human Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course for the technology of human service strategies. A study of community mental health, philosophy and purpose; examination of personal values and attitudes, skills, knowledge and spirit of human service work.

HS107 Orientation to Mental Health Careers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to human services agencies for human service workers with emphasis in the areas of mental illness, youth, gerontology, chemical dependency, developmentally disabled, rehabilitation, including corrections facilities and organizations serving the alienated. Prerequisite: MH/HS majors or permission of the instructor.

HS111 Interviewing Skills I Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Practice and learn micro-skills (interviewing techniques) with peers and the use of video equipment. Discussion of appropriate use of skills and examination of reciprocal process of interview. Limited to Mental Health/Human Service students or consent of instructor.

HS112 Interviewing Skills II Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Students will learn and practice inﬂuencing skills with peers and with the use of video equipment. Appropriate use of the skill will be discussed and student’s own evaluation of self and others via use of handouts will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in HS111. Limited to Mental Health/Human Service students or consent of instructor.

HS113 Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural Credits 3 (2 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will learn and practice interviewing strategies and techniques appropriate to multi-culturally diverse agencies and clients. Practice will include role-plays and lab experience. Prerequisite: Completion of HS111 and HS112.

HS121 Case Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A survey of some helping skills focusing on the role of the human service worker. This course covers the roles of the worker, the helping process and case management.

HS141 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Basic information about alcohol and other drugs of abuse. This course starts with a historical overview and then explores the effects on the body, social and legal implications and trends of use.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores the theories and related research of addiction. The focus is on examining what empirical information effects our understanding and drives our approach to treatment of the addicted person. Emphasis is on broadening our scope of understanding to include the continuum of alcohol and drug use, misuse and addiction. The relationship between alcohol and other drug use, social policy, law and signiﬁcant social change is examined. Prerequisite: Successful completion of HS141, or instructor permission.

HS143 Treatment of Addiction Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A survey of treatment modalities and the philosophies that relate are examined. Speciﬁc skills used in treatment are explored. Emphasis is on grasping the variety of therapeutic counseling techniques and variety of populations encountered while working with addicted persons. Prerequisite: Successful completion of HS141 and HS142, or instructor permission.

HS144 Dual Diagnosis II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers major mental illness and personality disorders as they relate to substance abuse and dependence. Diagnostic criteria, treatment planning and resources are addressed as they relate to dual diagnosis.

HS150 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approac h Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course explores the demands, stress and personal struggles of becoming a helper. The material includes consideration of the ethics of helping, individual motives and values of helpers and consideration of the impact that cultural and lifestyle differences have on helping. The themes of transference, stress management and burnout also are presented. A further element of this course is the application of this information to the student’s choice of ﬁeldwork site and assistance in the site selection process. Required as a prerequisite for WE280HSB.

HS153 Principles of Youth Development Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (even years) This course delineates the principles and practices of the youth development approach. Students will learn key concepts of youth development and explore their impact on individual and organizational practices. Students will also learn what promotes and what hinders positive engagement with young people. Attention will also be given to increasing youth participation and partnership in projects and programs. Building professional competency as a youth worker and the relevancy of youth development in a variety of settings will also be addressed.

HS154 Juvenile Risk Assessment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Juvenile risk assessment is a course designed to teach the fundamentals of assessing juveniles at risk of becoming involved in serious behavioral problems. The course will begin with an overview of general assessment concepts of juveniles and then become more focused upon speciﬁc types of problems such as violence, chemical dependency, delinquency and sexual offending. The course will teach a balance of theoretical models and practical experience through case discussion and self-assessment.

HS155 Negotiations Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will provide students with the opportunity to learn basic problem solving skills with an emphasis in negotiation. Course will include an introduction to conflict resolution, self-identification of conflict resolution styles, causes of conflict, good communication and negotiation skills.

the modern era. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST110 World Civilizations: Ancient World Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 110 surveys the history of world civilization in the ancient world. Topics include the origins of human civilization; the development of early Asian, African, Mediterranean, and Middle Eastern civilization; and the formation of European culture. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST111 World Civilizations: Medieval World

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course presents theory and practical application of methods used in youth care facilities to provide a positive structural climate of care for youth. Course covers boundaries, record keeping, interventions, safety and observation.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 111 surveys the history of world civilizations from early medieval times to approximately A.D. 1800. Topics include medieval Asian, Middle Eastern, African and American civilizations; and European development from the Middle Ages through the eighteenth century. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HS265 Intervention Strategies I

HST112 World Civilizations: Modern World

HS156 Milieu Management

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An overview of the major schools of psychotherapy, their basic concepts, history, use and process in therapy and case examples. Consideration of issues of selection and application of theories and discussion of the important aspects of the client/counselor relationship. Completion of HS113.

HS266 Intervention Strategies II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course presents the basic concepts of the social learning theory, crisis intervention and family theory and how they apply to the human services ﬁeld.

HS291 Practicum Seminar Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A forum for integrating classroom learning and agency work experience by sharing information, problem solving, mutual support, self-evaluation, and group participation. Class serves as one model for Interacting with co-workers in an agency setting. Prerequisite: HS150 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in WE280HSB is required. Instructor permission required.

HST104 History of the Middle East (Eastern Civilization) Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory survey of the Middle Eastern history from the First Century to the present. Topics covered include the peoples of the region, the rise of Christianity and Islam, Arab conquests starting in the Sixth Century, Arab struggles with the Byzantine and Persian empires, the ﬂowering of Arab culture during the Caliphate, the Crusades, the rise of the Turkish empires, religious struggles within the region, struggles with the West during the era of European imperialism, the importance of petroleum in the region, conﬂicts arising from the creation of Israel, and relations with the United States in

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 112 surveys the history of world civilizations from the last decades of the eighteenth century to the present. Topics which are covered include the development of modern nations and ideologies; world wars and revolutions; and current global issues. There is an emphasis on world geography. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST195 History of Vietnam War Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course is an introductory survey of Vietnamese history with an emphasis on the U.S. - Vietnamese War. Topics include the ﬁrst evidence of the Vietnamese peoples in Southeast Asia; Vietnamese struggles for independence against outside rulers including China and France; United States involvement in Vietnam from 1945 to 1975; and the Cold War, which set the framework for decisions American policymakers made regarding Vietnam. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST201 U.S. History - Pre-Colonial-1830 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course examines the European discovery of the Americas and the creation of a new independent nation, called the United States of America, to the War of 1812. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST202 U.S. History 1830 - 1917 Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 202 covers the United States from the 1830’s to the early 1900’s. A major focus in the growing sectional differences that led to the Civil War, Manifest Destiny and westward migration, Oregon’s role in early U.S. History, Reconstruction, the growth of big business, the Progressive era, and the beginnings of an American overseas empire. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

191

Course Descriptions

192

HST203 U.S. History 1910 - Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp History 203 surveys the United States from World War I through the 1980’s. Major topics include the impact of World War I and II upon American’s Home Front, the Great Depression, the start of the Cold War, the post-World War II economic and social changes, John F. Kennedy and the 1960’s, the Vietnam War, the Civil Rights movement, the youth movement, Richard Nixon and Watergate, and the election of Ronald Reagan in 1980. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST204 Women in U.S. History Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women in U.S. history. This course is offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST211 Introduction to Peace Studies Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces and explores ways in which international conflict can be resolved. Diplomatic, economic, legal, military, political, and religious methods for conflict resolution are explored. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.

Malcom X, Martin Luther King, and Robert F. Kennedy; the Vietnam War, the Anti-war Movement; the emergence of a counterculture, the Women’s Movement; and the music, literature, and ﬁlms of the era. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST240 History of Oregon Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the history of Oregon from pre-historic times to the recent past. Topics covered include the Native American experience, the explorers, the frontier experience, patterns of settlement, ethnic and cultural diversity, Oregon in the twentieth century, and current events. Offered at irregular intervals.

HST264 African American History Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys African American history from the seventeenth century to the present. Topics include major eras in AfricanAmerican history, African-American cultural leaders, and current issues. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST270 History of Mexico

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the principles of nonviolent political theory. The ethical, religious, intellectual, economic, and practical foundations of selected nonviolent strategies are explored. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys Mexican history. Topics covered include an examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish Conquest, colonial Mexico, the independence movements, and modern Mexico. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and political aspects of Mexico history. This course is offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST213 Peace Studies: World Order Theory

HST271 History of Central America

HST212 Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the principles of world order theory. The ramiﬁcations of a one-world government for global ethnic, cultural, political, religious, economic, and ecological issues are explored. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST220 History of U.S. Labor Movement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to raise the students’ awareness of the various aspects of labor relations with an emphasis on how the labor movement in the U.S. has struggled to maintain its existence in the face of strong challenges from various special interest groups. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST225 Women in World History Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the contributions and experiences of women in selected global cultures from prehistory to the present. Offered at irregular intervals. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST237 America in the 1960s

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the history of Central America from the precolonial era to the present time. Selected countries are studied individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic, and political aspects of Central American history. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST272 History of South America Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys South American history. Topics covered include an examination of pre-Colombian civilizations, the Spanish and Portuguese conquests, colonial South America, the independence movements, and modern South America. Selected countries are studied individually. The course emphasizes the cultural, economic and political aspects of South American history. This course is offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST292 China: Past and Present Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the historical and cultural development of Chinese civilization from earliest time to the present. Emphasis will

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course will explore the political, cultural and social forces that deﬁne the United States during the decade of the 1960s. Topics covered will include the Civil Rights Movement, image and reality in the Kennedy Administration; the assassinations of John Kennedy, See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions be given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts and structures, and their historical evolution. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. Offered at irregular intervals.

tive to customer service will be employed. The new dimension of customer service on the Internet landscape will be incorporated into this program. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST293 Japan: Past and Present

HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course surveys the historical and cultural development of Japanese civilization from earliest times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the traditional intellectual and socio-political concepts and structures and their historical evolution. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide a general overview of the operations within a travel/tour agency ofﬁce. It will include instruction on air travel, international travel, ground transportation, accommodations, cruises, and tours. Students will get hands-on experience in using reference and resource materials that are utilized in the real world. Selling and marketing of the travel product will also be introduced. The role of the travel counselor in today’s changing travel industry environment will be discussed as well as current issues confronting the travel business. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST294 History of Ancient Greece Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys Greek history from the earliest known examples of Greek culture through the empire created by Alexander the Great. A special focus of the course is impact of classical Greek culture and civilization upon world societies today. Topics covered include the Greeks in the Bronze and Iron Age; the Greek Dark Ages and Archaic Age; the astonishing Greek victories over the Persians; the rise of the city-states, especially Athens; the Peloponnesian Wars; and Alexander the Great and his empire. This course is required for students in the MHCC Greek Archaeology sequence, but is open to all. This course is also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HST298 History Research Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course focuses on the skills needed for the successful completion of a history research paper. It provides a guided experience in library research, planning, and writing a history research paper. Correct use of footnotes and bibliographic style for the history research paper also will be emphasized in this course. Students work independently, meeting with the instructor as needed. Prerequisite: The student must be concurrently enrolled in a three-credit history course. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT33 Special Events and Attractions Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The development, promotion and management of special events and attractions has become a major part of the hospitality industry. Every organization, city, state, and country uses these tools to develop tourism in their regions. This course will explore career options in special events and attractions. The planning process, developmental considerations, operational aspects, marketing and promotion, ﬁnancial management and budgeting, stafﬁng, and fund-raising and sponsorship acquisition will be covered. Economic, social and physical impacts will be explored. Offered at irregular intervals.

HT41 Customer Service Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Customer service, the buzzword of the 21st century, is a key element in the successful operations of business and industry. The course will provide historical perspective of the customer service industry as well as train students to develop and use excellent customer service skills. A total quality management approach with a global perspec-

HT47 Airlines, Cruises, and Tours Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is a course designed to focus on three major industries within travel and tourism giving students an opportunity to explore these industries is greater depth. The exploration will include a historical perspective of each industry, a profile of several different companies both domestic and international within each industry, and an investigation of the different products provided by these industries. A study of how products are designed and marketed will also be included. The concept of preferred vendors/supplies will be introduced as well as the interrelationships of these industries with various organizations/ channels of distribution. Students will examine career opportunities and key contacts within each of these industries along with learning product knowledge that is essential in working in the travel and tourism field. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT42, or by permission of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT48 etravel.com Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The Internet and world wide web are ever changing the travel and tourism business landscape. Travel and tourism offerings on the information superhighway continue to increase and it has become essential that students begin to understand and utilize the tools that are offered on the Internet. This course is designed to create a greater awareness of travel products on the Internet, and how supplier, retailers and the consumer use the Internet. The etravel.com course will investigate web sites created for the purpose of selling travel products and students will learn how to use these sites as well as how to evaluate the site’s effectiveness. Suggested prerequisites: HT42, HT47, HT180A/W. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT104 Introduction to Travel and Tourism Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course presents a comprehensive, systems view of tourism stressing the interrelationships and interdependency of its various elements. Included are how tourism works and its incorporation and utilization in business. Influences pertaining to how and why people travel, how to increase the benefits of tourism and what the benefits of tourism are to a destination will be examined. The state of Oregon Hospitality Training will be presented. Job opportunities within the travel and tourism field will be explored. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

193

Course Descriptions

194

Students taking this course will learn the ﬁne art of managing catered events, restaurant operations and many other types of food service establishments. On and off-premise catering for hotels/resorts, convention and meeting facilities will be featured. Along with contract catering for the airlines, health care, college and university, military, club management and casino operations. Dining room service skills, techniques of alcohol service, sanitation, nutrition and menu planning will be focal points. A project-oriented approach will be used to connect students to a real-world environment. Environmental management of facilities planning and design, kitchen equipment and furnishings and principles of basic cookery will be explained. The perfect course for jump-starting a career in the meetings, events, hotel and resort, and restaurant industries. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT106 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F The hospitality industry and its history and development, and the composition of the many various components of the industry will be discussed in this course. The organization, career opportunities and challenges faced by operations of hotels/resorts/restaurants and other food service establishments and convention and leisure facilities will be explored. Current issues and future trends facing the industry will be discussed, along with suggestions for educational and professional development within the industry. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT107 Introduction to Leisure/Recreation Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed as a general survey course to provide students with a broad understanding of the nature and scope of recreation and leisure behavior and resources upon which they can build their subsequent future specialization. The focus of the course will deal with the hospitality and tourism industry and its relationship to both public, private, commercial and voluntary recreation and leisure activities. The history of the recreation and leisure industry will be explored, career opportunities, its organization and structure, specific resource and facility management, planning, programming and activities preparation, and finally the future problems and opportunities facing the recreation and leisure industry. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides students with the basic concepts of geography by focusing on a broad overview of tourism throughout the Western Hemisphere. Primary emphasis is given to areas of touristic importance and the places and activities of greatest interest to potential tourist-visiting areas around the Western Hemisphere. This course will cover basic concepts of physical geography, psychological and sociological factors affecting travel, immigration, customs and health requirements for Western Hemisphere travel. Travel/tourism geography of the Western Hemisphere will be presented by region. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

operations, housekeeping and sanitation, food and beverage, and facility operations, including risk management/security, accounting/ﬁnancial operations, and hospitality services. Prerequisite: HT106 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Control Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will cover the essentials of operational management and accounting controls as they relate to food and beverage outlets and labor scheduling in any department. Interrelationships between menus, pricing, purchasing, storing, receiving, preparation, service, cash receipt, and billing are discussed along with the relationship between managerial planning and control of the labor functions. Proﬁt maximizing will be the emphasis. Prerequisite: HT105 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT180A Airline Computer Reservation System Training: Apollo Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode, check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars, hotel, seat assignments, queues, etc. will be taught. The student will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT180W Airline Computer Reservation System Training: Worldspan Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course offers hands-on computer training on a major airline computer software system. Students will learn to encode/decode, check for availability, sell airline seats and build a basic passenger name record (PNR). Fare displays, pricing, ticketing and other aspects of the computer reservation system such as booking cars, hotel, seat assignments, queues, etc. will be taught. The student will have an overview of the kinds of information the system has to offer, how to access and use it. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of the instructor. Some knowledge of computers is recommended. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT181 Computer Applications in the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide students with skills for operating hotel management and food and beverage operations computer systems. It will expose the student to the uses and applications of computer and high-technology equipment in the hospitality industry. The course will cover types of computer hardware, applications software, operations software, and the evaluation and selection of

HT160 Hotel and Resort Operations Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course includes a more detailed presentation of hotel and motel operations and management in specific areas including front office See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions computer systems. Property management systems will be investigated, including both front and back office applications and their interface devices. The food service area will include electronic cash registers, pre-checking equipment, pre-costing systems, menu engineering, beverage control systems, order entry, and back office management. A lab will be conducted weekly for student hands-on practice. Prerequisites: CS105, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed to familiarize hospitality and tourism students and presently employed personnel in the industry with Eastern Hemisphere travel and tourism geography. Emphasis is given to international destinations and the places and activities of greatest interest to potential tourists visiting areas in the Eastern Hemisphere. Physical geography, customs, health requirements, how to deal with emergencies and business travel will be included. The student will learn about cultural geography, gestures, hosting international visitors and other cultural aspects of international destination in the Eastern Hemisphere. Suggested Prerequisite: HT104 and HT140. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT205 Travel and Tourism Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course acts as an extension of the introductory tourism course and delves into the actual planning and marketing of tourism products and services. It will cover the basic marketing cycle and include key principles such as strategies, assessments, objectives, and evaluation. Marketing management functions of travel agents and tourism personnel will also be discussed including individual and group planning arrangements, and agency relationships with suppliers. Techniques and strategies in selling the travel products along with current marketing techniques used. An exploration of how the Internet affects and enhances marketing will be covered. Prerequisite: HT104 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide a general overview of the hospitality industry and review financial accounting concepts. It will deal with analysis of financial statements, the uniform system of accounts, internal controls, costs from a management perspective, cost-volume-profit analysis, pricing, budgeting for operations, forecasting, handling of leases, capital expense decisions, and taxation. Prerequisite: AC110 and CS105, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to acquaint the student with a managerial framework for well-founded operating decisions. Speciﬁc attention will be paid to the hotel/guest relationship, innkeeper’s lien, crimes against innkeepers, overview of employment rights, policy formulation, duty to protect guests and their belongings, ejection of guests and non-guests, and also will cover an introduction to general business law dealing with torts and contracts. Prerequisite: HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT240 Convention and Meetings Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course covers the management and operation of the convention/meetings market of the hospitality industry. It includes an introduction to the meetings industry, promotional activities, negotiating for meeting services, convention market salesmanship, customer service, and convention servicing. Facilities and event planning, and convention methods and techniques are explored at length. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT242 Supervisory Management in the Hospitality Industry Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course will enable Hospitality and Tourism students to learn skills necessary for effective supervision and be able to apply them in their work situation. Self development, role of the supervisor, management and leadership skills, communication, decision-making, planning and controlling, motivating, and staff development comprise the course. Lectures, ﬁlms, group discussions, group activities, and simulation exercises are used to familiarize participants with the skills. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course considers current issues and trends in the hospitality industry. Students will have an opportunity to share information and participate in problem solving in selected areas of interest. Prerequisites: HT104, HT105, and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course covers the application of marketing concepts and techniques to the hospitality industry. The student will select a specific sector of the industry and prepare a proposed plan for marketing that sector of the potential customers or will prepare an analysis of existing marketing strategies of a specific business or industry. It will address key marketing principles as they apply to the hospitality industry. The marketing plan element will include: situation analysis, marketing objectives and strategies, marketing management and evaluation, pricing, promotion, programming, and advertising. Prerequisite: HT104 and HT106 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

HTX20 Certified Travel Counselor Credits (20 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The CTC certification program is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents for travel agents and those who work with or sell to agents. The CTC twenty-week program is offered over two terms that includes skill/core courses in business development/ business planning and financial planning, contemporary issues/ impact of technology and marketing strategies, and professional development/marketing presentations and negotiations. Besides the required core courses of study, students must also select and study six electives such as niche marketing, managing change, service

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

195

Course Descriptions

196

fees, managing conflict, etc. Upon completion of the course study, students are prepared to take the CTC exam, the culmination of ICTA’s certification process, and the pinnacle of travel industry professionalism. Must be enrolled in the CTC program through the Institute of Certified Travel Agent’s (ICTA).

HTX21AC Certified Travel Associate Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry. In this ten-week course we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA program - Touring the World, Planning Itineraries, History & Trends, Understanding Client Needs - and two electives - geography and travel industry. A successful travel career depends on specialized knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must also take HTX21B, a ten-week course that offers the remaining four core subjects and two electives required to complete the CTA program and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the CTA candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking both HTX21A & HTX21B, passes the CTA test within one year of enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candidate will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Student must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA.

HTX21BC Certified Travel Associate Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) for people currently working in the travel industry or a student in a travel and tourism program. In this ten-week course we will be featuring four core areas of the CTA program - Selling Travel, Customer Service, Interpersonal Communication, Computer Technology - and two electives - Sales & Service, Communication & Technology. A successful travel career depends on specialized knowledge, effective skills, and the willingness to pursue ongoing professional growth. This course will provide that. The student must also take HTX21A(C), a ten-week course that offers the remaining four core & two electives required to complete the CTA program and enabling the student to take the CTA exam. Once the CTA candidate completes the 12 accredited CTA courses by taking both HTX21A(C) and HTX21B(C), passes the CTA test within one year of enrollment, and possesses at least 18 months of full-time travel industry work experience at the time of completion, then the candidate will receive the CTA designation. The CTA is a prerequisite for the CTC program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students must enroll in the CTA program directly with ICTA.

HTX26 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: United States HTX27 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: France and Italy HTX28 Beverage Mgmt - Wines of/World: Other Countries Credits 1,1,1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) These courses are a series of one-credit courses to teach students about the Beverage Industry as it relates to the Hospitality and Tourism Industry. Component tastings will be an integral part of each class, with lecture and discussion surrounding such topics as the history, cultivation, production, storage, service, merchandising, marketing, cost controls, and appreciation for the various types of

beverages. Other course offerings include Brewed Beverages, Alcoholic Spirits, Non-Alcoholic Beverages, Wines of Europe, and Wines of Other Countries. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Must be 21 years of age and have picture proof of I.D.

HTX29 Beverage Management: Alcoholic and NonAlcoholic Beverages Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course prepares the student for proﬁtable management of alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverage operations in the hospitality industry. It will cover the history of beverages, their production and manufacture, writing of beverage lists, purchasing and storage functions, service and alcohol service controls, cost management, marketing and merchandising, beginning mixology, and alcohol regulations. A component tasting will be a part of each class period. Students must show proof of age (21). Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career in the hospitality and tourism foodservice management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an exploration of various styles of cuisine and proper methods of food and equipment handling. Sanitation practices will be emphasized and reinforced. The course will explore the culinary arts from a management perspective beginning with menu planning, restaurant development project management, financing of projects, labor planning and scheduling, dining room service and beverage service, basic kitchen design, and understanding kitchen equipment. The food production lab will define basic fundamentals and the requisite ingredients needed to accomplish food preparation.

HTX36 Culinary Arts - Food Prep II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to prepare the new or continuing student for either a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice Management ﬁeld, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the Culinary Arts. It will involve a transition from basic to intermediate food skills and include reacquainting the student with equipment, food handling, and safety, and exploration of various styles of Regional American Cuisine. Sanitation practices will be re-emphasized and reinforced.

HTX37 Culinary Arts Food Prep III Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is designed to prepare the student for either a career in the Hospitality and Tourism Foodservice Management field, or to upgrade an individual’s skills in the culinary arts. It will involve an exploration of various styles of world cuisine and proper methods of food and equipment handling. The course will include three weeks of Asian cuisine including Chinese, Japanese and Thai; followed by three weeks of Mediterranean cuisine including Greek, Italian and North African; followed by three weeks of regional American cuisine including Mexican, Cajun and Northwest. Sanitation practices will be emphasized and reinforced. The course will explore the culinary arts from a management perspective beginning with menu planning, restaurant development project management, financing of projects, labor planning and scheduling, dining room service and beverage service, basic kitchen design and understanding kitchen equipment. The food production lab will define basic fundamentals and the requisite ingredients needed to accomplish food prepara-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions tion. Offered at irregular intervals.

HTX40C Destination Specialist Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The Destination Specialist program is designed by the Institute of Certified Travel Agents (ICTA) to provide relevant information necessary for today’s serious travel professionals, including those currently working in the field, students interested in a career in the travel industry and anyone interested in learning more about travel geography. The program will highlight one of the following geographic locations: North America, Western Europe, European Culture and Heritage, Caribbean, Pacific Rim, Latin America, Africa, etc. - and will build travel and tourism geographic knowledge of the area. The program goes beyond basic geography to include such information as how to get there, when to go, pre-trip counseling, accommodations, arrival information, spotlights on unique features and attractions, festivals and customs, and itinerary planning. Students who pass ICTA’s DS exam will receive a Destination Specialist diploma. Because there are many different DS courses, students may repeat HTX40(C). Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HTX43 Travel Career Training Credits 12 (9 Lecture - 9 Lab - 1 Seminar Hrs/Wk) - Su/W Ten weeks of travel career training to prepare the learner for numerous careers in the tourism industry. This program will integrate classroom and individualized instruction with practical application training. Hands-on training combined with travel computer instruction will accompany a cooperative education internship, an industry-based work experience. Students will also be assisted in career opportunity placement with resume writing, interviewing and job search skills. Students will also have the opportunity to receive a Destination Specialist (DS) designation and to take the Travel Agency Proﬁciency (TAP) test. The credits earned in HTX43 are equivalent to HT42, HT140, HT180W and WE280HTA. Instructor permission is required.

HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a general survey course to provide students with an understanding of the nature and scope of functions which occur at large, multi-use recreation and sport facilities, and require multiskilled individuals to successfully manage their enterprise. The course will deal with the emerging recreational sport industry as well as the special event nature of high investment facilities which seek to optimize their use and cater to heavy public use. Recent experience of voter authorized expenditures or privately funded facilities will be utilized to provide students with the broadest understanding of career possibilities. Marketing strategies, management practices, and maintenance demands, along with techniques of providing a good experience for target users, which accrue economic beneﬁts to the entire service area will be examined. An historical perspective of how public assembly activities have evolved over time will be explored to better understand the dynamics of recreation and sport activities and to anticipate future trends.

HUM100 Humanities Through the Arts Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk)

This course examines the arts of film, drama, music, literature, painting, sculpture, and architecture that influence the cultures and lifestyles of the Western world. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM105 Italian Life and Culture Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Offered as a required course in the Florence Fall Quarter program, this course gives students basic survival Italian language skills necessary for daily living and travel. It also provides an introduction to social, historical and cultural features of Italian life from the Renaissance to the present. Course combines language training, lectures and ﬁeld trips. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM106 British Life and Culture Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Offered as a required course in the London Quarter program, HUM106 gives students a broad overview of British culture and civilization. The course takes a social, historical and cultural approach to contemporary British society and examines traditions and institutions to help understand the British way of life in the 21st century and Britain’s role in an increasingly-unified Europe. Components are lectures by British guest lecturers and related field trips to such places as the Museum of London, The National Gallery, Tate Gallery, The National Theatre, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, and the House of Parliament. Supporting seminar discussions are also included which will assist student’s adjustment to and understanding about living in a different culture. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM110 Contemporary Culture I: Human Values Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F In this course, students compare and contrast traditional Western cultural values with the values of selected non-Western cultures. In so doing, class members delve into their own individual values, focusing on their development and transformation with insight into their placement in and relationship with the broad array of cultural values from around the world. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM111 Contemporary Culture II: Changing Values Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuing from HUM110, students continue to explore key components in all human experience, often contrasting Western cultural values with those of other cultures. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM112 Contemporary Culture III: Future Trends Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Technology always affects our lives, often in ways we cannot foresee, yet we are responsible for the direction in which technology takes us. This course focuses on the payoffs and price tags of more and more powerful technologies, the ethical dilemmas they raise, and the changes in lifestyles brought about by their introduction. Recommended prerequisite: HUM110 or HUM111. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

197

Course Descriptions

198

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course examines the responsibilities of employers and employees in the workplace and the resulting ethical dilemmas. Students learn the importance of establishing ethical standards to allow people to live and work together, while at the same time seeing the difﬁculties of formulating those standards due to the diversity of people and the interests involved. Many cases are the basis of discussion, while practical company programs are examined to see how business deals with ethical matters in the real world. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

HUM210 Special Studies in Humanities: Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Special Studies in Humanities is a one-term course which provides a gateway to upper division study in four your institutions. It is a multi-disciplinary and interactive course that increases communication skills, promotes understanding of the human experience and its diverse perspectives, develops an understanding of ethical and social responsibility, and heightens student’s critical thinking and inquiry capabilities. Course themes vary. Students may take up to 12 credits on three separate themes. This course fulﬁlls Portland State University transfer recommendations and requirements. Prerequisite: Must have completed or place beyond the following: WR121; RD115; MTH20 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. ***

INR224 Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines the fundamentals of wetlands ecology; the hydric soils, flora and fauna of wetlands, as well as their functional role as filtering systems and catch basins. Lab work focuses on mapwork and field identification of their physical and biological properties, used as a basis for establishing a wetlands designation for a given area. Prerequisite: FT242 and BOT203 or consent of instructor.

INR228 Field Projects Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will synthesize the principles and field skills gained from previous coursework by planning, developing and completing a specific field project for an independent client. A variety of project management processes are presented for application to student field projects. Data will be recorded in field journals and results and recommendations communicated both orally and in technical reports.

INTL101 Introduction to International Studies Credits 4 ( Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly IS110) Students examine the differences in belief systems and lifestyles of three major world cultures (cultures may change depending on the course’s instructor) with the intent to begin learning how to observe and understand other cultural perspectives. Later in the term, students use their understanding of cultural differences to begin developing global approaches to solving some of the world’s more pressing problems. Prerequisite: WR115 or placement equivalent to WR121 on the College Placement Test. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

IS210 Comparative Culture I Credits 1-6 (1-6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Designed to introduce the student, through direct observation and experience, to the culture of a speciﬁc country or countries. Credits may be part of a structured study abroad program, or credits may be assigned by contract with a faculty member for study and/or work done as part of a student’s independent travel experience. Grades typically based on reading projects, journal entries, and/or validation of work/service experience when appropriate. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Concurrent independent travel and/or enrollment in a study abroad program required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. ***

J134, J134B Introduction to Photojournalism Credits 3,2 (2 Lecture – 2,0 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Studies the photographic process and the use of photographs in news layout. Covers beginning production methods, developing and printing photos for photo essay. (J134 grants 3 credits and requires 2 lab hours per week.) Prerequisite: ART261 or ART262, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J202 Information Gathering Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Survey of methods and strategies for acquiring information of use to the various mass media. Particular attention is paid to Internet research. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J204 Visual Communication Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Theory and application of visual communication in newspapers, magazines, video, internet, advertising and public relations. Prerequisite: J226; or Quark XPress or PageMaker skills; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

J205 Public Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Analysis of contemporary developments in publicity and public relations with emphasis on application of skills to problem solving. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J211 Introduction to Mass Communications Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp A survey course for transfer journalism, journalism arts majors and others interested in understanding the role of print, electronic media and public opinion in a democratic society. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J215A, J215B Publications Lab Credits 1,2 - maximum 12 (3,6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Practical application of communications instruction through work on the student publications (newspaper and magazine). Students are involved in all areas of production. A maximum of twelve hours may be taken (two credits per term). The student must take six terms. Students enrolling for 2 credits need consent of instructor.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Prerequisite: Successful completion of, or concurrent enrollment in J216, or consent of instructor.

J216 Reporting I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W A beginning class in newswriting. Emphasis is placed on writing leads, developing the story and a sense for news. Character and communication of news, rights and responsibilities of journalists explored. Open to all students. Prerequisite: Keyboarding ability or a concurrent keyboarding class required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J217 Reporting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of Reporting I with emphasis placed on comprehensive news story writing, covering speeches and meetings, and interviewing. Prerequisite: J216 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J218 Copy Editing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis is on editing, proofreading, design and makeup of newspapers. Prerequisite: J217 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J225 Introduction to Advertising Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to advertising and its functions. Course focuses on vocabulary, layout, copywriting and marketing with an emphasis on print and electronic media. Includes a segment on public relations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

J226 Introduction to Journalism Production Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a basic introduction to the specialized functions of print production: typography, printing, design, photography and camera-ready art. It is designed for journalists who need a general understanding of how stories and photos go from newsroom to newsprint. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

JPN101 First Year Japanese I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proﬁciency, this course introduces students to the Japanese language and the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: None: Note: Student who have completed one year or less of high school level Japanese are advised to take JPN101 before attempting more advanced Japanese courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN102 First Year Japanese II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of JPN101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experi-

ences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: JPN101 or 3-4 semesters of high-school level Japanese or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN103 First Year Japanese III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the Japanese language and Japanese speaking cultures, this course provides materials and experiences which help students conﬁrm their basic communication skills in Japanese and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to Japanese-speaking countries. Prerequisite: JPN102 or 5-6 semesters of high-school level Japanese or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN111 Beginning Japanese Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course introduces students to Japanese by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss Japanese culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the Japanese way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN112 Beginning Japanese Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Continuing from JPN111, this course continues to offer students practice in speaking and listening in Japanese while exploring the life of Japanese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN111, JPN101, or one semester of high-school level Japanese or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN113 Beginning Japanese Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course completes the introduction of Japanese conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN112, JPN101, or one semester of high-school level Japanese or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN201 Second Year Japanese I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proficiency, this course helps students continue to establish proficiency in the Japanese language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level Japanese, or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN202 Second Year Japanese II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) A continuation of JPN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in Japanese while exploring the cultures of Japanese speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

199

Course Descriptions

200

JPN203 Second Year Japanese III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Completing the sequence of intermediate level Japanese, students develop skills to help them become proﬁcient communicators in the Japanese language and within the day-to-day contexts found in Japanese speaking cultures. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: JPN202. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN211 Intermediate Japanese Conversation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course supplements JPN201 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN103, or 7 - 8 semesters of high school Japanese or equivalent. Co-Requisite: JPN201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN212 Intermediate Japanese Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course supplements JPN202 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN201 and JPN211, or equivalent. Co-requisite: JPN202. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

JPN213 Intermediate Japanese Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course supplements JPN203 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPN202 and JPN212, or equivalent. Co-requisite: JPN203. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. ***

LA230 Law Office Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OA130) This course is designed for an in-depth coverage of the many specialized procedures that are unique to the law office. Special emphasis is given to filing procedures, conflict of interest checks, billing cycles, non-court documents, sources of information, various recordkeeping procedures and the building of human relations in the law office. Students will be involved in “job shadowing” in a legal office and tours of the downtown state and federal courts and law offices. Prerequisite: Knowledge of a word processing software and 40 wpm typewriting. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

LA231 Law Office Simulation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OA131) A continuation of Law Office Systems. Students will fine tune their skills in the simulated law office of Ashton and Grainger. Students will prepare a filing system, dockets, account summaries, billing statements, calendars, correspondence, non-court and court documents, and other routine office assignments. Completion of units on a legal office job search and interviewing will be included. Prerequisite: Knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Concurrent

enrollment in LA232 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

LA232 Pleadings and Practices I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OA132) This course is designed to develop skills in the preparation of forms, pleadings, and other documents pertaining to the law ofﬁce. Students should be able to understand their content and order of sequence whether prepared for the attorney for client use or for the court system. Transcription is used extensively and all assignments will be prepared with the use of WordPerfect and Word in a computerized classroom. Topics to be covered include: legal correspondence and instruments, corporations, family law, adoptions, guardian ad litem, non-court documents, and legal research. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of WordPerfect and Word. Concurrent enrollment with LA231 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

LA233 Pleadings and Practices II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly OA133) A continuation of Pleading and Practices I. Topics to be covered will be: wills and intestate succession, probate, Uniform Trial Court Rules (UTCR’s), Multnomah County Supplemental Local Rules (SLR’s), personal injury and civil litigation, workers’ compensation, federal court procedures, bankruptcy, appellant procedures, and real estate. Prerequisite: LA 232 and a working knowledge of WordPerfect and Word; or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

LA241 Trial Case Management/Multnomah County Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OA41) Students will become familiar with the Oregon Rules of Civil Procedure (ORCP) as it applies to the Uniform Trial Court Rules (UTCR) and the Supplementary Local Rules (SLR) for Multnomah County. Application of these rules on actual court cases will begin with the initial interview of the client, preparation of complaint and summons, discovery motions, arbitration, trial and final disposition of cases. Prerequisite: LA233, or one year of law office experience, or instructor permission. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

LA242 Accredited Legal Secretary (ALS) Certification Review Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OAX42) Becoming an ALS is to demonstrate preparedness for the demanding field of law. This designation is awarded after passing a four-hour, three-part examination. Attaining this goal demonstrates your commitment and aptitude for succeeding in the ever-changing legal environment. This course will prepare you to sit for this nationally recognized certification exam. Prerequisite: LA233 or one year of law office experience. ***

MA19 Introduction to Medical Assisting Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course in Medical Assisting presents the histori-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions cal background of the profession and its role in various healthcare systems. Specific information about the profession, the practice, and the regulation of medical assisting will be discussed. Other topics explored include principles of effective oral and written communications, asepsis, infection control, medical office emergencies, rehabilitation medicine, and ethical/legal concepts. Theoretical and practical aspects of specific skills are also included. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MA20 Clinical Procedures I Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides the study and practice of clinical duties of the medical office assistant. These duties include preparation of the patient and assisting the physician in procedures commonly performed in the medical office. This course provides the theory and practice of medical asepsis, vital signs, positioning, injection techniques, minor surgery, routine exams, and medical emergencies. Prerequisites: MA14, MA15, MA19, BI121, BI122 and MO47. Student must have completed all required health exams and immunizations before enrolling. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MA21 Clinical Procedures II Credits 5 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The medical assistant student will study the theory and practice of beginning skills in the various simple laboratory procedures to aid the physician in diagnosing the patient’s illness, including the collection, preparation and preservation of specimens for diagnostic studies. Also included is the study and practice of equipment use and care, obtaining specimens, hematology, smears and cultures. Prerequisite: MA14, MA15, MA19, MA20, BI121, BI122 and MO47. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MA23 Pharmacology/Medical Ofﬁce Occupations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to the principles of pharmacology with a comprehensive study of drug action, routes of administration, and indications for use of generic drugs, trade name drugs, and classes of drugs by medical specialty. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MA24 Medical Law and Ethics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course presents the medical/legal concepts and issues pertinent to medical offices and hospitals for the medical office worker. The student is provided with a basic knowledge of law, ethics and bioethics applicable to the medical office settings. The implications for delivery of healthcare by medical office workers is discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MA25 Disease Processes Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course presents the general principles of disease followed by a review of the important diseases affecting the individual body organs and systems. Each of the principle disease processes is studied in relation to its etiology, pertinent diagnostic procedures, signs and symptoms, pathological changes, prognosis, and preferred treatment modalities both medical and surgical. Co-requisite: MO14 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MA26 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) – W

The student will learn and practice the procedures involved in proper application of E.C.G. leads to a patient in order to obtain a recording of the electrical impulses of the heart. Prerequisite: MA20 or instructor consent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MA30 Phlebotomy Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides essential theory related to performing blood collection procedures, including infection control/safety, basic anatomy and physiology, specimen collection, processing and handling techniques, quality control/assurance and laboratory operations. Students must be concurrently enrolled in MA31. Prerequisite: GED or High School Diploma. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing and Math.

MA31 Applied Phlebotomy Credits 4 (2 Lab - 12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides a laboratory and clinical environment to safely learn and practice a variety of blood collection/processing techniques. Emphasis is placed on accuracy of collection and technique development. Students must be concurrently enrolled in MA30. Prerequisite: GED or High School Diploma. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, and Math.

MA40 Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This is a review course to prepare the student for the national certification examination for medical assistants. Prerequisite: Completion of medical assisting training from an accredited medical assisting program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MA46 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Exit Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for competency testing which is required of all medical assisting students when they have completed their program coursework and are preparing for employment. Prerequisite: MA20 and MA21. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

MA48 Telephone Triage in the Medical Ofﬁce Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to provide students with basic skills in medical assessment and medical documentation within the scope of practice of medical assisting. Students will learn how to ask general assessment questions regarding patient health concerns and be knowledgeable in prioritizing status of care necessary to meet the health needs of patients. Students will be taught how to use physician-authorized telephone triage manuals. Students will document all pertinent communication and care given to patient. Prerequisite: MO14, MO15, MA20, MA21, and MA24; all with a “C” or better; or completion of a formal medical assisting training program. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MFG110 Machine Shop I Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is a lecture class with instruction in the fundamentals of industrial processes and machines that are required of the machinist. Layout and machining metal by drilling, sawing, turning, milling, and grinding will be introduced. An introduction to and use of the “Machinery’s Handbook”; and use and maintenance of machinist hand tools are

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

201

Course Descriptions

202

presented. Concurrent enrollment in MFG111 is required.

MFG111 Machine Shop I Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a lab class with instruction in the fundamentals of industrial processes and machines that are required of the machinist. The student will perform layout and machining metal by drilling, sawing, turning, milling, and grinding. The application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” will be stressed; and use and maintenance of machinist hand tools are demonstrated in the completion of assigned exercises. Concurrent enrollment in MFG110 or consent of instructor is required.

MFG113 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading and Sketchin g Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is intended to provide the student with the principles and skills of reading mechanical blueprints and sketching as related to the machine tool industry. Also included will be the study of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing.

MFG115 Industrial Safety Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a comprehensive study of safety issues in the modern machine shop and manufacturing environment. Topics will include hazardous materials/waste, ﬁre safety, crane and forklift safety, biohazards and blood-borne pathogens, materials safety, MSDS forms, personal safety in lifting and work environment, machine safety, and general shop safety.

MFG116 Introduction to Precision Measuring Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This theory and lab course is designed to introduce inch and metric measurement systems. It will also provide hands-on training with semi-precision and precision measuring tools including rulers, combination squares, outside micrometers, calipers, height gages, depth micrometers, inside micrometers telescoping gages, small hole gages, surface gages and dial indicators.

MFG130 Machine Shop II Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides instruction in basic machine tool operation and maintenance. Included are topics addressing engine lathes, milling machines, surface and cylindrical grinders, abrasives, and cutting ﬂuids. Continues developing the use and application of the “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111 or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG131 is required.

MFG131 Machine Shop II Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a lab course with instruction in basic machine tool operation. Students will be setting up and operating surface and cylindrical grinders, engine lathes, milling machines, drill presses and learning the use and application of abrasive materials and cutting ﬂuids.

Instruction will include use of the “Machinery’s Handbook” as applied to machining projects. Prerequisite: MFG110 and MFG111, or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG130 or consent of instructor is required.

MFG134 Metallurgy Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W A course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metallurgy, foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and non-destructive test methods. The focus will be on metallurgical issues faced by the machine tool operator/machinist. Concurrent enrollment in MFG135 is required.

MFG135 Metallurgy Lab Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A lab course designed to provide fundamental knowledge of the manufacturing processes of the metals industry, ferrous metallurgy, foundry process, and properties and use of plastics and non-destructive test methods. Lab work will include metallurgical processes involving microscopic and macroscopic examination of heat treated specimens, hardness and tensile testing, non-ferrous casting processes, and non-destructive test methods. Concurrent enrollment in MFG134 is required.

MFG136 Introduction to CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to CNC machine tools. The student will setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. This will include a basic introduction to CNC coordinate systems for milling and turning and learning how to read and interpret CNC code. Students will be introduced to the application of cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations.

MFG137 Introduction to Computer Aided Design for Machinists Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will teach the basics of Computer Aided Design using AutoCAD software. The student will create drawings and drawing exchange ﬁles using AutoCAD commands. Emphasis is placed on developing accuracy and correct drawing procedures. This course will relate the design of parts to part manufacturing.

MFG150 Machine Shop III Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a theory course that provides basic instruction in machine tools and operations that are used by machinists in industrial settings. The focus will be on the radial drill press, contour sawing, carbide and carbide tooling, and additional operations using the engine lathe and the milling machines. Application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” continues. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG151 or consent of instructor is required.

MFG151 Machine Shop III Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions This course is a lab course with instruction in basic operations of machine tools expected by the machinist working in industry. Topics addressed will be the operation of the radial drill press, contour band saw, standard bench work practice, with additional skill building instruction in the operation of the engine lathe and milling machines. Carbide tooling standards and applications will be integrated into lab exercises. There will be additional application of the “Machinery’s Handbook” in the process. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131. Concurrent enrollment in MFG150 or consent of instructor is required.

MFG153 CNC Machining Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a continuation course with focus on teaching the student to setup and operate CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. The student will set up and operate all CNC machines in the shop. This will include the reading and interpreting of CNC code; editing programs; program prove out; as well as DNC communications for downloading/uploading programs. Prerequisite: MFG130 and MFG131, machine shop experience, or consent of instructor.

MFG212 CAM Concepts I Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCam software. The student will learn the organization of software and how to create and edit tool application data ﬁles; create and edit part geometry elements; create CNC machine code from data base. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, MFG153, and MTH80; or consent of instructor.

MFG213 Integrated Machine Shop I Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced theory course in machine tool operations. Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC machine tools. Concepts covered will include use of soft jaws in turning; milling; multiple operation set-ups on both CNC and manual machines. This will include use of multiple part set-ups. This course will also develop use of “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG214 is required.

MFG214 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced lab course where the student will develop skills in CNC and manual machining. Students will use soft jaws for turning and milling production style parts. Skill development will focus on internal boring and special milling set-ups. Data from “Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite: MFG150, MFG151, and MFG153; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG213 is required.

MFG215 Inspection and Measurement Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course deals with precision measurement methods, gauge use and capability, as well as data collection. Methods used in quality

assurance systems in the modern manufacturing facility or machine shop. There will be theoretical as well as hands-on application of principles presented in this course. Prerequisite: Second year student in Machine Tool Technology program; industrial experience in a machine shop or consent of instructor.

MFG216 CNC/CAM (Computer Numerical Control/ Computer Assisted Machining) Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will continue the introduction of the student to CNC machine tools. The student will study process planning, setup and programming of CNC machine tools for milling and turning applications. This will include the basic application of CNC coordinate systems for milling and turning and how CNC programs are organized and developed. Students will continue in the application of cutting tools and tooling systems for CNC operations, and will also be introduced to CAM programming software with MasterCAM. Prerequisite: MFG153, machine shop experience, or consent of instructor.

MFG231 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is a continuation of an advanced theory course in machine tool operations. Topics covered will relate to both manual and CNC machine tools. Concepts covered will continue in application problems with turning; milling; multiple operation set-ups on both CNC and manual machines. Included will be a survey of the application of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and their application in machine tools used in manufacturing. This will include use of multiple part set-ups. This course will continue to develop use of “Machinery’s Handbook”. Prerequisite: MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG232 is required.

MFG232 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a continuation of an advanced lab course where the student will continue to develop skills in CNC and manual machining. Students will continue skill development in turning and milling production style parts. Skill development will focus on special milling set-ups, turning operations, and tooling applications. Data from “Machinery’s Handbook” will continue to be applied. Prerequisite: MFG213 and MFG214; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG231 is required.

MFG236 Quality Control - Statistical Methods Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to theories in quality control using statistical methods. The main focus will be on the theory, purpose, and application of SPC (Statistical Process Control) and Gauge Capability studies. Prerequisite: Second year student in the Machine Tool Technology program, industrial experience, or consent of instructor.

MFG250 Applied Machine Shop Theory Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The objective is to develop through group discussion and planning, a project utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis will be placed on utilization of computer controlled machine tools, determining cost estimates and time study. Prerequisite: MFG153, MFG231, MFG232 and MFG233; or consent of instructor. Concur-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

203

Course Descriptions

204

rent enrollment in MFG251 is required.

MFG251 Applied Machine Shop Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a lab course in which the students will develop through group planning and discussion a manufacturing project utilizing the knowledge and skills acquired. Special emphasis will be placed on the application of all machining processes learned through the program. Prerequisite: MFG231, MFG232, and MFG233; or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in MFG250 is required.

MFG256 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) –Sp This course will address quality issues prevalent in modern manufacturing as related to ISO 9000 certiﬁcation. The student will explore the levels of ISO 9000, 9001, 9002, and 9003. The student will also continue learning how to read and apply the quality concepts as applied through the use of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing (GDT) as related to ASME and ISO standards. Prerequisite: Second year standing in the Machine Tool Technology program or consent of instructor.

MFGX11 Machine Tool Applications Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is a course in Machine Tool Applications Lab that is to enable persons needing additional skill building activities to enable job advancement, certiﬁcation exam preparation, or other special skill building as might be needed by job requirements faced by practitioners in machine shops. A wide variety of machine shop problems will be approached speciﬁc to the students needs.

MFGX18 Introduction to MasterCam Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) An introduction and overview of computer assisted manufacturing using MasterCam software. The student will be introduced to MasterCam ﬁle management techniques; basic geometry and drawing commands and simple CNC code generation. Advanced techniques will be demonstrated and discussed with students.

MFGX20 Basic Metallurgy/Machine Tech Credits 2-3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) The course will provide a basic introduction to metallurgical engineering. The effects of various metal working operations such as heat treatment on materials’ properties will be described. Basic alloy systems will be reviewed. The effects of materials selection and metal working processes on machinability will be discussed. Materials testing methods will be demonstrated.

MFGX25 MasterCAM Mill - Level I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction to computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will learn the organization of the software, how to create and edit geometry ﬁles. The student will also explore beginning applications for creating 2-D geometry for milling machine programs and tooling applications for simple 21/2 axis part programs. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Machining experience, asic Window 95 computer skills, or consent of instructor.

MFGX26 MasterCAM Mill - Level II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create more complex 2-D geometry and tool paths. Students will also post process database to create CNC code and learn to track data input/output effect on CNC code; create pocketing routines and options as well as introduce basic 3-D wire frame models. Tools libraries will be created and edited. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX25 or consent of instructor.

MFGX27 MasterCAM Mill - Level III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create geometry and tool paths using advanced applications for pocketing, contour milling, as well as thread milling. Students will create and program tool paths for surfaces as well as introductory solid models. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.

MFGX28 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create geometry and edit geometry for the purpose of creating solid model simulations on the computer. The focus will be on creating solid models of parts and dies for conventional processes such as forging, casting, and injection molding. Advanced editing of models will also be explored. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MFGX27 or consent of instructor.

MFGX31 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit geometry for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC turning operations. The student will apply standard turning tooling to inside and outside diameter turning operations for facing, roughing, and ﬁnishing. They will also create tooling libraries and post process geometry and tooling data bases creating CNC code for turning programs. Prerequisite: MFGX26 or consent of instructor.

MFGX32 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W A continuing course in computer assisted CNC programming using MasterCAM software. The student will create and edit advanced geometry for the purpose of creating CNC program code for CNC turning operations. The student will explore advanced applications of turning tooling and operations of grooving, threading, inside diameter and outside diameter turned parts. Extensive exploration of spindle and feed rate options will be undertaken to enhance student understanding of turning applications.

MO10 Work Behavior/Health Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to develop work behaviors speciﬁc to healthcare services in the delivery of quality contributions to the work force. Skills receiving particular emphasis will be self-management, leadership, interpersonal dynamics, communication, and problem solving and critical thinking. These skills will continue to be presented, practiced, and tested throughout each medical of-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ﬁce program. Students will also gain information about healthcare systems from employers, experienced staff members and on-site observations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO12 Diversity and Healthcare Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to explore multicultural and diversity issues through both internal and external examination. Participants will engage in a systematic process of introspection, self-examination, and personal identity in order to identify and confront one’s own prejudices and how they affect relationships and ﬁt into institutional oppressions. Students will explore healthcare issues and beliefs from their own culture as well as other cultures.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course will cover the basics in medical office billing procedures. This class primarily addresses the issues, outside of coding, that influence payments. The topics covered will include documentation, information flow, insurance forms, and medical office policies. Special emphasis will be given to understanding the major insurance companies and their differences. Prerequisite: MO31. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO31 Medical Coding I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A study of medical terminology by body systems with related word elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course which introduces diagnosis and procedural coding. The student will study basic ICD-99 CM (International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification) and the CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) coding systems. These coding systems are recognized by the insurance industry, the physician and the medical office as the standard for billing and reimbursement. Co-Requisite: AH12 or MO14; or consent of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO15 Medical Terminology II

MO32 Medical Coding II

MO14 Medical Terminology I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MO14, Medical Terminology I. A study of medical terminology by body systems with related word elements, disease processes, diagnostic tests, and abbreviations. Prerequisite: MO14. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO24 Introduction to Medical Transcription Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course provides the student with 1) an extensive word phrase base and 2) information about some of the basic reports used in medical reporting. The student will learn to transcribe on transcription equipment medical reports typically used in health care facilities. Co-Requisite: MO14 or consent of instructor. Typing 40 wpm or consent of instructor is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO25 Medical Office Procedures I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W This course is designed to cover the theory of basic topics emphasized for the medical office including the following: today’s health care, oral and written communication, facilities, patient teaching, reception, appointment scheduling, medical records, telephone techniques, mail processing, computer computers, and other topics related to the medical office. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO26 Medical Office Procedures II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is a continuation of Medical Office Procedures I (MO25). Students will continue their study of theoretical and practical aspects relating to working in a medical office: today’s health care, banking, billing, creating resumes, medical records, telephones, computer use and roles in managing the medical office. Emphasis will be placed on demonstration and evaluation of practical skills learned in MO25. Prerequisite: MO25. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is an intermediate course designed to expand on the basic CPT, and ICD-9 coding taught in MO31. Evaluation and Management, Integumentary, Pathology and Lab sections of the CPT will be covered, as well as continuing work on the ICD-9. This course is for students who want to advance knowledge and training in accurate and up-to-date reimbursement and coding for health care facilities. Prerequisite: MO31 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO34 Medical Transcription I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of medical dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis is on speed and accuracy of medical transcription of chart notes, history and physical examinations, initial office evaluations, and/or discharge summaries in the fields of pharmacology & lab, dermatology, genitourinary, and gastroenterology. The student will use proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO24 and typing 50 wpm or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO36 Medical Transcription II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of medical dictation from the Systems Unit Method (SUM). The emphasis is on increasing speed and accuracy in the transcription of chart notes, history and physical examinations, initial ofﬁce evaluations, discharge summaries, and/or emergency room reports in the ﬁelds of gastroenterology, orthopedics, pulmonary medicine, endocrinology, obstetrics, gynecology, otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology and neurology. The student will be required to use proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Co-requisite: MO34 and typing 50 wpm

MO30 Medical Ofﬁce Billing I

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

205

Course Descriptions

206

or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO40 Medical Office Billing II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course will cover more advanced billing procedures. The topics covered will include fraud and abuse, Medicare billing (Medicare specific codes, reading EOB and denials, phone changes or review board, hearings), Medicaid billing (Medicaid specific codes, disability, reading EOBs and rebilling, reviews billing as secondary, forms), common errors that delay processing, group insurance/work comp, collections and compliance. Prerequisite: MO30 and MO31. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO41 Medical Coding III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is designed to provide advanced training in all major code levels (CPT, ICD9, and HCPCS). Advanced techniques for efﬁcient reimbursement strategies and compliance will be taught. The course will use Codemaster software as well as hands-on practice. The class will include training in reimbursement and bundling strategies in order to meet federal compliance guidelines. Prerequisite: MO32 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO44 Medical Transcription III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, original dictation in three areas of specialty: radiology, gastroenterology, and cardiology. The student will be required to use advanced proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite: MO36 and typing 65 wpm or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO46 Medical Transcription IV Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the student with transcription of advanced, original dictation in the specialty areas of cardiology, pathology, and orthopedics. The student will be required to use advanced proofreading and editing skills, while meeting progressively demanding accuracy and productivity standards. Students may use the standard keyboard and/or stenograph machine. Prerequisite: MO44 and typing of 70 wpm or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MO47 Medical Calculations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides students in health science programs the mathematics needed to perform their medical calculations. It includes a review of general arithmetic and the practice of calculating medication dosage. It familiarizes students with clinical and medication labels. Dimensional analysis, including metric, household, avoirdupois and apothecary systems are emphasized. Scientiﬁc calculator is required. Prerequisite: Consent of advisor or instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription Focus will be on learning beginning theory of machine shorthand and on developing an initial individual computer dictionary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical Transcription II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on learning intermediate theory of machine shorthand and on developing completion of individual computer dictionary. Students will also increase speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Prerequisite: MOX20A or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical Transcription I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and initial mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 20 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX20B or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding Medical Transcription II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing intermediate/advanced medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 60 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX21A or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding for Medical Transcription III Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in writing advanced medical words, phrases, and documents, using machine shorthand, Phoenix Theory and real-time computer transcription. Focus will be on continued development and mastery of individual computer dictionary while increasing speed and accuracy in dictation practice. Student should reach the speed of 80-100 wpm on the shorthand machine on medical dictation. Prerequisite: MOX21B or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MTH7 Using the TI-83 Graphing Calculator

MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory for Medical Transcription I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Formerly MTH199A) An introduction to using the TI-83 graphing calculator including basic entry, graphing, tables, introductory programming, and other calculator functions. Prerequisite: None. It is recommended that the student is at or above the level of MTH65. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MTH10 Conceptual Arithmetic Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is intended for students who need to master the concepts of whole numbers, fractions or decimals. The emphasis of the course is on understanding concepts, estimation, simple measurement, language usage, and reasoning skills. Real world applications are used and the reasonableness of answers is stressed. Calculator use is taught for computation. A scientific calculator with a fraction key, algebraic logic and expression playback is required. A specific model of calculator may be required. Prerequisite: Students must be either concurrently enrolled in RD90 and WR90 or place above those levels. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing. A scientific calculator is required. TI-30x-IIS or TI-30x-IIB is recommended.

MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is intended for both the technical prep and baccalaureate prep student. It includes the use of mathematics as a language, rational number operations, estimating and approximating, scientific notation, ratios, percents, proportions, the metric and US Customary systems, formula development and evaluation, and practical geometry. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90 and MTH10; or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing. A scientific/graphing calculator with fraction output capabilities is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. A specific model of calculator may be required. TI30x-IIS, TI-30x-IIB, or TI-83 Plus recommended.

MTH33 Professional-Technical Computation I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This is the first in a sequence of computation courses targeted specifically for students about to enroll in a professional-technical program, but whose problem solving and estimation skills are weak. Students will learn how to estimate and mentally evaluate the result of appropriate calculations and be able to recognize if the result is within normal bounds. Students are introduced to the scientific inquiry process while they learn how to solve the less structured problems that they will encounter in their future academic and professional careers. This course includes a review of general arithmetic, fractions, units and unit conversions, metrics, measurements, engineering and scientific notation, and an introduction to solving word problems. Problems will be drawn from a variety of technical disciplines. Prerequisite: Placement equivalent to MTH20 as determined by the College Placement Test, or consent of instructor. Limited to Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding, and Apprenticeship majors. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH34 Professional-Technical Computation II

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is second in a sequence of computation courses, targeted specifically for students who are enrolled in a professionaltechnical program. Course topics concentrate on applications of fundamental principals that will be used through the student’s chosen field. They include, algebra concepts through linear equations, plane and solid geometry, ratios, proportions, and graphing. Strong emphasis is placed on numeric calculations, problem formatting application and the use of calculators, including skills used to determine the reasonableness of their answers. Prerequisite: MTH33; or placement equivalent to MTH60 as determined by the College Placement Test; or consent of instructor. Limited to Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding, and Apprenticeship majors. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH35 Professional-Technical Computation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W The final course in a sequence of computation courses, targeted specifically for students who are enrolled in a professional-technical program. Course topics concentrate on applications of fundamental principals that will be used through the student’s chosen field, building upon algebra concepts. Significant time is addressed to right-triangle trigonometry, plane and solid geometry, ratios, proportions and graphing. Strong emphasis is placed on numerical calculations, problem formatting, application and use of calculators, including skills used to determine the reasonableness of their answers. Prerequisite: MTH34; or placement equivalent to MTH65 as determined by the College Placement Test; or consent of instructor. Limited to Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding, and Apprenticeship majors. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH60 Beginning Algebra I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the ﬁrst half of the beginning algebra course for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing problem solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic and graphical models. The topics covered include the real number system, positive integer exponents, unit conversions and dimensional analysis, simplifying algebraic expressions, modeling and solving problem situations with linear equations and formulas, the Cartesian plane, and applications which require the Pythagorean theorem. Prerequisite: RD90, WR90, and MTH20 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH65 Beginning Algebra II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second half of the beginning algebra course for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student emphasizing problem solving and real work applications using numerical, algebraic and graphical models. The topics covered include graphs and equations of lines, negative integer exponents, solving formulas and rational equations, practical geometry elementary statistics, and probability. Prerequisite: MTH60 with a grade of C or better, or suitable placement on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required and its use is fully integrated in the course. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH80 Technical Mathematics I The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

207

Course Descriptions

208

Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected professional technical programs. Topics covered include graphs and equations of lines, applications of linear models and solving literal equations, extensive geometry including angle relationships, surface area and volume of three-dimensional figures, right triangle trigonometry, and basic statistics. Emphasis is placed on modeling problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/or algebraically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part of the curriculum. A graphing calculator is required and integrated throughout. Prerequisite: MTH60 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH85 Technical Mathematics II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is a technical mathematics course for students in selected professional programs. Topics include simple quadratics, oblique triangle trigonometry, exponential and logarithmic functions, vectors, and fitting data with a linear model. Emphasis is placed on modeling problem situations numerically, visually, graphically and/or algebraically. In-depth problems from various fields are a core part of the curriculum. A graphing calculator is required and integrated throughout. Prerequisite: MTH80 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an interactive, technology-based course, which investigates the connections and interplay among various mathematical topics for both the baccalaureate prep and technical prep student. The function concept is introduced informally. Linear and quadratic functions and their graphs are covered in depth. Other topics include rational exponents, radical and rational equations, linear and nonlinear systems and right triangle trigonometry. A heuristic approach to problem solving is emphasized with problem situations modeled numerically, algebraically, and graphically. Prerequisite: MTH65 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the broad applicability of mathematics as a problem solving tool and the breadth of phenomena that mathematics can model. A wide range of real world problems are examined using the tools of mathematics. The course focuses on development of mathematical maturity, problem solving, and research abilities. Course topics are selected from such areas as chaos, probability, statistics, geometry, graph theory, logic, music and sound, non-Euclidean geometries, personal ﬁnance, population growth, science and technology, symmetry, measurement, fractals, linear programming, and game theory. A computer laboratory is required. Prerequisite: MTH95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading,

Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is part I of a pre-calculus sequence that provides an extensive study of functions, transformation, and their inverses modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically. Speciﬁc functions include the exponential, logarithmic, polynomial, and power functions. Modeling real world applications are emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH 95 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH112 Pre-Calculus II: Trigonometry/Geometry Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is part II of a pre-calculus sequence that provides exploration and application of rational and trigonometric functions and their inverses modeled algebraically, numerically, and graphically; trigonometric identities and equations; and vectors. Real world applications are emphasized. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A graphing calculator is required. TI-83 Plus is recommended.

MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course explores number theory, with an emphasis on modeling arithmetic and arithmetic operations. Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used and compared to algorithmic problem solving. A required computer component will reinforce the concepts in this course. A scientiﬁc calculator with a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH95 with a grade of C or better, MTH105 is recommended, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH212 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used and compared to algorithmic problem solving to investigate sets, numeration, operations, properties, computation and application in the context of rational and real numbers, algebra, relations, functions, probability and statistics. A required computer component will reinforce the concepts in the course. A scientiﬁc calculator with a fraction key is required. Prerequisite: MTH211. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH213 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics III - Geometry Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Various concrete, pictorial and heuristic problem solving strategies are used to explore geometry and measurement. Topics include: two- and three-dimensional shapes and their properties; coordinate and transformational geometry; standard, non-standard and abstract measurement. A required computer component will reinforce the

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions concepts in the course. Scientiﬁc calculators are required. Prerequisite: MTH212 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH231 Discrete Mathematics Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes finite and infinite sets, mathematical induction, switching circuits, relations and functions, theory of graphs with applications related to computer science. It provides introduction to Boolean algebra and recursion. Computer laboratory component may be included. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH241 Elementary Calculus Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces the student to linear programming, differential and integral calculus using an intuitive approach which emphasizes applications to management and social science. A graphing calculator is required and a computer lab component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH111 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required.

MTH243 Probability and Statistics I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a descriptive statistics course including frequency distributions, common measures of central tendency and variability with elementary concepts of probability and certain probability distributions such as the normal and binomial are covered. The Central Limit Theorem and certain statistical inferences for both large and small samples are included. Some computer software experience is provided. A graphing calculator (TI-83+) is required, and a computer lab component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH105 or MTH111 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH244 Statistics II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/W/Sp This is the second course in statistical studies that includes applications of inferential statistics concerning two populations, analysis of variance, linear regression, nonparametric statistics, contingency tables, quality control, and other selected topics such as forecasting, survey sampling, time series and decision theory are covered. Computer software experience is provided. A graphing calculator (TI-83+) is required, and a computer laboratory component is incorporated. Prerequisite: MTH243 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH251 Calculus I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W This is the ﬁrst course of the calculus sequence covering the concepts, computations, and applications of differential calculus. Functions and derivatives will be modeled symbolically, numerically, graphically and in words. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH111 and MTH112 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the mathematics placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH252 Calculus II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This is the second course in the calculus sequence covering the concepts, computation, and applications of integral calculus. Functions and integrals will be modeled symbolically, numerically, graphically, and in words. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: MTH251 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH253 Calculus III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This is the third course in the calculus sequence covering inﬁnite sequences and series, an introduction to multivariable functions, and applications. A TI-89 graphing calculator is required. A computer laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH254 Vector Calculus I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a study of multivariable and vector-valued functions including parametric curves in space, motion, surfaces, lines, planes, gradients, directional derivatives and multiple integrals. The TI-89 calculator is required. A required computer laboratory component is included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH255 Vector Calculus II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides a study of multiple integrals with applications, vector analysis including vector ﬁelds, divergence, curl, line integrals, surface integrals and the theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Some computer software experience is provided. A computer laboratory component is required. Prerequisite: MTH254 with a grade of C or better.

MTH256 Differential Equations Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course that focuses on the application of ordinary differential equations as mathematical models for a variety of disciplines and the interpretation of ordinary differential equations through analytical, graphical, and numerical techniques. A systems approach is taken with the relevant linear algebra concepts developed as needed. A TI-89 calculator is required and a computer laboratory may be included. Prerequisite: MTH253 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MTH261 Linear Algebra Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp A Study of matrices, systems of equations and linear transformations in the setting of ﬁnite dimensional vector spaces. This course provides the basic linear algebra necessary for the study of multivariable calculus, differential equations and abstract algebra. Prerequisite: MTH252 with a grade of “C” or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

MUP101 Symphonic Band - First Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP101 and is a large instrumental ensemble open to all enrolled students, faculty and staff. The band performs major concerts of standard wind ensemble literature

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

209

Course Descriptions

210

each term. Prerequisite: Open class with moderate instrumental expectations. An ensemble placement evaluation with the instructor is required during the ﬁrst week of the course.

This course offers applied study and performance on musical instruments either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential scoring for vocalists. Audition and instructor permission required.

MUP105 Jazz Ensemble

MUP171 - MUP192 Individual Lessons

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An instrumental ensemble based around the standard big band instrumentation. Open to all enrolled students. A broad range of repertoire will be performed. Extensive off-campus performances. Auditions and instructor signature required.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students are allowed a ﬂexible program of individual lessons with a private teacher commensurate with their individual needs, whether that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30 minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are required each term to receive college credit. Any applied lesson listed in the MUP171 - MUP192 series may be taken for 3 terms and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP271 - MUP292. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Piano Bass Bassoon Harpsichord Harp Trumpet Organ Guitar French Horn Voice Flute Trombone Violin Oboe Baritone Viola Clarinet Tuba Cello Saxophone Percussion Miscellaneous

MUP114 General Ensemble/Instrumental-1st Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the applied study of and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Prerequisite: Audition and consent of instructor.

MUP115 General Ensemble/Vocal - 1st Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet ensemble. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Offered at irregular intervals.

MUP121 Symphonic Choir - First Year

MUP201 Symphonic Band - Second Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP101 and offers applied study and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Prerequisite: MUP101.

MUP205 Jazz Ensemble

MUP121B Symphonic Choir – First Year, Chamber Choir Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers applied study of voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble. Open entry class with pitch audition only.

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP105 and is an instrumental ensemble based around the standard big-band instrumentation. A broad range of repertoire will be performed. Extensive off-campus performances. Prerequisite: MUP105. Auditions and instructor signature required.

MUP123 Opera Workshop

MUP214 General Ensemble/Instrumental-2nd Year

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) A “workshop-style” performance class to promote the study and performance of solo and ensemble scenes from opera, and operetta. Emphasis is on vocal and dramatic ensemble, staging and movement. Students learn to integrate the vocal skills, style, diction, stage movement and characterization necessary to the performance of opera. Offered at irregular intervals.

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A continuation of MUP114, this course is the applied study of and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Prerequisite: MUP114, audition and consent of instructor.

MUP125 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - First Year

MUP215 General Ensemble/Vocal - Second Year

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course offers applied study and musical performance of voices and instruments, either solo or in ensemble, in the exploration of vocal jazz concepts. Auditions are required. Auditions and instructor permission required.

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is a continuation of MUP115 and offers applied study of voice and performance, either solo or in ensemble. Emphasis on duet, trio, quartet, quintet, sextet, and octet small groups. A variety of musical expressions requires auditions of a reasonable time frame based on compatibility, style, ability, punctuality, etc. Offered at irregular intervals.

MUP131 Madrigals I Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course offers applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential accompaniment. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Consent of director.

MUP221 Symphonic Choir - Second Year Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP121 and offers “applied study of voice and vocal (music) performance, either solo or in ensemble.”

MUP146 String Ensemble - First Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Open entry class with pitch audition only.

MUS111, MUS112, MUS113 Music Theory I, ,II, III

Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP125 and offers applied study and musical performance of voices and instruments, either solo or in ensemble, in the exploration of vocal jazz concepts. Audition and instructor signature required.

Credits 3,3,3 (3,3,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F Work in the elements of music science (melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic), taught through analysis of the styles of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, and other eighteenth century composers is emphasized. Sequential. Concurrent enrollment in MUS114 and MUS131; MUS115 and MUS132; and MUS116 and MUS133, respectively, is required. Prerequisite for MUS112: MUS111; MUS113: MUS112.

MUP231 Madrigals

MUS114, MUS115, MUS116 Sight Singing/Ear Training

MUP225 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - Second Year

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course is a continuation of MUP131 and offers applied study of voice and vocal performance, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential accompaniment. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Consent of director.

Credits 1,1,1 (2,2,2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F The development and application of skills in reading and hearing the melodic rhythmic relationships, chords, and concepts in music. Concurrent enrollment required in MUS111 and MUS131.

MUP246 String Ensemble - Second Year Credits 2 - maximum 6 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of MUP146 and offers applied study and performance on musical instruments, either solo or in ensemble, and includes essential scoring for vocalists. Prerequisite: MUP146 and audition and instructor permission required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is the ﬁrst of three sequential courses and is the introduction to Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) fundamentals through sequencing of data at a MIDI work station consisting of a computer, MIDI keyboard and sequencing software. Prerequisite: Familiarity with computers is helpful.

MUP271 - MUP292 Individual Lessons

MUS118 Electronic Music Production II

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Students are allowed a ﬂexible program of individual lessons with a private teacher commensurate with their individual needs whether that choice be instrumental, vocal, or both. A minimum of ten (30 minute) individual private lessons paid for at student’s expense are required each term to receive college credit. Any applied lesson listed in the MUP271 - MUP292 series may be taken for three terms and may not be taken simultaneously with MUP171 - MUP192. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (See MUP171 - 192 for a selection of individual lesson choices.)

MUS101 Music Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the study of the basic elements of music: rhythm, harmony, and melody. It is appropriate for the general student, education major, and the music major preparing to take ﬁrst year music theory (MUS111.)

MUS117 Electronic Music Production I

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The second of three sequential courses, this course is a continuation of MUS117 and includes recording and editing of digital audio, MIDI sequencing, audio mixing and effects processing. Also discussed is the preparation of digital audio for compact disc and other distribution mediums. Prerequisite: MUS117 or consent of instructor.

MUS119 Electronic Music Production III Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The ﬁnal of three sequential courses and a continuation of MUS117 and MUS118, this course includes recording of audio from microphone through a digital interface and synchronization of video and audio. Advanced MIDI editing, sound editing and mixing techniques. Prerequisite: MUS118 or consent of instructor.

MUS124 Stage Band Arranging

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of music manuscript through the use of computer software, e.g. Finale, Sibelius. Prerequisite: Basic computer skills desirable.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section I will deal with the sax section and rhythm section through writing and analysis of the various big band styles, i.e., Stan Kenton, Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les Brown, etc. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS113 and MUS104 (Finale). Instructor permission required.

MUS105 Music Appreciation/Music for the Listener

MUS125 Stage Band Arranging

MUS104 Music Manuscript

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for non-music majors, this course provides an introduction to music terms, forms, and styles. Students listen to a variety of music, with an emphasis on twentieth century American pop music (ie: Rock and Roll, Country and Western). Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section II will deal with the trumpet section and the trombone section through writing and analysis of the various big band styles, i.e., Stan Kenton, Wood Herman, Buddy Rich, Count Basie, Les

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

211

Course Descriptions

212

Brown, etc. Prerequisite: MUS124.

MUS126 Stage Band Arranging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Work in the elements of composing and arranging for the stage band. Section III will deal with the writing arrangements, forms and experimental material for the progressive composer and arranger. Prerequisite: MUS125.

MUS131, MUS132, MUS133 Group Piano: Skills for Majors Credits 2,2,2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This course is designed to develop keyboard skills essential for all music majors. In addition to developing competency in solo and ensemble keyboard performance, the resources of the keyboard are applied to a wide variety of musical studies and activities. Instruction will be on modern electronic pianos with additional use of acoustical pianos available. A variety of musical styles will be explored. Required for all music majors. Prerequisite: Declared music major or consent of instructor.

MUS134 Class Voice Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Classroom instruction in voice. The most technical aspects of singing will be emphasized. Required for all instrumental music majors. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

This is the second sequence designed to help students comprehend, visualize, and physically execute intermediate rhythm patterns. Dictation begins this quarter. Prerequisite: MUS147.

MUS149 Class Percussion Advanced III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the third course in a three course sequence, and is designed to help students comprehend, visualize, and physically execute advanced rudiments and rhythmical patterns on a wide assortment of tunable and non-tunable rhythm instruments. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MUS148.

MUS161, MUS162, MUS163 Jazz Improvisation Credits 2,2,2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Instruction in vocal and instrumental Jazz improvisation. Prerequisite: Ability to read music and perform at a basic level vocally and/or instrumentally.

MUS191 Group Piano: Skills/Non-Majors Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is open to beginners and to those with some previous experience. Introductory skills will be emphasized; more advanced students will be given instruction and assignments appropriate to their levels of experience. Class interaction in which students can evaluate, encourage and learn from each other is encouraged.

MUS205 Introduction to Jazz History I

MUS137 Class Guitar I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for students who have little or no guitar playing experience. Chords, strumming patterns, ﬁngerpicking, simple blues patterns, and music of various styles will be introduced during the quarter. Students may progress at their own pace, and be challenged, while having fun, learning to play the guitar.

MUS138 Class Guitar II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This course is designed for students who have little or some guitar playing experience and desire to increase their playing ability. Chords, strumming and ﬁngerpicking, single string and chord reading, and different styles of improvisation will be covered. Students will be grouped according to level of ability within this class. Prerequisite: MUS137 or permission of the instructor.

MUS139 Class Guitar III Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students who already have some chord and scale knowledge, and who can play chords with strumming and/or ﬁngerpicking patterns. Prerequisite: MUS138 or permission of the instructor.

MUS147 Class Percussion Beginning I Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the ﬁrst in a sequence of three designed to help students comprehend, visualize, verbalize, and physically execute basic rhythm patterns of non-tunable percussion instruments.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the ﬁrst of a two-term sequence course designed for nonmusic majors which traces the music of the black masses from its African roots of polyrhythms, chants, and improvisation, through the blues, spirituals, syncopated ragtime, Dixieland, swing, and bebop/progressive jazz of the late ’40s and ’50s. This course offers humanities credit for non-music majors. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MUS208 Introduction to Jazz History II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This is the second of a two-term sequence designed for non-music majors which traces jazz music of the 1940s through the development of electric and electronic instruments, and sophisticated recording and sound equipment. This course explains and demonstrates how this new hardware inﬂuenced the emergence of jazz fusion, new wave, funk, etc. This course offers humanities credit for non-music majors. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: MUS205. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

MUS211, MUS212, MUS213 Music Theory IV Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This course examines the music concepts and relationships of form analysis, borrowed and altered chords, polyphony, counterpoint, and 20th Century idioms. Application of theory principles. Sequential. Concurrent enrollment is required in MUS214, MUS215, and MUS224, respectively. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS113, 211, and 212 respectively.

MUS148 Class Percussion Intermediate II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions MUS214 Keyboard Harmony I Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This is the first course in a two-term sequence of keyboard application of harmonic principles studies in first-year music theory. This course is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing and harmonic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are included. Prerequisite: MUS111, MUS112, and MUS113; or satisfactory rating on tests of keyboard proficiency commensurate with first year “collegiate” class piano.

MUS215 Keyboard Harmony II Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second in a two-term sequence of keyboard application of harmonic principles studied in ﬁrst-year music theory. This course is designed to improve a student’s skills in playing, hearing and harmonic analysis. Figured bass keyboard “realizations” are included. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS214.

MUS224 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course emphasizes the advanced development in realizing dictated melodies and harmonies. To be taken concurrently with MUS213. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of MUS215.

MUS261 Music History I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of the history of music from the ancient Greeks to Fifteenth Century England. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

MUS262 Music History II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course is the study of the history of music from the age of the Renaissance to the early Eighteenth Century. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

MUS263 Music History III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the study of the history of music from the early Eighteenth Century to the Nineteenth Century. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

MUS265 Jazz Studies Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides instrumental and vocal students at all levels of ability with an opportunity to develop or enhance their knowledge of jazz theory and history, as well as their skills in improvisational and ensemble performance. Students will work with professional musicians on an individual and group basis. Hands-on training in the use of state-of-the-art electronic music equipment is included. Offered at irregular intervals.

MUS292 Music Theatre Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the study of performance techniques and character development through classroom performances of songs from the musical theatre. A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored. Each student should come to the ﬁrst class prepared to perform

a selection from the musical theatre. Prerequisite: By audition or consent of instructor.

MUS297 Group Vocal Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course will integrate the study of vocal techniques with the study of performance techniques and character development through classroom performances of songs from the musical theater. A variety of styles from Cole Porter to Sondheim will be explored. Each student should come to the ﬁrst class prepared to perform a selection from the musical theater. Offered at irregular intervals. Admission to this course is by audition or consent of instructor. ***

NAX10 Basic Training-Nursing Assistants Credits 7 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab - 8 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to gain understanding of the nursing assistant role in health care agencies. Emphasis is on the personal qualities, knowledge and skills needed by the nursing assistant to give quality basic nursing care under supervision. Opportunity is provided to practice basic nursing skills and procedures under the supervision of the instructor. Prerequisite: Documented reading competency required (9th grade or higher) or College Placement Test score of RD115 or higher.

NUR101 Nursing I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course in nursing presents the historical background of the profession, the nursing process, ethical and legal responsibilities of the professional nurse, and the health-illness continuum. Nursing actions, which promote health will be presented. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Oregon State Board of Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant course. “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements. Prerequisite: BI232 and BI233 with a grade of C or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR121 and NUR122 is required.

NUR102 Nursing II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This program course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to patients of all ages and in a variety of settings. Concepts presented include use of the nursing process in the care of patients with uncomplicated or simple dysfunctions of one or two body systems, plus accompanying psychosocial alterations. Perioperative nursing care is also addressed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all prior nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in NUR131 and NUR132 is required.

NUR103 Nursing III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course emphasizes the provision of nursing care to the childbearing family as well as to patients of all ages demonstrating simple/uncomplicated dysfunctions of one or two body systems with accompanying psycho-social alternations. Cultural and developmental concerns are also explored. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all prior nursing curriculum courses. Concurrent enrollment in NUR142 is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

213

Course Descriptions

214

NUR111 Nursing Student Success Strategies Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This nursing program elective emphasizes study techniques that should enhance learning in many environments. Course contents include time management, memory strategies, note-taking skills, textbook reading and test-taking techniques, and stress management tools. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Associate Degree Nursing program or permission of the course instructor.

NUR201 Nursing IV Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing complex health problems. Management of care to persons across the lifespan is addressed. Prerequisite: PSY239 and BI240 with a grade of “C” or better. Concurrent enrollment in NUR222A or NUR222B; and NUR231 is required.

NUR202 Nursing V

NUR121 Nursing Lab I Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides opportunities for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions. Speciﬁc skills include medication administration and application of medical and surgical asepsis. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR101 and NUR122 is required.

NUR122 Nursing Clinical I Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This beginning practicum will provide opportunity for students to apply the nursing process in the direct care of patients in long-term health care settings. Students will be expected to present theoretical rationale for their nursing care. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Oregon State Board of Nursing-approved Nursing Assistant course. “C” or better in all prior nursing requirements. Concurrent enrollment in NUR101 and NUR121 is required.

NUR131 Nursing Lab II Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides opportunity for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and chronically ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of health problems. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR132 is required.

NUR132 Nursing Clinical II Credits 3 (9 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This clinical practicum provides expanded opportunities for students to apply nursing theory and skills in a variety of care settings. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR102 and NUR131 is required.

NUR141 Nursing Lab III Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides continued opportunity for students to demonstrate competent nursing actions used in the care of acutely and chronically ill patients of all ages who are experiencing a variety of health problems. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103 and NUR142 is required.

NUR142 Nursing Clinical III Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This clinical practicum provides opportunities for students to apply nursing theory and skills to the direct care of patients in a variety of settings. Special emphasis will include provision of nursing care for the childbearing family. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR103 is required.

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course presents nursing theory related to the role of the professional nurse in the delivery of care to patients experiencing complex physical and psychosocial health problems. Management of care to persons across the lifespan is addresses in a variety of settings. Concepts related to the nurses role as manager of care are applied. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing curriculum. The student is responsible for all prior learning. Concurrent enrollment in NUR232 is required.

NUR203 Nursing VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This ﬁnal theory course examines the scope of practice for the registered nurse in Oregon. Emphasis of prior theoretical concepts in preparing patients for discharge and community-based care is incorporated. The role of the graduate associate degree nurse is also included. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements. Concurrent enrollment in NUR242 and WR227 is required.

NUR211 Nursing Pharmacology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is a study of pharmacology as related to its clinical applications in Nursing. Emphasis is placed upon the therapeutic uses of medications and their nursing implications. A basic knowledge of physiology is assumed prior to the registration for the class. Additional emphasis is placed upon the understanding of drug classiﬁcations and their functional uses. Prerequisite: “C” or better in NUR102 or student in RN Refresher Program. Course requires recent or current course in Anatomy and Physiology and BI240; or instructor permission.

NUR220 Nursing Assessment Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course focuses on the data collection and physical assessment of patients. Prerequisite: “C” or better in prior nursing program curriculum or consent of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in NUR221 is required.

NUR221 Nursing Assessment Lab Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This laboratory course provides the opportunity for students to practice data collection and physical assessment techniques. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements of instructor consent. Concurrent enrollment in NUR220 is required.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions NUR222A Nursing Clinical IVA Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) This clinical practicum focuses on application of advanced nursing theories and skills and their application to the care of patients with complex disruptions in function described in prior nursing courses. Management of two or more patients and collaboration with other nursing personnel is also emphasized. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements.

NUR222B Nursing Clinical IVB Credits 2 (6 Clinical Hrs/Wk) This clinical practicum continues the focus on application of advanced nursing theories and skills and their application to the care of patients with complex disruptions in function described in NUR201, NUR231 and prior nursing courses. Management of two or more patients and collaboration with other nursing personnel is also emphasized. Special emphasis will include care of the client with complex psycho-social problems in acute care settings. Prerequisite: NUR222A and a “C” or better in all prior nursing program requirements.

NUR231 Nursing Lab IV Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides opportunity for students to correctly demonstrate selected advanced nursing actions. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR201 is required.

Therapy Assistant Program)

OTA100 Foundations I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course describes the role of the occupational therapy assistant in various service delivery systems. Course content includes occupational therapy terminology, health-care team, philosophical base and history of the profession and occupation across the life span. Prerequisite: Admission into the OTA program.

OTA101 Foundations II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The course emphasizes the meaning and dynamics of occupation and purposeful activity along with blending the skills of facilitating task groups. Activity analysis and creative problem solving will be applied to speciﬁc groups. Safety precautions and consideration for each treatment setting will also be included.

OTA110 Conditions I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will explore the impact of disability, disease processes, and traumatic injury to the individual’s life role and occupational performance. Adult theories of development will also be included. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter.

OTA111 Conditions II

Credits 4 (12 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This clinical practicum focuses on application of nursing theory to the care of persons with complex disruptions in function described in NUR202. Opportunity for management of the health care team is provided. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR202 is required.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides essential information needed to address the impact of psychiatric disabilities on the occupational performance of individuals. Occupational Therapy frames of reference will be used to enhance and promote independent functioning. Psychiatric terminology and medications speciﬁc to mental health settings will be presented. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, ﬁrst year.

NUR242 Nursing Clinical VI

OTA120 Life Tasks and Skills I

NUR232 Nursing Clinical V

Credits 6 (18 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This clinical practicum provides experience which prepares the student for the responsibilities of the associate degree nurse role. Prerequisite: “C” or better in all prior nursing program curriculum. Concurrent enrollment in NUR203 is required.

NURX29 Computer: NCLEX-RN Review Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This computer assisted review course is intended to help the new graduate or other nurse prepare for the NCLEX examination for licensure. Items similar to those included in the licensing examination conducted by the state boards of nursing are used for evaluation and learning. This self-assessment of nursing theory knowledge includes a minimum of 10 hours of computer laboratory experience. A computer laboratory fee is required. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required. *** (OTA100 – OTA251 are restricted to students in the Occupational

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This class will enable the student to understand the affects a disability or injury may have on an individual’s potential to engage in everyday tasks. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to winter quarter, ﬁrst year.

OTA121 Life Tasks and Skills II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This performance-based lab will enable the student to engage in problem-solving techniques while demonstrating speciﬁc skills in the area of self-care. The ability to educate and train others, apply the teaching and learning process and demonstrate safety precautions are also included. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education course prior to winter quarter, ﬁrst year.

OTA122 Life Tasks and Skills III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This class will enable the student to understand and demonstrate therapeutic intervention and compensatory strategies. The student will learn speciﬁc applications that inﬂuence an individual’s ability to engage in occupation within environments and their socio-cultural

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

215

Course Descriptions

216

context. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to winter quarter, ﬁrst year.

OTA130 Applications I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The focus of this course is to develop competency in group facilitation skills. Group and developmental theories will be discussed as they relate to the practice of occupational therapy. This course includes developing and reﬁning interpersonal communication skills to enhance therapeutic use of self in all clinical settings. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of “C” in all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, ﬁrst year.

OTA140 Experience I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This level I experience will provide the student with opportunities to interact with individuals in the community and various health care settings. Students will be introduced to working with individuals with physical disabilities and will appreciate the varied roles of the OTA in the promotion of health and wellness across the lifespan. This experience is designed to encircle didactic coursework through direct observation and participation in selected aspects of the process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education classes prior to winter quarter, ﬁrst year.

their engagement in occupation. Also addressed are the applications of several developmental frames of reference, and the awareness of the role of the OTA and OT in the arena of OT pediatric practice. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA and general education courses prior to fall quarter, second year.

OTA211 Conditions IV Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course emphasizes the developmental tasks of the aging population. Theories of aging and current psychosocial aspects of aging are addressed. The health-disability continuum is discussed as it impacts independent functioning of the elderly patient. Enhancement of role engagement following disability is coordinated with family, individual, environment and lifespan approach. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter, second year.

OTA220 Life Tasks and Skills IV Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides the student with information on the use of therapeutic adaptation with occupations pertinent throughout the life span. This includes environmental adaptation, assistive technology, equipment and also emphasizes the student’s ability to access and use informational resources. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to spring quarter, second year.

OTA141 Experience II

OTA230 Applications II

Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This level one fieldwork provides the students with the opportunity to experience Occupational Therapy in the mental health area of practice. This fieldwork experience is designed to enrich didactic coursework through directed observation and participation in selected aspects of the OT process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to spring quarter, first year.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide the student with the skills necessary to analyze an individual’s occupations and social and cultural environments. This will facilitate choosing and modifying purposeful activities for occupation therapy intervention. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade in all OTA courses ﬁrst year.

OTA200 Foundations V Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This class will provide the student with an understanding of the various systems and service models an individual may experience throughout their life span. Also included is information on the practitioner’s role and responsibility to address and effect change within the system delivery policies.

OTA231 Applications III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This class will enable the student to gather and share data for the purpose of screening and evaluation. The student will administer selected assessments, and demonstrate safety precautions during the assessment process and the ability to interact through oral and non-verbal communication. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to fall quarter, second year.

OTA232 Applications IV

OTA201 Foundations VI Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This class provides information on all the available Level II ﬁeldwork sites. Also included is an understanding of the collaboration among Fieldwork Supervisor, Fieldwork Coordinator (MHCC) and students. Students will learn the application of principles appropriate to develop their individual learning needs. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade on all OTA course ﬁrst year.

OTA210 Conditions III Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Course includes information on normal development with an emphasis on the application of critical analysis, the understanding of the unique roles of children and the impact of various disabilities on

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The student will learn how to document occupational therapy services, in various arenas in order to ensure accountability of service provision and to meet standards for reimbursement of services. The student will also learn how documentation will effectively communicate the need and rationale for occupational therapy services as required by various agencies. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes and general education classes prior to winter quarter, second year.

OTA233 Applications V Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This class provides the student with an understanding of the professional relationship between the OTA and OT. Course content also includes an emphasis on the development of personal and professional competencies and job responsibilities related to the AOTA Code of Ethics, Core Values, Attitudes of OT and Standards

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions of Practice. Professional credentialing is also covered. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes prior to spring quarter, second year.

OTA234 Applications VI Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class is designed to augment the student’s problem solving skills both prior and during their Level II ﬁeldwork experience. Various communication strategies will be reviewed along with guided student exchange of information related to clinical experiences. Included is sharing of informational sources, activity ideas for intervention and models for OTA supervision. Prerequisite: A minimum of “C” grade in all OTA classes prior to winter quarter, second year.

OTA240 Experience III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course will introduce students to the ﬁeldwork experience in the area of pediatrics and to develop a basic comfort level with and understanding of the needs of children. This experience is designed to enrich didactic coursework through directed observation and participation in the pediatric OT process. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA classes prior to fall quarter, second year.

PE185KY River Kayaking Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the safe and skilled use of whitewater kayaks. It is designed for students with no previous whitewater kayaking experience. The course will emphasize safety and basic paddling skills. All instruction will take place in the aquatic center. Prerequisite: All students must demonstrate water conﬁdence by having a Red Cross Beginning Swimming Certiﬁcate or the equivalent level of swimming skill.

PE185OA Backpacking Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course provides an exciting introduction to backpacking. Emphasis is on safety, low impact hiking and camping, map and compass use, and environmental awareness. Topics include a detailed review of clothing and equipment needs, map and compass practice, ﬁtness and conditioning, and trip planning and preparation. An outing will explore our local wilderness. Prerequisite: Students will need to be in good physical condition to be comfortable on the backpacking outing.

PE185OD Beginning Sea Kayaking

Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This performance-based ﬁeldwork experience includes application of clinical skills required for entry-level practice as a Certiﬁed Occupational Therapy Assistant in physical disabilities. It includes evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA course prior to winter quarter, second year.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp Students will learn about the construction of sea kayaks and how to choose one that is appropriate for the kayaking they intend to do. Instruction will concentrate on paddle strokes, elementary navigation skills, chart reading, wet exits, self-rescue, and team rescue in a pool setting. Some time will also be spent discussing tides and weather patterns around Paciﬁc Northwest waterways. The emphasis, as in all outdoor skills courses, is on having fun and making decisions that help us to avoid having to use our well-rehearsed rescue skills.

OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Health

PE185OF Winter Camping

OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities

Credits 7 (36 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Sp This performance-based ﬁeldwork experience includes appreciation of clinical skills required for entry-level practices as a Certiﬁed Occupational Therapy Assistant in mental health. It includes evaluation, treatment, communication and professional behavior. Prerequisite: Completion of all OTA courses prior to spring quarter, second year. ***

PE131 Introduction to Physical Education Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will learn current state qualiﬁcations and professional orientation for teaching in Oregon high schools and elementary schools, including instruction in historical background, professional opportunities, subdisciplines of physical education, evaluation, research, philosophy and objectives. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

PE185FSW Fisheries, Swim and Water Safety Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to improve basic swimming skills and become proﬁcient at the intermediate swimmer level. The course will also train an individual to be able to respond in an aquatic emergency -- to be able to perform basic forms of rescue for themselves as well as others Prerequisite: FI101. Limited to Fisheries Technology majors.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for students interested in learning the basics of Winter Camping. Students will learn about and practice the design/construction of traditional and modern winter shelters including; igloos, snow caves, quinzees, snow trenches and protected tents. Students will learn how to choose a shelter that is appropriate for the type of trip and weather conditions they might pursue. This course will also cover the essentials of winter camping which include: winter trip food selection and preparation, appropriate clothing selecting, winter backcountry hazards, minimum impact techniques, winter weather patterns of Paciﬁc Northwest and introduction to winter ecology. Prerequisite: Basic backpacking and camping skills. It is recommended, but not required that students have taken PE285OL (Wilderness Survival). Students will need to be in good physical condition to be comfortable on the winter camping ﬁeld sessions.

PE185OG Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed for students interested in learning the basics of backcountry winter mountain travel. Students will learn about and practice using travel skills using modern snowshoes. Students will learn how to choose a snowshoe that is appropriate for the type of trip and snow conditions they might pursue. This course will also cover the essentials of winter snowshoe day-long outings which include: winter trip preparation, appropriate clothing selection, winter

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

217

Course Descriptions

218

backcountry hazards including avalanche avoidance, minimum impact techniques, winter weather patterns of the Paciﬁc Northwest and introduction to snow morphology. Prerequisite: It is recommended, but not required, that students have taken PE285OL (Wilderness Survival). Students will need to be in good physical condition to be comfortable on the snowshoe ﬁeld sessions.

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp This course is designed for students with previous climbing experience. Students will have an opportunity to learn intermediate level climbing skills and equipment management. Climbing will be indoors on artiﬁcial rock. Prerequisite: PE185RK or Outdoor Faculty Coordinator permission.

PE185OJ Mountaineering Fundamentals

PE233 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods

Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students interested in learning the basics of Mountaineering. Students will learn about backcountry group travel in mountain environments, selection and use of mountaineering equipment, knots, rope systems and roped travel. Students will also learn about and practice the design/construction of emergency mountain shelters. This course will also cover the fundamental skills required for the practice of safe mountaineering in mountain environments of the Paciﬁc Northwest. This course will build upon the basic skills gained in Snowshoe and Winter Mountain Travel, Winter Camping and Wilderness Survival.

PE185OK Mountaineering Field Skills Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed for students interested in applying the basic skills of Mountaineering in an expedition setting. Students will learn and practice backcountry group travel in mountain environments, selection and use of mountaineering equipment, knots, rope systems and roped travel. Students will also learn about and practice the design/construction of emergency mountain shelters. This course will also cover the fundamental skills required for the practice of safe mountaineering in mountain environments of the Paciﬁc Northwest. This course will build upon the basic skills gained in Mountaineering Fundamentals. Prerequisite: Successful completion PE185OJ (Mountaineering Fundamentals) or permission of the instructor.

PE185OL Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course presents a fun, simple, visual, and hands-on experience to becoming a worthy fly fisher. This course is comprehensive and progressive beginning with the basics and progressing through intermediate techniques. Progressive Fly Fishing will provide the student with the knowledge and skills to enjoy the art and science of fly fishing.

PE185ON High Angle Rescue Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to teach basic self-rescue and partner-rescue techniques for high-angle environments. Instruction will take place on an indoor climbing wall with additional outdoor ﬁeld practice. Students will learn about accident avoidance, assessing critical situations, climb-site evacuations and rope skills. Prerequisite: PE185RKI, (Intermediate Rock Climbing) or Outdoor Program Coordinator permission.

PE185RK Beginning Rock Climbing Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp Personal equipment may be used with instructor approval or rental equipment will be available for a $35 fee. Fee will be collected during the ﬁrst class meeting.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course provides an introduction to experiential place-based teaching methods. Place-Mapping helps students develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of place. Place-Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative development as environmental education and for group facilitation tool.

PE234 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides an introduction to teaching methods for experiential place-based teaching methods. Place Mapping helps students develop the skills necessary to explore and interpret the essential qualities of local natural areas which are central to the development of a sense of place. Place Mapping weaves together mapping techniques, natural history interpretation, land navigation skills and narrative development as an environmental education and group facilitation tool. Students will learn and practice effective methods for utilizing place mapping as a teaching tool. Prerequisite: PE233 or instructor permission. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PE285OL Wilderness Survival Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course provides the information and skills necessary for safe, low impact, backcountry travel. Topics include backcountry hazards, land navigation, survival skills, introduction to search and rescue, introduction to backcountry emergency care, low impact camping and environmental issues. Use of map and compass are the foci of a one-day outing. Includes certification in Workplace First Aid and Adult CPR. This course is recommended for all students interested in taking Outdoor Leadership classes. Prerequisite: Students must be capable of participating in the field outing associated with the class. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students with disabilities are responsible for requesting accommodations and must do so a minimum of two weeks before the beginning of the term.

PE285ON Outdoor Leadership Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides students with an opportunity to gain knowledge of outdoor leadership theory and the hands-on experience combined with structured reﬂection necessary to develop skills in leading groups in outdoor activities. Topics include experiential learning models, ensuring group safety, critical decision-making, leadership styles, judgment as a critical skill, accident equations, trip planning and ethical issues in outdoor education.

PE292SWT Water Safety Instruction Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp

PE185RKI Intermediate Rock Climbing See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions The purpose of this instructor course is to train instructor candidates to teach American Red Cross Swimming and Water Safety courses. The instructor course covers the following topics: planning and organizing courses, including the use of block plans and lesson plans, providing information and skill-development sessions necessary to conduct and teach swimming and water safety courses, conducting practice teaching and evaluating participants’ performance. Prerequisite: The student must be at least 17 years of age, demonstrate skills equivalent with the Community Water Safety course, or Lifeguard Training course; have swimming ability equivalent to Level VI of the Learn to Swim Program; and successfully pass a written pre-course test with an 80% or better. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PH109B, PH109C Observational Astronomy Credits 2,3 (1,2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of observing the night sky. Students will learn to use telescopes, star charts and photographic equipment to investigate the moon, planets, star clusters and nebulae.

PH121 General Astronomy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Descriptive treatment of the history of astronomy including the contributions of Kepler, Galileo and Newton. Telescopes, light and the spectrum, earth as a planet and the moon. This course is intended primarily for the general college student who is not majoring in a physical science. The planetarium is used extensively and is supplemented by occasional viewing of celestial objects with a telescope. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH122 General Astronomy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Descriptive treatment of the solar system including the terrestrial planets, the Jovian planets, comets, meteors, asteroids and meteorites. The planetarium star projector is used in conjunction with star charts to help students locate planets and other celestial objects in the night sky. Course may be taken out of sequence. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH123 General Astronomy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Descriptive treatment of stars and their evolution, the sun nebulae, star clusters, the Milky Way, galaxies, black holes, quasars, and the expanding universe. Course may be taken out of sequence. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH127 Preparing for General Physics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su A one-term course specifically designed to prepare students for the PH201/202/203 General Physics sequence. Students will gain competence in visualizing and sketching a physics problem, applying physics principles and reasoning skills to generate equations based on the sketch, and using mathematics to solve those equations. The problem solving skills obtained from this course are applicable to a wide variety of science, engineering and mathematics courses. Scientific calculator required. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH201 General Physics I Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

Physical laws and theories are developed and discussed. This course is intended primarily for the general college student who is not majoring in a physical science. The following topics will be developed: vectors, one- and two-dimensional kinematics, dynamics, uniform circular motion, work, energy, impulse and momentum, rotational kinematics and dynamics. A scientiﬁc calculator is required. A graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: MTH112 or MTH85.

PH202 General Physics II Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The following topics will be developed: elasticity and simple harmonic motion, fluid statics and dynamics, temperature, expansion, thermal energy and phase changes, heat transfer, gas laws and thermodynamics, waves, sound, interference, reflection, refraction, and physical optics. A scientific calculator is required and a graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: PH201.

PH203 General Physics III Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The following topics will be developed: electric forces and fields, potential and potential energy, electric circuits, magnetic forces and fields, electromagnetic induction, alternating current circuits, special relativity, particle-wave duality and the nature of atoms. A scientific calculator is required. A graphing calculator may be required. Prerequisite: PH202. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH211 General Physics with Calculus I Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F General Physics with Calculus includes the following topics: motion in one and two dimensions, particle dynamics, work, energy, momentum, conservation of energy and momentum, collision theory, rotational kinematics and dynamics, rigid body equilibrium, oscillating systems and universal gravitation will be treated using practical problems and examples. Emphasis will be placed on logical reasoning, thorough understanding of the principles and the ability to successfully solve numerical problems. Vector notation will be employed extensively. The theory and results of classical mechanics will be used to predict the behavior of actual physical systems and explain phenomena commonly encountered in the real world. Prerequisite: MTH251 or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH212 General Physics with Calculus II Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Provides prospective science and engineering majors with a thorough basic knowledge of thermodynamics, geometrical and physical optics, hydrodynamics, wave motion and related topics. Prerequisite: PH211. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PH213 General Physics with Calculus III Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Provides engineering and science majors with those subjects within the scope of electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: PH212. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to the basic questions of philosophy. This introduction includes philosophical issues such as: What is reality? What is knowledge? Can a proof for the existence of God be constructed? The student is challenged to separate mere opinion

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

219

Course Descriptions

220

from critical reason. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PHL202 Fundamental Ethics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to basic ethical systems. The student explores the question “Why be moral?” and attempts to analyze the foundations of moral actions. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PHL203 Elementary Logic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A lecture and discussion approach to the study of argument. The student explores the inferences of argumentation, as well as the formulation of valid vs. invalid proofs. The student also learns to critically evaluate arguments by translating them into symbolic logic. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PHL208 Political Philosophy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course focuses on the examination of two chief moral problems produced by the fact that we live in societies: (1) What are the moral limits of the authority of society over the individual? (2) What is the morally appropriate way to distribute wealth in society? Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. (PHO226 – PHO281 are restricted to students in the Professional Photography Program)

PHO131 Basic Photographic Lighting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to basic lighting principles, techniques, equipment and terms. Metering and exposure controls, lighting judgment and lighting control techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor.

PHO132 Color Photography II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Advanced techniques in color photography printing are explored. Color negative, slide and Polaroid ﬁlms and associated printing are discussed and demonstrated. Emphasis is placed on color balance, composition and presentation. Prerequisite: ART265 or consent of instructor.

PHO226 Photography Business Practicum I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Students in second-year standing will begin a sequence of courses intended to provide practical business experience in photography. The course attempts to simulate actual business operations by servicing the college community. Emphasis in this term will be on building a business plan, understanding professional responsibilities, building a client base and working with schedules, and negotiating contracts. In addition, students will learn a photography businessspeciﬁc accounting software. Prerequisite: Second-year standing.

PHO227 Photography Business Practicum II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second of a three-term sequence that provides students with an opportunity to simulate photography business practices. Emphasis is placed on customer service, scheduling, interpersonal

relations, marketing and sales strategies, management and stafﬁng. Students will also engage in cooperative assignments with graphic design students. Prerequisite: PHO226.

PHO267 PhotoShop I Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The objective of this class is for students to gain a fundamental understanding of the software program, PhotoShop, hardware configurations and related software used for digital photography. Students will learn file management, the use of painting and editing tools, paths, masks and channels. They will learn image capturing techniques including the use of electronic cameras and flatbed scanning, and related calculations for resolution and image sizing. Further, students will learn the relationship of computer hardware, memory and output capabilities to the final product. Prerequisite: ART261 and Macintosh basics (skills), or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PHO268 PhotoShop II Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W PhotoShop II intends to provide students the opportunity to develop their skills gained in PhotoShop I through a series of four projects. The projects will help students gain a more sophisticated understanding of the features of the computer program, the preparations of high-end output (printing) and further discussion of legal and ethical issues relating to digital photography. Prerequisite: PHO267 and ART262, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PHO269 Digital Studio Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on the use of digital cameras and computers in a studio setting. Students will gain hands-on experience at capturing, manipulating and adjusting images of a subject during a photographic session. Further, students will enhance their understanding of the acquisition of images through scanners and other lab processes, image management, and output devices and techniques. Also, creating web pages for e-portfolios will be addressed. Prerequisite: PHO267 and PHO268. Photography majors only or consent of instructor.

PHO270 Small Product Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to commercial applications of studio lighting toward small product photography. Emphasis placed on various aspects of table top lighting including tenting and rear projection, color balance and macro applications. Small and medium format emphasized. View camera demonstrated. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor.

PHO271 Photographic Style Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Study of leading photographers of the 20th century and their inﬂuence on contemporary, creative, photojournalistic and applied photography. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PHO272 Stock Photography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will gain a better understanding of stock and assignment photography. Emphasis is placed on developing production models; budgeting; concepting and research; editing; image storage and cataloguing; and contracts, copyright and the use of agents. Prerequisite:

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions ART261. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

PHO273 Page Layout for Photographers Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ART199PL) Students will use the Macintosh computer and page layout software to learn the basic principles of design and composition for the printed page. Applied projects will cover: use of grids, effective typography, and integration of photographic and type elements. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: PHO267 or equivalent. Limited to majors only or consent of instructor.

PHO281 Photography Portfolio Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students learn comprehensive strategies for promoting their careers in photography. Emphasis is placed on setting career objectives and building supporting presentation materials that will lead to the development of a ﬁnal graduating portfolio and resume. Prerequisite: Second-year standing or consent of instructor.

PS104 Problems in American Politics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course explores current policy issues in American politics which may range from international to national to local topics. Topics may include: the politics of unemployment, military affairs, civil rights, natural resources, education, and other timely issues of interest to students and faculty. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS105 Global Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will study various global issues, which affect cross-national interactions. Examples of such issues are environmental problems, health concerns, population questions, international military actions, terrorism, and human rights. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS200 Introduction to Political Science Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will learn about basic political concepts and themes such as legitimacy, sovereignty, democracy, political culture and socialization, participation and rights, revolution and change as well as explore various ideas about governments and their structures and functions. Also offered in an independent study format. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS201 American Government Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will learn how the United States Government makes decisions. Concepts of government including separation of powers, checks and balances, and federalism will be explored as well as the institutions of the presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court. Also discussed are elections and voting behavior; political socialization and public opinion; political parties and pressure groups; as well as civil rights and liberties. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS203 State and Local Governments Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course provides students the opportunity to study state, county, city, and special district government. Concepts such as

states rights, local control, and direct democracy are explored. Students are encouraged to monitor the activities of state and local government and discuss the policy decisions made during the term of study. Federalism, the constitutional concept of shared powers between the state and federal government, is reviewed thoroughly. This course is also offered as an independent study. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS204 Introduction to Comparative Politics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F The student explores the political culture, institutions, and processes of a selection of different countries of the world. Case studies represent a variety of governments and political cultures. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS205 International Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course studies international relations and foreign affairs. Institutions and methodology of international governmental relations are studied, including current international problems. Primary emphasis is placed on distinguishing the developmental features of developed, developing and underdeveloped nations. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS217 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The course examines the growing number of management problems associated with outdoor recreation of public lands. Emphasis is placed on legal, societal and historical explanations of management decisions and topics including agency autonomy and accountability, elements of the administrative rulemaking process, the nature and role of competing user groups and the influence such groups have over policy outcomes. Discussion is framed in the regional context of the Pacific Northwest. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS220 American Foreign Policy and World Order Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Students will study the interdependent basis of the contemporary world and explore America’s role in shaping the world order. Students will compare U.S. and key foreign nations’ perspectives of foreign policy and examine real-world, present-day foreign policy problems and possible approaches to these problems. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS225 Political Ideology: Ideas about Government Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course examines the role of ideology, the organization of propaganda, and the structure of political action in the modern state. Political ideology and theory are studied through an examination of the “isms”, i.e., nationalism, communism, socialism, fascism, and democracy. The relationship of the individual to the state through rights and responsibilities is emphasized. A principle focus is to associate political theory and political action through an understanding of political ideology. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS241 Political Terrorism Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a review of terrorism as a political and social state-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

221

Course Descriptions

222

ment, with an attempt to understand its motives, objectives, and outcomes. Particular attention will be given to selected circumstances that are especially conducive to terrorists acts. A special effort will be made to distinguish which lifestyles and religions promote terrorism, and to study the history and development of terrorism as a modern mechanism for obtaining political concessions. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course will provide the student with an understanding of the principle historical features in the development of the U.S. Intelligence System. The principle components of the course include a historical review of the process from 1948 to present, an analysis of the principal policy issues that affect the process, and a twoweek assessment of the JFK assassination as a difﬁcult problem in intelligence analysis. The tension between professionals in the intelligence community and elected policy makers is emphasized. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

social science disciplines included in this course are anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. An independent study section will also be offered. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY201 General Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY201 is the first of a three-term sequence. This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information pertaining to the following topics: scientific methods of psychology; learning and memory; development; and related topics. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for understanding human behavior. An independent study section is available. Televised sections also are available some terms. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY202 General Psychology

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will study the environmental limits of the modern economy in developed, developing, and less-developed countries as well as explore the environmental policy of the United States and discuss possible approaches to environmental national policy. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY202 is the second in a three-term sequence. This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information relating to the biological bases of behavior, consciousness and social psychology. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for understanding human behavior. An independent study section is available and televised sections are available some terms. Prerequisite: PSY201 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS298 Political Science Research

PSY203 General Psychology

Credits 1 - maximum 2 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/Sp This course develops skills needed for the successful completion of a political science research paper. The student will be guided in library research, planning, and writing a research paper. Correct use of footnotes and bibliographic styles for political research papers will also be emphasized. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. Students may repeat PS298 for a maximum of 2 credits.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp PSY203 is the third in a three-term sequence. This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of information pertaining to the following topics; intelligence, psychological testing and measurement, personality theories, emotions, stress and coping, abnormal psychology, and psychotherapy. Current trends are discussed and an emphasis is placed on practical application of the information for understanding human behaviors. An independent study section is available. A televised section is available some terms. Prerequisite: PSY201 or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics

PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Psychology of Human Relations is the study of psychology from a living or personal point of view with emphasis on practical application. Attention is given to individual and group dynamics with focus on feelings and attitudes in relation to family, work and day-to-day experiences. The course includes an overview of topics including self-concept, perception, self-awareness, personality, values and communications in resolving interpersonal conﬂicts. An independent study section which focuses on human relations in the workplace is available. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY151 Introduction to the Social Sciences Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course offers an overview of the social sciences and specific examination of the key points, issues and concepts of each. It will include a historical development of the modern social sciences, as well as, a current, state-of-the-art perspective. A general functional description of the scientific method and philosophy of the scientific method as it is applied to the social sciences will be explored. The

PSY214 Introduction to Personality Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course consists of an overview of basic personality theories within the framework of the four dominant philosophies of human behavior, i.e., psychoanalysis, humanism, and cognitive psychology. Attention is given to the origin and development of personality, particularly as it pertains to healthy adjustment. An independent study section is also available. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: PSY201 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY216 Social Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Social Psychology involves the scientific study of the behavior of the individual within the context of a social setting. The course will explore the significant variables that influence the social responses of the individual. Topics will include attitude formation and change, social perception, persuasion and social influence, pro-social be-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions havior and group decision making, and other relevant topics. An independent study section is also available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY222 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (odd years) A wide range of treatments appropriate to settings for mentally and emotionally disturbed persons will be described. Workers/students will gain information regarding the major categories of mental illness, diagnostic criteria, day treatment, residential treatment, behavior management, and milieu development. Prerequisite: MH/HS majors only or consent of instructor.

PSY225 Psycho-Social Development I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) F One lecture hour and discussion; experiential sessions three hours each week to develop and deﬁne assertive communication skills, warm- up skills for dyads and groups and personal awareness. Prerequisite: Completion of HS150 with a grade of C or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to Mental Health/Human Services majors.

PSY226 Psycho-Social Development II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp A lecture and laboratory experience of communication skills and interpersonal relationships in a group process setting. The basic issues and key concepts of group process are presented including the application of leadership skills to a variety of group settings. Prerequisite: PSY225 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to MH/HS majors or consent of instructor.

PSY231 Human Sexuality Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The focus of this class is on the psychological and physiological aspects of human sexuality. Study will include male and female sexual physiology and functioning, sexual behavior patterns, sexual dysfunctions and therapy, sexual development, atypical behavior, relational enhancement and a variety of other topics. Information and discussion will aim for an open and nonjudgmental level of understanding. An independent study section is also available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY232 Sexuality and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The primary emphasis of Sexuality and Society is on the psychosocial interactions involved in our sexual behavior. The formation of social behavior culturally and cross culturally will be examined as they pertain to the psychology of sexuality. Various issues having both a sexual and social basis will be examined. This course is usually offered as an independent study course. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY235 Human Development I: Infancy-Adolescence Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W First of two-term sequence studying physical, psychological and social development from conception through adolescence. Units on developmental disabilities, child abuse and current child-rearing practices will be presented. (Fall 02) Limited to Early Childhood Education majors. (Winter 03) Limited to Mental Health/Human Services majors.

PSY236 Human Development II: Adolescence-Aging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Human Development II is the psychological, social and physical development of adults. This course spans early, middle and late adulthood using various theoretical models and empirical observations. Prerequisite: PSY235 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Limited to MH/HS majors.

PSY237 Human Development Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is a descriptive and theoretical examination of the developmental process of human life from conception to death. Emphasis will be placed on integrating the variables of inﬂuence that contribute and direct the sequential aspects of development. Classic to contemporary developmental approaches will be presented and studied. It is required upon beginning this class that the student have a thorough understanding of the concepts and theories presented in PSY201, General Psychology. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to mental disorders and diagnosis with an overview of major treatment strategies. Subjects covered include a historical overview of mental disturbance, community psychology, the current Diagnostic and Statistics Manual (DSM), and the social impact of mental disorder on modern society. Speciﬁc disorders include anxiety disorders, personality disorders, dissociative disorders, affective disorders, substance use disorders, suicide, schizophrenia, and organic brain disorder. An independent study section is available. Prerequisite: PSY201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

PSY250 Forensics in Psychology, Anthropology and Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course examines those aspects of psychology, anthropology, and sociology that are involved in the legal system. The course specifically focuses on criminal behavior from the perspective of the Social Science. Patterns of illegal behavior, detection, and conviction of one illegal behavior, detection and conviction of one illegal behavior, and treatment modalities will be examined. Criminal and antisocial behavior are significant aspects of the general study of social behavior and thus important areas of study of the social scientist. This course will also be offered as an independent study course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. (PTA111 – PTA228 are restricted to students in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program)

PTA111 Patient Care Skills Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to the basic patient care techniques commonly used in physical therapy. Those procedures to be included are: body mechanics, positioning and moving patients, wheelchair use, asepsis and vital signs and gait training with assistive devices. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. Concurrent enrollment in PTA111L is required.

PTA112 Introduction to Physical Therapy

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

223

Course Descriptions

224

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the historical developments leading to current medical and physical therapy practice. Factors which have precipitated change in the way medical care is delivered and reimbursed, and how physical therapy is also impacted will be identiﬁed. Speciﬁc information about the profession, the practice, and the regulation of physical therapy will be discussed. Factors external to physical therapy but which affect patient care will also be explored. Prerequisite: Admission into the Physical Therapist Assistant Program.

PTA113 Clinical Kinesiology Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable the students to recognize basic anatomical and biomechanical elements of normal and abnormal human motion. Emphasis will be on the clinically functional aspects of the musculoskeletal system. Prerequisite: “C” or better in BI121.

PTA114 Physical Therapy Procedures I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The principles and practices of physical therapy will be examined, with an introduction to the following procedures: range of motion exercise, passive stretching, activities of daily living, use of patient restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy, therapeutic massage, hydrotherapy, and traction. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in PTA112. Concurrent enrollment in PTA114L is required.

PTA114L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab I Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lab will enable the student to learn the following procedures: range of motion, passive stretching, ambulation, activities of daily living, use of patient restraints, various forms of heat, cryotherapy, therapeutic massage, hydrotherapy and traction. Concurrent enrollment in PTA114 is required.

PTA115 Physical Therapy Procedures II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Theoretical principles and practical application of electrotherapy and chronic edema management will be examined. Theoretical application of therapeutic exercise programs and equipment commonly used for the treatment of various orthopedic conditions and surgical procedures relating to the spine will be also examined. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in PTA114 and PTA114L. Concurrent enrollment in PTA115L is required.

PTA115L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab II Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This lab course will enable the student to apply various techniques and procedures discussed in PTA115. Concurrent enrollment in PTA115 is required.

PTA125 Clinical Afﬁliation I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 7 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Introduction to the clinical setting. Areas of emphasis include patient/staff working relationships, beginning awareness of patient disorders and limited application of physical therapy techniques; an introduction to clinical recordkeeping. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA114, PTA114L, BI121 and AH140. PTA113, PTA115 and PTA115L must be completed with a minimum of “C” prior to clinical placement. Evidence of a current CPR, AED and First Aid for the Workplace cards or equivalent. Completion of a criminal background check as required by Senior and Disabled Services of

Oregon.

PTA130 Issues in Physical Therapy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to ethical and legal issues related to the practice of physical therapy, the patient/staff relationship, and the various components of communications. The implications of chronic illness/disability, the aging process and death/dying also will be discussed. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in PTA112.

PTA216 Physical Therapy Procedures III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Theoretical application of therapeutic exercise programs and equipment commonly used for the treatment of various orthopedic conditions and medical conditions and surgical procedures will be examined. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA113, PTA115, PTA115L. Concurrent enrollment in PTA216L is required.

PTA216L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab III Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This lab course will enable the student to: understand the practical application and functions of dressings, splints, orthotics and prosthetics, perform anthropomorphic and goniometric measurements, instruct patients in exercise programs for various orthopedic and medical conditions and surgical procedures, and incorporate the use of biofeedback into muscle reeducation. Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with PTA216.

PTA217 Physical Therapy Procedures IV Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Therapeutic exercise programs and apparatus commonly used for neurological and medical conditions will be examined. The principles of positioning, exercise program planning and rehabilitation also will be discussed. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216, PTA216L and PTA220. Concurrent enrollment in PTA217L is required.

PTA217L Physical Therapy Procedures Lab IV Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This lab course will enable the student to implement patient positioning programs, instruct therapeutic exercises and utilize apparatus commonly used for selected neurological and medical conditions. Must be taken concurrently with PTA217.

PTA220 Pathological Conditions I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to the pathology of and management of orthopedic and surgical problems commonly treated by physical therapy. There also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment of these disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in BI121, BI122, PTA113.

PTA221 Pathological Conditions II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to the pathology and management of neurological and medical problems commonly treated by physical therapy. There also will be discussion of the physical therapy treatment of these disorders. Prerequisite: Minimum of “C” in PTA220.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions PTA226 Clinical Afﬁliation II Credits 5 (10 Lecture - 144 Clinical Hrs/Term) – F A continuation of clinical practice, including application of physical therapy procedures, professional behavior, communication principles appropriate in the physical therapy department, delegation to and supervision of PT aides and principles of quality assurance. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in PTA125.

that conditioned the development of the Christian church, with an eye to the themes of covenant and promise. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. (RB110 – RB240 are restricted to students in the Radio Broadcasting Program)

RB110 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting

Credits 5 (10 Lecture - 128 Clinical - 10 Seminar Hrs/Term) – W Further application of physical therapy principles and practice, with emphasis on applied theoretical knowledge, clinical problem solving, patient/professional communication, and resolution of ethical dilemmas. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA216 and PTA216L, PTA220 and PTA226.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of radio broadcasting, including the history of technical and non-technical aspects; current conditions affecting broadcasting and trends in broadcasting; Federal Communication Commission rules and regulations and how they inﬂuence broadcasters and broadcasting; station organization and operation and how the individual ﬁts in; audience, its growth, maintenance and development. Concurrent enrollment in RB110, RB111, and RB112 is required.

PTA228 Clinical Afﬁliation IV

RB111 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab

PTA227 Clinical Afﬁliation III

Credits 8 (10 Lecture - 232 Clinical - 10 Seminar Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will concentrate on developing proﬁciency as a graduate physical therapist assistant in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: “C” or better in PTA217, PTA217L, PTA221, PTA227. ***

R210 World Religions Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A general survey of the major world religions, including a look at their founders and their theologies in terms of their views of God, self, society, purposes of life, and of tradition and ritual. Included are the great monotheisms, Christianity, Judaism, and Islam, and the primary Far Eastern religions of Hinduism and Buddhism. Some attention also is given to religious offshoots of the mainstream religions (e.g., Jainism, Sikhism and Bhakti faiths). Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

R211 History of the Old Testament Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is intended as a general survey of the historical antecedents of Old Testament events, of the significance of these events in terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the basic meanings conveyed in the written words of Old Testament authors. In this process the formation and faith of early Israel are examined with a view toward the Old Testament’s perspective of history, and that of Messianic expectation. This is done in the context of the historical flow of the rise and fall of empires in the Ancient Near Eastern World. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

R212 History of the New Testament Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is intended as a general survey of the historical antecedents of New Testament events, of the signiﬁcance of these events in terms of the progressive movement of Biblical structure, and of the relations between Old and New Testament writings. In this process, particular note will be made of the shaping of historical events of the intertestamental period, the New Testament perspective of redemptive history, and the contribution which knowledge of the original language (Greek) makes toward an understanding of the text. Included also will be a study of the important early movements

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of radio broadcasting practices giving the student understanding of radio performance and of control room operation. Special attention is given to the preparation of the student for on-the-air experience which will be gained primarily on KDOX. Concurrent enrollment in RB110 and RB112 is required.

RB112 Broadcasting Practices I Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to, and development of, on air performance and radio production techniques. Concurrent enrollment in RB110, RB111, and RB112 is required.

RB113 Radio Scriptwriting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to basic principles of short-format, persuasive, oral writing style. A survey of contemporary persuasive techniques in broadcast media, and analysis of award winning copy. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB114 Radio Scriptwriting Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Writing and producing material to be aired on KDOX. Materials include commercials, public service campaigns and promotional announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

RB115 Broadcasting Practices II Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W RB115 is the second of a sequence in Broadcasting Practices and provides an expanded look at production and performance. Students carry an airshift or its equivalent during the quarter. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

RB116 Radio Traffic Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis on the traffic department’s function and the FCC Rules and Regulations that govern the recordkeeping in radio and a review of the mix of operations in a radio station which makes traffic planning and control necessary. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

225

Course Descriptions

226

RB117 Radio Trafﬁc Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Students will prepare logs using Marketron software, and demonstrate an understanding of day-to-day operations of a station and the interaction with other departments in the station. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Continued development of radio skills with a focus on radio programming. Speciﬁcally, students study music programming and the use of Selector software in creating a competitive music format. There is also emphasis on creating audition tapes and resumes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

RB118 Broadcasting Practices III

RB226 Broadcast Station Operation

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The development of a personal style which ﬁts the format of KDOX or other stations as well as the continuing development of skills necessary to operate a radio station, especially in the area of production and performance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

Credits 4 (1 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student theoretically functions in all areas of radio, serving as manager, sales manager, air talent, programmer, and production specialist in the creation of a proposal for local broadcast service. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB120 Broadcast News Reporting I

RB228 Broadcasting Practices VI

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The basics of reporting and writing for electronic journalism, independent news gathering, news services for a well-rounded exposure to radio news operations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB121 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Practice covering a beat under deadline. Students write and produce weekly stories while working a pre-assigned newsbeat. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

RB222 Broadcasting Practices IV Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The continued practice of on-air skills with an emphasis on digital production techniques using ProTools software. Students produce for KDOX, including sweepers, promos, spots and public service announcements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB223 Broadcast Advertising Practices Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An examination of the role of promotion and advertising in radio broadcasting; including on and off air promotion, times sales, audience measurement, advertising agencies and station reps. There is a general focus on the marketing function required of radio professionals and radio stations; speciﬁcally an examination of methods for positioning radio stations, radio station clients and radio talent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

RB224 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Practical experience in the creation and production of advertising and promotion material using Pro-Tools - digital audio production software. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term or consent of instructor.

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The continued practice of on-the-air skills on KDOX. The goal of this course is to give students the opportunity to prepare a marketable audition tape and resume. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB230 Broadcast Sales Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to radio time selling, including station presentation, rating services, individual ability to present a product and how it relates to advertisers’ overall objectives. Applying principles of salesmanship to broadcasting and servicing of the client. An introduction to normal business procedures used in broadcast facilities. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in the previous term or consent of instructor.

RB235 Broadcast News Reporting II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is an advanced course for the student who has completed Broadcast News Reporting I and Broadcast News Reporting Lab, and wishes to further develop reporting, production and news writing skills. Each student will produce weekly feature pieces for potential use on KDOX. The course requires the student to address the challenge of regularly scheduled deadlines and focuses on developing skill in learning to use sound to illustrate and support news stories. Students also focus on developing effective critiquing of professionally-produced and student-produced news pieces in the classroom. Prerequisite: RB120 and RB121 or consent of instructor.

RB240 Radio Operators Certiﬁcate Prep Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Survey of electronics and its important relationship to Radio Broadcasting. Students will learn basic electronics and terminologies as related to the generation, transmission and reception of radio and audio signals; be familiarized with the FCC Rules and Regulations to ensure compliance with technical issues to avoid ﬁnes and jeopardizing the station license; learn techniques and procedures for

RB225 Broadcasting Practices V

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions necessary observations and adjustments to the transmitting system; obtain a better working understanding of electronic equipment in production and control room studios; survey grade of C or better, the student will receive a Certificate of Completion. After six months of successful control room operation, a seal of competence may be affixed to the certificate. Equipment demonstration and practical application techniques will be used during the quarter. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RB classes required in previous term. Co-requisite: CS90.

RBX40 Commercial Broadcast Sales Credits 5 (4 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W The purpose of this class is to bring together the concepts, processes and purposes involved in representing broadcast sales departments to their clients. Prerequisite: Member of the broadcast industry and/or student in Radio/TV programs.

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is for students needing reading, vocabulary, and study skills development before entering college course work. The main emphases are to improve students’ ability to get meaning from text and to help students understand and meet college demands. Extensive outside reading is required. Prerequisite: CPT test score of 36 or above.

RD95 Advancing Reading Skills Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Advancing Reading Skills is designed for students who have successfully completed RD90, Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills, with an “S” grade, but need to continue to develop speciﬁc reading skills in order to meet the CPT Guided Studies exit standard. Prerequisite: RD90 with a grade of S or consent of instructor.

RD115 Reading for College Success Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course helps students develop college-level textbook reading strategies. Students will read to achieve literal understanding of material, will read for valid inferences, and will develop vocabulary. Effective student strategies are also covered. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RD90 or CPT score of 60 or above. Proﬁciency Required: Reading.

RD116 Rapid Reading Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This laboratory course is designed for students who do not have difﬁculty with reading. The emphasis will be to increase reading rate while maintaining comprehension and to adapt speed according to type of reading material. Prerequisite: Placement determined by CPT score, standardized reading test score, or successful completion of RD115; and consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Required: Reading.

RD117 Critical Reading Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Critical Reading provides instruction in advanced reading skills and vocabulary development. Emphasis is on improving higher-level comprehension skills and critical and analytical reading skills as they relate to college and life experience. Prerequisite: Placement determined by CPT score of 80 or above, standardized reading test

score, or RD115 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing.

RNX11 RN/LPN Refresher Clinical Experience Credits 4 (16 Clinical Hrs/Wk) Supervised clinical experience concurrent with theory to develop skill in the R.N./L.P.N.s role. Individualized experiences are arranged consistent with objectives of the program, rules for re-entry program and student goals. Prerequisite: Active or temporary licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN/LPN level.

RNX12 RN/LPN Refresher Theory Credits 6 (5 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This course provides the inactive practical nurse or registered nurse review of theory and skills needed to return to active practice. Emphasis is placed on trends in contemporary nursing practice, legal ethical issues, overview of new treatment and theoretical concepts related to common and new health problems identiﬁed in the last decade. The nursing process is used to present management of nursing care in a variety of health care delivery settings. Scope of practice related to role of the Registered Nurse and Licensed Practical Nurse is also presented. Prerequisite: Active or temporary licensure by OSBN at RN/LPN level. Note: Financial aid is not available for this class.

RNX27 Operating Room Orientation for the R.N. Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction for the registered nurse who has no previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization. Prerequisite: Limited to Registered Nurses with current licensure and student nurses with faculty approval. Work experience in the clinical practice setting is preferred. This course is not ﬁnancial aid eligible.

RNX28 Operating Room Clinical for the RN Credits 6 (19 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course, a continuation of RNX27, is a clinical practicum of 196 hours in the operating room for the registered nurse who has no previous operating room experience and who wishes to care for the surgical patient during the intraoperative phase of hospitalization. Prerequisite: Limited to Registered Nurses and student nurses with faculty approval who have successfully completed RNX27 with a grade of “C” or better. This course is not ﬁnancial aid eligible.

RNX33 RN Re-entry into Practice Credits 8 (8 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides the inactive registered nurse a review of theory and skills needed to return to active practice. Emphasis is placed on trends in contemporary nursing practice, legal and ethical issues, overview of new treatments and the theoretical concepts related to common and new health problems identiﬁed in the last decade. The nursing process is used to present management of nursing care in a variety of health care delivery settings. Scope of practice related to each role of the nurse is also presented. Prerequisite: Active or limited licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN level. Demonstrated computer literacy.

RNX34A, RNX34B Re-Entry into Practice Clinical

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

227

Course Descriptions

228

Experience Credits 4,8 (16,32 Lab Hrs/Wk) Supervised clinical experience in the acute care setting for the inactive RN to practice and develop a renewed clinical role. Individualized experiences are arranged consistent with objectives of the program, Oregon Administrative Rules for re-entry program and student goals. Prerequisite: RNX33 or consent of instructor; and active or limited licensure by Oregon State Board of Nursing at RN level. Concurrent enrollment or recent completion of a nursing pharmacology course. (RT111 – RT253 are restricted to students in the Respiratory Care Program.)

RT111 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to normal cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology. Mechanics of breathing, gas diffusion, fundamental concepts of physics, gas laws, acid base regulation and control of breathing are presented along with cardiopulmonary function testing concepts. Prerequisite: CH104 or instructor permission. Concurrent enrollment in RT112 is required.

RT112 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Provides laboratory demonstration of cardiopulmonary physiology using laboratory exercises, computer simulations and pulmonary function equipment. Concurrent enrollment is required in RT111.

RT121 Respiratory Care Procedures Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will introduce the student to therapeutic modalities of respiratory care. Topics will include oxygen therapy, gas storage and delivery systems, humidity and aerosol therapy, bronchial hygiene, artiﬁcial airways, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, infection control, medical ethics, and charting. Prerequisite: CH104, RT111, RT112, or permission of instructor. Concurrent enrollment in RT122 is required.

ventilators and clinical applications. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT111, RT112, RT121, and RT122. Concurrent enrollment in RT142 is required.

RT142 Mechanical Ventilation Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This laboratory course will provide hands-on experience with selected ventilators and techniques discussed in RT141. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT111 and RT121. Concurrent enrollment in RT141 is required.

RT150 Clinical Clerkship Credits 1 (4 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will provide the student with orientation to the hospital setting, formulate information gathering skills, provide opportunity of respiratory care modalities. Prerequisites: RT121 with a “C” grade or better. Concurrent enrollment in RT131 is required.

RT211 Pulmonary Assessment Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Physical examination, clinical laboratory, spirometric and radiological assessment of the respiratory patient is presented in this lecture/ demonstration course. Prerequisite: Completion of RT131 with a grade of “C” or better.

RT220 Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course will provide discussion concerning the physiologic changes at birth, the common respiratory and cardiac disorders, and their treatment in the infant and pediatric patient. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT131 and RT141, or consent of the instructor.

RT231 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I

Credits 2 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Laboratory demonstrations and activities designed to reinforce RT121 lecture, C.P.R. certiﬁcation by American Heart Association. Concurrent enrollment in RT121 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is the ﬁrst of a two-term sequence of courses that are designed to familiarize the student with topics and techniques encountered in the care of critically ill patient. Content includes discussion of data collection, assessment, pathophysiology and treatment of various life threatening cardiopulmonary conditions, ACLS techniques, ventilatory support and other forms of life support. In addition and where appropriate, discussion of rehabilitation, health promotion, disease prevention and legal and ethical issues will be presented. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT211, RT220, and RT251.

RT131 Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology

RT232 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II

Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes a study of respiratory diseases and their treatment, including the pharmacology of respiratory care. Included diseases are chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, infectious pulmonary diseases, neuromuscular diseases and lung cancer. Prerequisites: RT111, RT112, RT121 and RT122 or instructor permission.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is the second of a two-term sequence of courses that are designed to familiarize the student with topics and techniques encountered in the care of critically ill patients. Content includes discussion of data collection, assessment, pathophysiology and treatment of various life threatening cardiopulmonary conditions, ACLS techniques, ventilatory support and other forms of life support. In addition and where appropriate, discussion of rehabilitation, health promotion, disease prevention and legal and ethical issues will be presented. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT231

RT122 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab

RT141 Mechanical Ventilation Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will introduce the mechanical aids to ventilation as commonly employed in the clinical setting. Topics will include physiological effects of mechanical ventilation, classiﬁcation of modern

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions and RT232.

RT251 Clinical Practice I Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed as an introduction to basic respiratory care skill with an orientation to adult critical care areas. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in RT150, BI121, BI122, and BI234.

RT252 Clinical Practice II Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W This hospital-based laboratory/clinical course is designed to familiarize the student with all areas of critical care. The student also is familiarized with special areas including pulmonary function lab, home care and rehabilitation. The student also gains skills in advanced assessment and clinical decision making. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in RT251.

RT253 Clinical Practice III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course provides participants with a perspective of labor-management interactions and insight into current labor relations events. Topics include: history and development of the labor movement, management/supervisory responsibilities for labor relations, labor unions’ current status and organizational make-up, labor legislation such as the National Labor Relations Act, Public Employees Relations Act, Taft-Hartley Act, grievance and disciplinary action, arbitration, mediation contracts, etc. Course content is developed from real case material and is continually reﬂected against current labor-management examples. Offered at irregular intervals.

SKD10 Study Skills Laboratory Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for students with learning disabilities who need on-going support with organizational skills and learning strategies. Instructor signature required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

SKH20 Computer Access Evaluation

Credits 8 (25 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of RT252 and will continues the hospital-based laboratory/clinical experience to familiarize the student with all areas of critical care. The student also is familiarized with special areas including pulmonary function lab, home care, and rehabilitation. The student also gains skills in advanced assessment and clinical decision making. Prerequisite: Successful completion of RT252.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp In-depth computer access evaluation to determine an appropriate access environment for students with disabilities. Likely participants in this course would include students who have multiple disabilities, have acquired brain injuries resulting in secondary orthopedic and/or visual disabilities, re-entering disabled older students, blind or other students on recommendation of instructional staff. Prerequisite: Requires prior approval of Disability Services staff.

RUS111 Beginning Russian Conversation I

SKH30 Computer Access I

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to basic spoken Russian and the Russian alphabet. It emphasizes simple speaking and listening proﬁciency in everyday situations with some minimal reading & writing. Students gain insight into Russian-speakers’ cultures. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

RUS112 Beginning Russian Conversation II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course continues the introduction to conversational Russian and to Russian-speaking cultures, introducing students to more vocabulary and grammar used in everyday situations. Prerequisite: RUS111, or one semester of high-school level Russian, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

RUS113 Beginning Russian Conversation III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course completes the introduction to conversational Russian and to Russian-speaking cultures, providing practice in using vocabulary in everyday situations previously or newly introduced. Prerequisite: RUS112, or one semester of high-school level Russian, or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Computer Access I will introduce the student who has a disability to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s ability in the context of either word processing or other software applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Course offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored to the individual needs of the student. The diagnostic/prescriptive nature of program allows the student and the instructor to develop an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite: Approval of Disability Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to use alternative input device.

SKH35 Computer Access II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Computer Access II will introduce the student who has a disability to the use of an access technology appropriate to the student’s ability in the context of either word processing or other software applications such as spreadsheets and database managers. Courses offered through the Adapted Computer Technology Lab are tailored to the individual needs of the student. The diagnostic/prescriptive nature of the program allows the student and the instructor to develop an individualized learning plan. Prerequisite: Approval of Disability Services staff; keyboard ability or previously trained to use alternative input device.

***

SDP204 Labor-Management Relations

SMT110 Introduction to Sheet Metal Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to safety, ﬁrst aid, locks and seams, layout and pattern development (parallel line, radial line and triangulation), drafting industry related mathematics, soldering and welding. The course will include

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

229

Course Descriptions

230

both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: Must meet local union qualiﬁcations and be a registered apprentice.

cation in the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT121 or consent of instructor.

SMT111 Sheet Metal Transitions

SMT123 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to sheet metal mathematics as it pertains to transitions. This will include the use of triangulation. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT110 or consent of instructor.

Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application in the use of a calculator to solve sheet metal layout problems. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: Must meet local union qualiﬁcations and be a registered apprentice.

SMT112 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the apprentice will receive training in regards to electrical fundamentals as they pertain to welding. Welding theory and practical hands on experience will be applied. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT111 or consent of instructor.

SMT113 Sheet Metal Triangulation I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to sheet metal triangulation. Students will learn theory and apply it to real world situations. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT112 or consent of instructor.

SMT120 Sheet Metal Triangulation II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to bidding and job costs, pictorial drawings, parallel line development, radial line development, SMAW welding, architectural sheet metal, Ofﬁce 97 Suite, GMAW welding, calculator layout and clean room protocol. Prerequisite: SMT113 or consent of instructor.

SMT121 Architectural Sheet Metal I Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application in the Architectural Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT120 or consent of instructor.

SMT230 Introduction to Environmental Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to triangulation, air and its properties, ventilation, environmental systems, blueprint reading, GMAW welding, ﬁeld measuring, hoisting and rigging, calculator layout, installing of central HVAC equipment, installing package units, excel, heavy metal stretch outs. Prerequisite: SMT123 or consent of instructor.

SMT231 Advanced Environmental Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical application in environmental systems. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT230 or consent of instructor.

SMT232 Gas Metal Arc Welding Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to gas metal arc welding (GMAW). The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT231 or consent of instructor.

SMT233 Plans and Speciﬁcations Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to reading and interpreting blueprints and speciﬁcations as they pertain to the sheet metal industry. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT232 or consent of instructor.

SMT122 Architectural Sheet Metal II Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical appli-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions SMT240 Sheet Metal Triangulation III Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to construction safety, organizing and problem solving skills, basic electricity, environmental controls, duct leakage testing, adjusting and balancing of duct systems, parallel line development, GTAW welding, clean room protocol, blowpipe and material handling systems, food service equipment, industrial sheet metal applications and stainless steel ﬁnishing techniques. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT233 or consent of instructor.

SMT241 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to theory and fundamentals of testing, adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT240 or consent of instructor.

SMT242 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Weld. Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT241 or consent of instructor.

SMT243 Food Service Equipment Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to the food service industry. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT242 or consent of instructor.

SMT250 Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to ﬁrst aid, food service equipment, project cost awareness, computer applications, AutoCad release 14, detailing, GMAW and GTAW and GTAW welding processes, blowpipe and supervisory skills. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT243 or consent of instructor.

SMT251 Industrial Sheet Metal Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application

as it pertains to the Industrial Sheet Metal Industry. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT250 or consent of instructor.

SMT252 Introduction to Detailing Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course, the Apprentice will receive training in regards to basic theory and practical application as it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both lecture and hands on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT251 or consent of instructor.

SMT253 Advanced Detailing Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will continue to develop knowledge and skills needed in the sheet metal trade. During this course the Apprentice will receive training in regards to advanced theory and practical application as it pertains to detailing in sheet metal. The course will include both lecture and hands-on practical instructional methods. Prerequisite: SMT252 or consent of instructor.

SOC204 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course focuses on sociology as a science and examines concepts related to human social behavior such as social structure, culture, socialization, sex roles, status, roles, groups, organizations, social stratiﬁcation, and racial/ethnic relations. An independent study section is available. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC205 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The basic ﬁndings of sociology concerning the individual, culture, group life, social institutions, and factors of social change. This course explores the relationship between the individual and large scale organizations. An independent study section is available. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC206 General Sociology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course deals with contemporary social problems, issues, and their impact on society. Emphasis is placed upon explanations and some solutions to contemporary social problems. An independent study section is available. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC213 Race Relations in the United States Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W The purpose of this course is to examine the social relationships between American minorities and the dominant society. Emphasis is placed upon basic sociological concepts, which are used to examine differing minority groups in the American context. Some of these basic concepts include power, social class, values, culture, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC214 Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines U.S. culture and society for the international student from a sociological perspective with the intent of familiariz-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

231

Course Descriptions

232

ing the international student with U.S. culture and helping the adjustment into college life. Prerequisite: Completion of ENL201R/S/W (Speaking, Writing, Reading) for international students.

SOC215 Gender and Society Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Sociological perspectives on gender are examined in this course. In particular, the social construction of gender is explored in relation to identity, interaction, and social institutions. The course content is organized around the following questions: What is gender? How does gender inﬂuence the organization of families, economies, and states? In what ways is gender related to power and violence? How does gender impact identity, intimacy, and friendship? An independent study section of this course is available. Prerequisite: SOC204 and SOC205. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

SOC216 Sociology of the Family Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course is designed to examine the family as a social institution. The course explores the relationship between family forms and shifts in the economy. In addition, the course considers power relations embedded in families as well as diversity in families in the U.S. Finally, the course explores the family as it relates to the life course from childhood to partnership to parenthood of the elderly and their families. An independent study section of this course is available.

SOC223 Sociology of Aging Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The sociological and cultural aspects of aging in contemporary American society are studied in this introductory course. The life-long process of aging will be examined from psychological, biological and sociological perspectives. Upon completion of this course students will have skills and knowledge which they will be able to apply as needed when dealing with older adults. Prerequisite: None (SOC204 is recommended). Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

American society. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP100 Basic Speech Communication Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This introductory course surveys the field of human communication. Specific areas to be explored include communication theory, family communication, intrapersonal communication, interpersonal communication, group communication, public communication, organizational communication, intercultural communication, mass communication and listening. This course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Provides opportunities to prepare and present original speeches with emphasis on content, organization, stage fright, delivery and language. This course is a blend of theory and practical application. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP112 Persuasive Speech Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course emphasizes development, preparation, organization, informal logic, critical thinking, presentation and criticism of persuasive messages for audiences. Students will prepare, present and analyze persuasive speeches. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP114 Argument and Critical Discourse Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Examination of argumentation as part of human interaction and investigation. This course emphasizes the processes by which people give reasons to gain adherence and to justify beliefs and actions. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP115 Introduction: Intercultural Communication

SOC225 Social Issues Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will examine selected social issues or problems and their effects on the individual and society. The issues will be selected from the following three areas: 1) Systemic issues: racial and sexual discrimination, inequality and poverty, militarization and war, ecological problems, overpopulation, urban and rural problems, life cycle issues; 2) Issues of specific institutions: government, economics, family, education, religion, social science, sports and leisure, medical ethics; 3) Personal pathological issues: mental illness, suicide, alcoholism and drug addictions, violence and crime. All of these issues will not be covered in one term. The selection will be directly related to an in-depth study of one or more of these issues as they are related to the course emphasis within the specific term. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SOC232 Death And Dying Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The purpose of this course is to help the student face his or her own death, to cope with the inevitable loss of their loved ones, and to examine their own feelings, beliefs and values about death. This is also a practical study of the social structures, relationships and cultural patterns which are involved with dying and death in contemporary

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course focuses attention on the intercultural aspects of the communication process. The effects of cultural values on both verbal and non-verbal behavior are studied in order to better understand our own communication practices as well as others. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP130 Business and Professional Speech Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Designed for enhancing presentational and brieﬁng skills. Special attention is given to using visual aids and audio-visual equipment. Emphasis on clarity, presentational style and organization. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SP218 Interpersonal Communication Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions This is a specialized course designed to assist students in using effective practices of intra- and interpersonal communication in a variety of face-to-face settings. Learning to manage stress and conﬂict, and to use assertive/supportive rather than aggressive/ defensive messages are emphasized. The course provides a balance between theory and practical application. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

and experiences which help students confirm their basic communication skills in Spanish and prepare them for further study in the language or travel to Spanish-speaking countries. Prerequisite: SPAN102, or five to six semesters of high-school level Spanish or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN111 Beginning Spanish Conversation I

Credits 1,2,3 - maximum 9 (1 Lecture – 1,2,4 Seminar Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course allows for preparation of speeches, debates and discussion for delivery before public audiences and in inter-collegiate competition. Instructor permission is required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course introduces students to Spanish by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. Some reading skills are also introduced to aid in instruction and dialoging. Students discuss Spanish culture, customs, and seasonal traditions in order to discover insights into the Spanish way of life, with audio visual materials enhancing presentations and discussions. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SP229 Oral Interpretation

SPAN112 Beginning Spanish Conversation II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The student will study techniques of vocal expression for the coordination of voice and body in the interpretation & performance of modern forms of literature including essay, narration, poetry, and drama. Effective communication of meaning to others. For all students who wish to achieve ease in oral expression for special and general purpose. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Continuing from SPAN111, this course offers students additional practice in speaking and listening in Spanish while exploring the life of Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN111, or SPAN101, or one semester of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SP221 Forensics

SP262 Voice and Articulation

SPAN113 Beginning Spanish Conversation III

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Principles of voice production and articulation of speech sounds with attention to elementary speech physiology and phonetics. Study and practice in the perception and production of the elements of American speech. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp The course completes the introduction of Spanish conversation skills. Students upon completion will be able to carry on simple conversations in everyday situations. Prerequisite: SPAN112, or SPAN102, or one semester of high-school level Spanish or the equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN101 First Year Spanish I

SPAN150 Beginning Spanish I (Intensive)

Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proﬁciency, this course introduces students to the Spanish language and the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: None. Students who have completed one year or less of high school level Spanish are advised to take SPAN101 before attempting more advanced Spanish courses. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

Credits 7 (7 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W For students who need a faster introduction to the Spanish language and Spanish-speaking cultures, this course covers in one quarter the materials covered in SPAN101 and the ﬁrst half of SPAN102. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SPAN102 First Year Spanish II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of SPAN101, this course continues to emphasize all aspects of communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN101, or three to four semesters of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN103 First Year Spanish III Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence introducing students to the Spanish language and Spanish speaking cultures, this course provides materials

SPAN151 Beginning Spanish II (Intensive) Credits 8 ( Hrs/Wk) – Sp Continuing from SPAN150, this course presents the material covered in the last half of SPAN102 and all of SPAN103. Upon completion, students will be able to carry on basic conversation in everyday situations in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN150 or SPAN102. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SPAN198 Spanish - Independent Study Credits 1-3 (1-3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) Provides an opportunity for intermediate and advanced students to expand skills in reading, writing, understanding the culture, literature, and grammar. Contact division for availability. Prerequisite: SPAN203 or equivalent. Instructor permission and a contract specifying learning objectives are required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

SPAN201 Second Year Spanish I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F Emphasizing speaking, listening, reading, and writing proﬁciency, this course helps students continue to establish proﬁciency in the The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

233

Course Descriptions

234

Spanish language, and includes some in-depth exploration of the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Classroom instruction is supplemented by tutoring and language lab facilities. Prerequisite: SPAN103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Co-Requisite: SPAN211. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN202 Second Year Spanish II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W A continuation of SPAN201, this course emphasizes all aspects of communicating in Spanish while exploring the cultures of Spanish speaking countries. Tutoring and language lab experiences supplement classroom work. Prerequisite: SPAN201 or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN212. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN203 Second Year Spanish III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Completing the sequence of intermediate level Spanish, students develop skills to help them become proﬁcient communicators in the Spanish language and within the day-to-day contexts found in Spanish speaking cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN202 or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN213. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN211 Intermediate Spanish Conversation I Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course supplements SPAN201 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN103, or seven to eight semesters of high-school level Spanish or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN201. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN212 Intermediate Spanish Conversation II Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course supplements SPAN202 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN201 and SPAN211, or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN202. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English.

SPAN213 Intermediate Spanish Conversation III Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course supplements SPAN203 by emphasizing speaking and listening skills used in everyday situations. It introduces new vocabulary, contexts, and topics in order to help students improve oral proﬁciency in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN202 and SPAN212, or equivalent. Co-requisite: SPAN203. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing in English. (ST101 – ST223 are limited to students in the Surgical Technology Program.)

ST101 Surgical Technology Theory I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This introductory course includes orientation to hospital organization, administration and physical structure, with focus on surgical areas. Interpersonal relationships, stressing patient welfare and safety, the surgical team concept and the role of the surgical

technologist are explored. Additional content includes: infection control, principles of aseptic technique, occupational hazards and introduction to surgical routines. Prerequisite: Program admission requirements must be met.

ST102 Surgical Technology Theory II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course focuses on the identiﬁcation, care and handling of surgical instruments; preparation, processing and storage of sterile supplies; preparation of the operating room for the surgical procedure; and surgical routines with emphasis on the roles of the Surgical Technologist. Additional content includes history of surgery and introduction to suture. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101. Concurrent enrollment in ST111 is required.

ST103 Surgical Technology Theory III Credits 6 (6 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to basic surgical procedures and routines in general, and gynecologic surgery specialties. Additional content includes: wound healing, endoscopic and laser surgery, use of the operative microscope, principles of hemostasis, and potential surgical complications. Introduction to Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist and medical, ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, 102, and ST111. Concurrent enrollment in ST112 is required.

ST111 Surgical Technology Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST102. The student will apply the principles of aseptic technique as they relate to the function and the responsibility of the surgical technologist. This includes preoperative routines in the care of the patient, identiﬁcation of operating room equipment and instrumentation, preparation, handling and assembly of supplies, equipment and instrumentation for sterilization, preparation of the sterile ﬁeld and setting up for the laparotomy and minor general surgery procedures. Professional behaviors will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101. Students must document having received the second dose of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Concurrent enrollment in ST102 is required.

ST112 Surgical Technology Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This laboratory course is designed to correlate with ST103. The student will have the opportunity to practice and demonstrate skills and techniques necessary for intraoperative routines in selected general and gynecological procedures. Professional behaviors will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in ST101, ST102 and ST111. Students must document having received the second dose of the three-dose hepatitis B vaccine series. Concurrent enrollment in ST103 is required.

ST204 Surgical Technology Theory IV Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Orientation to general surgery procedures including surgery of the gastrointestinal tract, gallbladder, pancreas, liver and spleen with related surgical anatomy, patho-physiology and specialty in-

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions strumentation. Responsibilities of the surgical technologist, basic knowledge of anesthesia, patient response to anesthesia, pharmacology, and emergency routines in the operating room are included. Age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required.

ST205 Surgical Technology Theory V Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Orientation to speciﬁc surgical specialties including gynecologic, obstetric and genitourinary surgery with related surgical anatomy, patho-physiology, and specialty instrumentation. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, organ transplantation, oncology, dialysis and vascular access procedures are included. Age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST221 is required.

ST206 Surgical Technology Theory VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Orientation to orthopedic surgery for the adult and pediatric patient, with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identiﬁcation, handling, and use of specialty instrumentation, and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations with emphasis on care of the geriatric patient in the surgical environment and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. The process for becoming employed will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI1121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required.

ST207 Surgical Technology Theory VII Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Orientation to otorhinolaryngologic, plastic, maxillofacial, burn and pediatric surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identiﬁcation, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations with emphasis on care of the pediatric patient in the surgical environment and relevant ethical and legal considerations will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST222 is required.

ST208 Surgical Technology Theory VIII Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Orientation to ophthalmic and neurologic surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identiﬁcation, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST223 is required.

ST209 Surgical Technology Theory IX Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Orientation to thoracic, cardiovascular and vascular surgery for the adult and pediatric patient with related surgical anatomy and patho-physiology. Identiﬁcation, handling and use of specialty instrumentation and complex equipment included. Responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist, age-related considerations and relevant ethical and legal issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST223 is required.

ST221 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to give related laboratory and clinical practice concurrent with theory (ST204 and ST205). Emphasis is placed on the principles of sterile technique and their application to the responsibilities of the surgical technologist. Students will follow speciﬁc behavioral expectations as outlined in attendance and clinical practicum requirements. Students will participate in the orientation to surgical services at the assigned clinical site. Students will demonstrate knowledge and application of principles and techniques that apply to entry-level general, gynecologic and genitourinary surgical procedures and complete written assignments. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST204 and ST205 is required.

ST222 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – W The student is an active member of the surgical team through applications of aseptic principles and basic science content. The use of complex appliances, equipment and specialized instruments will be introduced. The student will identify, care for, select and assist with the use of the specialized instruments, supplies and equipment required for burn procedures, orthopedic, otorhinolaryngologic, plastic, reconstructive and maxillofacial surgery for the adult and pediatric patient. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST206 and ST207 is required.

ST223 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Sp Student participation in specialized advanced surgical procedures is emphasized. The student will identify, select, care for and assist with the use of specialized instrumentation, complex equipment, appliances and supplies used in thoracic, cardiovascular, vascular, ophthalmic and neurological surgery for the adult and pediatric patient. The student will begin to function as an independent practitioner of surgical technology in the operating room suite. Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in all previous Surgical Technology Program curriculum and BI121, BI122, BI234, and AH12. Concurrent enrollment in ST208 and ST209 is required.

STX14 Surgical Technology Refresher Credits 6 (24 Clinical Hrs/Wk) After successfully passing a practical laboratory examination which is designed to demonstrate basic surgical technology principles and skills, the surgical technologist will act as an active member of the surgical team in an operating room clinical setting. The surgical technology refresher student will continuously apply the principles

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

235

Course Descriptions

236

of asepsis, patient safety, and basic sciences, while rotating through beginning and advanced surgical experiences individually coordinated to meet the students’ learning needs. The student will review and implement attitudes and skills essential for a surgical technologist to be eligible for re-employment. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: The student must be a graduate of a recognized Surgical Technology program within the last ten years and a minimum of one year experience working as a graduate surgical technologist.

SW201 The Field of Social Welfare Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introductory course covering some aspects of the development of the social welfare systems and ﬁelds of practice. Speciﬁc skills and ethical concepts used in direct service delivery will be introduced. ***

TA35 Theories of Directing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Study of the theories of stage directing, the role of the director, script analysis, actor objectives, composition, picturization, movement, rhythm, action-choices, technical, aesthetic and stylistic requirements. The course will also discuss analysis of directorial processes from casting to opening. The student will prepare a production prompt book of one-act plays. Course is prerequisite to directing projects (TA199A) staged by students. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA35P Directing Practicum Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/Sp A continuation of the study of the theories of stage directing by means of in-class practicum. Student may direct up to ﬁve assigned scenes in TA142, Acting Fundamentals II, under guidance of instructor. Student will meet with the instructor prior to acting class to review directorial preparations. Students in the Actor-Director program may substitute one term of TA35P for one of the required TA199A special studies projects. Prerequisite: TA35 or consent of instructor.

TA40 Acting Before the Camera Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Analysis and practice of acting techniques for video/ﬁlm, scripted and non-scripted performance. Awareness of camera shots, movement, marks, signals, audio pick-up. Usually offered in conjunction with a television production class. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

TA100 Introduction to Acting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp This course introduces acting to non-theatre majors. Student will investigate various theories and techniques of acting. Emphasis on exercises for relaxation, physical and vocal warm-ups, trust, discipline, freeing imagination and basic characterization. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA101 Appreciating Theatre Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is an audience-based approach to theatre that enables students to experience and appreciate the theatrical arts through attending

plays. The roles of the playwright, actor, director, designers and technicians are explored. Recommended to non-majors for humanities credit and theatre majors for essential background. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA106 Introduction to Theatre I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights, stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles of acting from the origins of theatre production to the Renaissance. Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts and society in historical context. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA107 Introduction to Theatre II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to introduce students to major playwrights, stage practices, theatre architecture, elements of design and styles of acting from the Restoration to Contemporary theatre productions. Students will examine the relationship between theatre arts and society in a historical context. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA111 Theatre Technology I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F This is the first of a three-term sequence. This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab. This first quarter discusses planning, building and rigging of scenery. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required at least one credit of TA114, Technical Theater Workshop.

TA112 Theatre Technology II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This is the second of a three-term sequence. This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab. This second quarter is introduction to scenic painting, properties, and special effects. Prerequisite: Completion of TA111. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at least 1 credit of TA114 or TA214.

TA113 Theatre Technology III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This is the last of a three-term sequence. This course is designed as a survey of the stage crafts through lecture and concurrent lab. This ﬁnal quarter covers theories and practices of theatre lighting and sound. Prerequisite: TA112. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. Concurrent enrollment required in at least 1 credit of TA114 or TA214.

TA114A, TA114B, TA114C Technical Theatre Workshop, First Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A practicum in technical theatre production. Training and practical experience in scenery construction and painting, lighting, sound, properties and stage management. Content and specialized nature of the workshop changes from quarter to quarter as different productions are mounted. Courses may be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. This course is the stage technician’s equivalent of TA153. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA121 Costuming

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A study of design theories, principles, and application for the theatrical production. Students learn various periods of costume design, patterning, fabrics, cutting, ﬁtting, and sewing. A study of line and form within the period and application, thereof, to particular actors. Construction projects by students. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA141 Acting Fundamentals I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Understanding and applying fundamental acting techniques through the study of Stanislavsky and others. First of three-course sequence explores techniques and exercises, including monologues, nonscripted and scripted scenes. Introduces scene-analysis, characterization. Designed for theatre majors or students with previous stage experience. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA142 Acting Fundamentals II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques through intensive analysis of scenes for characterization, rehearsal experiments and performances (generally ﬁve scenes). Prerequisite: TA141 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA143 Acting Fundamentals III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the study of applying fundamental acting techniques in preparing and performing auditions. Single and paired contrasting monologues, cold-readings, video and audio voice overs, and musical comedy songs. Preparation of resumes and photos. Prerequisites: TA141 and TA142 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA144 Improvisation Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is the study of the techniques of improvisation for continuing development of acting skills, confidence, and ability to handle non-scripted (planned) situations. Specific techniques are those applicable to role preparation and performance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA148 Movement for the Actor Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is an introduction to the art of nonverbal communication. Coursework will instruct student in the development of body awareness and alignment, relaxation skills, and using the body to create and communicate character. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

TA153A, TA153B, TA153C Theatre Workshops, First Year Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques to include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA153D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Workshop, First

Year Credits 2 - maximum of 6 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques for children’s audiences. Rehearsal processes including blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance for children. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g., stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA198A, TA198B, TA198C Individual Studies: Ashland Credits 1,2,3 (1,2,3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Experiencing and appreciating the theatrical arts through the study and attendance of summer productions in Ashland. Pre-reading of scripts, attending performances, discussions required. Historical and production elements, including the roles of playwrights, actors, directors, designers to be considered in written critiques. Recommended to theatre majors for essential background.

TA211 Scene Design Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W An examination of the function and process of set design for the theatre, and the role of the designer in interpreting and reinforcing the thematic content of the play. Projects are required. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA213 Stage Lighting Design Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course examines the function and process of lighting design and the role of the designer and other stage technicians in its execution. Included are discussions pertaining to: available lighting equipment; systems and manufacturers; relative laws of physics pertaining to electricity, color, and optics; elements of design; and the lighting plot and instrument schedules. Projects are required. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA214A, TA214B, TA214C Technical Theatre Workshop, Second Year Credits 1,2,3 – maximum 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a continuation of ﬁrst year Technical Theater Workshop with increased responsibility and skill level in the use of tools. Prerequisite: TA114A, TA114B, or TA114C. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA227 Theatrical Makeup Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An analysis of the principles of stage makeup for performance with direct application of techniques in a laboratory situation. This material covers basic facial reinforcement, character and age, and fantasy makeup design. The course also includes introduction to latex, prosthetics, and wigs. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course is the study of theatrical acting styles through scene preparation. Periods include Greek-Roman, Elizabethan, FrenchNeoclassic, Restoration, Romantic-Victorian, Early Realism and Contemporary. Prerequisite: TA143 or consent of instructor. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

237

Course Descriptions

238

TA253A, TA253B, TA253C Theatre Workshops, Second Year

lems. Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor.

Credits 1,2,3 - maximum of 9 (3,6,9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Continuation of TA153A, TA153B, TA153C. This course is the study of rehearsal and performance techniques, to include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g. stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TV113 Television Applications

TA253D Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre, Second Year

TV114 Television Applications Lab

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A continuation of TA153D, this course is a continuation of the study of rehearsal and performance techniques for children’s audiences. Rehearsal processes include blocking, memorization, character development, and public performance for children. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, dependent upon audition and selection for role (chorus, support, or lead) or responsible duties, e.g., stage manager, house manager, promotion director, etc. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing. (TV100 – TV236 are restricted to students in the Television Production Technology Program.)

TV100 Critical Viewing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course serves as an introduction to the basic narrative structures apparent in fiction and non-fiction film and video. Students will de-construct films and taped television programming into their component parts to explore how and why they work. The course will evaluate the use of fiction and dramatic techniques as they are applied to non-fiction programming. In addition, students will explore how these dramatic techniques are used to gain and retain viewers among a mass audience.

TV110 Introduction to Television Credits 3 (1 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F An examination of television as a mass communication medium and overview of applications for distribution and production of program material. The introduction of technical and production terms and the exploration of fundamental video production techniques. Emphasis will be placed on light, lens and camera.

TV111 Television Production Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introduction to the elements involved in the production of television programs. An overview of composition, image juxtaposition and sequence as they relate to program development. An in-depth examination of post-production technique, equipment and studio operations and an exploration of the edit decision making process. Prerequisite: TV110 or consent of instructor.

TV112 Television Production Lab Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W Use of single camera systems in production with emphasis on lens characteristics, movement and angles. With an emphasis on single camera style the student will be introduced to story telling, event reporting and critical viewing for continuity and composition prob-

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An examination of the scope, impact and effect of television on modern society. The roles of broadcasting, advertising and program practices are considered. The effect of American television on international programming is discussed. Investigation of new technologies and future delivery systems is included. Open to non-TV majors.

Credits 3 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp Production and directing using basic studio techniques; multiple cameras, basic lighting and numerous crew positions. Introduction to directing techniques, studio camera operation, patching/signal ﬂow, video switching and audio mixing in studio applications. The student will set up and operate a multi-camera studio directing other students in simple productions. Prerequisite: TV112 or consent of instructor.

TV115 Introduction to TV Scriptwriting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W This course serves as an introduction to the creation of scripts for live television and film productions. Through the use of previsualization, outline and treatment, students will create their own scripts from concept to first draft. The course will also discuss the positioning and marketing strategies used by producers to target audiences. In addition, students will learn the basics of script breakdown, scheduling and other steps in the pre-production process. Open to non-TV majors. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TV116 Television News Reporting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced scriptwriting course covering news and documentary writing. Methods of gathering and presenting news and special feature material for electronic media applications. Includes discussion on pre-production planning research methods, development of edit cue sheets and on-camera presentation. Prerequisite: TV115 or consent of instructor.

TV120 Introduction to Cinema Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of cinema from the 1890’s until 1941. Included are discussions of early film technology and narrative story structures in cinema from Melies to Welles. This course serves as the first in a series of three courses including: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television, History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TV121 History of Television Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of television from 1935 until present day. Included are discussions of development of broadcast networks, the growth of no-broadcast technologies and evolution of programming both commercial and “public”. The impact of this media outlet in America’s living room, our culture and business will also be part of the discussion. This course is part of a series: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television and History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions TV122 History of Cinema II

TV233 Television Directing Lab

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course covers the history of cinema from 1941 to present day. Included are discussions of film technology and narrative story structures in cinema from Welles to Speilburg. To understand where film is going in the millennium, you will need to understand how film has grown in the last quarter century. This course is part of the series: Introduction to Cinema, History of Television, History of Cinema II. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course deals with the overall process of studio production. Emphasis is placed on the role of the director in script development, crew selection, lighting, set design and the implementation of special effects in the production of program material. Prerequisite: TV231 or consent of instructor.

TV225 Community TV Survival Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course will focus on publicity and promotion techniques, the means of developing community support, and budget/proposal development, all of which can make access television an asset to the cable system. Topics covered include promotion/spot copywriting, press release and promotion planning, grant writing and dealing with alternative funding sources. An emphasis will be in the area of advocacy and developing community awareness of cable television as a community information medium. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TV227 Community TV Career Preparation Credits 1 ( Hrs/Wk) Students will present and discuss observations and problems arising from their work experience. Emphasis will be in developing material from student’s course work for job search in the area of community television. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: TV225. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing.

TV230 Intermediate Video Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Electronic ﬁeld production EFP/ENG is explored. Through writing exercises, students develop outlines, treatments, breakdown sheets and examine various formats. Pre-production methods are explained and the proper monitoring of video and audio levels in the ﬁeld is emphasized. Basic waveform monitoring using the standard video oscilloscope is discussed. Prerequisite: TV113 or consent of instructor.

TV231 Intermediate Video Lab Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Introduction to professional electronic ﬁeld production. Through a series of exercises, students will become familiar with pre-production planning, advanced camera operation, designing and setting portable lighting and location audio recording. Emphasis will be on practical applications and performance of basic crew functions. Prerequisite: TV114 or consent of instructor.

TV232 Television Directing

TV234 Advanced Telecasting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Observation, analysis and criticism of student and professional video productions. Analysis of the shifts in visual production technologies, the incorporation and common methods these new technologies offer video producers. Recognition of acceptable production standards in broadcasting instructional and closed-circuit situations. Prerequisite: TV232 or consent of instructor.

TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab Credits 4 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp The student will complete a ﬁnal project in video production. The conception and execution of a documentary or informational television program will incorporate the skills of a producer, director and writer in accordance with national standards. Prerequisite: TV233 or consent of instructor.

TV236 Closed Circuit Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course will examination video uses and transmission techniques in education, industry and cable television. Closed-circuit, TV and cable TV equipment, programming operations, engineering and maintenance will be analyzed. Prerequisite: TV230 or consent of instructor. ***

VT10 Special Project Credits 1-4 – maximum 12 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk per credit hour) Individual study and project course for use by all professional-technical students. The content of each course shall be determined upon mutual agreement of student and instructor. Allows in-depth study of standard curriculum materials or individualized application of technical concepts. Maximum credits that can be applied toward graduation will be 12, unless otherwise speciﬁed by the program. Contact division for availability. ***

WE280 Cooperative Education Internship Credits 3,4,8,12 – maximum 12 (1 Lecture – 9,12,24,36 Lab Hrs/Wk)

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The role and responsibilities of the television director as interpreter and his/her relationship to production staff. Style and execution of a proposal-treatment, script, breakdown and budget is examined. Prerequisite: TV230 or consent of instructor.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

239

Course Descriptions

240

This course is intended to provide students with learning experience to support their course of study and/or career goal at whatever level they enter Cooperative Education. Each co-op experience should provide opportunities to (a) develop marketable workplace readiness skills, (b) apply classroom learning on-the-job, (c) gain specific occupational skills through a live learning lab, and (d) begin the career placement process. The course is available at three different levels of difficulty ranging from level one for entry level students beginning their career study, to level three for more experienced students who are interested in a particular occupational field. Students should see their advisers to identify the level that meets their needs. Prerequisite Level I: Instructor permission is required. Student is interested in learning entry level career skill standards and in discovering how SCANS Basic Foundation Skills and Competencies are used on-the-job. Level 2: Instructor permission is required. Student has identified a general program area of study, or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional-technical program. In the opinion of the instructor and the job site supervisor, the student possesses sufficient command of SCANS Foundation Skills and Competencies to contribute to the job site. Level 3: Instructor permission is required. Student has identified a general program area of study, or selected a major, or enrolled in a professional-technical program, and is, in the opinion both of the program instructor and the job site supervisor, able to contribute to the job site in a more effective manner than is asked of level 2 students. (WLD110 – WLD153 are limited to students in the Welding Technology (day) Program.)

WLD110 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is an introduction to arc welding processes and procedures. Fundamental knowledge, techniques, and manipulative skills in the safe use of arc welding and related equipment. Concurrent enrollment in WLD111 for day or WLD111A for evening is required.

WLD111, WLD111A Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F Lab activities will parallel the material covered in the lecture class. The students will be instructed in the safe use of shielded arc welding equipment, oxy/acetylene ﬂame cutting equipment and related equipment and materials. Concurrent enrollment in WLD110 is required.

WLD114 Blueprint Reading for Welders Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course covers basic sketching techniques, oral communication and reading welding trade blueprints. Included will be dimensioning practices, notes and symbols. Emphasis will be placed on developing an ability in reading detail drawings and communication skills.

WLD116 General Welding I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction to welding safety, the shielded metal arc welding or “stick” electrode process, the wirefeed processes (short circuiting gas metal arc and the ﬂux cored arc welding applications), and oxyfuel cutting processes. Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld mild steel in the ﬂat and horizontal welding positions.

WLD118 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introductory course that will begin with the oxy-fuel welding and cutting processes and progress into the GTAW welding and plasma arc cutting. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment, and ﬁller materials. Concurrent enrollment in WLD119 is required.

WLD119 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This course is the lab portion of WLD118. Lab activities will parallel the theory discussion. The student will receive instruction in the welding and cutting of metals ﬁrst with the oxy-fuel process and then with the gas tungsten processes. Welding techniques covering different joint designs, welding positions, and applications will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in WLD118 is required.

WLD130 GMAW and Flux Core Arc Weld Theory Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an introduction to gas metal arc welding and ﬂux core arc welding processes. Electrode ﬁller materials, shielding gases, machine setup and adjustment, and welding procedures are included. Concurrent enrollment in WLD131 or WLD131A is required.

WLD131, WLD131A GMAW and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W New students are placed at skill level. Instruction will be given in Gas Metal arc welding (GMAW) and Flux Core arc welding (FCAW) with various ﬁller materials and machines, including machine setup and minor repair. Concurrent enrollment in WLD130 is required.

WLD132 Welding Metallurgy Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is a study of the properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys with an application to welding problems. Concurrent enrollment in WLD133 is required.

WLD133 Welding Metallurgy Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course is a practical application of lecture materials covering properties of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys. Microscopic and macroscopic examinations of welds will be included. Concurrent enrollment in WLD132 is required.

WLD134 Automated Manufacturing Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This course examines the automated methods used in processing material for metal fabrication. Special emphasis is given to computer controlled burning and CNC programming for automated shape cutting.

WLD150 Fabrication Practices Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An introduction to fabrication practices, use of tools (hand and power), jigs, ﬁxtures, templates, and equipment maintenance.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

Course Descriptions The student will be instructed in the use of blueprints, layout procedures, measurement, ﬁtting of metal parts, joint design, weld construction, and shop safety. Concurrent enrollment in WLD151 is required.

WLD150B Blueprint Reading Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course covers basic blueprint reading, welding symbols, notes and dimensioning practices used in the welding trade. Emphasis will be placed on developing the ability in reading detail drawings.

WLD151 Fabrication Practices Lab Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course will be taken in conjunction with WLD150. The student will put to practical use tools, layout principles, and blueprints related to fabrication of metal parts.

WLD152 Welding Processes and Procedures Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Emphasis of this course will be on various welding applications, procedures, and interpretation of various welding codes. Instruction will be given to prepare students for American Welding Society (A.W.S.) Welding Certiﬁcation. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic welding and welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD153 is required.

WLD153, WLD153A Welding Certiﬁcation Prep Lab Credits 4, 2 (12, 6 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course includes welding of various metals using several welding processes. Emphasis is on obtaining an A.W.S. Welding Certiﬁcate in several processes. Prerequisite: A knowledge of basic welding and welding skills. Concurrent enrollment in WLD152 is required.

WLDX11 Inert Gas, TIG (Heli-Arc) Welding Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous metals using the TIG processes. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

WLDX13 Inert Gas, MIG (Wire Feed) Welding Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Instruction will be given on the welding of ferrous and nonferrous metals using the metal inert gas (MIG) processes. Discussions will include correct welding procedures, setup and adjustment of welding equipment and maintenance procedures. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

WLDX16 General Welding I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introduction to oxy/acetylene welding, cutting and brazing shielded metal arc welding and the wirefeed processes (GMAW and FCAW). Students are taught basic manipulative skills to weld mild steel with emphasis on proper safety practices.

WLDX17 General Welding II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) Continuation of WLDX16 with additional use of gas and electric welding processes. Students are taught proper skills in handling equipment with conﬁdence and proper regard for safety. Emphasis is on increasing welding skills in oxy/acetylene and electric arc welding. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: WLDX16 or consent of instructor.

WLDX34 CNC Burning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) An introduction into Computer Numerical Control Burning using the Cartesian Coordinate Measuring System. Instruction is given on the use of Computer Aided Manufacturing software (CAM) and on a computer-controlled burning machine. Offered at irregular intervals. Proﬁciency Needed: Reading.

WR90 Basic Writing Skills Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp WR90 is designed to give students practical writing skills. Students study paragraph organization, sentence structure, and punctuation. They apply these skills as they organize and develop their ideas in a logical order in well-supported paragraphs. Students revise their work to meet the course objectives, the primary objective being to raise the students’ writing skills to a level that permits them to succeed in a transfer writing course. Placement into WR90 is based on CPT scores, departmental tests, or instructor referral. Co-requisite: RD90 or higher.

WR101 Workplace Communications I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR101 helps students improve their ability to communicate effectively by developing skills in preparing and presenting documents such as resumes, letters, memos, short reports, instructions, and proposals. Prerequisite: Successful completion of WR90, or permission from an ENL instructor, or suitable performance on the writing placement exam. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing.

WR102 Workplace Communications II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp Designed for students in professional/technical programs, WR102 reﬁnes and expands on workplace communication skills introduced

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

241

Course Descriptions

242

in WR101. Activities may include interviews, group projects, research in one’s ﬁeld of study, and longer workplace writing and/or presentation projects. Prerequisite: WR101. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing.

WR115 Introduction to Expository Writing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class introduces students to critical thinking, reading, and writing at the college level. The primary focus of this course is on writing short analytical essays based on readings, outside materials, and, to a lesser extent, personal experience. Organization, use of details, sentence structure, and grammar also are stressed. WR115 is a preparatory course for students who need to improve their writing skills before they begin the standard transfer college composition sequence. Prerequisite: Suitable performance on the writing placement test, successful completion or WR90, or a grade of “C” or better in both ENL201R and ENL201W. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing.

WR121 English Composition Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course, important for all who wish to write, is the ﬁrst in

a three-term sequence of composition. Students are asked to write several themes or articles. They learn to focus their writing purposefully to a specific intended audience, to use specific detail and examples, to use the technique of showing rather than merely telling, to use the standard conventions of English, to use words exactly by avoiding wordiness, ambiguity, and unidiomatic expressions. Prerequisite: WR115 with a grade of C or better, or suitable performance on the writing placement test. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing.

WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Through analysis of language and the study of the techniques of persuasion, this course emphasizes the power of words to shape opinions, attitudes, and behavior. Students explore the critical thinking skills necessary to recognize logical fallacies and manipulative communication through the analysis of political rhetoric, commercial media, and other materials. Students create arguments based on analyses and supported by evidence and logic. Prerequisite: WR121 with a grade of C or better. Proﬁciency Required: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proﬁciency and other course requirements.

243

STUDENT INFORMATION

• Standards of Academic Progress • Students Rights • Release of Student Information

Standards of Academic Progress 244

To assist students with accomplishing academic goals, the college supports the process of reviewing student’s academic progress. All students who attempt 9 or more credits per term will be reviewed. Academic progress is deﬁned as achieving a term grade point average (GPA) of 2.00.

The Purpose of the Standard To assist students with accomplishing his/her educational goal by: · Alerting the student and the college of academic difﬁculties or deﬁciencies. · Providing the opportunity for the college to be of greater assistance to the student in setting and achieving academic goals. · Assisting the student in utilizing the facilities and personnel of the college. · Creating an atmosphere in which the student may become successful in his/her pursuit of an education.

Academic Review and Referral At the end of each term, the college reviews the grade point average achieved by each student who is enrolled in 9 or more credits. If a student’s term GPA falls below 2.00, the student is notiﬁed of their academic status and referred to the Career Development Center for academic assistance. The following statuses can be assigned: 1. Warning 2. Probation 3. Suspension See below for further details.

Warning Students who achieve a term CPA between 1.50 and 1.99 are placed on academic warning. Students are encouraged to meet with an academic advisor immediately to determine the steps the student can take to raise their GPA for the next term. The student’s academic status will be adjusted the following term depending on their academic performance: · Academic Warning status is removed if the student earns a 2.00 GPA for the term or higher · Academic Probation status is assigned if the student does not earn a minimum of a 2.00 GPA for the term.

Probation

Steps to Appeal

Students are placed on Academic Probation if: · They earn a 1.49 GPA or lower for a term or · They achieve a GPA of 1.99 or lower for two consecutive terms Students are strongly encouraged to meet with an academic advisor to determine the steps the student can take to raise their GPA for the next term. The student’s academic status will be adjusted the following term depending on their academic performance: · Academic Probation status is removed if the student earns a 2.00 GPA for the term. Academic Suspension for one term is assigned if the student does not earn a minimum of a 2.00 GPA for the term.

Suspension Students are placed on Academic Suspension for one term if they earn a term GPA of 1.99 or lower while they are on Academic Probation. Before a student may resume coursework, they must meet with an adviser and create a plan to support satisfactory academic progress. Students may choose to appeal their suspension.

Suspension Appeals Students may appeal their suspension if they believe there are compelling reasons for reinstatement from suspension.

· Obtain a “Suspension Appeal” form from the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. · Meet with an academic advisor to create an Appeal Plan (AP). · The academic advisor will collect the Suspension Appeal From and the Appeal Plan and forward the paperwork to the Dean of Career Development Services or designee. · The Dean of Career Development Services, or designee, will review the paperwork and make a decision. · The student will be informed as quickly as possible of the decision and next steps.

Appeal Decisions The Dean of Career Development Services or designee, will decide one of the following: Appeal Approved - The student is expected to fulﬁll the expectations outlined in the AP and is returned to academic probation status for one term. Note that if the student does not fulﬁll the expectations of the AP, they may be suspended for one year. Appeal Denied - Student is suspended for one term and must complete a plan with an advisor before they will be allowed to enroll the following term.

Student Rights 245

Student Rights and Responsibilities It is the policy at Mt. Hood Community College that all persons, regardless of race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sexual identity, age, sex or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law have access to higher education. Mt. Hood Community College strives to provide an environment that celebrates the freedom to learn. In this commitment to create a learning environment, MHCC’s goal is to treat all students with fairness and dignity. Students are guaranteed certain rights as members of the college community. Student rights and responsibilities are defined by college policy and regulation, and are available to students in the Office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services (room AC 2369) or the Associated Student Government Office in the College Center, and on the College website at www. mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/ssdocs/student_rights.htm.

The Right of Freedom from Harassment and Discrimination Mt. Hood Community College is committed to maintaining both a working and learning environment that is free of harassment and discrimination for all persons. Harassment is deﬁned as any conduct which has the purpose or the effect of unreasonably interfering with the physical or mental activities of a student, employee, member of the college community or college visitor or which creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment. Harassment based on such things as race, color, religion, national origin, disability, sexual identity, age, or sex is prohibited. All complaints of alleged harassment or discrimination are taken seriously and will be investigated. Students may seek immediate assistance from an instructor, counselor, staff supervisor or the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503 491-7317.

Crime Awareness and Campus Security Safety at Mt Hood Community College is a priority. Students, staff and faculty are partners with the College in creating environments that are safe and support learning.The Campus Security Act of 1990 requires all colleges to publicize campus crime statistics and security measures. Specific information is available on the college website at www. mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/campus_security.htm and is available through the Office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services and the Admissions and Registration Office. Direct questions to the Vice President at 503-491-7317.

Student Code of Conduct Students enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College assume a responsibility to conduct themselves in a manner compatible with the college’s function as an educational institution. Although MHCC is dedicated to an open, free society, there are actions inappropriate in an institution of higher education. Incompatible actions are defined through the Student Code of Conduct which also outlines information on student disciplinary procedures. To obtain a copy of the code, contact the Office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services (room AC 2369), the Associated Student Government Office in the College Center, or the MHCC website at www. mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/ssdocs/Code_of_Conduct.htm. Please Contact: Dr. Debbie Derr, Vice President of Student Development and Services.....503-491-7317

Student Right-To-Know The Student Right-To-Know Act of 1990 requires each postsecondary institution receiving federal funds to inform prospective students and current students about the graduation rate of its students. For schools that have student aid for athletes, the information pertaining to student athletes must also be categorized and presented by the ethnic background and gender of the student and by sport. Information about graduation rates at Mt. Hood Community College is available on the MHCC website at www.mhcc.edu/academics/student_services/ssdocs/student_right_to_know.htm or in the Ofﬁce of the Vice President of Student Development and Services and the Admissions and Registration Ofﬁce. Direct questions to the Vice President at 503-491-7317.

College Smoking Policy Smoking on the Mt. Hood Community College campus is prohibited indoors and outdoors under covered walkways except in designated areas. A brochure explaining the policy and showing areas on campus where smoking is permitted is available in Admissions and Records, College Information Ofﬁce, Campus Store, Health and Wellness Center, Vista Dining Room, Library Resource Center and St. Helens Room.

Release of Student Information Disclosure Statement 246

The following information is provided to inform you of your privacy rights and the college’s responsibilities with regard to your directory information and educational records. The college follows all applicable state and federal laws and is committed to preserving the confidentiality of your records. You have three decisions to make. (1) Do you want the college to release limited directory information about you to anyone requesting? (This means that MHCC will verify if you are currently enrolled — see Directory Information Restriction below for details.) If yes, you do not need to do anything. If you have concerns about release of limited directory information, see instructions below for requesting that this information not be released. (2) Do you object to the college releasing your name, address, telephone number and certain other information to military recruiters as required under the Solomon Amendment? If you request that this information not be released, MHCC will not release to military recruiters or other parties except as specified in this notification or upon written permission from you. If you decide that you do not want directory or Solomon information released, you must complete the form, Request to Prevent Disclosure of Directory Information, available in the Admissions & Records Office. (3) Do you object to the college using and releasing your Social Security Number (SSN) for state reporting and other related activities? This includes release of your SSN to the Internal Revenue Service so that you may take advantage of benefits under the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, which includes a tax credit on tuition and eligible fees and/or interest deduction on outstanding educational loans. Again, you will be given the opportunity to request that your SSN not be used or released at the time of registration. Please review the following Release of Information and decide your answer to the three previous questions.

Release of Information Educational Records Policy The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights regarding their education records. They are: • The right to inspect and review the student’s records. The student may request to review his/her records by submitting a written request to the Office of Admissions & Records or other school official having custody of such records; • The right to seek amendment of the students’ records that the student believes are inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights. Requests for amendment of records must be in writing and must describe the specific portions or specific record(s) the student wishes to have amended, text or instructions as to the change desired, and the reasons why the change is justified; • The right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except for when consent is not required by FERPA. FERPA does not require a student’s consent when disclosure is to other school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the college in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position; a person or company with whom the college has contracted or appointed as its agent; or a student serving on an official committee or assisting another school official in performing the official’s tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his/her professional responsibilities. FERPA also allows colleges to disclose a student’s directory information without consent, but the student may request that his/her directory information not be released. If the student wishes to make such a request, he/she must do so according to procedures outlined in Directory Information Restriction (see below). • The right to file a complaint with the Department of Education, Family Compliance Office, concerning alleged failures by the college to comply with the requirements for FERPA.

Directory Information Restriction Mt. Hood Community College has chosen to release limited Directory Information as defined in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). The following information is considered to by MHCC Directory Information and will be released upon verbal request to anyone: • Student’s current enrollment status, • Verification of certificate or degree earned, • Whether student is participating in officially recognized sports; and height and weight of members of athletic teams. Students are employed in some areas of the college as work study and student aide’s, and if any access to student records is given to them, they receive FERPA training and sign off on the institutional statement of understanding form that validates they have had confidentiality training. Exceptions to this limited release may include but are not limited to: (1) we may release alumni names and addresses to the Alumni Office for their communication with MHCC graduates. Alumni are defined as students having graduated from MHCC whether currently enrolled or not, (2) we may release the names of students making the Vice President’s and President’s Lists, Academic or Athletic Honors/Awards, or information to hometown newspapers of students attending the college, (3) student athletes may sign a special release of information form through the Athletic Department for the release of information regarding their registration activity, grades and access to their permanent record by their coach or the Dean of Health and Physical Education/Athletic Director. They may also give permission to release academic records and pictures to coaches representing four year colleges and to media representatives. Directory Information for use within the college is permitted in accordance with FERPA guidelines; however, disclosure within the college does not constitute institutional authorization to transmit, share, or disclose any or all information received to a third party.

What it means to restrict information When you restrict the release of directory information, the above information will not be released. You will be required to present photo identification or personal identification number (PIN) when you wish to inquire about your own academic or registration history. Information will not be provided to anyone, including persons who claim to be you, parents, relatives, friends, other students, or prospective employers, who may wish to contact you or verify your status at the college, without written authorization from you. Restricted directory information is made available where an emergency is involved, at the direction of a subpoena or court order, to MHCC staff and faculty with a legitimate educational need to know, or in other limited situations described in this notiﬁcation.

Where and when to make your Directory Restriction request A Request to Prevent Disclosure of Directory Information form is available in the Admissions & Records Ofﬁce. Complete the form, including signature and date, and return it. Your request to place or remove the restriction is effective no later than two (2) working days after it is received.

Duration of the restriction The restriction of information is permanent until you request, in writing, that it be removed. The restriction will remain in place even after you have stopped attending or have graduated from the college.

Release of Grades and Course Evaluations The Student Records Policy prohibits publicly disclosing grades linked to personal identiﬁers, such as names, student numbers, or social security numbers. Grades may be posted by using only the last four digits of the student number, or the last six digits in large classes, and arranging the listing in either ascending, or descending order without names. (A&R needs to review this for applicability to MHCC.) The return of graded papers or other assignments must also be accomplished in a manner that protects the identity of the student. The instructor is responsible for protecting the identity of the student. Grades and transcripts may not be released to someone other than the student without the expressed written consent of the student.

Registration Tampering Altering the registration records of another student without that student’s permission is considered a violation of the student conduct code. See MHCC Catalog and Student Guide under Student Discipline.

Solomon Amendment Disclosure The Solomon Amendment requires by law that the college release: • student name, • address, • telephone number, • date of birth, • education level, • academic major, and • degrees received upon request from recruiters of the branches of the US military. If you request that this information not be released, MHCC will not release to military recruiters or other parties except as speciﬁed in this notiﬁcation or upon written permission from the student.

Use of Social Security Number Disclosure OAR 581-41-460 authorizes Mt. Hood Community College to ask you to provide your social security number. The number will be used by the college for keeping records, doing research, aggregate reporting, and extending credit and collecting debts. Your number also will be provided by the college to the Oregon Community College Unified Reporting System (OCCURS), which is a group made up of all community colleges in Oregon, the State Department of Community Colleges and Workforce Development and the Oregon Community College Association. OCCURS gathers information about students and programs to meet state and federal reporting requirements. It also helps colleges plan, research and develop programs. This information helps the colleges to support the progress of students and their success in the workplace and other educational programs. When conducting studies, MHCC will disclose your social security number only in a manner that does not permit personal identification of you by individuals other than representatives of MHCC (or the organization conducting the study for MHCC). By providing your social security number, you are consenting to the uses identified below. Provision of your

social security number and consent to its use is not required and if you choose not to do so, you will not be denied any right, benefit, or privilege provided by law. You may revoke your consent for the use of your social security number at any time by contacting the Admissions & Records Office. OCCURS and the college also may match your social security number with records from the following systems: • State and private universities, colleges and vocational schools, to find out how many community college students go on with their education and to find out whether community college courses are a good basis for further education. • The Oregon Employment Department, which gathers information to help state and local agencies plan education and training services to help Oregon citizens get the best jobs available. • The Oregon Department of Education to provide reports to local, state, and federal governments. The information is used to learn about education, training and job market trends for planning, research and program improvement. • The Workers Compensation Division, to track the successful retraining of injured workers. • The Oregon Department of Revenue and collection agencies only for purposes of processing debts and only if credit is extended to you by the college. • The National Student Loan Clearinghouse for student financial aid processing and/or research on transfer. • The Internal Revenue Service, to provide required information related to the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997. In addition, the college may release your social security number to business firms under contract with the college for research, planning and program development purposes. In such cases, strict confidentiality is part of the contractual agreement with the firm. Your number will be used only for the purposes listed above. State and federal law protects the privacy of your records.

247

Executive Staff & College Board 248

Dr. Robert M. Silverman

Dr. William Becker

Vice President of Instruction

Vice President of Student Development/ Services

MHCC President and Clerk of the Board

Vacant at printing

Executive Vice President of Administration

Vacant at printing

The Board of Education

The Mt. Hood Community College District Board of Education consists of seven citizens of the school district, each of whom is elected for a four-year term. Any adult resident may run for election to the board, providing s/he meets certain legal qualiďŹ cations. Board members serve without pay.

Cletus Moore Zone 3

Carol NielsenHood

Brian Freeman

Sen. Frank Shields

Bob Morris

Zone 4

Dr. Ron Russell At-Large Position 6

Zone 2

Zone 1

Dr. Ralph Yates At-Large Position 7

Zone 5

Emeritus Dr. Earl L. Klapstein (1966-1976) Founding President, President Emeritus BA, University of the PaciďŹ c, 1943. MA, University of the PaciďŹ c, 1953. EdD, University of Southern California, 1963. Dr. Leo Marlantes (1966-1978) Dean Emeritus BS, University of Oregon, 1940. MED, University of Oregon, 1953. MdS, University of Florida, 1965. EdD, Univeristy of Florida, 1966. Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson (1976-1985) President Emeritus BA, Marion College, 1950. MA, Syracuse University, 1956. PhD, Michigan State University, 1971. Dr. Robert Wesley (1972-1996) Dean Emeritus BS, Wilmington College, 1960. MS, California State College, Long Beach, 1968. PhD, Oregon State University, 1971. Dr. Paul E. Kreider (1980-1996) President Emeritus ThB, Marion College, 1953. MDiv, Nazarene Seminary, 1956. MA, Butler University, 1957. PhD, Michigan State University, 1967.

249

Professional Staff 2002–2003 250

AAS, JOHN E. (1988) Instructor - Workforce Connections MS, Mankato State University, 1979. BA, Augsburg College, 1967.

ABRAHAMS, NAOMI J. (1999) Instructor - Sociology PhD, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1993. MA, University of California, Santa Barbara, 1988. BA, University of Massachusetts, 1986.

ALLEN, LESLIE JOAN (1997) Instructor - Mental Health/Human Services MS, Portland State University, 1996. BS, Florida Technical University, 1984.

ARNOLD, JAMES C. (1998) Instructor - Accounting MBA, University of Portland, 1976. BA, University of Portland, 1974.

BARDUHN, DAVE (1988)

BOLESTA, RICHARD E. (1975) Instructor - Chemistry MS, Oregon State University, 1975. BA, Shippensburg State College, 1971.

BONNER, ANN (1994) Instructor - Mental Health\Human Services EdD, University of Sarasota, 1998. MA, University of Missouri, 1974.

BOULDEN, SUSAN A. (1995) Instructor Medical Assistant Program BSN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1991. ADN, Umpqua Community College, 1977. LPN, Umpqua Community College, 1976.

BOX, PAUL J. (1998) Instructor - ABE\GED MST, Portland State University, 1986. BA, University of California, 1970.

Instructor - Music & Jazz Ensemble Director MM, Central Washington University, 1981. BM, Cornish Institute, 1980.

BRAYSON, MICHAEL L. (1994)

BARRA, GERRY M. (1991)

BROADSWORD, DARYLE D. (1998)

Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1975. BA, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1973.

BECKER, WILLIAM E. (1999) Executive Vice President of Administrative Services PhD, University of Michigan, 1972. MA, Central Michigan University, 1967. AB, University of Michigan, 1965.

BEEBE, ANTHONY E. (2001) Associate Vice President of Extended Learning & Instructional Technology EdD, Oregon State University, 1996. MBA, California State University, Sacramento, 1988. BBA, University of Oregon. AA, Lane Community College.

BENENATI, AURORA R. (1992) Instructor - Spanish MAT, Portland State Univeristy, 1991. BA, Portland State University, 1989. AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1985.

BENVENUTI, WINIFRED (1999) Instructor - Mathematics MS, State University of New York, 1986. BS, Montana State University, 1970.

BLOOME, CHRISTINE A. (1992) Health Education Counselor/Coordinator MS, University of Oregon, 1992. BSN, Humboldt State University, 1986.

Instructor - Architectural/CAD/Engineering Technology BS, Oregon State University, 1980. Instructor - Health\PE\Women’s Basketball Coach MSS, United States Sports Academy, 1990. BS, Eastern Oregon College, 1978. Graduate Studies, Portland State University.

BROOK, JACK R. (1990) Instructor - Science MS, Central Washington University, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1977. BS, Washington State University, 1974.

BRUSH, ROBIN A. (1992) Instructor - Business Education & Ofﬁce Admin. MS, Portland State University, 1985. BS, Eastern Oregon State College, 1976.

BRUYA, CHRISTOPHER M. (1995) Instructor – Music MM, Central Washington University, 1985. BA, Central Washington University, 1982.

BUROKER, ROBERT A. (1997) Instructor - Computer Education MPA, City University, 1988. MBA, City University, 1987. BS, Marylhurst College, 1983. AA, Mt Hood Community College.

BUTTON, BRENDA (1973) Instructor - General Education Diploma BA, Portland State University, 1977.

Professional Staff BYERS-CONNON, SUZANNE F. (1988)

CRAM, STEPHANIE C. (2001)

Instructor - ABE/GED MS, Portland State University, 1998. BA, The Evergreen State College, 1990. AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1981.

Instructor - Psychology MA, Lewis & Clark College, 1986. BA, Portland State University, 1982. AS, Portland Community College, 1978.

CALDWELL, JOAN M. (1988)

CURTIS, CATHERINE E. (1992)

Instructor - Forestry MS, University of Minnesota, 1987. BS, Oregon State University, 1983.

Instructor - Mathematics MA, Lewis & Clark College, 1981. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.

CAMPBELL, JANET M. (1999)

DALE, DAVID H. (2001)

Instructor - Political Science & Business PhD, Glasgow University, 1998. MA,Victoria University, 1989. BA, Bowdoin College, 1986.

Instructor - Nursing AA, Hibbing Community College, 1986. BA, Ambassador College, 1975.

CAMPBELL, RICHARD W. (1979) Instructor - English as A Second Language MA, Portland State University, 1992. BA, Portland State University, 1977.

Instructor - Cosmetology Cosmetology Instructor, Paciﬁc School of Beauty, 1969. Cosmetologist, Paciﬁc School of Beauty, 1960. Over Thirty Years Industry Experience.

CARLSON, CELIA I. (1998)

DARROCH, LYNN A. (1989)

Instructor - English PhD, University of California, 1995. AM, University of Michigan, 1985. MA, Portland State University, 1984. AB, Stanford University, 1978.

Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1970. BA, Lewis and Clark College, 1969.

CARRIER IV, COURTLAND F. (1987) Instructor - Hospitality & Tourism Operations MPS, Cornell University, 1976. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.

CASEY, PATRICK D. (1999) Instructor - History MA, University of Portland, 1995. MA, University of Oregon, 1984. BA, University of Notre Dame, 1979.

CEDAR, JANE B. (1984) Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program MS, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1995. Certif., Mt Hood Community College, 1981. Certif., Ohio State University, 1974. BA, Ohio State University, 1973.

COHEN, ELIZABETH S. (2001) Instructor - Chemistry PhD, Cornell University, 1998. BS, Harvey Mudd College, 1990.

COVELL, WILLIAM E. (1975) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1987. BS, Oregon State University, 1970.

D’ANGELO, C LYNN (1997)

DAVIS, LINDA (1972) Instructor - Psychology MA, University of Portland, 1971. BA, Eastern Washington State College, 1970.

DAWKINS, LAWRENCE D. (1972) Instructor - Speech MST, Portland State University, 1972. BS, Portland State College, 1967. Advanced Study, South Dakota and Nebraska.

DEMAROIS, PHILIP A. (2000) Instructor - Mathematics PhD, University of Warwick, 1998. MA, Eastern Michigan University, 1974. BS, Eastern Michigan University, 1972.

DEROEST, GARY E. (1999) Instructor - Computer Education MS, Oregon State University, 1988. BS, Oregon State University, 1987.

DETTMAN, CYNTHIA L. (1997) Counselor - Coordinator, Transitions MSW, Portland State University, 1993. BA, Oberlin College, 1973.

DICKSTON, DOUGLAS S. (1992) Instructor - Developmental Writing MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1982. BA, University of California at Berkeley, 1969.

251

Professional Staff

252

DILLON, MICHAEL C. (1973)

FOLEN, TERRY M. (1988)

Dean of Community and Workforce Development MS, University of Oregon, 1972. BS, University of Oregon, 1971. Advanced Study, Portland State University.

Instructor - Health, Physical Education MST, Portland State University, 1982. BS, Portland State University, 1975.

DOHERTY, MARY M. (1998)

Instructor - Travel & Tourism MA, George Washington University, 1988. BA, Southern Oregon College, 1972.

Dean of Maywood Park Campus and Services MEd, Heritage College, 1988. BA, Gonzaga University, 1968. PhD Candidate, Gonzaga University.

FRANKS, LARKIN G. (1991)

FREEMAN, KIMBERLY S. (1995)

DONALDSON, T TROY (1992)

Director of Workforce Development Programs BS, University of Oregon, 1986.

Instructor - Engineering Technology & CAD BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1985. AA, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1983.

FROEHLICH, RONALD B. (1997)

DORSTAD, MELODY (1994) Instructor - Nursing MS, Texas Women’s University, 1993. BSN, University of Utah, 1976. ADN, St Marry’s Junior College, 1968.

DUNLAP, JOSEPH H. (1998) Dean of Instruction-Science and Industrial Technology MBA, City University, 1982. BA, Whitworth College, 1972.

ECKHARDT, PAUL D. (1999) Instructor - Spanish M-TESL, Arizona State University, 1998. MA, Arizona State University, 1997. BA, Kansas State University, 1988.

ERNST, LINDA A. (1999) Instructor - Coordinator Maywood Park Campus MS, University of Central Florida, 1995. MAT, Emory University, 1973.

FASSEL, JOHN F. (1998) Instructor - Electronics MS, Arizona State University, 1978. BS, Northern Arizona University, 1973.

FAUST, DAVID N. (1998) Instructor - Physics MA, Stanford University, 1994. MS, Stanford University, 1993. BS, University of California at San Diego, 1989.

FERRIN, DOUG T. (1998) Instructor - Funeral Service Education BA, Colorado State University, 1998. AA, Dallas Institute of Funeral Services, 1993.

FISCHER, JOSEPH M. (1997) Dean of Student Life PhD, Oregon State University, 1990. MEd, Oregon State University, 1980. BFA, Paciﬁc Lutheran University, 1977.

Instructor - Microbiology, Anatomy/Physiology MST, Portland State University, 1980. BA, Eastern Washington University, 1968.

GARLINGTON, DAVID E. (2001) Instructor - Business MBA, Willamette University, 1978. BS, Metropolitan State College, 1974.

GELDER, SUSAN M. (1999) Instructor - Developmental Ed. MA, Portland State University, 1992. BA, Portland State University, 1988.

GERBER, LINDA A. (1994) Dean of Instruction-Language & Literature EdD, Portland State University, 1994. MS, Portland State University, 1988. BA, Portland State University, 1976.

GIRSCH, MARY J. (1999) Instructor - Performing & Visual Arts MFA, University of Iowa, 1992. MA, University of Iowa, 1990. BM, Cleveland Institute of Music, 1972.

GORSEK, CHRISTOPHER S. (1997) Instructor - Criminal Justice MA, University of Oregon, 1992. BS, University of Oregon, 1989.

GRIFFIN, JANIE D. (2001) Instructor - Nursing MN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1979. BSN, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1974.

GUBRUD-HOWE, PAULA (1993) Instructor - Nursing MS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1993. BS, Walla Walla College, 1980.

HANNA, TODD D. (1998) Instructor - Fisheries MS, Montana State University, 1990. BS, Lake Superier State University, 1987.

Professional Staff HARNLY, CYNTHIA SUE (1996)

HOOVER, AMY L. (1998)

Instructor - Health & Physical Education MA, Texas Women’s University, 1986. BS, Ohio State University, 1979.

Instructor - Aviation\Pilot BS, Texas Christian University, 1983. AA, University of Centeral Florida, 1980. MS, Oregon State University.

HARRISON CARSON, DARYL V. (2000) Instructor - Theatre\Theatre Designer\Technical Director\Facility Manager MFA, University of Cincinnati, 1989. BS, James Madison University, 1986.

HARTLINE, RONALD V. (1998) Instructor - Machine Tool Tech AS, Chemeketa Community College, 1978. ASS, Chemeketa Community College, 1976.

HAUSS, ROBERT T. (2001) Instructor - Mathematics MA, San Francisco State University, 1995. BA, University of California, Santa Cruz, 1987.

HAZEN, TERESA C. (2000) Librarian MA, University of Arizona, 1995. BA, Northern Arizona University, 1991.

HECKMAN, MICHELLE C. (1983) Instructor - Computer Applications MBA, University of Portland, 1978. BA, University of Evansville, 1972.

HEIDEMAN, CHRISTINE A. (1983) Instructor - Occupational Therapy Assistant Program MS, University of Oregon, 1990. BS, University of New York, 1978. AAS, Erie Community College, 1970.

HOUCHEN, BRENDA C. (1999) Instructor - Business EdD, Washington State University, 1994. ME, University of Montana, 1985. BS, Eastern Montana College, 1981.

IRWIN, URSULA L. (1989) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, San Francisco State University, 1985. Certiﬁcate To Teach Composition, San Francisco State University, 1984. BA, San Francisco State University, 1983.

JACKSON, CHRIS M. (1997) Instructor - Philosophy MA, University of California, Riverside, 1992. BA, University of California, Riverside, 1989.

JOHANSON, PHILLIP D. (1993) Director of Fiscal Operations BS, Portland State University, 1980.

JOHNSON, ELIZABETH A. (1998) Counselor - Coordinator of Disability Services MA, Chadron State College, 1991. BA, Kearney State College, 1976.

JOHNSON, KLISSA H. (1996) Instructor - Dental Hygiene BA, Idaho State University, 1979.

HICKS, GEORGE H. (1981)

JOHNSON, WENDALL D. (1996)

Instructor - Respiratory Care MS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1980. BS, Cal State Polytechnic University, 1975. AS, Mt San Antonio College, 1972.

Instructor - Welding BS, Washington State University, 1972.

HOEM, ERIC E. (1971) Instructor - Literature & Composition BA, University of Chicago, 1968. Advanced Study, Portland State University. PhD Candidate, University of Washington.

HOLLAND, MELANIE A. (1999) Instructor - Developmental Education MA, New York University, 1997. BS, Cornell University, 1995.

HOLLERAN, KATHRYN T. (1998) Instructor - Integrated Natural Resource Technology BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1979.

JONES, SUSIE M. (1999) Instructor - Music, Jazz Band Director MM, University of Portland, 1989. BME, University of Portland, 1981.

KAWASAKI, PAMELA T. (1998) Instructor - Dental Hygiene MBA, Portland State University, 1993. BS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1987.

KENDALL, RUSS (2001) Instructor - Journalism / Photojournalism / MA, Syracuse University, 1995. BA, Boston University, 1982. AA, Cape Cod Community College, 1980.

253

Professional Staff

254

KENNEY, WILLIAM A. (1994)

LOOMIS, CATHA J. (1990)

Instructor - Civil Engineering MEd, University of Minnesota, 1994. BS, Oregon Institute of Technology, 1991. AAS, Portland Community College, 1981.

Instructor - Counselor EdD, Northern Illinois University, 1992. MS, University of Oregon, 1975. BS, George Williams College, 1971.

KNOCKE, CHARLES L. (1988)

LOVEJOY, GARY H. (1971)

Instructor - Entrepreneurship & Small Business Mgmt MBA, Columbia University, 1963. BA, Lawrence University, 1961.

Instructor - Psychology PhD, United States International University, 1976. MRE, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1970. MA, California State at Los Angeles, 1968. BA, California State at Long Beach, 1965.

KOHLER, GERALD W. (1999) Instructor - Accounting MBA, Marylhurst College, 2000. BBA, Paciﬁc Lutheran University, 1969.

KOLINS, CRAIG A. (1999) Dean of Enrollment Services PhD, University of Toledo, 1999. MEd, Northern Illinois University, 1989. BA, Northern Illinois University, 1985.

KUBINSKI, CHRIS D. (1999) Instructor - ABE/GED Corrections BSW, Charles Sturt University, 1995.

LACKEY, LOLA M. (1999) Instructor - Business Management PhD, Saybrook Graduate Institute, 1999. MBA, Seattle University, 1974. BA, University of Washington, 1972.

LAMBRECHT, MARK J. (2001) Instructor - Automotive Technology BT, Northern Montana College, 1991.

LANDESMAN, SUSAN J. (1997) Instructor - Biology, Anatomy & Physiology MS, California State Polytechnic University, 1986. BS, California State Polytechnic University, 1983.

LEE, MARCELLA (1993) Instructor - Reading MA, University of N Colorado, 1979. BA, University of N Colorado, 1975.

LEONARD, KAREN A. (2000) Instructor - Counselor MA, Slippery Rock University, 1997. MSW, University of Pittsburgh, 1981. BS, University of Scranton, 1977.

LESH, WILLIAM A. (1999) Director of Regional Training MEd, Oregon State University, 1975. BS, Oregon State University, 1973.

LOVELAND, JUANITA R. (1987) Instructor - Cosmetology AA, Mt. Hood Community College, 1994. Diploma, Eugene Beauty School, 1964. Certiﬁed, Oregon Vocational Teacher’s Registration. Certiﬁed, Oregon State Board or Barbers & Hairdressers.

LYONS, JERRY J. (1996) Instructor - Ford Asset MEd, Northern Montana College, 1993. BS, Western Montana College, 1983. Master Ford Certified. Master ASE Certified. 5+ years practical experience. GM Certified.

MAIER, CHRISTINA J. (1988) Instructor - Graphic Design BFA, Arizona State University, 1980.

MALCOM, WILLIAM S. (1990) Instructor - Funeral Science AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1984. MEd, University of Utah, 1975. BS, University of Utah, 1971.

MANEVAL, KEITH P. (1993) Instructor - PE/Track Coach MS, University of Nevada, 1993. BA, California State University, Chico, 1985.

MARTIN, PATRICIA E. (2001) Dean of Career Development Services PhD, University of Connecticut, 1995. MSEd, Indiana University, 1978. BA, Wagner College, 1975.

MARTINEZ, VALERIE WARD (1998) Dean of Instruction-Business & Computer Technology and Media Arts MEd, University of Wyoming, 1987. BS, Montana State University, 1983. Doctoral Candidate, University of Wyoming.

Professional Staff MCAFEE, MICHAEL S. (1995)

MORRIS, PAUL L. (1999)

Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1992. BS, University of Texas, 1990.

Instructor - Computer Education MA, Seattle Paciﬁc University, 1977. BS, Seattle Paciﬁc University, 1970.

MCCARTY, DOUGLAS J. (1989)

MORROW, JONATHAN W. (2000)

Instructor - Astronomy/Planetarium Director BA, Portland State University, 1970. BA, Occidental College, 1967. 18 Years, College Teaching Experience. Advanced Study, Reed College.

Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, West Virginia University. BA, City of London Polytechnic, 1988.

MCCLAREN, SUSAN D. (1992) Instructor - Business & Ofﬁce Administration MST, Portland State University, 1988. BS, Drake University, 1975.

MCCORD, MALCOLM C. (1995) Instructor - Counselor MS, Oregon State University, 1987. BS, University of Michigan, 1981.

MICHENER, STEVEN J. (1988) Instructor - Automotive Technology AA, Mt Hood Community College, 1983. ASE Certiﬁed Studies toward BS.

MICKEY, STEPHEN L. (1993) Instructor - Art/Ceramics MFA, University of Notre Dame, 1982. MA, University of Wisconsin, 1980. BA, University of Minnesota, 1966.

MILES, MARIA E. (1997) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Perdue University, 1995. BS, University of Portland, 1993.

MILLIKEN, ELIZABETH A. (2001) Instructor - History PhD, Cornell University, 1994. MA, Cornell University, 1989. BA, College of the Holy Cross, 1982.

MITCHELL, LEE H. (1996) Instructor - Biology MS, University of Iowa, 1978. BA, Drew University, 1974.

MOHTASHAM, JAVID (1993) Instructor - Environ. Safety & Haz. Materials Mgmt. PhD, Portland State University, 1989. MS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1984. BS, Cal State University, Fresno, 1982.

MORFITT, JACQUELINE D. (1993) Instructor - Surgical Technology RN, St Mary’s Hospital School of Nursing Education, 1960.

NEUFELD, HOWARD N. (1975) Instructor - Drawing, Painting & Graphic Design MFA, Southern Methodist University, 1969. BA, Bethel College, 1966.

NIELSON, ROBERT C. (1999) Instructor - PE\Head Basketball Coach ME, Utah State University, 1990. BS, Brigham Young University - Hawaii, 1984.

NYSTROM, JAMES P. (1998) Instructor - Reading MA, Chapman College, 1980. BA, Chapman College, 1972.

PARKER, JONATHAN A. (2000) Dean of Instruction-Engineering, Computer Services and Mathematics MEd, Texas Christian University, 1978. BEG, Texas Christian University, 1977.

PARMENTER, PATRICIA C. (1971) Director of Auxiliary Services, Grants and Contract MS, University of Portland, 1995. BS, Portland State University, 1971.

PERRY, SUSAN K. (1984) Instructor - Counselor MEd, Lewis & Clark College, 1974. BA, University of Oregon, 1968.

PETERSON, DIANE W. (1980) Instructor - Health & Physical Education MS, University of Oregon, 1977. BS, Carrol College, 1975.

PHIPPS, ANNE (1999) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Portland State University, 1993. BA, Portland State University, 1989.

PITONZO, BETH J. (2001) Associate Vice President of Instruction PhD, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1996. BS, University of Nevada, Reno, 1988.

POLLY, TIMOTHY E. (1990) Instructor - Manufacturing Technology BS, Portland State University, 1990. AA, Clatsop Community College, 1976.

255

Professional Staff

256

PORCH, PAUL A. (1984)

SAITO, JOHN S. (2000)

Instructor - Mathematics MS, Portland State University, 1985. BA, Kalamazoo College, 1972.

Dean of Instruction-Allied Health, Health and Physical Education MPH, University of Hawaii, 1981. BS, University of Hawaii, 1974.

PORTER, VERN E. (1981) Instructor - Welding MS, Oregon State University, 1978. BS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1974. AAS, Oregon Technical Institute, 1964.

SAMMONS, ELIZABETH A. (1999)

PRESSMAN, COREY S. (1996)

SCHEINMAN, THEODORE P. (1977)

Instructor - Sociology, Anthropology MA, Washington State University, 1994. BA, State University of New York, 1991.

Instructor - Economics MA, University of Wisconsin, 1968. AB, Washington University, 1966. Advanced Study, University of Oregon.

RICE, JOHN M. (1977) Instructor - Speech MS, Boston University, 1961. BS, Paciﬁc Union College, 1958.

RIKLI, PERRY M. (1987)

Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, Portland State University, 1989. BA, Seattle Paciﬁc University, 1982.

SCHNELL, FREDERICK L. (1990) Instructor - Health & PE MS, University of Wyoming, 1987. BA, BS, Upper Iowa University, 1971.

Instructor - English As Non-Native Language MA, Portland State University, 1986. BA, University of Nebraska, 1976.

SCHOMMER, JOHN A. (1988)

RINGLER, THOMASIN L. (1998)

SCHULZ, NIKOLENE A. (2001)

Instructor - Sculpture MFA, University of Texas, 1991. BS, University of Wisconsin, 1986.

Instructor - Engineering Transfer MSE, University of Michigan, 1998. BS, University of Washington, 1995.

ROBERTS, STEPHEN C. (1988)

SEWALL, DANA (1978)

Instructor - Automotive Technology BS, Oregon State University, 1985. AS, Teacher Education, Rogue Community College, 1979. AS, Auto Tech, Rogue Community College, 1977. Additional Studies in Trade and Industrial Education..

Instructor - Graphic Technology BA, San Jose State University, 1971.

ROSS, ERRIC V. (1996) Instructor - Ornamental Horticulture BS, Oregon State University, 1971. MS, Oregon State University, 1968. BS, Oregon State University, 1964.

ROTHI, KARI H. (2000) Instructor - Mathematics MST, Portland State University, 1999. BA, University of Oregon, 1989.

RUBINSTEIN, STEVEN C. (1998) Instructor - Health\PE\Outdoor Program\Aquatic Division MS, Mankato State University, 1993. BS, Guilford College, 1986.

RUSSELL, MICHAEL A. (1997) Instructor - Chemistry PhD, Dartmouth College, 1995. BS, Southern Oregon State College, 1990.

Instructor - Television Production Technology BS, Montana State University, 1976.

SHANKLAND, REGINA T. (1993) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1992. BS, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1990.

SHAVER, KATHERINE S. (2000) Instructor - Nursing MS, Oregon Health Sciences University, 1995. BS, Johns Hopkins University, 1988. BA, Lone Mountain College, 1973.

SHERPA, JOYCE M. (1995) Instructor - Chemistry PhD, Duke University, 1991. BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1986.

SHIELDS, PAMELA S. (1979) Instructor - Legal Secretary Program & Ofﬁce Admin MA, Portland State University, 1977. BS, Portland State University, 1976.

Professional Staff SHRINER, WALTER M. (1999)

TSCHUY, ERIC W. (1987)

Instructor - Biology PhD, University of California, Davis, 1995. MS, University of California, Davis, 1990. MA, Indiana State University, 1987. BA, Indiana State University, 1985.

Instructor - French PhD, University of Oregon, 1985. MA, University of Oregon, 1978. BA, University of Oregon, 1977.

SIGALA, ALBERT M. (1997) Director of Government Relations/PIO BS, Northern Arizona University.

Director of Human Resources MAT, Lewis & Clark College, 1973. AB, Harvard University, 1969.

SILVERMAN, ROBERT M. (2001)

VALDIVIA, SHANNON S. (1998)

President PhD, University of California, Los Angeles, 1994. MS, University of California, Los Angeles, 1974. BA, University of Louisville, 1970. AA, Cerritos College, 1968.

Instructor - Speech & Forensics MA, Washington State University, 1996. BA, Linﬁeld College, 1992. AA, Lower Columbia College, 1990.

SKELDING, SARA ANN (1997)

Instructor - Physical Therapist Assistant Program M.Ed, Portland State University, 1997. BA, University of Montana, 1981.

Instructor - Early Childhood Education MA, Paciﬁc Oaks/Pasadena, 1992. BA, Linﬁeld College, 1962.

SLINGERLAND, PENNY A. (1979) Instructor - Mathematics MALS, Reed College, 1974. BA, Reed College, 1966.

SMITH, DAIN E. (1982) Instructor - Distance Education PhD, Florida State University, 1993. MS, Oregon State University, 1980. MDiv, Conservative Baptist Theological Seminary, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1974.

SMITH, NANCY A. (1992) Instructor - Biology Lab Instructor BS, Oregon State University, 1985. Graduate Studies, Portland State University.

SNYDER, WILLIAM A. (1996)

TUCK, GARY L. (2001)

VAN DOVER, DEBBIE K. (2000)

WALDRON, KATHLEEN H. (1987) Instructor - Counselor MEd, University of Washington, 1974. BA, University of Colorado, 1969.

WALLACE, DONALD G. (1997) Director of Facilities Management BS, Southeastern Bible College, 1989. Post Graduate Studies, Western Conservative Baptist Seminary.

WALLERI, ROBERT DAN (1978) Director of Research and Planning PhD, University of Hawaii, 1976. MA, University of Hawaii, 1973. BA, University of Portland, 1971.

WARR, ALISON (1991)

Director of Computer and Telecommunications Services BS, The Ohio State University, 1980.

Instructor - Mathematics MS, Oregon State University, 1989. BS, Oregon State University, 1987.

SPIELMANN, DANA M. (1991)

WATKINS, GREGORY C. (1999)

Instructor - Photography & Journalism MA, Simon Fraser University, 1984. BA, Simon Fraser University, 1977.

Instructor - Respiratory Care BS, Concordia University, 1999. AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1979. AA, Mt San Antonio College, 1978.

TODD, DAVID N. (1996) Instructor - Micro Computer Application Program. Spec. PhD, Portland State University, 1997. MBA, University of Portland, 1979. BA, Lewis & Clark College, 1968.

WATKINS, ROBERT G. (1988)

TONG, TERESA H. (1993)

WATTERS VALKOV, GEORGANNE (1999)

Instructor - Dental Hygiene MS, University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1993. BS, Portland State University, 1987. AS, Sinclair Community College, 1976.

Instructor - Design, Drawing & Painting MFA, San Francisco Art Institute, 1992. BA, Marylhurst College, 1989.

Instructor - Journalism & Student Publications MA, Northern Illinois University, 1975. BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1972.

257

Professional Staff

258

WEAVER, DAPHNE A. (1992)

YUKNAVITICH, LIDIA (2001)

Instructor - Adult Basic Education MAT, Lewis and Clark College, 1973. BA, University of Oregon, 1971.

Instructor - Literature & Composition PhD, University of Oregon, 1998. MA, University of Oregon, 1992. BA, University of Oregon, 1989.

WESTPHAL, MAUREEN R. (1987) Instructor - Nursing MS, Loma Linda University, 1986. BS, College of St Teresa, 1975.

WHITE, ELLEN G. (1987) Instructor - Early Childhood Education MA, California State University, Sacramento, 1983. BA, Temple University, 1971.

WICKHAM, CAROLE L. (1994) Instructor - Medical Records MA, Lewis & Clark, 1993. BA, Adams State College, 1985. BA, Portland State University, 1985.

WILLIAMS, SARA E. (1994) Instructor - Mathematics MS, Oregon State University, 1994. BS, Gonzaga University, 1991.

WISE, LARRY A. (1977) Instructor - Psychology PhD, University of Montana, 1973. MA, University of Montana, 1972. BA, Central Washington State College, 1968.

WOOD, KELLY M. (2001) Instructor - Anatomy & Physiology MS, California State University, Chico, 1997. BS, California State University, Chico, 1993. AA, Chabot College, 1991.

WOODSWORTH, TRACY L. (1994) Instructor - Surgical Technology BSN, Southern Oregon State College, 1979. ADN, Lane Community College, 1974.

WORCESTER, THOMAS C. (1990) Instructor - Biology & Fisheries Technology MS, Oregon State University, 1979. BS, Oregon State University, 1973.

WRIGHT, DAVID M. (1999) Instructor - Literature & Composition MA, University of Virginia, 1994. BA, University of Michigan, 1990.

YOUNG, JEFFRYE L. (1989) Instructor - Radio Broadcasting MS, University of Oregon, 1972. BS, University of Oregon, 1967.

ZIMMER, RICHARD E. (1998) Instructor - Theater/Director MA, South Dakota State University, 1981. BS, South Dakota State University, 1976.

Index A

Absences ................................................................................................... 11 Academic Advising .................................................................................. 20 Academic Calendar .............................................................. Inside cover Academic Regulations ........................................................................ 9-12 Accounting (Transfer) ............................................................................ 34 Accounting Clerk Program ................................................................... 56 Accounting Technology Program ......................................................... 55 Accreditation ............................................................................................. 3 Adding Classes ........................................................................................... 7 Admissions and Registration ...............................................................5-9 Adult Basic Education (ABE/GED) ................................................26, 28 Advanced Placement Program (APP) ........................................... 10-11 Advanced Standing .................................................................................... 9 Advising and Counseling........................................................................ 20 Afﬁrmative Action ..................................................................................... 2 Agri-Business...................................................................................... 30-31 Agriculture .......................................................................................... 30-31 Alternative Credit .......................................................................10-11, 53 Anthropology ..................................................................................... 30-31 Apprenticeship ......................................................................................... 53 Aquatic Center ........................................................................................ 25 Architectural Engineering Technology Program ............................... 73 Art/Fine Arts ...................................................................................... 30-31 Art Education..................................................................................... 30-31 Art History ......................................................................................... 30-31 Associate of Applied Science Degree ........................................... 13-14 Associate of Arts Degree (College Transfer) .............................. 15-16 Associate of General Studies Degree ................................. 17-18, 120 Astronomy ..............................................................................................218 Attendance ................................................................................................. 7 Audit Grading Option ............................................................................ 12 Automotive Technology Programs ................................................ 57-59 Aviation-Professional Pilot Programs ........................................... 60-61 Awarded Funds (Financial Aid) ....................................................... 21-23

Biochemistry (Transfer) .............................................................30-31, 35 Biology (Transfer)........................................................................30-31, 32 Biophysics ........................................................................................... 30-31 Board of Education MHCCD .............................................................248 Bookstore ................................................................................................. 25 Botany (Transfer) .................................................................................... 32 Brickmasons ............................................................................................. 53 Business/Industry-Based Education Program.................................... 62 Business Administration (Transfer) .........................................30-31, 33 Business Education ........................................................................... 30-31 Business Development Center ............................................................ 27 Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management Program ............. 63

Campus Store .......................................................................................... 25 Cancellations .............................................................................................. 7 Career Planning Center......................................................................... 20 Catalog Exceptions ................................................................................. 12 Center for Community and Workforce Development .................................................................................. 27 Certiﬁcate Programs .............................................................................. 53 Certiﬁcate Requirements ...................................................................... 19 Challenge ............................................................................................ 10-11

Chemistry (Transfer) ..................................................................30-31, 35 Chemistry-Business .......................................................................... 30-31 Child Care .......................................................................................... 24-25 Chiropractic College (Pre-Professional) ...................................... 30-31 Chrysler CAP Automotive Program .................................................. 57 Civil Engineering Technology Program .........................................73, 74 CLEP (College Level Examination Program) .............................. 10-11 CNA (Nursing Assistant) ...................................................................... 53 Co-Curricular Activities ........................................................................ 24 College Center ........................................................................................ 25 College and Visitor Information ........................................................... 26 Computer Applications Specialist Program................................. 64-66 Computer Science (Transfer) ...................................................30-31, 36 Continuing Education ........................................................................... 27 Cosmetology-School of Hair Design Program................................. 67 Course Descriptions ................................................................... 125-242 Course Numbering System .............................................................. 9-10 Course Requirements ..........................................................................126 CPT (College Placement Test) ............................................................... 5 Credit for Coursework ........................................................................... 9 Criminal Justice Administration (Transfer) ............................30-31, 37

Degree Requirements ...................................................................... 13-19 Dental Hygiene (Pre-Professional) ................................................ 30-31 Dental Hygiene Program ....................................................................... 68 Dentistry (Pre-Professional) .....................................................30-31, 51 Developmental Education ...............................................................10, 27 Disability Services ............................................................................. 20-21 Distance Education ................................................................................. 26 Dropping a Class ....................................................................................... 7

Early Childhood Education Program ............................................ 69-70 Early Collegiate Opportunity (Jump Start College) ........................ 11 Economics........................................................................................... 30-31 Education (Transfer) ...................................................................30-31, 38 Electronics Technology Program.......................................................... 72 Emergency Medical Technician ............................................................. 53 Emeritus ..................................................................................................249 Engineering (Transfer) ................................................................30-31, 39 Engineering Technologies (OIT) ..................................................... 30-31 English .................................................................................................. 30-31 ENL (English as a Non-Native Language) .......................................... 26 Enrolling ...................................................................................................... 5 Entomology ........................................................................................ 30-31 Entrance Requirements ....................................................................5, 8-9 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Programs ........................................................... 76-77 Environmental, Health and Safety Programs ........................................................................................ 78-79 Environmental Sciences (Transfer) ..........................................30-31, 40 Equal Opportunity .................................................................................... 2 ESL (English as a Second Language) ..............................................26, 28 Even Start.................................................................................................. 28 Extended Learning .................................................................................. 26

259

260

Facility Use ............................................................................................... 26 Faculty............................................................................................. 250-258 Federal Student Aid Programs ....................................................... 21-23 Fees .............................................................................................................. 6 FERPA (Family Education Rights Act) ...................................... 246-247 Financial Aid ........................................................................................ 21-23 Fine Arts (Transfer).....................................................................30-31, 41 Fire Science Technology Programs ................................................ 80-81 Fisheries and Wildlife Science (Transfer) ...............................30-31, 42 Fisheries Technology Program .............................................................. 82 Ford ASSET Automotive Program ....................................................... 58 Foreign Languages ............................................................................. 30-31 Forest Resources (Transfer) .....................................................30-31, 43 Forest Resouces Technology Program ............................................... 83 Foundation Scholarships ........................................................................ 23 Funeral Service Education Program .................................................... 84 FWS (Federal Work Study Program) .................................................. 22

GED (General Education Development) .....................................26, 28 General Education, MHCC Philosophy .............................................3-4 General Education Requirements ..................................13, 15, 17, 120 General Science ...........................................................................30-31, 32 General Social Science ..................................................................... 30-31 General Studies in Science .............................................................. 30-31 General Studies - Liberal Arts ........................................................ 30-31 Geography (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 44 Geology (Transfer)......................................................................30-31, 45 Gerontology Program ............................................................................ 85 Glassworkers ........................................................................................... 53 Golden Age Program ................................................................................ 7 Grade Point Average .............................................................................. 12 Grading ...................................................................................................... 12 Graduation Process ................................................................................ 19 Grants ........................................................................................................ 22 Graphic Design Program ....................................................................... 86 Guided Studies........................................................................................... 5

Health and Health Education ......................................................... 30-31 Health Care Administration............................................................ 30-31 Health Insurance ..................................................................................... 21 Health Services ........................................................................................ 21 High School Plus - Jump Start College ............................................... 11 History ................................................................................................ 30-31 History of MHCCD ................................................................................. 4 Horticulture Programs .................................................................... 87-88 Hospitality and Tourism Management Program ......................... 89-90 Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer) .................30-31, 46 Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism Management .............................. 30-31

IMPORT Automotive Program ............................................................. 59 Incompletes .............................................................................................. 12 Industrial Management ..................................................................... 30-31 Instructional Assistant Program ........................................................... 71 Integrated Natural Resources Technology Program ................. 91-92 International Education - Courses ....................................................124 International Students ....................................................................5, 6, 21 International Studies................................................................ 30-31, 124

Journalism (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 47

K-Grade (Continuing) ............................................................................ 12

L.P.N. Refresher ....................................................................................... 53 Late Registration ....................................................................................... 7 Legal Administrative Assistant (Recognition) ......................... 107-108 Library Resource Center ...................................................................... 25 Limited Entry Professional Technical Programs ...............................8-9 Loans .......................................................................................................... 22

Machine Tool Technology Program ...................................................... 93 Machine Tool Technology/ Computer Numerical Control (Recognition) ......................... 94 Manufacturing Technology (Transfer)............................................ 30-31 Mathematics ....................................................................................... 30-31 Mechanical Engineering Technology Program .............................73, 75 Medical Assistant Program .................................................................... 95 Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition) ................................................ 96 Medical OfďŹ ce Coding (Recognition) ................................................. 97 Medical OfďŹ ce Specialist Program ................................................. 98-99 Medical Receptionist (Recognition) ..................................................100 Medical Technology (Pre-Professional) ......................................... 30-31 Medical Transcription Program ..........................................................101 Medicine (Pre-Professional) ......................................................30-31, 51 Mental Health/Human Service Programs ............................... 102-103 Mission - MHCCD .................................................................................... 3 Microbiology ...................................................................................... 30-31 MHCC Maywood Park Campus .......................................................... 28 MHCCD Foundation ................................................................................ 4 Music ................................................................................................... 30-31 Music (Special Studies Program) ........................................................121

Non-Traditional Credit .................................................................... 10-11 Nursing Program ...................................................................................104 Nursing (Pre-Professional) .............................................................. 30-31 Nursing Assistant (CNA) ...................................................................... 53

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses ............................53 Occupational Therapy (Pre-Professional) ...................................30-31 Occupational Therapy Assistant Program .......................................105 Office Assistant Program ....................................................................106 Office Management/Administrative Assistant Program ...... 107-108 Office Software Specialist Program .................................................109 Open Entry/Open Exit............................................................................ 7 Optometry (Pre-Professional) ......................................................30-31 Oregon Transfer Degree ................................................................15-16 Orientation ................................................................................................ 5 Outdoor Education (Recognition) ...................................................110 Overloads .............................................................................................. 6, 9

Pass-Fail Grading Option....................................................................... 12 Peace Studies...................................................................................... 30-31 Performing Arts ............................................................................ 120-123 Personal Counseling .............................................................................. 20 Pharmacy (Transfer) ...................................................................30-31, 51 Phi Theta Kappa ....................................................................................... 11 Philosophy ........................................................................................... 30-31 Physical Education ............................................................................. 30-31 Physical Therapist Assistant Program ................................................111 Physical Therapy (Pre-Professional)............................................... 30-31 Physics (Transfer) ........................................................................30-31, 48 Placement Testing ...................................................................................... 5 Planetarium ............................................................................................... 25 Plumbers/Pipeﬁtters ............................................................................... 53 Political Science (Transfer) ........................................................30-31, 49 President’s Honor Roll ......................................................................... 11 Privacy Rights ................................................................................ 246-247 Professional Development .................................................................... 27 Professional Photography Program ...................................................112 Professional Staff .......................................................................... 250-258 Professional-Technical Education - Index .......................................... 54 Professional-Technical Education - Information ............................... 53 Proﬁciency Requirements ...................................................................126 Psychology (Transfer) .................................................................30-31, 52 Publications............................................................................................... 25

R.N. Refresher ......................................................................................... 53 R.N. Surgical Orientation ...................................................................... 53 Radio Broadcasting Program ..............................................................113 Reciprocity.................................................................................................. 6 Recognition Awards ................................................................................ 23 Recognition of Completion ............................................................ 53-54 Records and Transcripts - FERPA ............................................. 246-247 Refunds ..................................................................................................7, 23 Registration .............................................................................................5-6 Religious Studies................................................................................ 30-31 Repeated Courses .................................................................................. 12 Residency Requirements ..................................................................... 6, 9 Respiratory Care Program .................................................................114 Restricted Professional-Technical Programs ....................................8-9 Rho Theta.................................................................................................. 11 Right-to-Know .......................................................................................245

S S Grade ..................................................................................................... 12 Scholarships .............................................................................................. 23 Self-Paced Learning Center (Maywood) ............................................ 28 Sheet Metal Technology Program ......................................................115 Sheetmetalists .......................................................................................... 53 Small Business Management ................................................................ 27 Smoking Policy .......................................................................................245 Sociology ............................................................................................. 30-31 Special Studies Programs ............................................................ 120-123 Speech ................................................................................................. 30-31 Sports ........................................................................................................ 25 Standards of Academic Progress..................................... 22-23, 24, 244 Step to Success ........................................................................................ 28 Student Aid ............................................................................................... 22 Student Rights ........................................................................................245 Student Fees ............................................................................................... 6 Student Services ................................................................................ 24-25 Study Abroad................................................................................... 21, 124 Surgical Techology Program ................................................................116

Table of Contents ..................................................................................... 1 Talent Grants ........................................................................................... 23 Tech Prep (2 + 2) .................................................................................... 53 Television Production Technology Program ....................................117 Testing ........................................................................................................ 20 Theatre ................................................................................................ 30-31 Theatre Arts (Special Studies Program) .................................. 122-123 Tilesetters ................................................................................................. 53 Trade and Industrial Technology Program .......................................118 Training and Employee Development ................................................. 27 Transcript Evaluation .............................................................................. 10 Transcripts ................................................................................................ 11 Transfer Center ....................................................................................... 20 Transfer Credits ...................................................................................... 10 Transfer Problem Hotline...................................................................... 31 Transfer Subject Areas .......................................................................... 30 Transitions Program/Center ................................................................. 21 Tri-Met ....................................................................................................... 25 Tuition ....................................................................................................6, 23 Tutorial Services ................................................................................23, 27

Veteran’s Services ............................................................................. 23-24 Veterinary Medicine (Pre-Professional) .................................30-31, 51 Vice President’s Honor Roll ................................................................. 11

Waiting Lists ............................................................................................... 7 Welding Technology Program .............................................................119 Withdrawal and Refunds ............................................................... 7-8, 23 Withdrawal from College ............................................................. 7-8, 23 Workforce Connections ....................................................................... 28 Writing Courses .......................................................................... 240-242 Writing Placement .................................................................................... 5

Z Zoology (Transfer) ......................................................................30-31, 32

261